Академический Документы
Профессиональный Документы
Культура Документы
Nuclear
Medicine
Imaging
6 th
Edition
Essentials of
Nuclear
Medicine
Imaging
6
Edition
th
MILTON J. GUIBERTEAU, MD
Professor of Clinical Radiology and Nuclear Medicine
University of Texas Medical School at Houston
Academic Chief, Department of Medical Imaging
Director of Nuclear Medicine
St. Joseph Medical Center
Houston, Texas
1600 John F. Kennedy Blvd.
Ste 1800
Philadelphia, PA 19103-2899
No part of this publication may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means, electronic or
mechanical, including photocopying, recording, or any information storage and retrieval system, without
permission in writing from the publisher. Details on how to seek permission, further information about the
Publisher’s permissions policies and our arrangements with organizations such as the Copyright Clearance
Center and the Copyright Licensing Agency, can be found at our website: www.elsevier.com/permissions.
This book and the individual contributions contained in it are protected under copyright by the Publisher
(other than as may be noted herein).
Notice
Knowledge and best practice in this field are constantly changing. As new research and experience
broaden our knowledge, changes in practice, treatment, and drug therapy may become necessary or
appropriate. Readers are advised to check the most current information provided (i) on procedures
featured or (ii) by the manufacturer of each product to be administered, to verify the recommended
dose or formula, the method and duration of administration, and contraindications. It is the
responsibility of practitioners, relying on their own experience and knowledge of the patient, to make
diagnoses, to determine dosages and the best treatment for each individual patient, and to take all
appropriate safety precautions. To the fullest extent of the law, neither the publisher nor the editors
assume any liability for any injury and/or damage to persons or property arising out of or related to
any use of the material contained in this book.
616.07575--dc23
2011040394
Printed in China
Six years have elapsed since publication of the radiopharmaceuticals. We have also limited
fifth edition of Nuclear Medicine Imaging, and content on less common and outmoded proce-
it has been 34 years since the first edition. In dures, and removed outdated content. We have
this sixth edition, we have made revisions that added new material on procedure guidelines
reflect changes in the current practice of nuclear (such as GI emptying studies and Na-18F bone
medicine and molecular imaging, while main- scanning). The expanded use of PET has per-
taining our focus on the essential elements. We mitted material on PET and PET/CT imaging
have also endeavored to retain the book’s prior for CNS and cardiac applications to be relo-
extent and affordability. Since the previous edi- cated to those organ-specific chapters, and we
tion, there has been continued change, not only have organized separate chapters on non-PET
in the patterns of use of existing nuclear medi- and PET neoplasm imaging. Information rela-
cine studies but also notably in the evolution tive to the duties and expectations of an autho-
of radiopharmaceuticals and instrumentation, rized user (AU) has been updated and clarified.
such as the widespread use of hybrid imaging We have noted that residents supplement
(especially PET/CT and SPECT/CT). their clinical case experience with atlases and
The progressive integration of traditional casebooks. There are more than 400 figures
nuclear medicine techniques with those of in this edition, and about 40% of the illustra-
diagnostic radiology, providing both anatomic tions are entirely new. We have also included
and functional information on a single set of in the text, where appropriate, information on
coregistered images, has added powerful tools how to use radiation (dosing) wisely. At the
to the diagnosis of disease and the assessment end of the text, we have updated and revised
of treatment effectiveness. At the same time, it the Unknown Case Sets in a more familiar and,
has increased the need for imagers to broaden hopefully, instructive format. Review of the
their imaging skills. These considerations are sets will allow readers to assess their knowledge
addressed in this edition. Further, enhanced in a commonly employed format and to gain
equipment automation has allowed informa- familiarity with commonly encountered nuclear
tion about quality control to be condensed and imaging entities.
included in Chapters 1 and 2.
We have updated all chapters to include Fred A. Mettler, Jr.
recent developments in instrumentation and Milton J. Guiberteau
vii
Acknowledgments
We would like to recognize the many residents, provided images, background material, and sug-
technologists, and others who provided sugges- gestions. We also would like to thank RuthAnne
tions, as well as a number of our colleagues who Bump for her help with the illustrations.
ix
Radioactivity,
1 Radionuclides, and
Radiopharmaceuticals
BASIC ISOTOPE NOTATION Fluorine-18 and Other Positron Emitters
Nuclear Stability and Decay Monoclonal Antibodies
RADIONUCLIDE PRODUCTION Investigational Radiopharmaceuticals
RADIOACTIVE DECAY RADIOPHARMACY QUALITY CONTROL
RADIONUCLIDE GENERATOR SYSTEMS Generator and Radionuclide Purity
RADIONUCLIDES AND Radiochemical Labeling
RADIOPHARMACEUTICALS FOR IMAGING UNSEALED RADIONUCLIDES USED FOR
Technetium-99m THERAPY
Iodine-123 and -131 Phosphorus-32, Yttrium-90, and Gold-198
Xenon-133 Iodine-131
Gallium-67 Strontium-89, Samarium-153, and
Indium-111 Rhenium-186
Thallium-201
BASIC ISOTOPE NOTATION with odd numbers of neutrons and protons are
The atom may be thought of as a collection of usually unstable. Nuclear instability may result
protons, neutrons, and electrons. The protons from either neutron or proton excess. Nuclear
and neutrons are found in the nucleus, and decay may involve a simple release of energy
shells of electrons orbit the nucleus with discrete from the nucleus or may actually cause a change
energy levels. The number of neutrons is usually in the number of protons or neutrons within
designated by N. The number of protons is rep- the nucleus. When decay involves a change in
resented by Z (also called the atomic number). the number of protons, there is a change of ele-
The atomic mass number, or the total number ment. This is termed a transmutation. Isotopes
of nuclear particles, is represented by A and is attempting to reach stability by emitting radia-
simply the sum of N and Z. The symbolism used tion are radionuclides.
to designate atoms of a certain element having Several mechanisms of decay achieve stabil-
the chemical symbol X is given by ZA XN . For ity. One of these is alpha-particle emission. In
example, the notation 131 53 I78 refers to a certain this case, an alpha (α) particle, consisting of two
isotope of iodine. In this instance, 131 refers protons and two neutrons, is released from the
to the total number of protons and neutrons nucleus, with a resulting decrease in the atomic
in the nucleus. By definition, all isotopes of a mass number (A) by four and reduction of both
given element have the same number of protons Z and N by two. The mass of the released alpha
and differ only in the number of neutrons. For particles is so great that they travel only a few
example, all isotopes of iodine have 53 protons. centimeters in air and are unable to penetrate
even thin paper. These properties cause alpha-
Nuclear Stability and Decay particle emitters to be essentially useless for
A given element may have many isotopes, and imaging purposes.
some of these isotopes have unstable nuclear Beta-particle emission is another process for
configurations of protons and neutrons. These achieving stability and is found primarily in
isotopes often seek greater stability by decay or nuclides with a neutron excess. In this case, a
disintegration of the nucleus to a more stable beta (β−) particle (electron) is emitted from the
form. Of the known stable nuclides, most have nucleus accompanied by an antineutrino; as a
even numbers of neutrons and protons. Nuclides result, one of the neutrons may be thought of as
1
2 Chapter 1 n Radioactivity, Radionuclides, and Radiopharmaceuticals
A A
Z
X Z
X
A A
Z+1
Y Z-1
Y
Beta particle emission Electron capture
(Z increases by 1, N decreases by 1) (Z decreases by 1, N increases by 1)
A A
Z
X Z
X
A A
Z-1
Y Z
X
Positron emission Isomeric transition
(Z decreases by 1, N increases by 1) (no change in N or Z)
Figure 1-1. Decay schemes of
radionuclides from unstable states
(top line of each diagram) to more
stable states (bottom line).
being transformed into a proton, which remains unchanged (see Fig. 1-1). Electron capture may
in the nucleus. Thus, beta-particle emission be accompanied by gamma emission and is
decreases the number of neutrons (N) by one always accompanied by characteristic radiation,
and increases the number of protons (Z) by one, either of which may be used in imaging.
so that A remains unchanged (Fig. 1-1). When If, in any of these attempts at stabilization, the
Z is increased, the arrow in the decay scheme nucleus still has excess energy, it may be emit-
shown in Figure 1-1 points toward the right, and ted as nonparticulate radiation, with Z and N
the downward direction indicates a more stable remaining the same. Any process in which energy
state. The energy spectrum of beta-particle emis- is given off as gamma rays and in which the num-
sion ranges from a certain maximum down to bers of protons and neutrons are not changed
zero; the mean energy of the spectrum is about is called isomeric transition (see Fig. 1-1). An
one third of the maximum. A 2-MeV beta par- alternative to isomeric transition is internal con-
ticle has a range of about 1 cm in soft tissue and version. In internal conversion, the excess energy
is therefore not useful for imaging purposes. of the nucleus is transmitted to one of the orbital
Electron capture occurs in a neutron-deficient electrons; this electron may be ejected from the
nuclide when one of the inner orbital electrons is atom, which is followed by characteristic radia-
captured by a proton in the nucleus, forming a tion when the electron is replaced. This process
neutron and a neutrino. This can occur when not usually competes with gamma-ray emission and
enough energy is available for positron emission, can occur only if the amount of energy given to
and electron capture is therefore an alternative the orbital electron exceeds the binding energy
to positron decay. Because a nuclear proton is of that electron in its orbit.
essentially changed to a neutron, N increases by The ratio of internal conversion electrons to
one, and Z decreases by one; therefore, A remains gamma-ray emissions for a particular radioisotope
Chapter 1 n Radioactivity, Radionuclides, and Radiopharmaceuticals 3
99m
142.7 keV Tc (6.03 h)
Gamma 1
140.5 keV
Gamma 2 Gamma 3
99
0 keV Tc (2.1 x 109 yr)
98.6% 1.4%
is designated by the symbol α. (This should decay scheme again indicates a more stable
not be confused with the symbol for an alpha state, and its leftward direction indicates that
particle.) For an isotope such as technetium- Z is decreased. Positron emission cannot occur
99m (99mTc), α is low, indicating that most unless at least 1.02 MeV of energy is available
emissions occur as gamma rays with little to the nucleus.
internal conversion. A low conversion ratio When a positron is emitted, it travels for a
is preferable for in-vivo usage because it implies short distance from its site of origin, gradually
a greater number of gamma emissions for imag- losing energy to the tissue through which it
ing and a reduced number of conversion elec- moves. When most of its kinetic energy has been
trons, which are absorbed by the body and thus lost, the positron reacts with a resident electron
add to the patient’s radiation dose. in an annihilation reaction. This reaction gener-
In many instances, a gamma-ray photon is ates two 511-keV gamma photons, which are
emitted almost instantaneously after particulate emitted in opposite directions at about (but not
decay. If there is a measurable delay in the emis- exactly) 180 degrees from each other (Fig. 1-3).
sion of the gamma-ray photon and the resulting
decay process is an isomeric transition, this inter- RADIONUCLIDE PRODUCTION
mediate excited state of the isotope is referred to Most radioactive material that does not occur
as metastable. The most well-known metastable naturally can be produced by particulate bom-
isotope is 99mTc (the m refers to metastable). This bardment or fission. Both methods alter the
isotope decays by isomeric transition to a more neutron-to-proton ratio in the nucleus to pro-
stable state, as indicated in Figure 1-2. In the duce an unstable isotope. Bombardment essen-
decay scheme, the arrows point straight down, tially consists of the irradiation of the nuclei
showing that there is no change in Z. Also, 99mTc of selected target elements with neutrons in a
may decay by one of several routes of gamma- nuclear reactor or with charged particles (alpha
ray emission. particles, protons, or deuterons) from a cyclo-
In cases in which there are too many protons tron. Bombardment reactions may be summa-
in the nucleus (a neutron-deficient nuclide), rized by equations in which the target element
decay may proceed in such a manner that a pro- and bombarding particle are listed on the left
ton may be thought of as being converted into side of the equation and the product and any
a neutron. This results in positron (β+) emis- accompanying particulate or gamma emissions
sion, which is always accompanied by a neu- are indicated on the right. For example,
trino. This obviously increases N by one and A A+1
decreases Z by one, again leaving A unchanged Z X + n (neutron) → Z X + γ or more specifically
98
(see Fig. 1-1). The downward arrow in the 42 Mo + n (neutron) → 99
42 Mo + γ
4 Chapter 1 n Radioactivity, Radionuclides, and Radiopharmaceuticals
to characterize decay. Half-life usually refers to humans, one needs to know the physical half-
the physical half-life, which is the amount of life of the radioisotope used as a tag or label
time necessary for a radionuclide to be reduced as well as the biologic half-life of the tagged
to half of its existing activity. The physical half- compound. If these are known, the following
life (Tp) is equal to 0.693/λ, where λ is the decay formula can be used to calculate the effective
constant. Thus, λ and the physical half-life half-life:
have characteristic values for each radioactive Te = (Tp × Tb ) / (Tp + Tb )
nuclide. Decay tables for various radionuclides
are presented in Appendix C. where
A formula that the nuclear medicine physi- Te = effective half-life
cian should be familiar with is the following: Tp = physical half-life
A = A0 e ‐ 0.693 / Tp (t) Tb = biologic half-life
This formula can be used to find the activity If the biologic half-life is 3 hours and the
(A) of a particular radioisotope present at a physical half-life is 6 hours, then the effective
given time (t) and having started with activity half-life is 2 hours. Note that the effective half-
(A0) at time 0. For instance, if you had 5 mCi life is always shorter than either the physical or
(185 MBq) of 99mTc at 9 am today, how much biologic half-life.
would remain at 9 am tomorrow? In this case,
Tp of 99mTc is 6 hours, t is 24 hours, and e is a RADIONUCLIDE GENERATOR
mathematical constant. Thus, SYSTEMS
A number of radionuclides of interest in nuclear
− 0.693 (t)
medicine are short-lived isotopes that emit only
A = A0 e Tp
gamma rays and decay by isomeric transition.
− 0.693 (24 hours) Because it is often impractical for an imaging
A = A0 e 6 hours laboratory to be located near a reactor or a
− 0.693 (24 hours) cyclotron, generator systems that permit on-site
A = 5 mCi e 6 hours availability of these isotopes have achieved wide
use. Some isotopes available from generators
A = 5 mCi e − 0.1155 (24 hours) include technetium-99m, indium-113m (113mIn),
A = 5 mCi e − 2.772 krypton-81m (81mKr), rubidium-82 (82Rb),
strontium-87m (87mSr), and gallium-68 (68Ga).
A = 5 mCi e 2.772
1
Inside the most common generator (99Mo-
99mTc), a radionuclide “parent” with a relatively
( )
1
long half-life is firmly affixed to an ion exchange
A = 5 mCi e 15.99
column. A 99Mo-99mTc generator consists of an
A = 0.31 mCi alumina column on which 99Mo is bound. The
parent isotope (67-hour half-life) decays to its
Thus, after 24 hours, the amount of 99mTc radioactive daughter, 99mTc, which is a differ-
remaining is 0.31 mCi (11 MBq). ent element with a shorter half-life (6 hours).
In addition to the physical half-life or physical Because the daughter is only loosely bound on
decay of a radionuclide, two other half-life terms the column, it may be removed, or washed off,
are commonly used. Biologic half-life refers to with an elution liquid such as normal (0.9%)
the time it takes an organism to eliminate half saline. Wet and dry 99Mo-99mTc generator sys-
of an administered compound or chemical on a tems are available and differ only slightly. A wet
strictly biologic basis. Thus, if a stable chemi- system has a saline reservoir and a vacuum vial
cal compound were given to a person, and half that draws saline across the column. With a dry
of it were eliminated by the body (perhaps in system, a specific amount of saline in a vial is
the urine) within 3 hours, the biologic half-life placed on the generator entry port and drawn
would be 3 hours. The effective half-life incor- across by a vacuum vial (Fig. 1-4).
porates both the physical and biologic half- After the daughter is separated from the col-
lives. Therefore, when speaking of the effective umn, the buildup process is begun again by the
half-life of a particular radiopharmaceutical in residual parent isotope. Uncommonly, some of
6 Chapter 1 n Radioactivity, Radionuclides, and Radiopharmaceuticals
the parent isotope (99Mo) or alumina is removed maximum activity when the rate of decay of
from the column during elution and appears the daughter equals its rate of production. At
in the eluate containing the daughter isotope. this equilibrium point, for instance, the amount
This is termed breakthrough. of daughter 99mTc is slightly greater than the
To make efficient use of a generator, elution activity of the parent 99Mo (Fig. 1-5). When the
times should be spaced appropriately to allow parent isotope has a half-life somewhat greater
for reaccumulation of the daughter isotope on than that of the daughter, the equilibrium
the column. The short-lived daughter reaches attained is said to be a transient equilibrium.
This is the case in a 99Mo-99mTc generator.
Most generators used in hospitals have 99Mo
Saline vial Vacuum vial activity levels of about 1 to 6 Ci (3.7 to 22.0 GBq).
The amount of 99mTc in the generator reaches
about half the theoretical maximum in one half-
life (6 hours). It reaches about three fourths of
the theoretical maximum in about two half-lives,
and so on (see Appendix C-1). This indicates that
if one elutes all of the 99mTc daughter from an
99Mo generator, 24 hours later (four half-lives),
Lead
the amount of 99mTc present in the generator will
have returned to about 95% of the theoretical
maximum.
Mo-99 Other, much less common photon-emitting
alumina radionuclide generator systems include rubidium-
column 81 (81Rb) (4.5 hours)/81mKr (13 seconds), tin-13
(113Sn) (115 days)/113mIn (1.7 hours), yttrium-
87 (87Y) (3.3 days)/87mSr (2.8 hours), and tel-
lurium-132 (132Te) (3.2 days)/132I (2.3 hours).
Although generator systems are most often used
to produce photon-emitting radionuclides, cer-
Lead shield
tain generators can produce positron emitters.
These include strontium-82 (82Sr) (25 days)/
82Rb (1.3 minutes). 82Rb is a potassium analog
Figure 1-4. Generator. Schematic of dry molybdenum-99/
technetium-99m generator system. and can be used for myocardial perfusion
100
99mTc
separation 99mTc
transient
75 equilibrium
Activity %
50 99mTc
growth
99Mo decay
25
PHYSICAL
SYMBOL HALF-LIFE APPROXIMATE ENERGY
Photon-Emitting Gamma (keV)
Radionuclides for Imaging
Technetium-99m 99m
43 Tc
6 hr 140
Indium-111 111
49 In
67 hr 173, 247
Nitrogen-13 13
7 N
10 min 1.198
Strontium-89 89 50.5 day 1.46 MeV max; 0.58 MeV mean beta; 910 keV
38 Sr
gamma (0.01%)
Yttrium-90 90 64 hr 2.2 MeV max; 0.93 MeV mean beta
39 Y
Iodine-131 131 8.0 day 0.19 MeV mean beta; 364 keV gamma (82%)
53 I
Samarium-153 153 46 hr 0.81 MeV max; 0.23 MeV mean beta; 103 keV
62 Sm
gamma (28%)
Rhenium-186 186
75 Re
90 hr 0.34 MeV mean beta; 186 keV gamma (9%)
Gold-198 198 2.7 day 0.96 MeV max; 0.31 MeV mean beta; 412 keV
79 Au
gamma (96%)
Note: The approximate range (cm) of beta particle in tissue is the energy (MeV) divided by two.
MAXIMAL MAXIMUM
NUCLIDE AND AVERAGE AND MEAN
(DECAY PHYSICAL DECAY POSITRON RANGE IN PRODUCTION
PRODUCT) HALF-LIFE MODE ENERGY (KeV) WATER (mm) REACTION
Carbon-11 20.3 min 99.8% positron 960, 385 4.1, 1.1 14N(p,alpha)11C*
(Carbon-13) 13C(p,n)13N
Oxygen-15 124 sec 99.9% positron 1730, 735 7.3, 1.5 15N(p,n)15O
(Nitrogen-15) 14N(d,n)15O
Fluorine-18 110 min 97% positron 634, 250 2.4, 1.0 18O(p,n)18F
*This symbolism means that a proton is accelerated into an atom of nitrogen-14, causing the ejection of an alpha particle from the nucleus
to produce an atom of carbon-11.
and 159-keV (84%) gamma rays. Iodine-123 is about 7 days. Iodine is a useful radionuclide
usually produced in a cyclotron by bombard- because it is chemically reactive and is used
ment of antimony-121 (121Sb) or tellurium-122 to produce a variety of radiopharmaceuticals,
or -124 (122Te or 124Te). Another method is to which are discussed in later clinical chapters.
bombard iodine-127 (127I) to produce 123Xe and
let this decay to 123I. Contamination with 124I Xenon-133
may increase the radiation dose; because 124I is Xenon is a relatively insoluble inert gas and is
long lived, its proportion in an 123I preparation most commonly used for pulmonary ventilation
increases with time. studies. Xenon is commercially available in unit-
Iodine-131 is a much less satisfactory isotope dose vials or in 1 Ci (37 GBq) glass ampules.
from an imaging viewpoint because of the high Xenon is highly soluble in oil and fat, and
radiation dose to the thyroid and its relatively there is some adsorption of xenon onto plastic
high photon energy. However, it is widely avail- syringes.
able, is relatively inexpensive, and has a rela- Xenon-133 has a physical half-life of 5.3 days.
tively long shelf life. Iodine-131 has a half-life of The principal gamma photon has an energy of
8.06 days and decays by beta-particle emission 81 keV and emits a 374-keV beta particle. With
to a stable 131Xe. The principal mean beta energy normal pulmonary function, its biologic half-
(90%) is 192 keV. Several gamma rays are also life is about 30 seconds. Some disadvantages of
emitted, and the predominant photon is 364 keV 133Xe include its relatively low photon energy,
(82% abundance) (HVL in water of 6.4 cm). beta-particle emission, and some solubility in
When iodine is orally administered as the both blood and fat.
iodide ion, it is readily absorbed from the gas-
trointestinal tract and distributed in the extra- Gallium-67
cellular fluid. It is concentrated in a manner Gallium-67 has a physical half-life of 78.3 hours
similar to that for 99mTc pertechnetate in the and decays by electron capture, emitting gamma
salivary glands, thyroid, and gastric mucosa. As radiation. It can be produced by a variety of
with pertechnetate, there is renal filtration with reactions in a cyclotron. The principal gamma
significant tubular reabsorption. Urinary excre- photons from 67Ga are 93 keV (40%), 184 keV
tion is the predominant route (35% to 75% in (24%), 296 keV (22%), and 388 keV (7%).
24 hours), although there is some fecal excre- An easy way to remember these energies is to
tion as well. Iodide trapped and organified by round off the figures (i.e., 90, 190, 290, and
the normal thyroid has an effective half-life of 390 keV).
10 Chapter 1 n Radioactivity, Radionuclides, and Radiopharmaceuticals
excreted gallium through the colon on sequen- expensive. Thallium-201 is normally adminis-
tial images may provide the best evidence of tered as a chloride and rapidly clears from the
physiologic activity. Persistence of gallium in a blood with a half-life between 30 seconds and
given area of the abdomen should be viewed as 3 minutes. Because it is roughly a potassium
abnormal. Activity is seen in the osseous pelvis, analog, it is rapidly distributed throughout the
particularly in the sacrum and sacroiliac joints body, particularly in skeletal and cardiac mus-
on posterior views. On early images, bladder cle. Thallium-202 (95% photon at 439 keV)
activity may be noted, and later, concentrations contamination should be less than 0.5% and,
may be seen in the region of male or female if present in greater quantities, can significantly
genitalia. As in the abdomen, cecal or rectosig- degrade images.
moid accumulation may present a problem in
interpretation. As a weak bone agent, gallium Fluorine-18 and Other Positron
is noted throughout the normal skeleton and in Emitters
areas of benign skeletal remodeling. The most commonly used positron-emitting
radiopharmaceutical in clinical imaging is the
Indium-111 glucose analog fluorine-18 fluorodeoxyglucose
Indium is a metal that can be used as an iron ana- (18F-FDG). Many tumor cells use large amounts
log; it is similar to gallium. Isotopes of interest of glucose as an energy source and possess
are 111In and 113mIn. Indium-111 has a physical increased expression of glucose transporters
half-life of 67 hours and is produced by a cyclo- (especially GLUT1) and increased hexokinase
tron. The principal photons are 173 keV (89%) activity (especially HK2). Glucose transporters
and 247 keV (94%). Indium-113m can be con- transfer glucose and fluorodeoxyglucose into
veniently produced by using a 113Sn generator the cells, where they are phosphorylated by
system. It has a physical half-life of 1.7 hours hexokinases (Fig. 1-7). The rate-limiting step in
and a photon of about 392 keV. Indium-111 can this process is at the hexokinase level and not
be prepared as a chelate with diethylenetriamine- at glucose transport. Although phosphorylated
pentaacetic acid (DTPA). Because of its long glucose can be further metabolized, phosphory-
half-life, the 111In chelate can be used for intra- lated FDG cannot be rapidly metabolized and
cranial cisternography. Indium-111 is also used 18F-FDG is essentially trapped within the cell in
to label platelets, white cells, monoclonal anti- proportion to the rate of glucose metabolism.
bodies, and peptides. Indium-111 oxine labeled This allows sufficient time to image its distribu-
white cells are commonly used to scan for infec- tion in normal and abnormal bodily tissues. A
tions. On these images, activity is seen mostly in notable exception to the trapping of phosphory-
the spleen and to a lesser extent in the liver and lated FDG is the liver, in which an abundance of
bone marrow (see Chapter 12). phosphatases causes enhanced dephosphoryla-
tion of FDG-6-phosphate, which accelerates its
Thallium-201 washout from that organ.
When a thallium metal target is bombarded with Although 18F-FDG reaches a plateau of accu-
protons in a cyclotron, lead 201 (201Pb) is pro- mulation in tumors at about 45 minutes after
duced, which can be separated from the thallium injection, the tumor-to-background ratio is best
target and allowed to decay to 201Tl. Thallium- at 2 to 3 hours. Highest activity levels at 2 hours
201 has a physical half-life of 73.1 hours and are seen in the brain, heart (if not fasting), and
decays by electron capture to mercury-201 urinary system.
(201Hg). Mercury-201 emits characteristic x-rays The effective dose to the patient for most
with energies from 68 to 80 keV (94.5%) and 18F-FDG PET scans is about 0.1 rem (1 mSv) or
much smaller amounts of gamma rays with about 0.093 rem/mCi (0.025 mSv/MBq). Preg-
higher energies. The relatively low energy of the nancy and breastfeeding are common concerns
major emissions can cause significant attenua- when administering radionuclides to women.
tion by tissue between the radionuclide and the Fetal dose estimates after administration of
gamma camera. The HVL in water is about 4 cm. 13.5 mCi (500 MBq) of 18F-FDG to the mother
For these reasons, attenuation correction meth- are about 1400 mrem (14 mSv) in early preg-
odologies have been developed (see Chapter 2). nancy and about 400 mrem (4 mSv) at term.
Because 201Tl is produced by a cyclotron, it is Although 18F-FDG can accumulate in breast
Chapter 1 n Radioactivity, Radionuclides, and Radiopharmaceuticals 13
Glucose Glucose
Phosphorylation
Glucose 6-p
Glucose
Glucose
18
F-FDG transporter 18
F-FDG
(GLUT) Phosphorylation Figure 1-7. 18F-FDG metabolism.
18
Although 18F-FDG is transported
F-FDG 6-p into the cell in the same manner as
Blocked glucose, it cannot be dephosphory-
lated and remains in the cell. FDG,
Fluorodeoxyglucose.
tissue, it is not secreted to any significant degree those of an oncologic nature. However, it was
in the milk. It is usually recommended that the not until the development of methods of produc-
mother not cuddle or breastfeed the infant for ing and labeling monoclonal antibodies that the
about 8 hours after injection. clinical potential of such agents could be seri-
Fluorine-18 is also used in a sodium form as ously explored. Growing interest in antibody
skeletal imaging agent. Excretion is predomi- therapies developed to antigens on subgroups
nantly via the kidneys. Images are similar to of tumors and even tumors from individual
those obtained with technetium phosphate com- patients has given rise to prospects for realizing
pounds. This is discussed in further detail in the potential for development of patient-specific
Chapter 8. oncologic therapies.
The positron emitters carbon-11, nitrogen-13, Monoclonal antibodies are so named because
and oxygen-15 are not used commonly in clini- when developed against a given antigen, they are
cal practice primarily because of the need for an absolutely identical to one another. The tech-
on-site cyclotron. Carbon-11 acetate and pal- nique for producing monoclonal antibodies first
mitate are metabolic agents, carbon monoxide involves the immunization of an animal, gener-
can be used for blood volume determinations, ally a mouse, with a specific antigen (Fig. 1-8).
and there are a few carbon-11 labeled receptor This antigen can be virtually anything capable
binding agents. Nitrogen-13 ammonia is a per- of inducing the B lymphocytes to begin produc-
fusion agent and nitrogen glutamate is a meta- ing antibodies against the injected substance.
bolic agent. Oxygen-15 carbon dioxide and Once this is done, the B lymphocytes are har-
water are perfusion agents and oxygen as a gas vested from the mouse and placed in a tube con-
is a metabolic agent. taining mouse myeloma cells. Fusion of these
Rubidium-82 chloride is obtained from a myeloma cells with the B lymphocytes then takes
generator and used for myocardial perfusion place, forming what is known as hybridoma.
studies; however, widespread clinical use has This hybridoma has the ability to continue pro-
been limited by cost issues. ducing antigen-specific antibodies based on the
B-lymphocyte parent and, at the same time,
Monoclonal Antibodies to perpetuate itself based on the characteris-
During the past several years, much interest has tic of continual mitosis conferred on it by the
been generated in the development of labeled myeloma cells.
antibodies for the immunodetection and immu- Hybridomas can then be grown in clones and
notherapy of a variety of diseases, particularly separated out until a clone is developed that
14 Chapter 1 n Radioactivity, Radionuclides, and Radiopharmaceuticals
Spleen
Antigen removed
B lymphocytes
Monoclonal
antibodies
Myeloma
Hybridoma Fusion of cells cells
cell culture
Figure 1-8. Schematic for pro-
duction of monoclonal antibodies.
produces an antibody of particular interest. reducing the amount of antibody available for
When such clones are developed, they are grown imaging. Monoclonal antibody fragments or
in the peritoneal cavities of mice, and the anti- antibodies of human or chimeric origin (human–
body produced is secreted into the ascitic fluid. mouse) appear to reduce HAMA production. As
This ascitic fluid is harvested and processed to solutions to these drawbacks are devised, mono-
provide a purified form of the antibody. Large clonal antibodies are gradually becoming part
quantities of monoclonal antibodies can be of the radiopharmaceutical armamentarium of
obtained in this way. Bulk production of mono- diagnostic and therapeutic nuclear medicine.
clonal antibodies is also possible by using a syn- Radiolabels currently include radioiodines, 111In,
thetic approach in vitro. 99mTc, and 90Y.
reactions are allergic in nature, although some Clinical investigation of INDs occurs in three
vasovagal reactions have occurred. The clini- phases. Phase one is early testing in humans to
cal manifestations of most reactions are rash, determine toxicity, pharmacokinetics, and effec-
itching, dizziness, nausea, chills, flushing, hives, tiveness. These studies usually involve a small
and vomiting. These reactions may occur within number of people and are conducted under care-
5 minutes or up to 48 hours after injection. Late- fully controlled circumstances. Phase two trials
onset rash or itching, dizziness, and/or headache are controlled trials to test both for effectiveness
have most commonly been reported with 99mTc in treatment of a specific disease and for evalu-
bone agents. Severe reactions involving anaphy- ation of risk. Phase three, clinical investigation,
lactic shock or cardiac arrest are reported in less involves extensive clinical trials, provided that
than 3% of adverse reactions. In addition to information obtained in phases one and two
allergic or vasomotor reactions, adverse effects demonstrates reasonable assurance of safety
with albumin particulates have been reported and effectiveness. Phase-three studies acquire
owing to pulmonary capillary vascular blockage necessary information for complete drug label-
in patients with diminished pulmonary vascular ing, including the most desirable dose and the
capacity. Positron emission tomography (PET) safety and effectiveness of the drug. Most reim-
radiopharmaceuticals are also extremely safe, bursement organizations and third-party payers
with no reported adverse reactions in more than will not pay for a drug unless it is fully approved
80,000 administered doses. An isolated case by the FDA.
report of anaphylaxis after MIBG (metaiodo-
benzylguanidine) has been reported. RADIOPHARMACY QUALITY
Reactions related to pyrogens or additives CONTROL
have become exceedingly rare because of the Most nuclear medicine departments now get
extensive quality control used in the manufac- “unit doses” from commercial radiopharmacies.
ture and preparation of radiopharmaceuticals. Such doses are prepared in an off-site commer-
Pyrogen reactions may be suspected if more cial radiopharmacy, placed in a syringe, labeled
than one patient receiving a dose from a single (radiopharmaceutical, activity, and patient
vial of a radiopharmaceutical has experienced name), and calibrated for a certain amount of
an adverse effect. activity to be injected at a specific time. The
Common nonradioactive pharmaceuticals only quality controls that may be performed in
used in nuclear medicine are dipyridamole and the department are dose calibration and photo-
glucagon. Adverse reactions (usually headache) peak analysis at the time of imaging. Additional
have been reported to occur in up to 45% of quality control should be requested from the
patients. Severe reactions to these occur in about radiopharmacy if the images demonstrate an
6 per 100,000 administrations and include pro- unexpected distribution of activity (Fig. 1-9).
longed chest pain, syncope (dipyridamole), and Because most departments no longer use 99Mo/
anaphylaxis (glucagon). Anaphylactic reactions 99mTc generators to elute technetium or com-
have also been reported in up to 1% of patients pound radiopharmaceuticals from kits, the
receiving isosulfan blue dye during sentinel burden of most radiopharmaceutical quality
lymph node procedures. assurance issues has been shifted to others. How-
ever, it is still important to understand the qual-
Investigational ity control processes and principles in case there
Radiopharmaceuticals is an adverse reaction or the radiopharmaceuti-
Any new radiopharmaceutical must be treated as cal does not localize in the patient’s tissues as
an investigational new drug (IND) and must go expected.
through the process outlined in the Guidelines For those who continue to prepare radio-
for the Clinical Evaluation of Radiopharmaceu- pharmaceuticals in the nuclear medicine depart-
tical Drugs of the Food and Drug Administration ment, there are new, complex, and potentially
(FDA). Either manufacturers or health practitio- very expensive requirements (U.S. Pharmaco-
ners can file an IND application. Initially, the peia Chapter 797) concerning the compound-
application must include complete composition ing of sterile preparations. This USP chapter
of the drug, source, manufacturing data, and pre- provides strict requirements for inspection stan-
clinical investigations, including animal studies. dards, licensing, and accreditation. Preparation
16 Chapter 1 n Radioactivity, Radionuclides, and Radiopharmaceuticals
is applied. As the solvent approaches the end of chromatographic strip, and acetone is used as
the sheet, an assessment is made of the radioac- the solvent. Most tagged radiopharmaceuticals
tivity present at the point of origin and at the remain at the origin, whereas the free pertechne-
advancing solvent front. Although this may be tate advances with the solvent front (Fig. 1-11).
performed by various scanning methods, the To assess the presence of hydrolyzed technetium
simplest way is to cut the fiber strip into segments or technetium dioxide, saline is used as the sol-
and count them individually in a well counter. vent. In this case, technetium dioxide remains at
If this is done, the technician must be extremely the origin, whereas those radiopharmaceuticals
careful to put only a very small amount of activ- that are soluble in saline, such as diethylenetri-
ity at the spot of origin because well counters aminepentaacetic acid (DTPA) and pertechne-
are efficient, and it is easy to exceed their count tate, advance with the solvent front. For some
rate capability. compounds that are insoluble in saline, such as
The most common 99mTc radiopharmaceuti- macroaggregated albumin, it is not possible to
cals are prepared by adding 99mTc freshly eluted assess the presence of technetium dioxide by
from a generator to a cold kit, as prescribed by using instant thin-layer chromatography.
the kit manufacturer. The eluate of the genera- USP regulations define the lower limits of
tor should be 99mTcO4– (+7) (i.e., pertechnetate). acceptability for radiochemical purity as 95%
Because pertechnetate in this valence state is for pertechnetate, 92% for 99mTc sulfur colloid,
relatively stable, it cannot tag a cold kit prepa- and 90% for all other 99mTc radiopharmaceuti-
ration and must be reduced to a lower valence cals. Once the chromatographic procedures are
state (+3, +4, +5). This is done by using a reduc- established, they take little time to perform and
ing agent such as stannous chloride, which is ideally should be done before patient injection.
generally present in the reaction vial. One reason for performing thin-layer chro-
Most radiochemical impurities obtained in matography before patient injection is that
a kit preparation are the result of interaction simple errors can cause the radiolabeling to be
of either oxygen or water with the contents of completely ineffective. For example, in the pro-
the kit or vial. If air reaches the vial contents, duction of sulfur colloid, one kit normally calls
stannous chloride may be oxidized to stannic for injection of syringe A first and then for injec-
chloride even before introduction of 99mTc into tion of syringe B into the reaction vial. If these
the vial. If this happens, the production of reac- two injections are reversed, no sulfur colloid is
tive technetium is no longer possible, and free produced, and there is a large amount of free
pertechnetate becomes an impurity. If moisture 99mTc pertechnetate. Thus, a liver scan is not
reaches the vial contents, stannous chloride possible with the agent. Free 99mTc pertechne-
becomes hydrolyzed, and the formation of stan- tate is seen as unexpected activity in both the
nous hydroxide, a colloid, results. thyroid and stomach (Fig. 1-12).
Reactive reduced technetium may also become The 99mTc radiopharmaceuticals that are
hydrolyzed, forming technetium dioxide. This produced with stannous chloride reduction
hydrolyzed, reduced form of technetium is insol- or stannous chelates include macroaggregated
uble and is another impurity that must be tested. albumin, phosphate compounds, and gluco-
Technetium that has been tagged to a compound heptonate. The only one in common use that is
can reoxidize and revert to pertechnetate. produced without reduction or chelation by tin
To minimize oxidation problems, most cold is sulfur colloid. The compounds in which the
kits are purged with nitrogen, and additional presence of hydrolyzed technetium (Tc dioxide)
antioxidants, such as ascorbic acid, may also may need to be checked are DTPA, phosphate
have been added. It is still extremely important compounds, glucoheptonate, and iminodiacetic
not to inject air into the reaction vial when pre- acid (IDA) derivatives.
paring a radiopharmaceutical. An often over- Excessive stannous agents can cause quality
looked source of problems is the sterile saline control problems during radiopharmaceutical
used in preparation of the kits. This saline should preparation that become evident in the actual
be free of preservatives because bacteriostatic clinical images. Excess stannous ions (tin) may
agents often interfere with the tagging process. cause liver uptake on bone scans by formation of a
To check for the presence of free pertechne- tin colloid (Fig. 1-13). Residual stannous ions in
tate, the radiopharmaceutical is placed on the the blood may also cause red blood cell labeling.
Chapter 1 n Radioactivity, Radionuclides, and Radiopharmaceuticals 19
99mTcSC
Acetone
solvent front
Activity
99mTcO
4
Origin Distance
99mTcDTPA
Saline
solvent front
Activity
99mTcO
2
Origin Distance
Figure 1-11. Chromatography. Top, Acetone chromatography is used to check for the presence of free pertechnetate,
which migrates with the acetone solvent front. Bottom, To check for technetium dioxide (99mTcO2), saline is used; those
radiopharmaceuticals that are soluble in saline advance with the solvent.
UNSEALED RADIONUCLIDES
USED FOR THERAPY
Radionuclides can be administered to patients
for therapeutic purposes in sealed or unsealed
Figure 1-12. Free technetium pertechnetate. On this forms. Unsealed radionuclides may be given
99mTc-MAA lung scan, unexpected activity in the thyroid orally, administered intravenously, or placed
(top arrows) and stomach (bottom arrows) indicates the
presence of unlabeled free technetium pertechnetate. MAA, directly into a body cavity (such as a knee joint
Macroaggregated albumin. or peritoneum). Most unsealed radionuclides
20 Chapter 1 n Radioactivity, Radionuclides, and Radiopharmaceuticals
are predominantly beta emitters. As such, they be injected intravenously to treat some non-
usually present little hazard to the public or Hodgkin lymphomas.
family members. A few radionuclides also emit
gamma photons, which can be helpful in imag- Iodine-131
ing the localization of the material; however, a Iodine-131 is discussed earlier in the section on
large amount of gamma emissions will present imaging radionuclides; however, large admin-
a radiation hazard and give a significant radia- istered activities of sodium 131I are commonly
tion dose to nontarget tissues. Issues related to used for treatment of hyperthyroidism and
the release of patients in accordance with U.S. thyroid cancer. Although 131I is a beta emitter,
Nuclear Regulatory Commission regulation are there is a predominant energetic gamma emis-
included in Appendix G. Sealed radionuclides sion (364 keV), which can be used to image the
are administered to patients in an encapsulated biodistribution. This gamma photon also can
form for regional radiotherapy. Because they result in measurable absorbed radiation doses
are generally used in the practice of radiation to persons near the patient. Because excretion
oncology, sealed radionuclides will not be dis- is via the urinary tract, and, to a lesser extent,
cussed in this text. via saliva and sweat, special radiation protec-
tion precautions need to be taken for days after
Phosphorus-32, Yttrium-90 these patients are treated. These are discussed
and Gold-198 further in Chapter 4 in the section on thyroid
All three of these radionuclides have been used therapy and in Appendix G.
for radioisotopic therapy. Currently, they are
rarely used in colloidal form for intracavitary Strontium-89, Samarium-153,
administration for abdominopelvic serosal and Rhenium-186
metastases or knee joint synovectomy. Intra- All three of these radionuclides are administered
venous phosphorus-32, as an ionic phosphate, intravenously and used to treat painful osseous
has been used in the past to treat polycythemia metastases from prostate and breast cancer.
vera, but has largely been replaced by non- Strontium-89 (89Sr) is essentially a pure beta emit-
radioisotopic drugs. Yttrium-90 (90Y) can be ter and poses virtually no hazard to medical staff
coupled with a localization agent to deliver anti- or patient families, except for urinary precautions
neoplastic therapy. Yttrium-90 labeled micro- for a few days. Both samarium-153 (153Sm) and
spheres, injected through a transfemoral catheter rhenium-186 (186Re) also emit small amounts of
into the hepatic artery, lodge in the small blood relatively low-energy gamma photons, which can
vessels of liver neoplasms to deliver a therapeu- be used to image distribution. These are discussed
tic dose. 90Y-labeled monoclonal antibodies can in more detail at the end of Chapter 8.
Chapter 1 n Radioactivity, Radionuclides, and Radiopharmaceuticals 21
l All isotopes of a given element have the same l Severe adverse reactions of radiopharmaceuti-
number of protons and only differ in the num- cals are extremely rare (about 2 per 100,000).
ber of neutrons. Adverse reactions to non-radioactive pharma-
ceuticals used in nuclear medicine are much
l Effective half-life of a radionuclide is always less more common.
than either the physical or biologic half-life.
l Technetium-99m as eluted is in a +7 valence
l A becquerel is 1 disintegration per second. A state. Tin is used as a reducing agent to allow
curie is 3.7 × 1010 disintegrations per second. labeling of other compounds.
l In most generators used, there comes a time l Radiochemical purity related to radiopharma-
when the ratio of the daughter to the parent ceutical labeling is tested by using thin-layer
becomes constant (transient equilibrium) and chromatography with either acetone or saline as
for 99Mo-99mTc generators, the 99mTc activity the solvent. Usually, 95% tagging is required.
slightly exceeds the 99Mo activity. This takes
several days. Once eluted, a 99Mo-99mTc genera- l Free 99mTc pertechnetate is usually seen as unex-
tor will reach 95% of maximal 99mTc activity in pected activity in the stomach, thyroid, and sali-
about 24 hours. vary glands.
23
24 Chapter 2 n Instrumentation and Quality Control
B
Figure 2-1. Geiger-Mueller survey meter. A, This instru-
ment is used for low levels of radiation or activity. On the
instrument, the pancake detector is located at the end of
the handle and the face is covered with a red plastic cap.
The selector knob has various multipliers to use with the
displayed reading. Note the radiation check source affixed B
to the side, which is used to make sure the instrument is
functional. Also there is a calibration sticker. B, The dial
Figure 2-2. Ionization survey chamber. A, An ionization
reads in either counts per minute (CPM) or milliroentgens
chamber must be used if there are high levels of activity or
per hour (mR/hr). There is also a battery test range that is
radiation. For this handheld model, the detector is inside
used when the battery check button is pushed or the selec-
the body of the instrument. B, The scale reads in units of
tor knob is switched to battery check.
radiation exposure.
cylindrical sodium iodide crystal with a cylin- is defined as the fraction of emitted radioactiv-
drical well cut into the crystal, into which the ity that is incident on the detection portion of
test tube is placed (Fig. 2-3). A photomultiplier the counter, in this case, the crystal. Because the
tube (PMT) is optically coupled to the crys- crystal is relatively thick, most low energy pho-
tal base. Radiation from the sample interacts tons undergo interaction, and few pass through
with the crystal and is detected by the PMT, undetected. As a result, in the energy ranges
which feeds into a scalar. The scalar readout below 200 keV, the overall crystal detection
directly reflects the amount of radioactivity in efficiency is usually better than 95%.
the sample and is usually recorded in counts Because the top of the well in the crystal is
for the time period during which the sample is open, it is important to keep the sample volume
measured. in the test tube small. If varying sample vol-
Reflected light and scattering inside the well umes are placed in the well counter, different
surface and the thickness of the crystal limit the amounts of radiation escape near the top of the
energy resolution of the standard well counter. crystal, resulting in unequal geometric efficien-
Because the sample is essentially surrounded by cies. Absorption of gamma rays within the wall
the crystal, the geometric efficiency for detec- of the test tube is a factor when lower energy
tion of gamma rays is high. Geometric efficiency sources, such as iodine-125 (125I), are counted;
Chapter 2 n Instrumentation and Quality Control 25
Standard
sample
size Na l(Tl)
crystal
Pulse height
analyzer PMT
Constant
Shielding distance
PMT Na l(Tl)
Thyroid
Air–tissue
interface
Figure 2-4. Single probe count- Pulse height
ing system. A, Single crystal thy- analyzer
roid probe used for measuring
radioiodine uptake. The end of the
Scalar
barrel is placed a fixed distance
from the sitting patient’s neck. B, and display
Schematic diagram. PMT, Photo-
multiplier tube. B
Syringe
Plastic insert
syringe. Limits for maximum activity to be substantially more energetic than are 99mTc
measured by dose calibrators are usually speci- photons, the current produced is about three
fied for 99mTc. times greater. Therefore the maximum activ-
As with other radiopharmaceuticals, the ity limit for 18F is about one third that speci-
activity of positron emitters may be measured fied for 99mTc. Consequently, a dose calibrator
in a typical dose calibrator before administra- with relatively high specified maximum activ-
tion to the patient. Although a dose calibra- ity is preferred. In addition, more lead shield-
tor (ionization chamber) cannot determine ing around the dose calibrator is required for
the energy of emitted photons, the amount of measurement of 18F. It should be at least 5
electrical current in the chamber produced by cm or greater compared with the 4- to 6-mm
the photons varies directly with photon energy. thickness usually supplied with a standard dose
Because the 511 keV annihilation photons are calibrator.
28 Chapter 2 n Instrumentation and Quality Control
Image on PACS or
cathode ray tube
Digital computer
Position Summing
circuit circuit
Preamplifiers
PMTs
Nal crystal
Collimator
Patient
Figure 2-6. Gamma camera schematic. A cross-sectional image of the patient is shown at the bottom, with a final image
seen on the computer console at the top.
Chapter 2 n Instrumentation and Quality Control 29
BGO, Bismuth germanate; FWHM, full width at half-maximum; GSO, gadolinium oxyorthosilicate; LSO, lutetium oxyorthosilicate; LYSO,
lutetium yttrium oxyorthosilicate; NaI, sodium iodide; PET, positron emission tomography; SPECT, single-photon emission computed
tomography; Tl, thallium.
30 Chapter 2 n Instrumentation and Quality Control
to the detector face. Most radiation striking the of distance, if the object of interest is not rela-
collimator at oblique angles is not included in tively flat or thin, the image may be distorted.
the final image. Of all the photons emitted by an Pinhole collimators are routinely used for very
administered radiopharmaceutical, more than high resolution images of small organs, such as
99% are “wasted” and not recorded by the the thyroid, and for certain skeletal regions, such
gamma camera; less than 1% are used to gener as hips or wrists, especially in pediatric patients.
ate the desired image. Thus the collimator is The holes in a multihole collimator may be
the “rate limiting” step in the imaging chain of aligned in a parallel, diverging, or converging
gamma camera technology. manner. The parallel hole collimator is the most
The two basic types of collimators are pinhole widely used multihole collimator in nuclear med-
and multihole. A pinhole collimator operates in icine laboratories. It consists of parallel holes
a manner similar to that of a box camera (Fig. with a long axis perpendicular to the plane of the
2-7). Radiation must pass through the pinhole scintillation crystal. The lead walls between the
aperture to be imaged, and the image is always holes are referred to as septa. The septa absorb
inverted on the scintillation crystal. Because lit- most gamma rays that do not emanate from
tle of the radiation coming from the object of the direction of interest; therefore a collimator
interest is allowed to pass through the pinhole for high energy gamma rays has much thicker
over a given time period, the pinhole collimator septa than does a collimator for low energy rays.
has very poor sensitivity. Collimator sensitivity The septa are generally designed so that septal
refers to the percentage of incident photons that penetration by unwanted gamma rays does not
pass through the collimator. The poor sensitivity exceed 10% to 25%.
of a pinhole collimator makes placement near A parallel hole collimator should be chosen
the organ of interest critical, and bringing the to correspond to the energy of the isotope being
object of interest close to the pinhole magnifies imaged. Low energy collimators generally refer
the image. Because magnification is a function to a maximum energy of 150 keV, whereas
Crystal
Diverging
Pinhole
Parallel hole
Converging
(high resolution–low sensitivity)
medium energy collimators have a maximum parallel hole collimator, scattered photons emit-
suggested energy of about 400 keV. Collimators ted from the patient perpendicular to the crystal
are available with different lengths and different face may be imaged (Fig. 2-11). These photons
widths of septa. In general, the longer the septa, and those that penetrate the septa degrade spa-
the better the resolution but the lower the count tial resolution.
rate (sensitivity) for a given amount of radionu-
clide. The count rate is inversely proportional Crystal and Other Photon
to the square of the collimator hole length. If Detector Devices
the length of the septa is decreased, the detected Radiation emerging from the patient and pass-
count rate increases, and resolution decreases ing through the collimator typically interacts
(Fig. 2-8). with a thallium activated sodium iodide crys-
The difference between typical low energy, tal. Crystals also can be made with thallium or
general-purpose collimators and low-energy, sodium activated cesium iodide or even lantha-
high-sensitivity collimators is that high-sensitivity num bromide, but these are uncommon. Inter-
collimators may allow about twice as many action of the gamma ray with the crystal may
counts to be imaged, although the spatial reso- result in ejection of an orbital electron (photo-
lution is usually degraded by about 50%. A high electric absorption), producing a pulse of fluo-
resolution, low energy collimator has about rescent light (scintillation event) proportional in
three times the resolving ability of a high sensi- intensity to the energy of the gamma ray. PMTs
tivity, low energy collimator. situated along the posterior crystal face detect
With a parallel hole collimator, neither the this light and amplify it. About 30% of the light
size of the image nor the count rate changes from each event reaches the PMTs. The crystal
significantly with the distance of the object of is fragile and must have an aluminum housing
interest from the collimator. This is because as that protects it from moisture, extraneous light,
the object is moved small distances away from and minor physical damage.
the crystal, the inverse square law reduces the The crystal may be circular and up to about
number of counts. However, this is compen- 22 inches in diameter, but most newer ones are
sated for by the increased viewing area of the square or rectangular. For most cameras, a 6-
collimator. On the other hand, resolution is best to 10-mm thick crystal is used. A larger diam-
when the object of interest is as close to the col- eter crystal has a larger field of view and is more
limator face as possible (Figs. 2-9 and 2-10), expensive but has the same inherent resolution as
and scans with multihole collimators are usually does a smaller diameter crystal. The thicker the
obtained with the collimator in contact with crystal becomes, the worse the spatial resolution
or as close as possible to the patient. With a but the more efficient the detection of gamma
Source
Contact 1 foot
Figure 2-10. Effect of increasing the patient-to-detector face distance on clinical images. When the camera is in contact
with this patient, who is having a bone scan, the osseous structures are well defined. Increasing the distance to 1 foot has a
major adverse effect on resolution.
Crystal
Septal
penetration
Apparent position
due to scatter
True
position
Figure 2-11. Scintillation events that degrade Source
images. Both septal penetration and photon scattering
within the patient’s body cause events to be recorded
in locations other than their true positions.
rays. In general, with a 12-mm thick crystal, scintillation process. Materials that can operate
the efficiency for detection of gamma rays from at room temperatures include cadmium tellu-
xenon-133 (133Xe) (81 keV) and technetium- ride and cadmium zinc telluride. These provide
99m (99mTc) (140 keV) is almost 100%; that is, better energy resolution but have the disadvan-
few of the photons pass through the crystal with- tages of low intrinsic efficiency for high energy
out causing a light pulse. As the gamma energy gamma rays and cost of production. As a result,
of the isotope is increased, the efficiency of the their use has been primarily limited to small
crystal is markedly reduced. For example, with field of view cameras.
iodine-131 (131I) (364 keV), efficiency is reduced
to about 20% to 30%. With a thinner crystal, Photon Transducers
the overall sensitivity (count rate) decreases by A photomultiplier tube (PMT) converts a light
about 10% because more photons pass through, pulse into an electrical signal of measurable
but there is about a 30% increase in spatial magnitude. An array of these tubes is situated
resolution because the PMTs are closer to the behind the sodium iodide crystal and may be
event and thus can localize it more accurately, placed directly on the crystal, connected to the
and because there is an increase in light collec- crystal by light pipes, or optically coupled to the
tion. Some newer cameras have pixilated detec- crystal with a silicone-like material. A scintilla-
tors in which the field of view is covered by an tion event occurring in the crystal is recorded by
array of detectors with a face size of 2 to 3 mm one or more PMTs. Localization of the event in
instead of a single large crystal. the final image depends on the amount of light
Detectors also can be solid state semiconduc- sensed by each PMT and thus on the pattern
tors rather than crystal. This allows direct con- of PMT voltage output. The summation signal
version of the absorbed gamma ray energy into for each scintillation event is then formed by
an electronic signal rather than going through the weighing the output of each tube. This signal
Chapter 2 n Instrumentation and Quality Control 33
99mTc
99mTc
photopeak
Compton
scatter in
patient
Counts
Backscatter
Scatter Iodine Energy
and Pb
Counts
99mTc 99mTc
spectrum of point source spectrum from patient
A B
Figure 2-12. Energy spectra for technetium-99m when viewed by the gamma camera as a point source (A) and in a patient
(B). Note the marked amount of Compton scatter near the photopeak that occurs as a result of scatter within the patient’s
body. FWHM, Full width at half maximum.
has three components: spatial coordinates on so that only primary photons known to come
x- and y-axes as well as a signal (z) related to from the photopeak of the isotope being imaged
intensity (energy). The x- and y-coordinates are recorded. The PHA discriminates between
may go directly to instrumentation for display events occurring in the crystal that will be dis-
on the CRT or may be recorded in the com- played or stored in the computer and events that
puter. The signal intensity is processed by the will be rejected. The PHA can make this discrim-
pulse height analyzer (PHA). ination because the energy deposited by a scintil-
The light interaction caused by a gamma ray lation event in the crystal bears a linear relation
generally occurs near the collimator face of the to the voltage signal emerging from the PMTs.
crystal. Thus although a thicker crystal is theo- A typical energy spectrum from a PHA is
retically more efficient, the PMT is farther away shown in Figure 2-12. The photopeak is the
from the scintillation point with a thick crys- result of total absorption of the major gamma
tal and is unable to determine the coordinates ray from the radionuclide. If the characteristic
as accurately. Therefore spatial resolution is K-shell x-ray of iodine (28 keV) escapes from
degraded. The number of PMTs is also impor- the crystal after the gamma ray has undergone
tant for the accurate localization of scintillation photoelectric absorption, the measured gamma-
events; thus for spatial resolution, the greater ray energy for 99mTc would be only 112 keV
the number of PMTs, the greater the resolution. (140 minus 28 keV). This will cause an iodine
Most gamma cameras use about 40 to 100 hex- escape peak.
agonal, square, or round PMTs. A backscatter peak may result when primary
Some newer commercial imaging systems have gamma rays undergo 180-degree scatter and
used position sensitive PMTs (PS-PMT) and ava- then enter the detector and are totally absorbed.
lanche photodiodes (APD). PS-PMTs are usually This can occur when gamma rays strike mate-
used with small field of view devices that have rial behind the source and scatter back into the
pixilated detectors rather than a large single detector. It may also occur when gamma rays
crystal. APDs are solid state photon converters pass through the crystal without interaction and
that can be thought of as a light sensitive diode Compton scatter from the shield or PMTs back
and are being used in PET/MRI applications into the crystal.
because they are less sensitive to magnetic fields. The lead x-ray peak is caused by primary
gamma rays undergoing photoelectric absorp-
Pulse Height Analyzer tion in the lead of shielding or the collimator; as
The basic principle of the PHA is to discard a result, characteristic x-rays (75 to 90 keV) are
signals from background and scattered radia- detected. The effect of Compton scattering in the
tion and/or radiation from interfering isotopes, detector gives a peak from 0 to 50 keV. The sharp
34 Chapter 2 n Instrumentation and Quality Control
Counts
140 keV. These scattered photons from within
the patient cause imaging difficulties because True
the Compton scatter overlaps with the photo- photopeak
peak distribution.
Signal intensity information is matched in the
PHA against an appropriate window, which is Energy
A
really a voltage discriminator. To allow energy
related to the desired isotope photopeak to be Asymmetric window
recorded, the window has upper and lower volt-
age limits that define the window width. Thus
a 20% symmetric window for 140 keV pho- Compton
topeak means that the electronics will accept scatter from
patient
140 ± 14 keV (i.e., 140 keV ± 10%) gamma
Counts
Count rate
ber of photons to each tube; thus for any single
Maximum
event, the distribution of photons is statistically
variable. Statistical variation is relatively greater Half maximum FWHM
when fewer light photons are available. In other
words, the inherent resolution of a system or its
ability to localize an event is directly related to –x 0 +x
the energy of the isotope being imaged. When A
radioisotopes with low energy gamma rays or
characteristic x-rays are used, the camera has
less inherent spatial resolution.
Overall spatial resolution is the resolution
Count rate
capacity of the entire camera system, includ-
ing such factors as the collimator resolution, Septal penetration
septal penetration, and scattered radiation. The FWHM
simplest method of examining overall spatial
resolution is to determine the full width at half
maximum (FWHM) of the line spread function.
–x 0 +x
This refers to the profile response of the gamma B
camera to a single point source of radioactivity Figure 2-14. Full width at half maximum A, The full
and reflects the number of counts seen by the width at half maximum (FWHM) is the response in count
crystal at different lateral distances from the rate to a single point source of radioactivity at different lat-
eral distances from the point source. B, With septal penetra-
source (Fig. 2-14, A). The source is often placed tion, the image may be significantly degraded even though
10 cm from the crystal for these measurements. FWHM is unchanged.
The FWHM is expressed as the width in centi-
meters at 50% of the height of the line spread When low energy isotopes are imaged, the inher-
peak. The narrower the peak, the better the reso- ent resolution becomes more important than the
lution. When state-of-the-art cameras and 99mTc collimator resolution. As the energy of the inci-
are used, the position of scintillation events can dent gamma ray decreases, the inherent resolu-
be determined to within 3 to 5 mm. A typical tion of the crystal decreases markedly because
high resolution collimator has three times better the lower energy gamma rays provide less light
resolution than does a representative high sen- for the PMTs to record; thus there is more sta-
sitivity collimator but allows only one tenth as tistical uncertainty regarding the origin of the
many counts per minute for a given activity. gamma ray. Although the inherent resolution of
Although spatial FWHM is useful for compar- cameras is often championed by salespeople, the
ing collimators, it often does not give other desir- overall resolution determines the quality of the
able information and does not necessarily relate image because it is a combination of the resolu-
to the overall clinical performance of the collima- tions of each of the components in the imag-
tor. More difficult but perhaps more encompass- ing chain, including the collimator, the inherent
ing measurements of collimator performance are resolution, septal penetration, and scatter. The
modulation transfer functions, which take other overall system resolution (Rs) is
factors for optimizing collimator design, such Rs = square root of the sum of R2 i + R2 c
as the presence of scattering material and septal
penetration, into account. The value of this can where R2i is inherent resolution and R2c is col-
be seen in Figure 2-14, B, which illustrates that limator resolution.
the septal penetration occurring in the collima- Another category of resolution is energy
tor may be completely undetected by the mea- resolution, or the ability of the imaging sys-
surement of FWHM alone. tem to separate and distinguish between the
When the overall spatial resolution of the photopeaks of different radionuclides. If the
system with high energy isotopes is considered, energy resolution is good, the photopeaks are
the limiting resolution is that of the collimator. tall and narrow; if energy resolution is poor,
36 Chapter 2 n Instrumentation and Quality Control
the photopeaks appear as broad bumps in the special code word is inserted into the list. This
energy spectrum. The FWHM concept is also list is flexible and can be sorted or divided into
used to examine energy resolution and is usually images at a later time. The list mode has the dis-
quoted for the relatively high energy (662 keV) advantage of a low acquisition rate and a large
photon of cesium-137 (137Cs). With lower memory requirement. Frame mode uses much
energy photons, the energy resolution is worse. less memory than does the list mode and is more
Most gamma cameras have an energy resolu- commonly used, except for gated cardiac stud-
tion of 10% to 15%, allowing use of 15% to ies. All data for images that are collected in the
20% energy windows to encompass all of the frame mode are acquired in a matrix. The usual
photons of interest. image matrix sizes are 64 × 64 and 128 × 128,
although 32 × 32 and 256 × 256 matrix sizes
Count Rate and Dead Time are occasionally used. The main disadvantage
As with any detection system, it is important of frame mode is that the identity of individual
that scintillation events do not occur so fast that events within a time frame is lost.
the electronic system is unable to count each as Matrix size refers to the number of picture
a separate event. If two equal light pulses occur elements along each side of the matrix. These
too close together in time, the system may per- elements may be either bytes or words. In an
ceive this as one event with twice the energy 8-bit computer, both a byte and a word are
actually present. Such an occurrence of primary composed of 8 bits. In a 16-bit computer, a byte
photons would be eliminated by the energy is 8 bits and a word is 16 bits. The maximum
window of the PHA, and none of the informa- number of counts that can be represented by an
tion from the two events would be imaged; thus 8-bit picture element (pixel) is 28, or 0 through
the sensitivity of the system would be dimin- 255 (256 different values). Ordinarily, 16-bit
ished. A more significant problem is loss of collections are used; the maximum size is 216,
spatial resolution when several scattered (low or 0 through 65,535 (65,536 different values)
energy) photons strike the crystal at the same per pixel.
time, so that their light production is summed The matrix size determines the image resolu-
and mimics a primary photon of interest. The tion. Although the matrix size and the number
time after an event during which the system is of counts desired have a significant impact on
unable to respond to another event is referred memory required, the ultimate memory require-
to as dead time. Dead time can be important in ments depend on what the computer system is
high count rate dynamic studies (in the range of being used for and how many cameras it is inter-
50,000 counts/second), particularly with single faced with simultaneously. The matrix size has
crystal cameras. An example is a first-pass car- nothing to do with the final size of the displayed
diac study. image. A 32 × 32 matrix has relatively few pix-
els; therefore the final image is coarse. An image
Field Uniformity obtained in a 256 × 256 acquisition matrix is
Despite the efforts of manufacturers to produce much more detailed. Remember that an image
high quality collimators, crystals, PMTs, and resolution of 256 × 256 may refer to either the
electronics, nonuniformity inevitably occurs. memory acquisition matrix or the CRT display
Acceptable field nonuniformity is on the order matrix. Some manufacturers take a 64 × 64
of 2% to 5%. Much of this can be corrected by matrix image from the memory and display it
the computer system. Analysis of field unifor- on the CRT in a 256 × 256 or 1024 × 1024
mity is discussed later in the chapter. matrix, using interpolation methods.
The 32 × 32 matrix occupies less memory and
Image Acquisition: Memory therefore less disk space. In addition, it can be
and Matrix Size acquired faster than can a finer matrix. Thus
Data may be acquired either by frame mode or there is a trade-off between spatial and temporal
by list mode. In the frame mode, incoming data resolution. In a 32 × 32 matrix, the spatial reso-
are placed in a spatial matrix in the memory lution is poor, but, because it can be acquired
that is used to generate an image. In the list rapidly, the temporal resolution is excellent.
mode, all data are put in the memory as a time For a given computer system, the matrix size
sequence list of events. At regular intervals, a desired for acquisition and the read–write speed
Chapter 2 n Instrumentation and Quality Control 37
of the hard disk dictate the maximum framing A low-pass filter selectively attenuates high fre-
rate that is possible. quencies and smoothes the image by removing
The amount of memory determines the high-frequency noise. This filtering improves the
number of frames that can be collected in the statistical quality of an image but degrades the
electrocardiographic R-R interval on electro- sharpness and spatial resolution. Figure 2-15, A
cardiogram gated cardiac studies. For opti- shows an example of low-pass filtering applied
mum measurement of ejection fraction, at least to data from a SPECT liver scan. High-pass fil-
25 frames/second are needed. If peak ejection tering enhances edges to some extent but also
or peak filling rate is to be measured, 50 frames/ augments the noise (see Fig. 2-15, B). This type
second are needed. of filtering is important in cardiac nuclear medi-
cine when locating the edge of the ventricle is
Image Display and Processing needed. A band-pass filter is a combination of
Image display and processing is necessary in all low-pass and high-pass filters that effectively
nuclear medicine computer systems. The com- suppresses high-frequency and low-frequency
puter plays an extremely important role in lesion signals and transmits only signals that are in a
detectability, and it can perform this function in given spatial frequency window.
a number of ways, including reduction of noise, A simple way of performing low-pass filtering
background subtraction, construction of cine is by the addition of dynamic images. Remem-
loops, and production of tomographic images. ber that dynamic images have a low number
Data are normally collected in 64 × 64 byte of counts in each pixel and are therefore usu-
images. Although a 32 × 32 byte mode can be ally in the byte mode. Thus the highest number
used, the decrease in spatial resolution is usually of counts that can be stored in a pixel is 255.
intolerable. Even in 64 × 64 pixel images, there When adding images, it is necessary to change
is a noticeable saw-toothed appearance to the from the byte mode to the word mode so that
image edges. Because the pixel matrix achieved the maximum number of counts that can be
on a display video is 1024 × 1024 with 256 lev- accommodated in each pixel is expanded. If the
els of gray, the data are usually processed to use computer is in the byte mode and the number
all of the pixels. The simplest method to fill in of counts per pixel exceeds 255, the computer
the extra pixels is linear interpolation. begins counting at 0 again for that pixel. This
To reduce the effects of statistical variation, results in a negative defect (rollover artifact)
particularly in low count images, the image in areas that would normally have a high count
can be smoothed. Smoothing is accomplished rate. An example of this is seen in Figure 2-15, A.
through the use of filters, which may be either
spatial or temporal. Temporal filters are used for Temporal Filters
dynamic acquisition, and spatial filters are used Temporal filters are used on dynamic images
on static images. Spatial filters attempt to remove and involve a weighted averaging technique
statistical fluctuations of the image by modifying between each pixel on one image and the same
values of data points within various pixels. pixel from the frames before and after. Tempo-
ral filtering causes a loss of spatial resolution but
Spatial Filters allows a cine loop to be viewed without flicker.
The processing performed by spatial filters is Remember that temporal filtering of dynamic
done according to the spatial frequencies of studies does not preclude spatial filtering of the
the information. By attenuating or augment- same study, and, in fact, the two processes are
ing parts of the spatial frequency spectrum, frequently performed together.
an image should be obtained that is easier to
interpret or that has more diagnostic value. Frame Manipulation
The simplest smoothing method is nine-point Another common computer image-processing
smoothing. This takes 9 pixels of information application is frame subtraction. This method
and, by taking weighted averages of the 8 pixels may be used for background subtraction and
on the edge of a central pixel, changes the value for subtraction of studies performed simul-
of that central pixel. taneously with two different radionuclides.
Other kinds of filters that are commonly used Although less commonly used, additional com-
are low-pass, high-pass, and band-pass filters. puter capabilities include frame multiplication
38 Chapter 2 n Instrumentation and Quality Control
0 0
1 64 1 64
A B
Figure 2-15. Application of spatial filtering to a coronal single-photon emission computed tomography (SPECT) image
of the liver and spleen. Histograms of the activity defined in a linear region of interest are shown in the upper portions of A
and B. The reconstructed tomographic images are shown in the lower portions (left, liver; right, spleen). A, A low-pass filter
removes high frequencies and smoothes the image. Rollover artifact is seen as the white area in the central portion of the
spleen. B, With a high-pass filter, the image appears noisier, but edges are enhanced.
Camera
head
Table
SPECT
computer
Figure 2-17. Standard dual head gamma camera. The
detector heads are in the common opposed configuration.
The rod in between the heads contains radioactive sources
and is part of the automated quality control program.
Camera
–x console
Tomographic
brain image
Figure 2-16. Schematic representation of a single-photon
emission computed tomography (SPECT) system using a
single camera head. The camera detector usually rotates
around the patient in a noncircular orbit while acquiring
data to be fed to the computer. The tomographic computer-
reconstructed images are subsequently displayed.
rendering it clinically unusable. For this reason, of all spatial frequencies through the use of a
a refined technique called filtered back projec- ramp filter. Many different filters are usually
tion was developed. available in the SPECT software, and selection
As modern computers have become more depends on a number of factors, including the
computationally powerful, iterative algorithms study being performed, the statistical charac-
for reconstruction have been used in place of ter of the acquired images, and operator bias.
filtered back projection. Such processing can The default filter commonly used for filtering
give better image quality compared with that of SPECT images is the Butterworth filter.
the filtered back-projection algorithm. Further,
the streak artifact observed when an area of the Image Display
body is significantly more radioactive relative After being processed, the acquired data may be
to its surroundings (e.g., the bladder on bone displayed visually as a three-dimensional repre-
scans) is often severe with filtered back projec- sentation of the part of the body imaged. This
tion but is markedly improved by using itera- is usually presented cinematically as an image
tive techniques for bone SPECT studies. Once of the body turning continually in space, the
reconstructed, the tomographic views are still in so-called rotating-man image. This view is use-
need of further filtering to produce acceptable ful in three-dimensional localization and also
images for interpretation. in determining whether any significant patient
motion occurred during the acquisition. In addi-
Image Filtering tion to the transaxial tomographic slices pro-
Image filtering of raw data has become a stan- vided, the data can also be easily manipulated
dard nuclear technique for producing processed to render tomographic sections of the body in
images that are visually pleasing and yet pre- standard coronal and sagittal planes, as well
serve the integrity of the acquired data. Essen- as in any oblique planes required by the organ
tially, filtering algorithms improve image quality being imaged. Oblique reconstructions are fre-
by reducing noise. quently used in cardiac perfusion imaging.
Filters are mathematic operations designed Although current methodology allows the
to enhance, smooth, or suppress all or part of production of high-quality diagnostic images
digital image data, ideally without altering their for qualitative interpretation, the inherent prob-
validity. In SPECT, however, image filtering not lems of photon attenuation with depth and the
only enhances the data presentation but also is imperfect attenuation methods available render
a basic requirement for the production of the absolute quantitation of radionuclide distribu-
reconstructed sections. tion difficult. Semiquantitative methods of com-
Filters used in SPECT are usually expressed paring image data with normal distribution, as
in terms of their effect on spatial frequencies; defined by large series of normal patients, have
hence, the term frequency filtering. Filters can met with some success.
be described by the frequencies that they allow
to pass through into the final image. Noise in SPECT/CT
such images is generally predominant at high The success of PET/CT systems has prompted
spatial frequencies. High-pass filters (passing an interest in SPECT/CT systems. The typical
more relatively high frequencies) generally pro- system involves two rotating gamma camera
duce sharper, but noisier, images with enhanced SPECT heads combined with a CT scanner (Fig.
edge definition; low-pass filters (passing fewer 2-19). The gamma camera portion has the same
high frequencies) render smoother, less noisy characteristics as the SPECT cameras just dis-
images with less distinct edges. When applied, cussed. A SPECT/CT system has several advan-
filtering may be performed in one, two, or three tages, including accurately co-registered SPECT
dimensions. Three-dimensional filtering allows and anatomic CT images as well as data-rich
filtering between transaxial slices and is com- attenuation correction using CT transmission
monly applied in SPECT image processing. images. CT attenuation correction allows for
In SPECT image production, filtering can be better quantification of radiotracer uptake than
done before, during, or after transaxial recon- with other methods. The incorporated CT scan-
struction. To avoid artifacts, accurate back- ners are typically less expensive versions of stan-
projection reconstruction requires correction dard multidetector helical CT scanners. Most
Chapter 2 n Instrumentation and Quality Control 43
A
Figure 2-19. SPECT/CT scanner. There is a dual head
gamma camera located in front of the CT scanner gantry
and bore. CT, Computed tomography.
time window and thus appear to represent a uncorrected, both scattered and random coinci-
true coincidence (Fig. 2-25). Using detectors dences add background to the true coincidence
that allow very precise timing permits the rec- distribution, thereby increasing statistical noise,
ognition and exclusion of random events with decreasing contrast, and causing the radioiso-
a resultant improvement in image quality. If left tope concentrations to be overestimated.
46 Chapter 2 n Instrumentation and Quality Control
LOR
There are a number of methods available to rings, or have lost significant energy during
reduce the image degrading impact of scattered Compton scattering. These lower energy scat-
coincidences. Most scattered photons are not tered events can be rejected by using an energy
detected because they are absorbed in tissues of window designed to exclude photons of certain
the body, are scattered away from the detector energies. The success of such rejection depends
Chapter 2 n Instrumentation and Quality Control 47
LOR
Detector array
Crystal
Collimator Figure 2-26. Two-dimensional
acquisition. Two-dimensional acqui-
sition is essentially slice acquisition
performed with septa or collima-
tion in place. A, The collimation
A B C results in annihilation photons
D occurring outside opposing detec-
tor elements and B, scattered
photons being unable to reach the
detector. C, Photons occurring in
the “slice” seen by opposing detec-
tors are recorded, whereas D, pho-
tons emitted at steep angles are not
Detector array able to reach the detector elements.
on the energy resolution characteristics of the tungsten septa positioned between the detector
detectors being used. Because crystal detectors elements. Imaging with lead septa is called two-
have only a finite energy resolution, if one were dimensional (or slice) imaging because most of
to measure only photons approaching 511 keV the photons counted originate in the plane of
and exclude scattered photons of slightly dif- a single detector ring. Two-dimensional imag-
ferent energies, a large number of true events ing improves image quality by reducing image
would also be excluded, thereby either reducing noise (Fig. 2-26). It also minimizes count losses
image statistics or increasing image acquisition related to system dead time by incidentally
times unacceptably. Therefore a rather broad reducing the very large numbers of photons
energy window is used that allows some scat- reaching the detectors that may occur at high
tered events to be recorded as true events. count rates. However, although this reduces the
Another method to reduce scatter from outside number of scattered events originating outside
the plane of a detector ring is to use thin lead or of the field of view (FOV), it also significantly
48 Chapter 2 n Instrumentation and Quality Control
reduces the true counts and increases imaging BGO has the poorest energy resolution,
times. whereas NaI has the best energy resolution as
Faster detector crystals and faster electronics in a result of the highest light output. The energy
new PET instruments have made imaging with- resolution of BGO crystals requires that a wide
out septa, so-called three-dimensional (or vol- energy window (≈250 to 600 keV) be used to
ume) imaging possible (Fig. 2-27). This allows avoid rejecting true events and reducing the
imaging from the volume defined by the entire detected count rate. The use of a wide energy
FOV of the multiple detector rings of the camera window means that a BGO detector system will
and permits detection of true coincidence events accept more scattered events than will the other
that occur in different detectors on different systems with better energy resolution. NaI sys-
rings. Compared with two-dimensional imaging, tems use a narrower energy window than do
three-dimensional acquisitions increase sensitiv- BGO, LSO, or GSO systems.
ity of the system by fivefold or more. However, The light signal produced by scintillation
because both true coincidence and scatter rates detectors is not discrete in time but occurs over a
are increased, better temporal and energy resolu- short time interval (scintillation decay time, 10 to
tions are needed to accurately eliminate scatter 300 nanoseconds), which includes the period
and random events. over which the light fades to background. Along
with the speed of processing electronics, this
PET Scintillation Detectors decay time is an important determinant of system
All positron systems use the principle of scintil- dead time. Dead time is the brief period during
lation whereby the photon interacting with a which a crystal-PMT detector is busy producing
crystal produces a flash of light, which is then and recording a scintillation event and having
detected and localized by photomultiplier tubes the scintillation light decay so that the next dis-
(PMTs) coupled to the scintillation crystal. The tinct scintillation event can be recognized and
ideal PET crystal detector would have (1) high recorded. During this time, additional arriving
stopping power for 511 keV photons providing events cannot be processed and are lost. This
high efficiency and optimum spatial resolution; limits the rate at which events may be detected.
(2) fast, intense light output with rapid decay of High count rate capability of PET instruments
the light for decreased system dead time; and (3) is particularly important in three-dimensional
good energy resolution for accurate scatter rejec- acquisitions and in settings requiring high
tion. Stopping power is best for crystalline mate- activities of very short-lived radionuclides (e.g.,
rials with high density and high effective atomic oxygen 15). Current count rate capabilities are
number (Z value). There are several types of crys- about 500,000 counts/second.
talline detector materials used for PET imaging. The relatively long decay times of both BGO
These include sodium iodide (NaI), bismuth ger- and NaI crystals limit count rate capability.
minate (BGO), lutetium oxyorthosilicate (LSO), The shorter decay time of light output for LSO
and gadolinium oxyorthosilicate (GSO). crystals can reduce scan times for comparable
Detector array
images to about half of the time required for economically achieved by using a single crystal-
BGO systems. LSO crystals probably have the line block onto which deep channels have been
best combination of properties for optimizing cut, forming a matrix (8 × 8 or 64 elements) on
PET imaging, especially in three-dimensional the face of the block. The channels in the crystal
imaging systems (without septa) with the poten- are filled with opaque material so that the light
tial for very high count rates. from scintillation events cannot spread between
sections but travels toward the PMTs only. This
PET Detector Geometry achieves the effect of multiple small crystalline
State-of-the-art PET scanners are multidetector detectors.
full ring (circular or polygonal) systems that axi- Many such blocks (hundreds) are then assem-
ally surround the patient (360 degrees). These bled to form a crystal ring. The light from each
cameras have multiple adjacent detector rings block is collected by PMTs (about four per
that significantly increase the axial FOV of the block) servicing the entire block of crystals. Even
patient. A larger FOV allows more counts to be though the number of PMTs per block is far less
detected for a standardized administered radio- than the number of individual crystal elements,
pharmaceutical dose and a fixed scan time by it is still possible to attribute each light pulse to a
allowing more time at each table position. particular crystal for localization by comparing
The most common detector arrangement pulse heights in each of the PMTs. Current full
used in dedicated PET cameras consists of rings multi-ring PET scanners have 10,000 to 20,000
of individual detector modules of small crystal “crystals” arranged in about 200 to 400 blocks
arrays or cut block scintillation crystals (usually and with about 500 to 1000 PMTs. For multi-
BGO or LSO) coupled with PMTs (Fig. 2-28). crystal PET cameras, the intrinsic spatial reso-
In crystal arrays, multiple separate, very small lution is a function of the crystal size; thus the
(≈4 mm front surface edge) scintillation crystals small sizes of the crystal faces allowed by block
are grouped together in blocks, often arranged design permits optimization of intrinsic reso-
in 6 × 6 or 8 × 8 blocks (36 to 64 “crystals” lution. Further, a large number of small inde-
per detector block). This concept is more pendent detectors in a PET system significantly
reduces dead time count losses and allows cam- single-photon imaging, with PET, two photons
era operation at higher count rates. must escape the patient to be detected and the
With ring detectors of any sort, resolution mean photon path is longer, increasing the like-
varies with location in the FOV. As an annihila- lihood of attenuation. In a large person, the loss
tion event gets closer to the edge of the FOV, of counts attributable to attenuation can exceed
more image blurring occurs because the path of 50% to 95%.
an annihilation photon may traverse more than Loss of counts through attenuation increases
one detector element and is capable of produc- image noise, artifacts, and distortion. Significant
ing a scintillation in any of them (Fig. 2-29). artifacts may occur on whole-body PET images
Alternative detector arrangements to the obtained without attenuation correction. These
small “multi-crystal” complete ring design have include the following: (1) distortions of areas
been available. These include a hexagonal array of high activity (such as the bladder) as a result
or a ring of large curved thallium-doped sodium of variable attenuation in different directions,
iodide (NaI[Tl]), crystals, and dual opposed (2) a prominent body surface edge (“hot skin”),
arcs of small detectors that rotate around the and (3) apparently high count rates (increased
axis of the patient to acquire data. There are activity) in tissues of low attenuation, such as
advantages and disadvantages to these alter- the lungs. As a result, attenuation correction of
native configurations. Because septa are not these images is necessary before the true amount
typically used with these systems, only three- of radionuclide present at various locations in
dimensional imaging is used. the body can be accurately determined. This is
true both for accurate qualitative assessment of
Attenuation Correction activity distribution on regional or whole-body
Attenuation is the loss of true events through images and for precise quantitative measure-
photon absorption in the body or by scattering ments of tracer uptake, such as standardized
out of the detector FOV. Attenuation prob- uptake values (SUVs).
lems are significantly worse with PET imag- Methods of attenuation correction include the
ing than with SPECT. Even though the energy following: (1) calculated correction, based on
of the annihilation photons is greater than for body contour assumptions and used primarily
for imaging the head/brain where attenuation is an artifact may occur as a result of the bladder
relatively uniform; and (2) measured correction filling with radionuclide during the PET scan
using actual transmission data, used for imag- acquisition. This results in a hot area appearing
ing the chest, abdomen, pelvis, and whole body around the bladder on the attenuation-corrected
where attenuation is variable. Transmission images but not on the nonattenuation-corrected
attenuation correction is performed by acquir- images. A similar effect occurs if there are signif-
ing a map of body density and correcting for icant metallic objects (implants or dental work)
absorption in the various tissues. The amount in the patient.
of positron-emitting radionuclide at a specific A specific problem may occur when using
location can then be determined. Once the cor- bolus injection of intravenous contrast for a
rection is performed, the information is recon- CT scan of the neck or chest. The attenuation-
structed into cross-sectional images. corrected images may show foci of artifactu-
In PET/CT scanners, x-rays from the com- ally increased 18F-FDG activity in the region of
puted tomography (CT) scan are used for atten- venous structures first accepting the undiluted
uation correction and for providing localizing bolus. If co-registration is not perfect, this may
anatomic information. Because the x-rays used be misinterpreted as abnormal activity in a
are less than 511 keV, the transmission data lymph node or other structure. However, for
are adjusted to construct an attenuation map practical purposes, most oral or intravenous
appropriate for annihilation photons. Attenu- contrast regimens do not cause significant arti-
ation maps can be obtained quickly (during facts, and, because the high-density source of
a single breath-hold) with a PET/CT scanner, any artifacts can be recognized on the CT por-
achieving high quality attenuation maps. How- tion of the study, there is usually little problem
ever, because the attenuation map obtained in interpretation. Further, because these arti-
with CT is obtained much more quickly than facts are the result of attenuation correction,
is the PET scan to which it is applied, artifacts their specious nature can be substantiated by
in regions of moving structures such as the dia- their absence on review of the nonattenuation-
phragm may occur. corrected images. The artifacts from oral and
Attenuation is more likely when the annihila- intravenous contrast administration as well as
tion reaction occurs in the center of the patient those from metal implants have diminished as
and less likely when the event occurs at the edge attenuation-correction algorithms have become
of the body. Thus in a nonattenuation-corrected more sophisticated and as more appropriately
image, there is less activity in the center of designed diagnostic CT protocols have become
the body and more activity at the skin sur- available. In addition, recent studies have shown
face. Typically both attenuation-corrected and no statistically or clinically significant spuri-
nonattenuation-corrected images are provided ous elevation of SUVs which may potentially
for interpretation. Images without attenuation interfere with the diagnostic value a PET/CT
correction can be recognized by the surface of resulting from the use of intravenous iodinated
the body (or “skin”) and the lungs appearing contrast.
to contain considerably increased activity (see
Fig. 2-29). On attenuation-corrected images, the System Sensitivity
lungs have less activity than do structures nearer and Resolution
the surface and appear photopenic. Some lesions The sensitivity is defined as the recorded true
located near the surface of the body are more coincidence rate (i.e., without scatter and ran-
obvious on the uncorrected images, but most dom events) divided by the activity concentra-
will be seen on the corrected images. A misalign- tion (the true emitted events from the source).
ment artifact can occur when a patient moves Sensitivity of a PET camera is determined by
in between the transmission and emission scans. multiple factors, including, but not limited to,
This can result in overcorrection on one side of scanner geometry, crystal efficiency, and photon
the body and undercorrection on the other. Fur- attenuation in tissue. Most photons emitted
ther, very high density (high Hounsfield units) from the patient (98% to 99%) are not detected
contrast on the CT scan can cause overestima- because they are emitted in all directions from
tion of tissue 18F-FDG concentrations, produc- the patient and the detector rings cover only
ing areas of apparent increased activity. Thus a fraction of the patient’s body surface. When
52 Chapter 2 n Instrumentation and Quality Control
of 5 mm, a pitch of 1.6 for diagnostic scans, the previously available PET and MRI scan-
and reconstruction increments of 2.5 mm. The ners. One major problem was that the PET
mA can be reduced to 40 to 60 mA in smaller phototubes are sensitive to even low magnetic
patients, and the mA can be increased to 120 to fields and needed to be replaced by avalanche
160 for very large patients. If the CT scan is only photodiodes that required expensive cooling
being done for attenuation correction purposes, systems. Second, the presence of PET detectors
an mA of only 10 to 40 is necessary. The CT interfered with MR field homogeneity, gradients
scan time is usually very short (≈30 seconds), and frequency, causing artifacts on MR images.
and the PET acquisition is much longer (20 to This required development of detectors invis-
30 minutes). For most purposes, the CT scan is ible to MRI. Third, the MRI radiofrequency
usually performed from the meatus of the ear coils interfered with the PET electronics, and
to the mid-thigh during shallow breathing. It is special shielding around the PET electronics
important to obtain the CT and PET images in was needed. Finally, PET attenuation correction
the same manner, that is, with the arms up or methods needed to be developed based on MRI
down on both, and with shallow breathing or data. With these problems solved, it has been
partial breath-hold, rather than obtaining the possible to get simultaneous data acquisition
CT in maximum inspiration breath-hold mode. (which is not truly possible with PET/CT).
Even so, co-registration of small pulmonary, dia- There are three possible designs for a PET/
phragmatic, or superiorly located liver lesions, MRI system. One design is to have the systems
which may vary with even slight changes in in tandem as with a PET/CT scanner. Putting a
position or respiration, may not be perfect. separate PET and CT gantry about 2.5 m apart
PET/CT scanners are now commonly used in but with a common patient table requires the
radiation therapy treatment planning, particu- least system modifications. This method, how-
larly with conformal and intensity modulated ever, means that there cannot be simultaneous
radiotherapy, which requires more precise target imaging causing co-registration errors because
volume definition. of physiologic motion such as peristalsis. Imag-
ing time will likely be longer, and the room
PET/MRI must be bigger than with other systems.
PET/MRI scanners have been hindered in their Another design has a PET detector inserted
development because the combination of the into the bore of a MRI scanner. This requires few
modalities required four significant changes to MRI modifications but significant modifications
Chapter 2 n Instrumentation and Quality Control 55
to the PET system. The system must use detec- including the American College of Radiology
tors that do not interfere with the magnetic (ACR) and the Intersocietal Commission on the
field, and the PET electronics must be somewhat Accreditation of Nuclear Medicine Laboratories
removed from the MR bore The biggest prob- (ICANL), that have quality control standards for
lem is that with the PET inside the MRI bore nuclear medicine equipment. Essentially, all of
there is not much room for the patient and thus the manufacturer’s operating manuals take such
these approaches will likely be used for brain or standards into consideration.
limb scanning.
A third approach is to put the PET within the Gamma Cameras
MR system itself; however, this is technically Scintillation camera systems are subject to a
most difficult. variety of detector and associated electronic
Presently, PET/MRI instruments with the problems that can cause aberrations of the image
tandem and insert design are just beginning to and may not be detected by the casual observer.
enter clinical use, and their efficacy and indi- Thus quality control procedures are especially
cations remain unclear. It can be expected important to ensure high-quality, accurate diag-
that they would be useful for brain pathology nostic images. The three parameters usually
(stroke and tumors) and for whole body onco- tested are (1) spatial resolution, or the ability to
logic applications (such as liver metastases). visualize an alternating, closely spaced pattern
Obvious benefits of PET/MRI are the reduction of activity; (2) image linearity and distortion, or
in radiation dose compared with PET/CT, supe- the ability to reproduce a straight line; and (3)
rior soft-tissue contrast of MRI, and the ability field uniformity, or the ability of the imaging sys-
of MRI to assess tissue chemistry. tem to produce a uniform image from the entire
crystal surface. In general, these determinations
INSTRUMENTATION QUALITY can be made with (extrinsic) or without the col-
CONTROL limator (intrinsic). Radioactive sources used
Before any equipment is installed, it is impor- for these tests are typically a cobalt-57 sheet or
tant to ensure that there is a suitable environ- point source or a 99mTc point source. Less com-
ment to house it; otherwise, attempts at quality monly a Lucite phantom filled with water and
control will be ineffective. Most nuclear medi- 99mTc is used.
PERFORMANCE
PARAMETER QUALITY CONTROL PROTOCOL FREQUENCY†
Survey meter Battery check Before each use
Background check Before each use
Constancy (with long-lived reference source) Before each use
Calibration Annually
Well counter and organ Background adjustment Daily
uptake probe Constancy (with long-lived reference source) Daily
Energy resolution (FWHM) Quarterly
Efficiency (cpm/Bq) ref. source ± 5% Annually
Intraoperative probe Battery check Before each use
Background check Before each use
Constancy (with long-lived reference source) Before each use
Dose calibrator Constancy (reference source ± 5%) Daily
Linearity (shielding or decay method ± 5%) Quarterly
Accuracy (2 radionuclides ± 5%) Quarterly
Geometry ± 5% After repair, recalibration, or
relocation
Sealed sources Wipe test for leaks 6 months
Gamma Camera
Uniformity Intrinsic or extrinsic flood evaluated qualitatively Daily (~4-10 million counts)
High count uniformity Same 1-6 months (100-200 million
counts)
Energy spectrum Radionuclide photopeak peaking Daily; automatic on many
new cameras
Collimator damage Visual inspection unless doing extrinsic daily floods Daily
Spatial resolution and Resolution phantom (quadrant bar phantom) Weekly; not required by
linearity manufacturer on some newer
cameras
Energy resolution Full width at half-maximum of technetium-99m photopeak Annually
expressed as percentage
Energy linearity Multiple radionuclide photopeaks within ± 5% of true Annually
value
Count rate response 20% data loss, resolving time, maximum count rate for Annually
20% window
Sensitivity Count rate per microcurie with 15% window; calculate Annually
absolute sensitivity for a collimator
Collimator integrity 10 million count floods through each non-pinhole Quarterly or when suspect
collimator for evaluation of collimator defects damage
Formatter performance Flood images at all locations and for all image sizes Annually
Whole-body accessory Scan bar phantom along diagonal, and compare with Annually
stationary image; calibrate speed
Energy window setting Confirm energy window for specific radionuclide used For each patient
Multiple window Point source (67Ga/medium energy collimator or 201Tl low Annually
spatial registration energy collimator)
Crystal hydration Image each 1⁄2 photopeak (133Xe,201Tl, or 99mTc) Annually
Spect Gamma Cameras (In addition to above)
Center of rotation 1 or more point sources or line source 1-4 weeks
Head tilt angle Bubble level Quarterly; not needed on
some newer cameras
Chapter 2 n Instrumentation and Quality Control 57
PERFORMANCE
PARAMETER QUALITY CONTROL PROTOCOL FREQUENCY†
System performance SPECT phantom Quarterly
Spatial resolution in air Point or line source reconstructed 6-12 months
PET Scanners
Ambient environment Temperature Daily
Attenuation correction Blank scan (transmission sources but nothing in the FOV) Daily
Tomographic 68Ge cylinder or rod source Daily
uniformity
Detector calibration Normalization scan (positron source in FOV) 1-3 months
Image plane Uniform cylinder with positron emitter Weekly or monthly
Sensitivity Sleeved rod sources 6-12 months
Spatial resolution Spatial resolution of point source in sinogram and image Annually
space
Count rate performance Line source in polyethylene cylinder Annually
Scatter fraction Line source in polyethylene cylinder Annually
System performance Uniformity “hot sphere” contrast using ACR or IEC Annually
phantom
CT Scanner
Tube warm-up Manufacturers procedures (tube cooling temperature, etc.) Daily
Air calibration Manufacturer’s procedures Daily
Constancy Water, noise, uniformity, CT number (water/air/acrylic) Daily
artifacts
CT/NM 3-D vector Alignment phantom Annually
alignment
Dose check Per regulatory and industry standards Annually or after tube
replacement or repair
Slice thickness, contrast Per regulatory and industry standards Annually or after major
resolution CT number repair/recalibration
linearity, radiation
profile MTF
ACR, American College of Radiology; CT, computed tomography; FOV, field of view; FWHM, full width at half maximum; 67Ga, gallium;
IEC, International Electrotechnical Commission; ME medium energy; MTF, modulation transfer function; NM, nuclear medicine.
*The frequency of recommended tests varies among manufacturers and different models of equipment. At a minimum, one must follow
the manufacturer’s recommendations. Other tests may be required at acceptance testing or annually by a physicist.
†The frequency may be shorter if problems have been encountered recently.
some of which do not specifically test for spatial (with the collimator) or intrinsically (with-
resolution. out the collimator). Extrinsic field uniformity
is sometimes evaluated by using a flood-field
Field Uniformity Assessment image obtained by presenting the collimator–
For intrinsic uniformity evaluation, either a crystal combination with a uniform planar
planar or a point source can be used after the source of activity. The planar source is usually a
collimator has been removed. The point-source 57Co solid plastic sheet source or a plastic tank
method may use a small volume of 99mTc or a filled with 99mTc in liquid. Covering the detec-
point cobalt-57 source (see Fig. 2-17). Most tor head with a plastic cover is an excellent way
current gamma cameras use the point source to avoid collimator and crystal contamination
method. Field uniformity is tested extrinsically if a liquid source is used. If the flood field is
58 Chapter 2 n Instrumentation and Quality Control
B
Figure 2-33. Effect of computer correction. A, The
extrinsic flood-field image was obtained without computer
correction. B, The lower image was done with computer
correction and demonstrates a much more homogeneous
flood field. A defect (arrow), however, remained. This was
because of a deformity of the lead septa of the collimator.
Tc 99m SC Coronal
with the energy range varying inversely with tube coolant temperature, kVp and mA set-
room temperature (e.g., appearing lower as the tings, and detector response. A phantom is then
temperature rises and vice versa). used to check that water measures 0 Houn-
sfield units and air measures minus 1000 units
Normalization Scan with a standard deviation of 2 to 3 units. The
Because a state-of-the-art PET camera may water image is evaluated for standard deviation
have thousands of crystal elements coupled to assess for image noise. The image quality is
to hundreds of PMTs, there are inevitable usually assessed by assuring that the Hounsfield
small variations in axial sensitivity among the units have a standard deviation of 1 to 5 across
detector units. To produce uniform images, the phantom image. Many of these procedures
these discrepancies must be corrected. A nor- are automated, but, if the images are evaluated
malization scan is accomplished by scanning visually, they should be inspected to see that
a uniform calibrated positron-emitting source there are no arc or ring artifacts.
placed in the FOV. This data set measures the
response of each detector pair and is used to TECHNICAL ARTIFACTS
obtain a calibration factor to “normalize” the Areas of Decreased Activity
lines of response that pass through the source. There are really no problems in radiopharma-
These stored calibration factors can be applied ceutical preparation or administration that lead
to patient data sets to correct for differences to a focal area of decreased activity. In gamma
in detector response so that accurate images cameras, decoupling of the gel between the
of tracer distribution are produced. Normal- crystal and the photomultiplier tubes, malfunc-
ization scans should be performed at least tioning or off-peak photomultiplier tubes (see
monthly, but they may be obtained weekly or Fig. 2-36) cause “cold” defects. They also can
more frequently as needed. be produced by computer processing errors.
One of the most common of these is caused by
Blank Scan setting the color or gray scale in too narrow a
This is accomplished by performing a scan by range, producing so-called scaling artifacts. If,
using the system transmission radiation sources for example, circumferential activity of a per-
with nothing in the FOV. This usually takes an fusion agent in the myocardium ranges from
hour or less. The data acquired are used with 19% to 30% and the technician sets the scale
the patient transmission data to compute atten- to show the color scale from 20% to 30%, the
uation correction factors. Blank scans should small area that is 19% appears as a defect even
be performed daily and, as such, are also an though it is not statistically different from the
excellent method to monitor system stability, rest of the myocardium. On the more techni-
including significant discrepancies in individual cally demanding SPECT images, ring, COR,
detector sensitivities. Some PET instruments patient motion, and attenuation artifacts may
will perform this function automatically at a produce cold defects. The COR artifacts can
specified time during the night and even com- sometimes be recognized by a tail of activity
pare the results to previous blank scans. extending out from the defect (see Fig. 2-37).
If there is something between the radio-
Image Plane Calibration pharmaceutical and the gamma camera that
Calibration of each image plane by using a causes attenuation of the photons, however,
radioactive source is also required on multi- this appears as an area of focal photopenia.
ring detectors. This can be done with a uniform The key to recognition of these artifacts is that
cylinder filled with a positron-emitter and may they do not persist in the same location with
be done weekly or monthly. This procedure is respect to the organ on differing or orthogonal
essential for the production of accurate whole- projections. Attenuation can be the result of
body scans. something within the patient. Examples of this
include residual barium from a radiographic
CT Scanner gastrointestinal study (Fig. 2-38), a metallic
Daily calibration begins with manufacturer’s prosthesis, a large calcification or stone, a sub-
warm-up and automatic monitoring program. cutaneous pacemaker, or metallic fixation rods
This checks a number of parameters, including or plates. Soft tissue can be a problem as well.
Chapter 2 n Instrumentation and Quality Control 63
A B
Crystal
C
Figure 2-43. Effect of soft-tissue scatter. A, A focal area of increased activity is seen on this bone scan in the right antecubi-
tal region and along the right chest wall. This is due to extravasation of radiopharmaceutical at the injection site and scatter
of photons from this site in the soft tissues of the chest wall (narrow angle scatter). B, By lifting the arm up and away from
the chest wall, the scatter artifact disappears. C, Diagrammatic representation of the effect seen in A.
Ant
Fr:1 Duration: 30 sec Fr:2 Duration: 30 sec Fr:3 Duration: 30 sec Fr:4 Duration: 30 sec Fr:5 Duration: 30 sec
Post
Fr:10 Duration: 30 sec Fr:11 Duration: 30 sec Fr:12 Duration: 30 sec Fr:13 Duration: 30 sec Fr:14 Duration: 30 sec
Figure 2-44. Artifact caused by recent radionuclide examination. Multiple images from a xenon-133 ventilation scan are
of very poor quality because of residual activity from a 18F-FDG scan performed 6 hours earlier.
As with cold lesions, gamma camera or There are a number of artifacts that occur
instrumentation problems causing focal hot because of either prior recent nuclear medicine
spots can be recognized because they appear examinations or to radioactivity in another
in the same place on the field of view regard- nearby patient. This can be difficult to dis-
less of projection of the images. Increased cern from quality control problems especially
focal activity as a result of instrumentation is if the energy of the radionuclides is different
usually the result of camera or collimator con- (Fig. 2-44). A patient who was injected with
tamination with radionuclide or of an off-peak 740 MBq (20 mCi) of 18F-FDG who is within
camera or voltage problems with the photo- several meters of another patient being scanned
multiplier tubes. can cause significant background interference.
66 Chapter 2 n Instrumentation and Quality Control
A B C D
Figure 2-45. PET/CT attenuation correction artifact. An 18F-FDG scan performed on a patient with knee pain and bilat-
eral total knee replacements. A, The CT scan shows the metallic prostheses. B, The PET/CT scan and C, the attenuation
corrected PET image show increased activity medial near the prostheses. However, the nonattenuation corrected images (D)
do not show any abnormality indicating that the apparent increased activity was artifactual.
% 1
VOI Results:
Parameter Value
CT 1
Max 129.00 HU
Min 60.00 HU
Avg. 44.21 HU
Std. Dev. 23.78 68
Vol. 8.21 cm3
X size 39.46 mm
Y size 19.24 mm
Z size 20.65 mm
Recon Tomo 1
Max 3.28 SUV
Min 1.73 SUV
Avg. 2.52 SUV
Std. Dev. 0.32
Vol. 8.21 cm3
X size 39.46 mm
Y size 19.24 mm
Z size 20.65 mm
Figure 2-46. Standardized uptake value (SUV artifact). An image from an 18F-FDG scan in a patient with widespread metastatic
disease shows markedly increased activity in the liver and to a lesser extent in the bone marrow, lungs, and bones. However, the
calculated SUV in the liver was very low at 2.52 (arrow). A number of factors can cause errors in the calculation of the SUV—in
this case, as a result of an error in calibration after machine servicing.
Artifactually increased activity is also seen decreased activity on the left lateral portion
on PET/CT scans as a result of attenuation from chest wall motion, diaphragm contrac-
correction problems when there is material on tion, or mismatch in overlap between the liver
the CT scan that is very dense, such as metal- and heart.
lic prostheses (Fig. 2-45) or dense barium. Artifacts can also occur in evaluation of the
These can be identified as artifacts by examin- standard uptake value (SUV) on PET/ CT scans
ing the nonattenuation corrected image. The (Fig. 2-46). Either high or low false values can
increased activity will not be present on the occur as a result of incorrect calibration of the
latter images. There also can be attenuation reference gadolinium source, errors in entry of
correction artifacts in PET/CT (and to a lesser the radionuclide half-life, or injection time. Par-
extent in SPECT/CT) which result in decreased tial volume effects can also cause underestima-
apparent activity as a result of respiratory and tion of activity concentration in a lesion. With
cardiac motion causing misregistration of the PET scanning partial volume issues mostly affect
data sets. In cardiac studies, polar maps show lesions less than three times the size of the PET
decreased activity in the right upper quadrants resolution (4 to 7 mm) and thus partial volume
as a result of cardiac position mismatch and effects start to occur with lesions 1.2 to 2.0 cm.
Chapter 2 n Instrumentation and Quality Control 67
Figure 2-47. PET/CT misregistration artifact. Patient movement between the time of the 18F-Na fluoride PET bone scan
and the CT acquisitions caused a frontal bone prostate metastasis to appear intracranial.
The shape of the lesion, presence of sharp breathing cycles, there is a curvilinear cold arti-
borders, and relation to background activity fact at the lung bases. In addition, if there is a
also affect partial volume issues but to a lesser liver lesion near the dome of the liver and the
extent. Inaccurate SUVs are also obtained when CT is performed with deeper inspiration than
there is a mismatch in registration between the the PET scan, the lesion can erroneously appear
CT and PET scans. to be in the lung base. Misregistration may be
Misregistration of CT and PET scan images minimized by performing the CT scan during
by more than 1 cm can occur for peripheral or a breath-hold at normal tidal expiration and
basal lung lesions or for lesions in the upper the PET scan during normal tidal breathing. A
portion of the liver, if there is a difference in “cold” curvilinear artifact above the liver can
breathing during the two scans or if the patient be seen on PET scans because of respiratory
moves between scans. If shallow breathing is motion, and this particular artifact is unique to
used to obtain both CT and PET scans, lesions CT attenuation-corrected scans. Significant mis-
in the chest are usually registered within about registration can also occur if the patient moves
1 cm of each other, but near the diaphragm during the 20- to 30-minute PET scan (Fig.
and within the superior portion of the liver, 2-47). Many of the interpretative errors caused
the lesions may be misregistered by up to 2 cm. by these and other artifacts can be avoided by
When the CT scan is acquired at full inspira- examining the nonattenuation-corrected PET
tion and the PET image is obtained over many images.
68 Chapter 2 n Instrumentation and Quality Control
l An ionization chamber usually has the detector l Intrinsic flood-field images are performed with-
inside the device housing. It is used to measure out the collimator. Extrinsic images are per-
high levels of activity or radiation. It is less effi- formed with the collimator in place.
cient for detecting low levels of activity when
compared to a Geiger counter. l If required, spatial resolution can be tested
weekly with a bar phantom.
l A well counter is a cylindrical sodium iodide
crystal with a hole drilled in it and a photomul- l In corrected flood-field images, any inhomoge-
tiplier tube (PMT) on the end. neities have been adjusted by the computer sys-
tem so that the resulting image is homogeneous.
l A thyroid probe has a single sodium iodide crystal,
a PMT on the end, and a single hole collimator. l A defect seen only on the extrinsic flood-field
image, and not on the intrinsic image, is caused
l The dose calibrator is a gas-filled ionization by a defective collimator.
chamber.
l Poor spatial resolution can result from an insuf-
l Most dose calibrators have a digital readout ficient amount of injected activity (inadequate
that indicates the amount of activity in millicu- counts), use of a high-energy or a particularly
ries or Becquerels when the specific radionuclide low-energy radionuclide, poor background
being measured has been specified. Because not clearance of the radiopharmaceutical, a patient
all radionuclides generate the same number of too distant from the detector face, or very rarely
photons per radioactive decay, the radionuclide an off-peak energy window.
must be specified on the dose calibrator
l For SPECT cameras, uniformity and center of
l A gamma camera detector usually has a single rotation (COR) checks are done weekly, and
large, flat sodium iodide crystal and multiple gantry and table alignment is checked quarterly.
PMTs. COR artifacts usually cause cold defects and
blurring. When extreme, ring artifacts may be
l SPECT reconstruction uses the same basic Fou- caused. Negative defects caused by COR arti-
rier transformation back-projection method as facts on SPECT images may have a tail of activ-
does CT. It is usually an iterative method rather ity extending peripherally.
than back filtered.
l A rounded or hexagonal negative defect on an
l Gamma cameras localize the source of activity image is likely the result of a photomultiplier
by using collimators. In contrast, PET scanners tube problem. Other round defects include
use coincidence registration. metallic objects such as pacemakers.
l Gamma cameras typically have large flat crys- l A linear or branching negative defect with dark
tal detectors while PET scanners have multiple borders on an image is likely the result of a
rings of many small crystalline detectors situated cracked crystal.
around the patient. In some cases, the detectors
may be semiconductors. l A very dense object can cause an attenuation
correction artifact on PET scans. This is seen on
l All instruments require some quality control and the attenuation corrected images as an area of
calibration. Many have different required tests increased activity. It is absent on the nonattenu-
and frequency. The U.S. Nuclear Regulatory ation corrected images.
Commission requires that, at a minimum, the
manufacturer’s recommendations be followed.
Chapter 2 n Instrumentation and Quality Control 69
or hinder passage through the cell membranes agent that is extracted by the brain on the first
involved. pass (99mTc–hexamethylpropyleneamine oxime
The most common nuclear medicine imag- [HMPAO], 99mTc–ethylene l-cysteinate dimer
ing procedures of the brain can be divided [ECD]). A sample protocol giving details of the
into three different approaches relative to this technique and associated radiation doses are
principle: given in Appendix E-1.
Planar brain imaging, which uses radiophar-
maceuticals that are perfusion agents. Planar Normal Planar Brain Scan
imaging is usually performed for brain death Normally, there is prompt symmetric perfusion
studies only. that in the anterior projection looks similar to
SPECT brain perfusion imaging, which uses a trident. The middle cerebral arteries are seen
lipophilic radiopharmaceuticals that routinely to the right and left, and the anterior cerebral
cross the blood-brain barrier to localize in arteries are seen as a single midline vertical
71
72 Chapter 3 n Central Nervous System
line of activity. Perfusion should extend to lateral views, activity in the suprasellar and syl-
the calvarial convexities bilaterally (Fig. 3-1). vian regions is noted, although it is less constant
Although symmetry is the hallmark of the and less well defined than activity in the venous
arterial-capillary phase of a normal perfusion sinuses.
scan, asymmetry in the venous phase is com- In contrast to 99mTc-DTPA or 99mTc-
mon because of variations in venous anatomy. pertechnetate imaging, normal static planar
Care should be taken not to overinterpret lack images obtained with a first-pass extraction
of symmetry in the venous phase in the absence perfusion agent (99mTc-HMPAO, 99mTc-ECD)
of an arterial abnormality. will demonstrate activity in the brain substance
On the static images of a 99mTc-DTPA or (primarily gray matter) (Fig. 3-3).
99mTc-pertechnetate scan, radioactivity does
not normally lie within the brain itself because SPECT and PET Brain Imaging
of the integrity of the blood-brain barrier, but Radiopharmaceuticals
rather is located in the overlying scalp soft tis- Although planar brain perfusion imaging is usu-
sues, calvarium, and subarachnoid spaces that ally limited to compounds that enter the brain
outline the cerebral hemispheres. Activity is substance only when there is disruption of the
also seen in the larger blood pool accumula- normal blood-brain barrier, SPECT brain per-
tions, such as the sagittal and transverse sinuses. fusion imaging uses several groups of lipophilic
Thus, the normal static brain images include a radiopharmaceuticals. These radiopharmaceu-
number of consistent landmarks (Fig. 3-2). On ticals cross the intact blood-brain barrier and
the posterior view, the transverse sinuses are are retained by the brain tissue in proportion
generally symmetric, although it is not uncom- to regional cerebral blood flow (rCBF). They
mon for the right sinus to be dominant. On the thus map the distribution of brain perfusion in
Ant flow
3 6 9
sec sec sec
12 15 18
sec sec sec
Ant R Lat
L Lat Post
Figure 3-2. Normal planar static brain scan (99mTc-DTPA). A large amount of activity is normally seen in the face and base
of the skull. The sagittal and transverse sinuses are normally prominent.
Figure 3-3. Normal planar brain images. Planar images of the brain done after administration of a first-pass extraction
agent (99mTc-HMPAO). The images show activity primarily in the gray matter. HMPAO, Hexamethylpropyleneamine oxime.
74 Chapter 3 n Central Nervous System
both normal and pathologic brain tissue. These tumors versus radiation necrosis. Very little
agents include the following: thallium is concentrated in normal brain tissue,
99mTc-HMPAO (exametazime) and an increase in thallium often indicates the
99mTc-ECD (bicisate) presence of viable tumor.
Technetium-99m HMPAO (99mTc exametaz- The major PET radiopharmaceutical for
ime or Ceretec) is a lipophilic agent that crosses brain imaging used in the United States is
the blood-brain barrier with rapid first-pass 18F-fluorodeoxyglucose (FDG). Uptake is reflec-
uptake. Once in the brain substance, HMPAO tive of regional glucose metabolism and not
is metabolized to a hydrophilic form that can- regional blood flow. Areas of the brain stimu-
not diffuse out of the brain. Uptake in the brain lated by activity during 18F-FDG injection and
peaks several minutes after injection. About 5% uptake show relatively increased metabolism.
of the injected activity localizes in the brain, These include the visual (occipital) or audi-
with no significant late redistribution. Activ- tory cortical areas in visually (eyes open) or
ity of 99mTc-HMPAO is highest in gray matter auditorally (sound) stimulated patients, lan-
and is proportional to rCBF. Because it may guage centers in talking patients, and the motor
be unstable in vitro, 99mTc-HMPAO should be cortex in moving patients. Thus injection and
injected within 30 minutes after its preparation, uptake of 18F-FDG are best accomplished in
although a stabilized form is available that can silent, motionless patients in a quiet, darkened
be used up to 4 hours after preparation. room. Various disease states can cause either
Technetium-99m ECD (bicisate or Neurolite) an increase or decrease in FDG accumulation
has uptake and redistribution properties similar (Table 3-1). Certain drugs may alter global and/
to HMPAO. 99mTc-ECD is rapidly localized in a or relative regional brain metabolism, including
normal brain in proportion to rCBF, with slow sedatives, antiepileptic and neuroleptic drugs,
clearance. It is retained in the brain tissue by and barbiturates. Other amyloid plaque and
rapid de-esterification to a polar metabolite that neuroreceptor PET agents are in use in Europe.
does not recross the blood-brain barrier and Details of suggested techniques and radiation
therefore maintains residence within the brain doses are shown in Appendix E.
tissue. Thus there is no intracerebral redistribu-
tion. A high ratio of gray to white matter that Normal SPECT Brain Scan
persists over time is identified. Intracerebral The normal distribution of lipophilic brain per-
activity peaks several minutes after administra- fusion agents is proportional to regional blood
tion, with about 6% of the dose localizing within flow, with significantly greater activity seen in
the brain. Although similar to 99mTc-HMPAO, the cortical gray matter (Fig. 3-4). This is con-
99mTc-ECD demonstrates more rapid clearance sistent with the fourfold greater blood flow in
from the blood pool, thus reducing background the gray matter than in the white matter. Thus
activity and increasing target to background. It activity is symmetric and greatest in the strip of
also demonstrates better chemical stability with cortex along the convexity of the frontal, pari-
a longer post preparation shelf life of 6 hours. etal, temporal, and occipital lobes. Activity is
99mTc-ECD and 99mTc-HMPAO are injected also high in the regions corresponding to sub-
intravenously using 10 to 20 mCi (370 to 740 cortical gray matter, including the basal ganglia
MBq). SPECT images are obtained 15 to 20 and the thalamus. The cortical white matter
minutes after injection. External sensory stim- has substantially less activity, and the border
uli, such as pain, noise, and light, as well as between white matter and ventricles may be
patient motion, affect rCBF. Therefore these, indistinct. Although high-resolution images
along with cognitive functions such as reading, obtained with dedicated multidetector cameras
should be minimized at the time of injection display greater anatomic detail, the primary
and localization to prevent interfering increased purpose of SPECT imaging is to evaluate rela-
activity in the corresponding sensory cortex. tive rCBF rather than structural detail.
For like reason, the intravenous access should
be placed 5 minutes before the radiopharma- SPECT Image Interpretation
ceutical is administered. The cerebral perfusion images should be
Thallium-201 chloride is used for SPECT inspected for symmetry of radiopharmaceutical
imaging in the differential diagnosis of recurrent distribution and for continuity of perfusion in
Chapter 3 n Central Nervous System 75
CODES
FL FL BS
Brain Stem
CH
Cerebral Hemisphere
FL FL
CN
LV LV Caudate Nucleus
CN CN
FL
TL TL Frontal Lobe
FL FV
FL
Fourth Ventricle
LV LV
LV
TL TL
Lateral Ventricle
TH BS TV TH OL
Occipital Lobe
PL PL
LV LV PL
Parietal Lobe
CH CH
FV TH
Thalamus
OL OL TL
Temporal Lobe
CH CH TV
Third Ventricle
Figure 3-4. Tomographic brain images. SPECT brain perfusion images (right columns) shown with comparable magnetic
resonance images (left columns) and anatomic diagrams (middle columns). (IMP Incorporated, Houston.)
10 minutes of the completion of the angio- severe cerebrovascular or carotid occlusive dis-
graphic portion of the study to determine the ease or increased intracranial pressure of any
presence of any sagittal sinus activity. The sig- cause.
nificance of such activity without an obvious If clinical evaluation of the patient suggests
arterial phase is somewhat controversial, but it brain death and no cerebral perfusion is demon-
may represent a small amount of intracerebral strated on the radionuclide study, brain death
flow. Most of these patients have a grave prog- is virtually certain. Although an actual diagno-
nosis. The presence of slight dural sinus activity sis of brain death should not be made by using
does not contradict the diagnosis of brain death. nuclear imaging techniques alone, these tech-
When intracranial carotid blood flow ceases niques are important supportive evidence of
in the setting of brain death, increased or col- such a diagnosis in the proper clinical settings.
lateral flow through the maxillary branch of the Radiopharmaceuticals used for SPECT brain
external carotid artery may produce markedly perfusion imaging (99mTc-ECD and -HMPAO)
increased perfusion projecting over the nasal may also be used for cerebral angiography in
area in the anterior view, as seen on the radio- the same manner as conventional brain imag-
nuclide angiogram and subsequently on static ing agents. Absence of perfusion on the angio-
images. This so-called “hot-nose” sign cannot graphic phase and lack of cerebral activity on
be used specifically to indicate brain death, subsequent static planar or SPECT images con-
but it may be used as a secondary sign when firm brain death. Advantages over conventional
intracerebral perfusion is absent. This sign may 99mTc-pertechnetate or 99mTc-DTPA imaging
also occur with a generalized decrease of cere- are conferred by the ability to perform static
bral perfusion from various causes, including planar or SPECT imaging, which renders the
Chapter 3 n Central Nervous System 77
FIGURE 3-5. Normal 18F-FDG PET brain scan. Axial images inferior to superior (upper rows) and coronal images anterior
to posterior (lower rows). FDG, Fluorodeoxyglucose; PET, positron emission tomography.
examination less dependent on the radionuclide are positive 8 hours after cerebral infarction,
angiographic phase, including bolus adequacy whereas 90% of SPECT brain perfusion images
and the problems associated with interfering show deficits. By 72 hours, however, the sensi-
superficial scalp blood flow and sagittal sinus tivity of the two examinations is about equal.
activity. Sensitivity of SPECT brain perfusion imaging is
significantly affected by the size of the infarct.
Cerebrovascular Disease Small infarcts, particularly those in the white mat-
SPECT brain perfusion imaging has been dem- ter (lacunar infarcts), may not be detected with
onstrated to be of value in the diagnosis and SPECT or PET. Acute infarcts are usually iden-
prognosis of cerebrovascular disease manifested tified on noncontrast MRI within 4 to 6 hours.
by TIAs, acute cerebral infarction, and intracra- In addition, SPECT and PET brain imaging
nial hemorrhage. cannot distinguish between hemorrhagic and
Cerebral Infarction. SPECT brain perfusion ischemic infarction, which is critical in the early
imaging is more sensitive than CT and MRI stages of evaluation and treatment.
in detecting cerebral ischemia during the first During the acute phase of stroke (first hours
hours of stroke. Only about 20% of CT scans to 2 to 3 days after vascular insult), a reduction
78 Chapter 3 n Central Nervous System
Cerebral flow R L
R L
Post 15 min
Ant 10 min Figure 3-7. Acute and chronic cerebral infarcts. Top,
Two 99mTc-HMPAO transaxial SPECT images demon-
strate an area of decreased activity in the region of the right
Figure 3-6. Brain death. Top, Angiographic anterior middle cerebral artery (small arrow). A much larger area
images (99mTc-DTPA) of the head demonstrate flow in both of decreased activity is seen in the posterior distribution of
carotid arteries at 4 seconds. Throughout the remainder of the left middle cerebral artery (large arrow). Bottom, Com-
the images, the normally expected trident appearance of the puted tomographic scan obtained at the same time demon-
intracerebral vessels is not seen. In addition, the “hot nose” strates low density in the area of the older infarction on the
sign is present (arrow). Bottom, A delayed image at 10 min- right, but very little abnormality is visible in the area of the
utes fails to demonstrate any evidence of intracerebral or recent infarction on the left.
sagittal sinus activity.
in blood flow to the affected area is identified of neurologic function than do those whose per-
(Fig. 3-7). The area of decreased perfusion on fusion improves at a later time.
SPECT imaging may be greater than that seen In the chronic phase (≥1 month after symp-
with CT imaging, suggesting tissue at risk (isch- tom onset), luxury perfusion has generally
emic penumbra) surrounding the infarct. subsided, and the perfusion deficits seen on
In the subacute phase of stroke (1 to 3 weeks SPECT imaging stabilize. Except for monitor-
after onset), the brain SPECT perfusion pattern ing improvement and serving as comparisons
is complicated by the phenomenon of increased, for future studies, SPECT brain imaging is of
or “luxury,” perfusion; that is, the blood supply limited use in the chronic phase of stroke.
is greater than is metabolically required because During the acute and subacute phases of
the cells are already dead or dying (Fig. 3-8). stroke, crossed-cerebellar diaschisis (seen pri-
This phenomenon may decrease the sensitivity marily with cortical strokes) is a common phe-
of SPECT perfusion imaging in the subacute nomenon and should not be confused with
phase of stroke. primary cerebellar ischemia or other pathology
Prognostically, patients displaying improve- (see following).
ment of perfusion during the first week after Transient Ischemic Attacks. The sensitiv-
infarction display a greater chance of recovery ity for detecting localized cerebral ischemia
Chapter 3 n Central Nervous System 79
R L
associated with TIA is time sensitive; 60% of which increase in perfusion (and thus activity)
these perfusion deficits are detected in the first compared with baseline images obtained with-
24 hours, but less than 40% are detected 1 week out Diamox intervention (Fig. 3-9).
after the insult. In addition, hypoperfusion
duration is variable and may persist even after Brain Tumors
symptoms have resolved. Most patients with Both primary and metastatic brain lesions pres-
TIAs or carotid stenoses do not display cortical ent on SPECT brain perfusion imaging as local-
perfusion defects without pharmacologic inter- ized defects that correspond to the mass lesions.
vention. A simple method for evaluating the This technique alone is of limited value in the
adequacy of cerebrovascular reserve is to assess primary diagnosis or evaluation of intracranial
brain perfusion response to pharmacologic mass lesions. In conjunction with Thallium-201
cerebrovascular vasodilatation using acetazol- (201Tl), however, SPECT brain perfusion imag-
amide (Diamox), a carbonic anhydrase inhibi- ing may be valuable in distinguishing between
tor, in conjunction with SPECT brain perfusion radiation necrosis and tumor recurrence in
imaging. In normal patients, cerebral blood patients with malignant gliomas treated with
flow increases threefold to fourfold with use of high-dose radiation. The study may also local-
Diamox. In areas in which regional perfusion ize suspected recurrences for biopsy.
reserve is diminished because autoregulatory In the differentiation of recurrent malig-
vasodilatation is already maximal, a relative nant glioma from radiation necrosis, 99mTc-
Diamox-induced regional perfusion defect is HMPAO images generally show a focal defect
identified on SPECT brain perfusion images in the region of abnormality, whether contain-
compared with the surrounding normal regions, ing necrotic tissue, recurrent tumor, or both.
80 Chapter 3 n Central Nervous System
Tc-HMPAO Coronal
Tl-201
Sagittal
Axial
temporal scarring). Although most complex hypermetabolism during seizures (ictal stud-
partial seizures arise from epileptic foci in the ies) and hypometabolism and hypoperfu-
temporal lobes, they also may arise from other sion between seizures (interictal studies). PET
cortical areas. If seizure foci can be localized imaging using 18FDG is the method of choice
to the temporal lobes, about 70% of patients for evaluating metabolism, whereas SPECT
undergoing partial temporal lobectomy expe- imaging with 99mTc perfusion agents, such as
rience amelioration or eradication of seizures. ECD or HMPAO, appears to be the method
The value of SPECT and PET imaging in this of choice for evaluation of perfusion status. In
setting is well established. general, ictal studies are more sensitive in the
The primary nuclear imaging techniques detection of temporal lobe seizure foci than are
used for seizure localization have been those interictal studies, with a sensitivity of 85% to
that attempt to localize the seizure foci based 95% ictally and about 70% interictally. The
on their metabolic or perfusion status. Sei- positive-predictive values of PET and interictal
zure foci may exhibit hyperperfusion and SPECT are comparable.
82 Chapter 3 n Central Nervous System
A B
P4 P5 P6 P7 P8
P9 P 10 P 11 P 12 P 13
Ictal Imaging. By using 99mTc-HMPAO or entire temporal lobe or a small mesial focus
99mTc-ECD, which do not significantly redis- only (Fig. 3-15).
tribute, patients can be injected during the Ictal studies with PET are usually not tech-
seizure or within 30 seconds after its comple- nically feasible. It is very rare to obtain scans
tion. To obtain ictal studies, the patient may during the ictal phase, and this usually occurs
be hospitalized and monitored with electro- if a patient has an unexpected seizure during an
encephalography. The radiopharmaceutical intended interictal study. During and shortly
is kept at the bedside until a seizure occurs, after a seizure, a focus of increased activity
at which time it is injected. Other times the should be demonstrated (Fig. 3-16). Because
studies are obtained inadvertently while an uptake of FDG occurs over many minutes, the
intended interictal study is being performed. area of increased activity is often diffuse and
Epileptogenic foci appear as areas of increased is not very reliable in precisely localizing the
activity (hyperperfusion) and may involve the seizure focus. Further, unrecognized seizure
Chapter 3 n Central Nervous System 83
A B
Figure 3-13. CNS metastatic disease from lung cancer. A, In this patient who was being staged for a lung cancer with an
18F-FDGPET/CT scan, a hypometabolic area (arrow) is seen in the posterior aspect of the brain. B, MRI reveals the lesion
much more clearly. CT, Computed tomography; MRI, magnetic resonance imaging.
Figure 3-14. Pituitary adenoma. In this patient who was having an 18F-FDG PET/CT scan for staging of a right vocal cord
cancer, an incidental pituitary adenoma is seen (arrow).
84 Chapter 3 n Central Nervous System
by using SPECT brain perfusion agents, gener- Alzheimer Disease (AD). The most com-
ally with greater sensitivity and overall accuracy. mon and highly suggestive finding of Alzheimer
Despite the patterns mentioned in the follow- disease on SPECT brain perfusion images
ing, there remains considerable overlap in the using 99mTc-HMPAO or 99mTc-ECD is sym-
patterns seen in various dementias (Table 3-2). metric bilateral posterior temporal and parietal
86 Chapter 3 n Central Nervous System
Adapted from Silverman DHS: Brain F-18-FDG PET in the diagnosis of neurodegenerative dementias: comparison with perfusion SPECT
and with clinical evaluations lacking nuclear imaging. J Nucl Med 2004;45:594-607.
perfusion defects (posterior association cortex), reveal regionally decreased glucose metabolism
with a positive predictive value of more than as a result of both decreased glucose transport
80% (Fig. 3-18). Although characteristic, how- and neuronal loss. With Alzheimer dementia,
ever, this imaging appearance is not pathogno- decreased glucose metabolism is most com-
monic and has been described in patients with monly seen in the posterior temporal and pari-
vascular dementia, Parkinson disease, and vari- etal association cortices bilaterally with sparing
ous encephalopathies. About 30% of Alzheimer of the primary sensorimotor and visual cortex,
patients have asymmetrically decreased cortical the basal ganglia, thalamus, brainstem, and
activity. Other patterns, including unilateral cerebellum. However, in early stages it can be
temporal parietal hypoperfusion, which may be significantly asymmetric or even unilateral.
seen in 15% to 20% of patients, and frontal One of the earliest findings is focal metabolic
hypoperfusion, have been described but are less decrease in the posterior cingulate cortex,
predictive of Alzheimer disease. Depending on and frontal cortical involvement may become
the clinical setting, the negative predictive value prominent with advanced disease. Similar find-
of a normal SPECT perfusion scan is generally ings of parietotemporal hypometabolism can
high, and other causes for dementia should be be seen in dementia because of Parkinson dis-
sought. ease, but often with some metabolic reduction
PET studies using 18FDG demonstrate hypo- in the occipital (visual) cortex. However, 18F-
metabolism patterns similar to those seen with FDG scans cannot be used to differentiate these
SPECT brain perfusion agents; the most com- entities with certainty. If Parkinson dementia
mon of these is a typical pattern of posterior patients are excluded, the sensitivity and speci-
temporal parietal glucose hypometabolism ficity for 18F-FDG imaging in Alzheimer demen-
(Fig. 3-19). Again, this finding is not pathog- tia are about 90% and 70%, respectively. At
nomonic, although it is highly predictive. In present, PET scanning for Alzheimer dementia
Alzheimer dementia, there is development of is being used in conjunction with MR hemody-
intracerebral senile plaques and neurofibrillary namic imaging, MR spectroscopy, and sensitive
tangles with related abnormal deposition of volumetric techniques.
proteins (amyloid and tau). The plaques destroy An investigational PET tracer, fluoro-ethyl,
neurons by lysis of cell membranes, and the tan- methyl amino-2 napthyl ethylidene malono-
gles fill the cytoplasm of axons and dendrites, nitrile (18F-FDDNP) crosses the blood-brain
preventing glucose transport. Thus, 18F-FDG barrier and binds to senile plaques and neuro-
scans in patients with Alzheimer dementia may fibrillary tangles. Another approach has been
Chapter 3 n Central Nervous System 87
B
Figure 3-18. Alzheimer disease. A, Multiple transaxial SPECT HMPAO images demonstrate decreased perfusion in both
temporal parietal regions. B, Fusion images of the SPECT and MRI scans help with anatomic localization of the abnormalities.
88 Chapter 3 n Central Nervous System
Ant Ant
Ant Ant
the development of 11C-nicotine to show nic- patients with dementia. How well the scan find-
otinic (cholinergic) receptor loss in Alzheimer ings correlate with clinical Alzheimer disease or
disease. PET scans done by using H215O can how the scan findings may affect patient man-
also show reduced blood flow in areas of hypo- agement remains uncertain.
metabolism. New PET amyloid ligands such as Multi-Infarct Dementia. Unlike patients
N-methyl [11C]2-(4’ methylaminophenyl)-6- with Alzheimer disease, patients with multi-
hydroxy-benzothiasole (Pittsburgh compound B) infarct dementia usually present with multiple
have revealed high retention in the association bilateral asymmetric areas of hypoperfusion
cortex in Alzheimer patients even at prodromal and hypometabolism scattered throughout the
stages (Fig. 3-20). Another promising agent is cortex and deep structures. These are typically
18F-florbetapir (E-4-(2-(6-(2-(2-(2-(18F-fluoroe- manifested as scattered defects of varying sizes
thoxy)ethoxy)ethoxy)-pyridin-3-yl)vinyl)-N- on SPECT perfusion and PET metabolic brain
methyl benzeneamine E)-4-(2-(6-(2-(2-(2-([18 images. This presentation generally distin-
F]-fluoroethoxy)ethoxy)ethoxy)- pyridin-3-yl) guishes vascular dementia from the typical scan
vinyl)-N-methyl benzenamine. Also known as appearance of Alzheimer disease.
AV-45 or Amyvid, it has been shown to corre- Frontotemporal Dementia (Pick Disease).
late with the presence and density of beta-amy- Frontotemporal dementia (FTD) is rare and
loid in the brain and is being studied in some presents earlier in life than Alzheimer disease.
Chapter 3 n Central Nervous System 89
AD Control
Max
Clinically, personality and mood changes often Compounds used have been 123I N-omega-fluoro
appear before memory loss. On SPECT per- propyl-2β-carbo methoxy-3β(-4-iodophenyl)
fusion imaging, FTD presents with bilateral nortropane (123I FP-CIT) for SPECT and 6-[18F]
frontal or frontotemporal perfusion defects. fluoro-L-3,4-dihydroxyphenylalanine (F-DOPA)
Bilateral frontal abnormalities have also been for PET scanning. Approval by the FDA of the
reported in the early phase of Alzheimer disease SPECT brain imaging agent 123I-phenyltropane
and in patients with schizophrenia, depression, (ioflupane 123I-DaTscan), which has a high bind-
and progressive supranuclear palsy. On 18F- ing affinity for presynaptic dopamine transport-
FDG PET imaging, FTD is classically charac- ers (DAT), provides a means to map spatial
terized by hypometabolism in the frontal and distribution of the transporters in the brains of
frontotemporal regions. adult patients with suspected parkinsonism. Par-
Lewy Body Dementia. Dementia with Lewy kinson patients also show decreases in regional
body (DLB) disease is the second most com- blood flow when scanned with ECD (Neurolite)
mon cause of dementia after Alzheimer disease. or HMPAO. Decreases are seen initially in the
On SPECT perfusion and FDG PET imaging, it frontal cortex, then in the prefrontal and parietal
demonstrates patterns similar to Alzheimer, but lobes, and, finally, hypoperfusion in all cortical
with less sparing of the occipital (visual) cortex areas.
and greater involvement of the posterior pari- Acquired Immunodeficiency Syndrome
etal and occipital cortices. Dementia Complex. Up to half of patients with
Huntington Disease. acquired immunodeficiency syndrome (AIDS)
In patients with Huntington disease, there demonstrate neurologic involvement. The study
is often loss of 18F-FDG activity in the basal may be useful in distinguishing subtle AIDS
ganglia, particularly the caudate and lentiform dementia complex from depression, psychosis,
nuclei. Cortical perfusion defects and areas of or focal neurologic disease. Because these find-
hypometabolism may also be present. ings may occur even in the presence of normal
Parkinson Disease (PD). Parkinson disease is CT and MRI scans, SPECT imaging may consti-
a neurodegenerative disorder characterized by the tute the only objective evidence of AIDS demen-
progressive loss of dopaminergic neurons in the tia complex. The SPECT perfusion pattern is that
substantia nigra and with both motor and cogni- of multifocal or patchy cortical and subcortical
tive deficits. SPECT and PET scanning can show hypoperfusion deficits. Lesions are most fre-
a decrease in dopamine transporter density in quent in the frontal, temporal, and parietal lobes
the striatum when compared to healthy controls. and basal ganglia. These perfusion abnormalities
90 Chapter 3 n Central Nervous System
may resolve with therapy, and SPECT may pro- Neuroreceptor Imaging
vide a role in monitoring improvement. Because Imaging of neuroreceptor distribution in the
the brain perfusion patterns seen in AIDS demen- brain is possible by using a number of receptor-
tia complex may also be seen in chronic cocaine specific radiopharmaceuticals designed to map
or multidrug users, interpretation in this setting receptors such as muscarinic cholinergic recep-
should be made with caution. tors, Dopamine D2 receptors, and the benzodi-
azepine and serotonin-2 receptors. These agents,
Head Trauma including the dopamine receptor seeking radio-
Although SPECT brain perfusion imaging in pharmaceutical 11C-N-methylspiperone, permit
the setting of brain trauma appears to be more the mapping of neuromediator distribution in a
sensitive and able to detect abnormalities ear- number of disease states; however, the assess-
lier than CT can, its clinical utility is less clear. ment of neurotransmitter function is complex,
The size and number of perfusion abnormali- and the technique plays a limited role in clinical
ties may have prognostic value in predicting the practice.
amount of permanent damage and may sug-
gest patients who will develop post-traumatic CEREBROSPINAL FLUID
headache. IMAGING
About 400 to 500 mL/day of CSF is formed
Substance Abuse in the normal adult, largely in the choroid
Both acute and chronic cocaine use result in plexus of the cerebral ventricular system. CSF
alterations in cerebral blood flow. Chronic is essentially an ultrafiltrate of plasma with
cocaine use frequently presents as multifocal an actively secreted component added by the
alterations in rCBF without underlying struc- choroid plexus. The total CSF volume ranges
tural damage on CT or MRI scans. On SPECT between 120 and 150 mL, of which about 40
perfusion imaging, typical findings include mul- mL are contained within the ventricular system.
tiple perfusion defects of small and moderate After exiting the ventricles by way of the fourth
size in the cerebral cortex (especially the fron- ventricular foramina, the CSF flows cephalad
tal lobes), diminished blood flow to the basal through the subarachnoid spaces to the cerebral
ganglia, and generalized reduction in cerebral convexities, where primary resorption occurs
blood flow. The findings may occur in asymp- in the arachnoid villi. Absorption also occurs
tomatic patients and may be partially reversible across the meninges of both the brain and the
with abstinence or opioid antagonist (buprenor- spinal cord as well as through the ependymal
phine) therapy. The SPECT imaging patterns lining of the ventricular system. These latter
are not specific and are often indistinguishable pathways are probably of great importance in
from those of early AIDS-related dementia. pathologic states in which there is blockage of
normal absorption through the arachnoid villi.
Neuropsychiatric Disorders The principle involved in imaging the CSF
and Behavioral Dysfunction consists of intrathecal administration of a sub-
Various neuropsychiatric disorders have been stance that is miscible with and diffusible in the
evaluated by using PET and SPECT imaging, CSF and that remains in the CSF compartment
but clear-cut diagnostic or prognostic func- until it is absorbed through the normal path-
tional abnormalities have not been consistently ways. Any such substance must be nontoxic
described, and the clinical utility of such imag- and nonpyrogenic. Strict pyrogen testing of
ing techniques in this setting remains uncertain. all intrathecally administered agents should be
There are a few studies of children with atten- routinely performed.
tion-deficit hyperactivity disorder (ADHD) that
show increased perfusion in the motor, premo- Radiopharmaceuticals
tor, and anterior cingulate cortex when the chil- and Technique
dren were withdrawn from their medication, The most widely used agent for studies of
methylphenidate, and effective treatment with CSF dynamics is indium-111 (111In)–labeled
methylphenidate was associated with increases DTPA, with a physical half-life of 2.8 days.
in perfusion in the prefrontal cortex and cau- The administration of 111In DTPA is accom-
date nucleus. plished by lumbar puncture with a small-bore
Chapter 3 n Central Nervous System 91
(22-gauge) needle into the subarachnoid space. interhemispheric cisterns. At 24 hours, there
To minimize leakage from the puncture site, it should be complete ascent of the radiopharma-
is wise to postpone such procedures for about ceutical, which consists of distribution of the
1 week after the most recent diagnostic lumbar activity over the cerebral convexities and the
puncture. parasagittal region, with relative clearance from
Initial posterior images over the thoracolum- the basilar cisterns.
bar spine may be obtained at 2 to 4 hours to dis- The presence of radioactivity in the lateral
cern the success of injection. For evaluation of ventricles at any point in the examination
CSF dynamics, anterior, posterior, and lateral should be viewed as abnormal. However, tran-
gamma camera images of the head are obtained sient entry noted at 4 hours and disappearing
at 6, 24, and 48 hours, and at 72 hours or lon- by 24 hours is of questionable pathologic signif-
ger, if necessary. For CSF leaks, early imaging icance and is considered by some to be a normal
at 1 to 24 hours is preferred in projections that variant flow pattern. Failure of the radionuclide
are most likely to demonstrate the site of the to achieve complete ascent over the cerebral
leak and/or position that provokes or encour- convexities or activity in the ventricles at 24
ages flow at the leakage site. hours is an indication for further evaluation at
For CSF shunt patency studies, 1 to 3 mCi 48 hours and/or 72 hours.
(37 to 111 MBq) of 99mTc-DTPA or 500 μCi
(18.5 MBq) of 111In-DTPA may be injected into Clinical Applications
the shunt reservoir or tubing. The major indications for radionuclide imaging
A sample technical protocol is presented in of the CSF are the following:
Appendix E-1. n Investigation of suspected communicating
hydrocephalus (normal-pressure hydroceph-
Normal Examination alus),
After injection of 111In-DTPA into the lumbar n Evaluation of suspected CSF leaks.
subarachnoid space, the activity ascends in the n Verification of diversionary CSF shunt patency.
spinal canal and reaches the basal cisterns at
2 to 4 hours in adults (Fig. 3-21). Subsequent Communicating Hydrocephalus
images obtained during the next 24 hours dem- Normal-pressure hydrocephalus character-
onstrate ascent of the radiopharmaceutical istically presents as a clinical triad of ataxia,
through the intracranial subarachnoid spaces, dementia, and urinary incontinence. By defini-
with identification of activity in the sylvian and tion, hydrocephalus without significant atrophy
R Lat L Lat
Ant 24 hr
Figure 3-21. Normal cister-
nogram. The images obtained at
2 hours demonstrate activity in
the basal cisterns as well as some
activity in the sylvian and inter-
hemispheric cisterns. The images
obtained at 24 hours demonstrate
that there has been normal ascent
of activity over the convexities.
92 Chapter 3 n Central Nervous System
Front
L R R L
Figure 3-23. Cerebrospinal fluid leak in right ear. Left, Posterior image of the head obtained 6 hours after intrathecal
administration of 111In-DTPA shows asymmetry with an abnormal area of increased activity on the right (arrow). Right,
Computed tomographic scan performed on the same patient shows that the right mastoid air cells (arrow) are filled with
cerebrospinal fluid because of a sphenoid ridge fracture.
94 Chapter 3 n Central Nervous System
Transmission
Ant abdomen
C R L
Figure 3-24. Normal cerebrospinal fluid shunt patency. A, Anterior and transmission views of the head were done with
injection of the shunt reservoir (arrows). Manual occlusion of the distal limb has allowed reflux into the lateral ventricles.
The transmission scan was done by using a 99mTc planar source behind the patient to outline the head and shoulders. B,
Anterior and transmission views over the anterior chest after the manual occlusion of the distal limb was released to show
activity progressing inferiorly (arrows). C, Anterior and transmission views over the anterior abdomen demonstrate activity
at the end of the catheter (arrows) but also diffusing normally throughout the abdomen and collecting in the regions of the
right and left pericolic gutters.
ventricular system or failure of the radiophar- shunt reservoir, with a region of interest placed
maceutical to clear from the ventricles after sev- over the reservoir and a time-activity curve gen-
eral hours may be indicative of partial proximal erated. The clearance half-time from a reservoir
limb obstruction. with a patent distal shunt limb is generally sev-
Partial or complete distal limb obstruction fre- eral minutes, usually less than 10 minutes (Fig.
quently can be inferred from delayed clearance 3-24). The value of reservoir clearance evalua-
of the injected radiopharmaceutical from the tion in proximal limb obstruction is less clear.
Chapter 3 n Central Nervous System 95
l The radiopharmaceuticals 99mTc-ECD (SPECT), or persistent tumors but not in areas of radia-
99mTc-HMPAO (SPECT), and nitrogen-13 (13N) tion necrosis.
ammonia (PET) are perfusion agents.
l Brain death can be diagnosed with either 99m Tc-
l The radiopharmaceuticals 99mTc-HMPAO and DTPA (which is cheaper) or 99mTc-HMPAO or
99mTc-ECD are lipophilic, extracted on the ECD (which do not require a flow study). The
first pass, and reflect regional perfusion. Their diagnosis is a clinical one and often includes
uptake is highest in the cortical and subcortical other tests such as EEG. Radionuclide imaging
gray matter. FDG represents regional metabolic improves certainty. A “hot-nose” sign may be
activity. present on flow images.
Continued
96 Chapter 3 n Central Nervous System
l Herpes encephalitis can be seen as increased l Cisternography images are usually obtained
activity in the temporal lobe on SPECT perfu- anteriorly. Six hours after injection, these
sion imaging. images normally show a trident appearance of
activity produced by labeled CSF in the ante-
l Epileptic seizure foci show increased perfu- rior interhemispheric and right and left sylvian
sion (99mTc-HMPAO or 99mTc-ECD) and cisterns. Any abnormal entry into the lateral
metabolism (18FDG) during seizure activity but ventricles is seen as heart-shaped activity. Early
decreased or normal activity interictally. ventricular entry with stasis, accompanied by
the lack of activity over the superior surface of
l A normal radionuclide angiographic examina- the brain after 24 to 48 hours, supports a diag-
tion of the brain presents a trident appearance nosis of normal-pressure hydrocephalus.
of intracranial flow in the anterior cerebral and
right and left middle cerebral territories. In l The classic clinical triad of normal-pressure
brain death, there is no obvious arterial phase hydrocephalus includes ataxia, incontinence,
(the trident is absent) and only scalp activity is and dementia.
seen, which is often accompanied by a hot-nose
SUGGESTED READINGS Kadir A, Nordberg A. Target specific PET probes for neuro-
Bonte FJ, Devous MD Sr. SPECT brain imaging. In Sandler degenerative disorders related to dementia. J Nucl Med
MP, Coleman RE, Patton JA, et al. (eds): Diagnostic 2010;51:1418-30.
Nuclear Medicine, 4th ed. New York: Lippincott Wil- Lawrence SK, Delbeke D, Partain CL, et al. Cerebrospi-
liams & Wilkins; 2003. p. 757-82. nal fluid imaging. In: Sandler MP, Coleman RE, Pat-
Chen W. Clinical applications of PET in brain tumors. ton JA, et al, editors. Diagnostic Nuclear Medicine.
J Nucl Med 2007;48:1468-81. 4th ed. New York: Lippincott Williams & Wilkins;
Conrad GR, Sinha P. Scintigraphy as a confirmatory test of 2003. p. 835-50.
brain death. Semin Nucl Med 2003;33:312-23. Matsuda H. Role of neuroimaging in Alzheimer’s disease
Henry TR, Van Heertum RL. Positron emission tomogra- with emphasis on brain perfusion: SPECT. J Nucl Med
phy and single photon emission computed tomography 2007;48:1289-1300.
in epilepsy care. Semin Nucl Med 2003;33:88-104.
Chapter 3 n Central Nervous System 97
Minoshima S, Frey KA, Cross DJ, et al. Neurochemical Rastogi S, Lee C, Salamon N. Neuroimaging in pediatric
imaging of dementias. Semin Nucl Med 2004;34:70-82. epilepsy: a multimodality approach. RadioGraphics
Nordberg A. Amyloid plaque imaging in vivo: current 2008;28:1079-95.
achievement and future prospects. Eur J Nucl Med Waxman A, Herholz K, Lewis D, et al. Society of Nuclear
2008;35(Suppl 1):S46-S50. Medicine Procedure Guideline for FDG PET brain imag-
Norfray JF, Provenzale JM. Alzheimer’s disease: neuro- ing. Version 1.0, 2009, http://www.SNM.org. Accessed
pathic findings and recent advances in imaging. AJR Am June 28, 2011.
J Roentgenol 2004;182:3-13.
Paschali A, Messinis L, Kargiotis O, et al. SPECT neuro-
imaging and neuropsychological functions in different
stages of Parkinson’s disease. Eur J Nucl Med Mol Imag-
ing 2010;37:1128-40.
4 Thyroid, Parathyroid,
and Salivary Glands
THYROID IMAGING AND UPTAKE Patient Preparation
Radiopharmaceuticals Thyroid Carcinoma Therapy
Dosimetry Radiation Safety Aspects
Iodine Uptake Test PARATHYROID IMAGING AND LOCALIZATION
Thyroid Gland Imaging SALIVARY GLAND IMAGING
Technique and Clinical Protocol
IODINE-131 THERAPY IN THYROID DISEASE
Principle
Primary Hyperthyroidism
tyrosyl moieties (organification) to form mono- tic agent for treating certain thyroid disorders.
and di-iodinated tyrosine (MIT and DIT). These Also, its long half-life is of advantage in scan-
are then coupled to form tri-iodothyronine (T3) ning for the detection of functioning metastatic
and thyroxine (T4). Technetium-99m (99mTc) thyroid carcinoma because imaging can be done
pertechnetate, however, does not undergo organ- over several days to allow for optimum concen-
ification to form thyroid hormone; instead, after tration by the metastatic deposits.
trapping, it slowly “washes” from the gland.
Iodine-123
Radiopharmaceuticals Iodine-123 has excellent physical properties for
The radioactive iodine (123I) and technetium an imaging agent. Like 131I, its biochemical behav-
(99mTc) constitute the radionuclides used in ior is identical to that of stable iodine. Iodine-
imaging the thyroid gland. Both 123I and 131I are 123 decays by electron capture, with a photon
used for iodine uptake tests. Only 131I is used energy of 159 keV and a half-life of 13 hours.
for thyroid therapy. The gamma emission of 123I allows excellent
99
100 Chapter 4 n Thyroid, Parathyroid, and Salivary Glands
Technetium-99m
Technetium-99m pertechnetate is trapped by
the thyroid in the same manner as iodides but
is not organified; therefore, it is released over
time as unaltered pertechnetate (99mTcO4−)
ion. Its short physical half-life of 6 hours and
principal gamma energy of 140 keV are ideal
for gamma camera imaging (greater than 90%
efficiency with a ½-inch-thick crystal). These
physical characteristics and its ready availabil-
ity are distinct advantages for thyroid scan-
ning. In addition, the low absorbed dose to the Ant
thyroid permits administration of higher doses
and therefore allows for more rapid imaging of Figure 4-1. Normal iodine-123 scan of the thyroid. The
the gland with minimal motion artifact. Only normal bilobed gland with an inferior isthmus is easily
1% to 5% of administered 99mTc-pertechnetate appreciated. Note that no salivary gland activity is seen.
is normally trapped by the thyroid, so image
background levels are higher than those with
radioiodine. On a 99mTc-pertechnetate scan, thyroid dose from 99mTc-pertechnetate is about
the salivary glands are usually well seen in 1 rad/5000 μCi (10 mGy/185 MBq).
addition to the thyroid. As a result, unless a Because both 99mTc and the various radio-
patient is hyperthyroid, a 99mTc scan can usu- iodines cross the placenta and because the
ally be distinguished from an 123I scan by fetal thyroid begins accumulation of iodine at
excellent visualization of the salivary glands. about the 12th week of gestation, care must
Technetium-99m pertechnetate is preferred be taken when administering these radiophar-
over radioiodine when the patient has recently maceuticals during pregnancy. They are also
received thyroid-blocking agents (such as secreted in breast milk in lactating women and
iodinated contrast agents) or is unable to take may be transferred to nursing infants. Nursing
medication orally or when the study must be can usually be resumed 12 to 24 hours after
completed in less than 2 hours. the administration of 99mTc-pertechnetate
and about 2 to 3 days after 123I administra-
Dosimetry tion. When 131I is administered in any form,
Radiation doses to the adult thyroid and whole nursing should be stopped and any pumped
body for the radioiodines and 99mTc-pertechne- breast milk discarded, because the Nuclear
tate are presented in Appendix E with imaging Regulatory Commission (NRC) recommends
protocols. With the usual administered activi- that nursing should be discontinued entirely
ties for scanning, the radiation to the thyroid if administered activities of 131I exceed about
gland is comparable for 123I and 99mTc, and 1 μCi (0.04 MBq).
the whole-body dose is only slightly greater On an administered activity basis, the dose
with 99mTc. Both agents provide considerably to the thyroid is greater in infants and children
less radiation dose to the thyroid and to the than in adults, and considerably smaller scan-
total body than does 131I. The dose to the thy- ning and uptake doses should be administered
roid from 131I is about 100 times greater than to pediatric patients (see Appendixes D and E).
that from 123I for the same administered activ- In addition, because the radiation dose to the
ity (≈1 rad/μCi [10mGy/0.037 MBq] versus 1 pediatric thyroid from 131I nears the level shown
rad/100 μCi [10 mGy/3.7 MBq]). The absorbed to increase the incidence of thyroid carcinoma,
Chapter 4 n Thyroid, Parathyroid, and Salivary Glands 101
131I is not recommended for scanning children radiopharmaceutical because vomiting or diar-
and is contraindicated for therapy in pregnant rhea may hinder adequate absorption.
women. To begin the test, about 5 μCi (0.2 MBq) of
Many physicians incorrectly assume that a 131I-sodium or 10 to 20 μCi (0.4 to 0.7 MBq)
radiation dose to the thyroid from 131I can be of 123I-sodium in either liquid or capsule form
accurately determined by knowing the admin- is administered. 123I uptakes may also be per-
istered activity and the thyroid uptake. A com- formed in conjunction with an 123I thyroid scan
plex of less easily determined factors (thyroid using the scanning dosage. An identical amount
size, biologic half-life of iodine in the gland, size of activity, called a standard, is placed in a neck
of the iodine pool, and spatial distribution of phantom, and the activity is compared with that
iodine in the gland) for a specific administered in the patient’s thyroid, using a single-crystal
activity can change the absorbed dose by up to counting probe with a flat-field collimator. Such
a factor of 10 in any given patient. standards obviate the use of decay constants or
geometric corrections in calculating uptakes.
Iodine Uptake Test The distance from the face of the probe crys-
The iodine uptake test is easily performed tal to the anterior aspect of the neck (about
and gives a useful clinical index of thyroid 25 to 30 cm) and the method of counting the
function. The main purposes of an uptake 131I standard are the same for all patients. It is
gland makes it much easier to relocate these a more accurate indication of the distribution of
abnormalities with the patient in the supine organified iodine within the gland than earlier
scanning position, when marker localization images.
may be required. The complete technical protocols for perform-
Even with a history of recent radioiodinated ing thyroid scintigraphy using 99mTc-pertechne-
contrast or suppressive medication administra- tate and 123I can be found in Appendix E-1.
tion, it is frequently possible to obtain reason-
ably good anatomic assessment of the thyroid Normal Images
gland with 99mTc when it is not possible with The normal thyroid gland is a bilobed organ
radioiodine. This, in part, is related to the sig- with reasonably homogeneous distribution of
nificantly greater allowable activity for pertech- activity in both lobes (see Fig. 4-1). The nor-
netate scanning than for radioiodine. When mal gland weighs 1.3 g at birth and about 4.0
feasible, however, the patient should return g by 5 years of age. In adults, the entire gland
after an appropriate interval of withdrawal weighs between 15 and 20 g, and each lobe
from the interfering drug for a more definitive measures about 2 × 5 cm. Slight asymmetry in
examination. the sizes of the lobes is common, with the right
lobe generally dominating. The lobes are usu-
Technique and Clinical Protocol ally joined inferiorly and medially by the thy-
Technetium-99m roid isthmus, which may demonstrate relatively
The thyroid is imaged 20 minutes after the decreased activity compared with the adjacent
intravenous administration of 5 to 10 mCi lobes. In some instances, complete absence of
(185 to 370 MBq) of 99mTc-pertechnetate, activity is noted in this region. In a small num-
using a scintillation camera with a pinhole col- ber of patients, a pyramidal lobe is identified
limator. Anterior and left and right anterior that arises from the isthmus or medial aspect
oblique images are then obtained for 100,000 of one lobe and extends superiorly and medi-
to 300,000 counts (or 5 minutes) each, with ally. Although this is a common variation, it
the patient supine and neck extended. In addi- may be accentuated in partial thyroidectomy
tion, the position of palpable nodules under patients and in patients with diffuse thyroid
investigation should be documented and a view abnormalities such as Hashimoto thyroiditis or
obtained with a radioactive marker placed on Graves disease. Less common variants of thy-
the lesion. This aids in an accurate correla- roid configuration include congenital absence
tion of the physical and scan findings. The of one lobe, substernal extension of the gland,
oblique images are essential for the identifica- or a sublingual thyroid with functioning tissue
tion of laterally and posteriorly placed nod- at the base of the tongue.
ules that might be missed with simple anterior The most common artifact of 99mTc-pertech-
imaging. netate studies of the thyroid is produced by
In some laboratories, the static images are activity secreted by the salivary glands and swal-
preceded by a blood-flow study of the thyroid. lowed by the patient. This usually presents as a
If this is to be done, at least 10 mCi (370 MBq) linear area of esophageal activity in the midline
of 99mTc-pertechnetate should be injected as an of the image. If this complicates interpretation
intravenous bolus using a parallel-hole collima- or causes confusion with an enlarged pyramidal
tor. The field of view is from the level of the lobe, repeat imaging should be performed using
salivary glands to the upper sternum. oblique images or after clearing the esophagus
by drinking water.
Iodine-123
Imaging with 123I may be performed after the Clinical Applications
oral administration of 200 to 600 μCi (7.4 to Ectopic Thyroid Tissue. Ectopic thyroid
22.2 MBq) to a fasting patient. Imaging can tissue may occur in the neck, in the base of
be performed at 3 to 4 hours, but the images the tongue (lingual thyroid) (Fig. 4-2), in the
are better when done at 16 to 24 hours. Images pelvis (struma ovarii), or retrosternally in the
of high quality are obtained using 50,000- to region of the mediastinum (substernal goiter).
100,000-count or a 10-minute acquisition. When ectopic sites deep within the body are
Imaging 24 hours after administration may give suspected, 24-hour imaging with 131I-sodium
Chapter 4 n Thyroid, Parathyroid, and Salivary Glands 105
Ant R Lat
is the method of choice (although 123I also can 24-hour radioiodine scan usually shows no
be used). Because of interfering salivary gland activity in the thyroid because without organi-
activity in the neck, attenuation of 140-keV fication, the trapped iodine washes out of the
gamma rays by the sternum or soft tissues, gland and it is not possible to distinguish this
and considerable blood pool activity, 99mTc- from an absent thyroid. A 99mTc-pertechne-
pertechnetate is generally not as useful. tate, or 2- to 4-hour 123I scan, on the other
Identification of an anterior mediastinal mass hand, clearly shows the presence of the thy-
on chest radiograph is the most frequent benign roid because the trapping mechanism of the
indication for 123I or 131I imaging of the chest. gland is intact (Fig. 4-4).
Intrathoracic thyroid tissue most commonly Thyroid Nodules. Although fine-needle
presents as a substernal extension of a cervi- aspiration biopsy has largely supplanted radio-
cal thyroid goiter (Fig. 4-3). This occurs most nuclide imaging as the initial investigative pro-
commonly on the left, displacing the trachea cedure for palpable thyroid nodules, imaging
to the right. Less commonly, it presents as a can be useful in selected patients. In patients
mediastinal mass anatomically unrelated to the with suppressed TSH levels or with nodules
thyroid gland. Thoracic thyroid tissue is most with indeterminate cytology results, imaging
frequently found in middle-aged women but provides information regarding the functional
may occur in either sex at any age. Thyroid status of the nodule and may indicate the pres-
tissue in the chest may not demonstrate radio- ence of additional nodules. Because hyperfunc-
iodine uptake as intensely as that in the neck, tional nodules are almost always benign, they
and some mediastinal thyroid tissue may not can be managed medically with radioactive
function at all. Therefore, although uptake in iodine therapy.
a mediastinal or substernal mass indicates that Conventionally, nodules are classified at
the tissue is thyroid related, lack of concentra- imaging with respect to the relative amount
tion of radioiodine does not necessarily exclude of activity present. Cold nodules demonstrate
that diagnosis. an essential absence of activity, whereas hot
Aberrant functioning thyroid tissue, struma nodules are identified by focally increased
ovarii, is rarely identified in some ovarian activity compared with the normal thyroid
teratomas. Even more rarely, this tissue may parenchyma. Nodules that are neither hot nor
hyperfunction, producing symptoms of hyper- cold but contain activity comparable to that of
thyroidism with suppression of function in the the surrounding gland are frequently termed
normal thyroid. warm nodules.
Congenital Organification Defect. Con- Cold Nodule. A nonfunctioning thyroid
genital organification defects become appar- nodule is essentially a nonspecific finding and
ent in the first months of life. The typical may be the result of any of numerous patholo-
presentation is an infant with low serum thy- gies (Table 4-2), the most common of which
roid hormone levels and a high TSH level. A is a colloid cyst. Although most cold nodules
106 Chapter 4 n Thyroid, Parathyroid, and Salivary Glands
A B
A B
Normal Graves disease
C D
Autonomous nodule Subacute thyroiditis
Figure 4-6. Appearance of the thyroid on technetium-99m pertechnetate scans. A, Normal. The thyroid is clearly visible,
and the salivary glands are also seen but are somewhat less intense in activity. B, Graves disease. The thyroid is enlarged and
has accumulated much of the activity, so that the salivary glands are harder to see. C, Hyperfunctioning “hot” nodule. The
nodule is seen as an area of intense activity, and its autonomous hormone production has suppressed the remainder of the
thyroid gland, so that the normal thyroid is hard to see. D, Subacute thyroiditis. In this case, the inflammation has caused
the thyroid to have difficulty trapping, and the amount of activity in the thyroid is lower than normally expected, whereas
the salivary gland activity is normal.
autonomous. Autonomous nodules function scan is performed at 20 minutes, the avid trap-
independently of the thyroid pituitary axis feed- ping of pertechnetate by the nodules renders
back mechanism; thus, they are not suppressible a focal area of increased activity. With radio-
with exogenous thyroid hormone. Autonomous iodine imaging, however, which is normally
hyperfunctioning nodules may produce enough performed at 24 hours, the trapped radiophar-
thyroid hormone to inhibit pituitary secretion of maceutical has either not been organified or has
TSH and secondarily to suppress function in the been organified and rapidly secreted and has
surrounding normal thyroid tissue (Fig. 4-6, C). thus washed out of the nodule, giving rise to a
Discordant Thyroid Nodule. By use of cold area on the scan (Fig. 4-7). It has been rec-
iodine imaging, a small number of cases of hot ommended that patients demonstrating solitary
nodules on 99mTc-pertechnetate imaging have hot nodules on pertechnetate scans be reimaged
subsequently proved to be cold or “discordant,” using an iodine agent to determine whether the
and a small number of those lesions have been lesion represents a discordant nodule or a true
shown to be thyroid carcinoma. Theoretically, hyperfunctioning adenoma. If the lesion proves
the discordant images are produced either by the to be discordant, further investigation may be
preservation of technetium trapping, but not of warranted, depending on the clinical status of
organification of iodine within the nodules, or the patient.
by rapid turnover of organified iodine so that the Warm Nodule. Although some warm nod-
nodule presents as a “cold” on a 24-hour radio- ules do function normally, many are actually
iodine scan. Because the 99mTc-pertechnetate cold nodules deep within the thyroid gland,
Chapter 4 n Thyroid, Parathyroid, and Salivary Glands 109
99mTcO 131I
4
Ant
Figure 4-7. Discordant nodule. Two images obtained in a patient with a prominent nodule in the thyroid isthmus demon-
strate increased technetium-99m pertechnetate activity in the region of the nodule (arrow) but no significant activity when
imaged with radioiodine. At surgery, this lesion proved to be a mixed papillary follicular carcinoma.
Figure 4-8. Multinodular goiter. Technetium-99m pertechnetate planar images of the neck (top) demonstrate patchy activ-
ity in both lobes of the enlarged thyroid. Anterior pinhole images (bottom) of just the thyroid gland show multiple “hot” and
“cold” areas in the gland, compatible with the typical appearance of multinodular goiter.
Ant pinhole
Ant
A B
Figure 4-9. Subacute and chronic thyroiditis. A, Anterior planar image from a 99mTc04- scan in a patient with subacute
thyroiditis shows little, if any, activity in the region of the thyroid. B, A pinhole image of the thyroid from an iodine-123 scan
in a different patient with chronic thyroiditis shows patchy or inhomogeneous activity throughout the gland. This pattern is
also seen with multinodular goiter.
in the gland early in the disease (which may The more uncommon diseases of acute (bac-
resemble Graves disease) to a coarsely patchy terial) and subacute (viral or autoimmune) thy-
distribution of activity within the gland later roiditis have such typical clinical features that
in the disease (which may mimic multinodular they are usually diagnosed on physical and
goiter). clinical grounds, and scanning generally plays
Chapter 4 n Thyroid, Parathyroid, and Salivary Glands 111
little role in their evaluation. Subacute thyroid- carcinoma commonly metastasizes to cervi-
itis usually presents as a painful swollen gland cal lymph nodes. Ten percent to 20% of well-
with elevated circulating thyroid hormone lev- differentiated cancers are follicular. These also
els but with markedly depressed radioiodine occur over a wide age group, but with a mean
uptake. Attempts at imaging with radioiodine age of 50 to 55 years. These tumors most com-
or 99mTc-pertechnetate (see Fig. 4-6, D) usually monly metastasize hematogenously to the lungs
show little or no localization of radiopharma- (Fig. 4-11) and bone (Fig. 4-12) and less com-
ceutical in the gland. In some patients having monly to the liver and brain.
18F-FDG PET scans for cancer or cardiac via- The overall prognosis of patients with well-
bility studies, there may be diffusely increased differentiated types of thyroid cancer is good,
activity in the thyroid. This occurs in about 3% with a 5-year survival rate of more than 95%
of patients and is often associated with chronic in properly treated patients. The metastases
lymphocytic (Hashimoto) thyroiditis. Increased of either lesion may histologically present the
focal thyroid activity on such scans should raise characteristics of the other; that is, primary fol-
the suspicion of thyroid cancer. licular lesions may give predominantly papil-
lary metastases, or vice versa.
Thyroid Carcinoma Clinically and scintigraphically, primary car-
Ninety percent of all thyroid cancers are well cinomas of the thyroid may initially present as
differentiated and have the ability to concen- discrete thyroid nodules or as enlargement of
trate radioiodine; therefore, thyroid cancer is one lobe with or without cervical nodal or dis-
usually amenable to adjunctive radioiodine tant metastases. When discrete, the lesions are
therapy. Between 80% and 90% of well-dif- almost invariably demonstrated as cold areas
ferentiated thyroid cancers are papillary. These on the radionuclide images. By use of a gamma
occur twice as often in female as in male patients camera, 99mTc-pertechnetate with a pinhole col-
and over a wide age range, with a mean age of limator, 80% of lesions 8 mm in diameter are
about 45 years. These tumors almost always are detected.
seen on a thyroid scan as a single cold nodule Because the metastatic lesions of well-
but often are histologically multifocal. Papillary differentiated thyroid carcinomas with follicular
112 Chapter 4 n Thyroid, Parathyroid, and Salivary Glands
Ant Post
A
6-month to 1-year intervals. Although proto- of radioiodine uptake for purposes of ablative
cols vary by institution, such scanning is often radiotherapy for thyroid cancer.
done until the scans are negative for 2 years. After all functioning tissue within the thyroid
When follow-up 131I imaging is performed, bed has been ablated, subsequent identifica-
patients should undergo thyroid hormone tion of functioning tissue in the neck should
withdrawal for 4 to 6 weeks to allow endog- be considered as tumor recurrence and treated
enous serum TSH levels to rise in excess of appropriately. It is important not to mistake the
30 μU/mL so that stimulation of any residual physiologic excretion of radioiodine in the sali-
normal thyroid tissue or functioning metas- vary glands, saliva, nose, stomach, colon, liver,
tases can enhance the likelihood of detection. and bladder for metastases. Most physiologic
However, because hormone withdrawal can activity in the liver is diffuse, whereas hepatic
be medically ill-advised in some patients, exog- metastases usually are focal.
enous recombinant human thyrotropin (rhTSH, In addition to whole-body 123I or 131I imag-
Thyrogen [Genzyme]) may be used in patients ing, post-ablation thyroid cancer patients are
who continue on thyroid hormone but who also followed by monitoring serum thyroglob-
are thought to be at significantly increased risk ulin (Tg) levels. Serum Tg tests are the most
for adverse events related to withdrawal from accurate method of detecting recurrent thyroid
thyroid hormone after a thyroidectomy. The cancer even if the patient is taking thyroid
conditions associated with adverse events are hormone. This glycoprotein is synthesized by
many and include history of stroke, transient follicular cells, and most well-differentiated
ischemic attack, underlying heart disease, renal thyroid cancers secrete Tg even if they do
failure, history of past or active depression and not concentrate radioiodine or if the patient
psychiatric disorders, severe compromise of is taking thyroid hormone. Measurement of
overall performance status, use of digoxin, lith- Tg can vary from one laboratory to another,
ium, warfarin, and age greater than 65 years. and it is best for the patient to have serial
Recombinant human TSH (rhTSH) may also be measurements performed by the same labora-
used to supplement endogenous TSH when the tory. Measurement of Tg before surgery and
serum levels fail to respond sufficiently to the thyroid ablation is not useful. In addition, Tg
withdrawal of replacement thyroid hormone; levels can be high for the first 2 months after
rhTSH is also approved for detection (with thyroidectomy, and tests should not be per-
or without imaging) of differentiated thyroid formed until after this period. A rising Tg level
cancer recurrence by stimulating thyroglobulin should raise serious concern about metastases
production before a serum test is performed. or recurrence. A Tg level above 10 ng/mL is
The dosage for Thyrogen-assisted radioio- associated with metastases in more than 85%
dine imaging is 0.9 mg given intramuscularly of patients. Whole-body radioiodine scans for
every 24 hours for 2 doses, with diagnostic follow-up are generally unnecessary in patients
administration of 131I given 24 hours after the with negative serum Tg and no other signs of
last Thyrogen injection. Imaging is then per- recurrent thyroid cancer.
formed 48 and/or 72 hours later. It should be In patients with suspected metastatic lesions
recognized that the sensitivity of whole-body to the skeleton, a radionuclide bone scan before
131I imaging after rhTSH is slightly less sensi- the administration of a whole-body 123I or 131I
tive for both detection of residual thyroid tissue scanning dose may be useful, although thyroid
and tumor in the thyroid bed and for func- metastases to bone are not uncommonly photo-
tioning metastases in 15% to 25% of patients penic and may go undetected on 99mTc-diphos-
compared with imaging after thyroid hormone phonate bone scans (Fig. 4-14).
withdrawal. Thus, in high-risk patients, hor-
mone withdrawal may well be advised. Even Imaging Noniodine-Avid Thyroid
though rhTSH is very expensive, and not as Cancers
sensitive as thyroid hormone withdrawal, it is Nonradioiodine-avid thyroid carcinomas are
sometimes incorrectly prescribed as a matter of not visualized with radioiodine imaging but
convenience for many patients who are simply can be successfully imaged using either 99mTc-
unwilling to stop their thyroid hormone. Use sestamibi (Fig. 4-15) or more commonly,
of rTSH is not recommended for stimulation 18F-fluorodeoxyglucose (18F-FDG) positron
Chapter 4 n Thyroid, Parathyroid, and Salivary Glands 115
Ant Post
emission tomography (PET) (see Fig. 4-14). is the only effective treatment. Medullary car-
Non-avid thyroid malignancies include ana- cinoma of the thyroid parenchyma constitutes
plastic or poorly differentiated carcinomas about 5% of malignant thyroid lesions and
(5%) which occur primarily in older patients. is not iodine avid. This cancer may be asso-
The prognosis is generally poor, and surgery ciated with other endocrine lesions, such as
116 Chapter 4 n Thyroid, Parathyroid, and Salivary Glands
pheochromocytoma; may actively secrete hor- therapy. This needs to comply with relevant
mones (most notably thyrocalcitonin); and local, state, and NRC requirements. A sample
may be familial. Medullary carcinoma can be protocol for hospitalized patients is provided
imaged with somatostatin receptor agents such in Appendix H-2 and issues related to patient
as 111In-pentetreotide (Fig. 4-16). The overall release into the public are covered later in the
sensitivity of 18F-FDG for medullary cancer chapter and in Chapter 13.
is only about 60%. Hürthle cell carcinoma The primary therapeutic uses of 131I are (1)
(5%) is an unusual variant of follicular cell the treatment of hyperthyroidism caused by
carcinoma, which is generally more aggressive either diffuse or nodular goiter, (2) the postsur-
with early distant metastases. Most of these gical ablation of the thyroid gland remnants,
latter types of tumors do not concentrate and (3) the treatment of functioning thyroid
iodine well and therefore are not usually ame- metastases.
nable to metastasis localization or radioiodine
therapy. Principle
Whether benign or neoplastic, any thyroid tis-
IODINE-131 THERAPY sue capable of producing thyroid hormone will
IN THYROID DISEASE trap and organify stable iodine or its radioac-
Iodine-131 plays an important role in the tive isotopes. Once a radioactive form of iodine
control and cure of certain thyroid diseases. has been taken up by the functioning tissue,
Each institution should develop a protocol for therapeutic effects are made possible by the
patient care and personnel safety when patients delivery of destructive ionizing radiation, pri-
are hospitalized or released for radioiodine marily in the form of relatively high-energy beta
Chapter 4 n Thyroid, Parathyroid, and Salivary Glands 117
Ant Post
Patient Selection
Review patient record to confirm Graves disease, toxic or nontoxic multinodular goiter, or
autonomously functioning nodule.
Review prior imaging reports and images.
Review recent TSH, free T4, and free T3 and thyroid iodine-123 or 131 uptake values.
Assess serum creatinine levels. Poor renal function will slow excretion of radioiodine from the
body and increase absorbed dose to normal tissues.
Conduct directed physical examination.
Take prior radioiodine administration history.
Evaluate continence and mental status. If there is a problem, consider arranging for
hospitalization with precautions.
Patient Preparation
Pretreatment with antithyroid drugs (methimazole or propylthiouracil) to deplete thyroid
hormone stores may be helpful to reduce possibility of thyroid storm (especially in older and
cardiac patients). Discontinue 3-5 days before therapy and resume 2-3 days after.
Beta blockers can be helpful for symptomatic control and do not need to be discontinued
during therapy.
Recombinant TSH (rh-TSH) stimulation is not currently FDA approved for therapy but has been
used off-label with nontoxic nodular goiter to maximize thyroid uptake.
For potentially pregnant females, do a pregnancy test 72 hours or less before treatment.
Discontinue breastfeeding. Breastfeeding may resume in the future after birth of another child.
Pregnancy should be avoided for 6 mo-1 year in case another treatment is needed.
Administration of Radioiodine
Patient should fast or, at a minimum, refrain from large meals 4 hours before and 1 hour after
administration.
Informed consent should include:
Purpose of treatment
Additional treatments may be needed
Side effects
Early effects (salivary tenderness [30%], gastritis [30%], transient metallic taste, neck pain
due to thyroiditis [10%-20%], late side effects (xerostomia [10%-20%], dental caries,
reduced taste, dry eyes [rare], <1% possibility of radiation-induced neoplasms)
Ophthalmopathy may worsen or develop after therapy for Graves disease.
Long-term hormone replacement and follow-up will be required.
Written directive is prepared and signed.
Administration in capsule form is preferred.
Dose is verified in dose calibrator.
Patient is positively identified.
Patient report should include activity and route of administration.
Survey of administration area is made at the end of the day.
Follow-Up
The thyroid function will decrease over several months. Initial evaluation with thyroid function
studies are recommended at 1 month. After this time, adjust hormone replacement levels as
needed.
*For additional details, see Society of Nuclear Medicine: Procedure guideline for therapy of thyroid disease with
iodine-131 (sodium-iodide), 9/17/2005. http://www.snm.org. Accessed September 16, 2011.
intolerable side effects, does not adequately con- resulting hypothyroidism in the first year after
trol the disease, or results in patient compliance therapy and accepting any morbidity associated
problems. In these patients and in patients with with the prolonged presence of hyperthyroid-
toxic nodular disease, 131I therapy is of consid- ism. This method does not appear to alter the
erable value. Iodine-131 therapy is also of value incidence of hypothyroidism after 1 year. The
in patients with recurrent hyperthyroidism after more commonly used high-dose therapy con-
previous thyroidectomy, when repeat surgery siders that hypothyroidism is an acceptable
would cause enhanced risks; in children who risk, indeed, almost an inevitable result, of 131I
have experienced toxicity to antithyroid drugs; therapy for Graves disease. Rapid reduction in
and in patients who refuse other therapy. thyroid function is the most important objective
Although most children with hyperthyroidism of high-dose therapy. With this approach, the
have Graves disease, there is a certain amount of patient is normally rendered hypothyroid and
controversy regarding the treatment of children put on replacement hormone as soon as possi-
and adolescents with 131I. The complication rate ble. High-dose therapy is especially appropriate
in children undergoing thyroid surgery is signifi- for patients with underlying medical conditions
cantly higher than that in adults, and antithyroid worsened by hyperthyroidism, such as cardiac
therapy in children usually has poor compliance congestive failure.
and carries a significantly higher risk of toxicity Formulas for the calculation of actual admin-
and relapse compared with that experienced in istered activity generally take into account one or
adults. As many as 80% of children and ado- more of the following: (1) the size of the gland,
lescents treated for Graves disease with antithy- (2) the presence or absence of nodularity in the
roid drugs eventually require 131I therapy. Even gland, and (3) the results of the 131I uptake test.
though there is little evidence to indicate signifi- Palpation used to estimate the mass of the thy-
cant radiation carcinogenesis from therapeutic roid gland often introduces a substantial subjec-
doses of 131I in these patients, a few physicians tive error into the calculation of dose, although
still choose not to use 131I therapy routinely in assessment of thyroid images and the occasional
children and in adults younger than 30 years. use of ultrasonography may aid in improving
Proposed methods of calculating doses for the estimate of gland size. With experience, a
treating hyperthyroidism are numerous and reasonable estimate can be made by palpation
varied. Determination of dose follows one of alone. Rather than calculate a specific activity
two basic philosophies, commonly referred to for a given patient, some laboratories simply use
as low-dose and high-dose therapy. Currently, a fixed activity for patients with diffuse toxic
low-dose therapy is rarely used. The difference goiter, often in the range of 10 to 15 mCi (370
in approaches is predicated on the likelihood of to 555 MBq). Studies have shown that there is
the induction of hypothyroidism. In low-dose little difference in the success of therapy between
therapy, there is an emphasis on reducing the calculated and fixed dose treatment.
120 Chapter 4 n Thyroid, Parathyroid, and Salivary Glands
Most institutions use high-dose therapy, and after therapy regardless of the 131I dose regimen
doses in the range of 8 to 30 mCi (296 to 1110 chosen. Therefore, careful follow-up is necessary
MBq) or higher may be initially administered to in all patients who become initially euthyroid, to
allow for definitive therapy. Administered doses watch for the development of late hypothyroid-
are also selected at the higher end of the dose ism. In our experience, unless the gland is very
range if the patients are severely hyperthyroid large, a one-time orally administered activity of
or have large glands, significant nodularity, or 15 mCi (555 MBq) is all that is needed to treat
cardiac disease aggravated by their thyrotoxic 90% to 95% of patients with Graves disease
state. With high-dose therapy, retreatment is successfully, and 25 mCi (925 MBq) cures about
usually unnecessary. In general, for treatment 80% to 90% of patients with a toxic nodular
of diffuse goiter, therapy may be in the range goiter. Aside from latent hypothyroidism, other
of 15 mCi (555 MBq) of 131I in patients with complications of radioiodine therapy for hyper-
no evidence of thyroid nodularity. These doses thyroidism are rare. There is no evidence of
may be repeated at 3- to 6-month intervals as increased incidence of radiation-induced malig-
necessary for the control of hyperthyroidism. nancies, including thyroid cancer and leukemia,
Hyperthyroidism related to toxic nodular after radioiodine therapy for hyperthyroidism.
goiter (Plummer disease) is particularly resistant No change in fertility rates or genetic damage in
to radioactive iodine therapy and frequently offspring has been found. Thyroid storm occurs
requires doses two to three times larger than in less than 0.1% of patients, and clinically sig-
those applicable in diffuse toxic goiter. Thus, in nificant radiation thyroiditis is uncommon. In
addition to 131I uptakes, thyroid imaging is usu- patients with Graves disease and orbitopathy,
ally used before 131I therapy to distinguish toxic the subsequent radiation-induced hypothy-
nodular goiter from Graves disease. Large mul- roidism confers an increased risk of exacerba-
tinodular goiters may require doses in excess tion. This can be minimized by concurrent oral
of 30 mCi (1.11 GBq), and multiple treatments prednisone therapy or prompt T4 replacement.
may be needed. Solitary toxic nodules generally Patients without orbitopathy are unlikely to
can be successfully treated with administered develop it after radioiodine treatment.
doses in the 15- to 25-mCi (555 to 925 MBq)
range. Even with such large doses, it is not usual Patient Preparation
to induce hypothyroidism when there is signifi- Before the oral administration of a therapeu-
cant suppression of function in the remainder of tic dose of 131I, the diagnosis of toxic goiter
the thyroid gland by the autonomous nodules. must have been firmly established on the basis
Regardless of the type of dose regimen used, of physical examination, history, and elevated
it is often difficult to predict accurately the out- circulating serum thyroid hormone levels and
come of radioactive iodine therapy in a given depressed TSH. An 131I uptake should be rou-
patient. Results are frequently significantly tinely performed to exclude hyperthyroidism
affected by a number of variables: resulting from certain diseases, such as silent,
n Nodular thyroids (including those of nodu- painless thyroiditis, and to gauge the dose
lar Graves disease) are usually more resistant required. The patient should take nothing
and require larger doses. by mouth after midnight the evening before
n Bulkier thyroid glands demonstrate dimin- treatment. Female patients should be carefully
ished response. screened for possible pregnancy, which is a con-
n Prior administration of antithyroid drugs traindication for radioiodine therapy because of
increases resistance. possible carcinogenic risk to the fetus and risk
n Patients with severe hyperthyroidism may of injury to the fetal thyroid gland after the
likewise be less responsive, possibly based on first trimester. In lactating mothers, therapy
the rapid turnover of 131I within the gland. should be instituted only if the patient is willing
Although there is a clear correlation between to completely cease breastfeeding because the
the dose of radioiodine used and the onset of iodine is secreted in breast milk.
hypothyroidism in the first year after therapy, Severely hyperthyroid patients with marked
the incidence of hypothyroidism after that time symptoms may be pretreated with antithyroid
shows less correlation with the dose used. At least drugs to avoid worsening the clinical status or
half of patients exhibit hypothyroidism 10 years causing thyroid storm, which results from the
Chapter 4 n Thyroid, Parathyroid, and Salivary Glands 121
Patient Selection
Review operative and histology reports. Make sure cancer is differentiated type.
Patient should have had total or near total thyroidectomy with neck dissection for T3 and T4
tumors.
Neck dissection may not be necessary for small T1 or T2 tumors.
Review prior imaging reports and images.
Radioiodine ablation is not recommended for intrathyroidal unifocal (<1 cm) or microscopic
multifocal cancer without other high risk features. High risk features include metastases, thyroid
capsule invasion, history of radiation therapy to head or neck, and unfavorable histology.
Conduct CBC, serum calcium tests (to exclude hypoparathyroidism post-thyroidectomy).
Assess serum creatinine level. Poor renal function will slow excretion of radioiodine from the
body and increase absorbed dose to normal tissues.
Conduct iodine-123 (or I-131 [<4 mCi]) scan for residual thyroid tissue or disease status if this
cannot be ascertained from the surgical report or neck ultrasonography.
Assess baseline serum thyroglobulin (obtained in hypothyroid state or after rhTSH).
Conduct directed physical examination.
Take prior radioiodine administration history.
Assess continence and mental status (if there is a problem, arrange for hospitalization with
precautions).
Patient Preparation
Withhold hormone medications until TSH >30 μU/mL; this is usually 3 weeks after
thyroidectomy or 4-5 weeks after discontinuing levothyroxine. Triiodothyronine can be
substituted until 2 weeks before treatment. TSH may not rise if large volume of functioning
tissue remains.
Patient should follow a low-iodine diet for 10-14 days (significant iodine is found in iodized salt,
milk/dairy products, eggs, seafood, seaweed, many commercial breads, chocolate, many
multivitamins, red dye #3.
Stop thyroid hormone for 5-7 days.
Recombinant TSH (rhTSH) stimulation is not currently FDA approved for therapy.
For potentially pregnant females, administer a pregnancy test 72 hours or less before treatment.
Discontinue breastfeeding. Breastfeeding may resume in the future after birth of another child.
Pregnancy should be avoided for 6 months to 1 year in case another treatment is needed.
Administration of Radioiodine
Patient should fast or, at a minimum, refrain from large meals 4 hours before and 1 hour after
administration.
Informed consent should include:
Purpose of treatment
Additional treatments may be needed
Side effects
Early effects (salivary tenderness [30%], gastritis [30%], transient metallic taste, neck pain
due to thyroiditis [10%-20%], transiently decreased white cell count [rare], transient
hypospermia [rare] mucositis, and transient nausea or vomiting [rare])
Late side effects (xerostomia [10%-20%], dental caries, reduced taste, dry eyes [rare],
temporary, <1% possibility of radiation-induced neoplasms, pulmonary fibrosis [with
multiple high administered activities with iodine-avid pulmonary metastases], permanent
bone marrow depression [rare])
Long-term hormone replacement and follow-up are required.
Written directive is prepared and signed.
Chapter 4 n Thyroid, Parathyroid, and Salivary Glands 123
Follow-Up
Perform whole body imaging 3-14 days after treatment.
Check that TSH suppression is below 0.1 mU/L for high- and intermediate-risk patients
and 0.1-0.5 mU/L for low-risk patients.
Make periodic determination (6-12 months) of serum thyroglobulin in hypothyroid state or after
rhTSH.
At 12 months, perform a diagnostic whole body iodine scan after hormone withdrawal or
rhTSH may be appropriate for high or intermediate risk patients.
*For additional details, see Society of Nuclear Medicine: Procedure guideline for therapy of thyroid disease with
iodine-131 (sodium-iodide), 9/17/2005. http://www.snm.org. Accessed June 26, 2011.
Because well-differentiated thyroid cancers tend patients with elevated Tg levels may show
to be more aggressive in older patients, high- improvement with repeat high-dose 131I therapy
dose therapy is also recommended for the treat- even in the presence of a negative 131I scan. After
ment of patients older than 45 years of age. ablation therapy, imaging may be performed 4
In the uncommon case in which a surgeon has to 10 days after treatment by using the residual
actually removed all of the normal thyroid tis- 131I activity. Thyroid hormone replacement may
sue and in which the whole-body scan is nega- be instituted 3 to 5 days after the administration
tive, high-dose therapy can be used with some of therapy. Reexamination after ablation in 6 to
modifications. If the tumor was less than 1.5 12 months is typical, and therapy is repeated if
cm, was well differentiated, and had no capsular residual thyroid tissue is found.
invasion, the patient may be placed on thyroid
hormone and monitored by serum Tg measure- Functioning Metastases
ments. Whether a patient with no residual thyroid Doses for the eradication of well-differentiated
and no functioning metastases seen on imaging thyroid metastases are high, usually 100 to
should be treated with 131I remains a matter of 200 mCi (3.7 to 7.4 GBq). Iodine-131 may be
controversy. In this setting, 131I ablation may be administered up to 5 or 10 times, usually at
desirable whether or not residual thyroid tissue about 6-month to yearly intervals. Typically, if
or metastases are identified—the rationale being metastases persist after three treatments, future
that such therapy may destroy undetectable, therapy is not likely to be curative, although it
functioning micrometastases. On follow-up, may be palliative. In some institutions, increased
124 Chapter 4 n Thyroid, Parathyroid, and Salivary Glands
radiation dose from 131I to the functioning tis- An increase in secondary tumors as a result
sue is achieved by depleting the extracellular of 131I therapy has been extensively examined.
iodide pool using pretherapy low-iodine diets or Most studies do not show an increase, although
drug-induced diuresis. In any case, serum TSH there have been suggested increases in leukemia
levels should be in excess of 30 μU/mL after an after therapy for thyroid cancer, with a rate of
appropriate period of thyroid hormone with- about 5 per 1000 patients. Bladder and breast
drawal to facilitate uptake of the therapy dose cancer incidence also may be slightly increased.
of 131I by the functioning lesions. In preparing Almost all of these cases have occurred in
patients, rhTSH can be used at the physician’s patients who received cumulative activities in
discretion to supplement endogenous serum excess of 800 mCi (29.6 GBq).
TSH levels as needed.
When patients are treated for functioning pul- Radiation Safety Aspects
monary thyroid metastases, pulmonary fibrosis As mentioned earlier, both 99mTc and the
is a possible complication, especially as cumula- various radioiodines cross the placenta, and,
tive doses exceed 600 mCi (22 GBq). Further, because the fetal thyroid begins accumula-
repeat doses of 131I may produce changes in sal- tion of iodine at about the 12th week of ges-
ivary gland function, leading to the unpleasant tation, care must be taken when administering
and irreversible side effect of xerostomia (dry these radiopharmaceuticals during pregnancy.
mouth). Thus, after each treatment, patients They are also secreted in breast milk in lactat-
should be instructed to stimulate saliva flow ing women and may be transferred to nursing
over several days through the use of items such infants (Fig. 4-17).
as hard candy (e.g., lemon drops) to reduce Regulations regarding release of patients after
radiation to the salivary glands. nuclear medicine therapy are presented in Appen-
In patients with extensive metastatic lesions dix H; however, a few important points are pre-
or in whom repeat therapeutic administrations sented here. After diagnostic nuclear medicine
are contemplated, monitoring of the hemato- procedures, precautions for the public are rarely
logic status is desirable because bone marrow required, but after some therapeutic procedures,
suppression may occur in patients with large doses to the public and family members and oth-
absorbed radiation doses. Significant bone ers may need to be limited. Because 131I is a fre-
marrow depression is likely when cumulative quently used high-energy gamma emitter and has
administered activities exceed 800 mCi (29.6 an 8-day physical half-life, it is the radionuclide
GBq). Because of the high doses used in ther- that results in the majority of the dose to medi-
apy, strict radiation protection procedures must cal staff, the public, and family members after
be outlined and carefully followed. According procedures involving therapeutic administration
to prior NRC regulations, any patient with 131I of unsealed radionuclides. Patients are strongly
activity in excess of 29.9 mCi (1.1 GBq) needed discouraged from staying at a hotel immediately
to be hospitalized. Current NRC regulations after treatment. The major aspect of radiation
permit release based on (1) administered activ- therapy that needs to be controlled when releas-
ity (less than 33 mCi or 1.2 GBq) for 131I, (2) ing a patient with radioiodine is external expo-
measured dose rate at 1 m from the patient (less sure of others. However, the typical doses that
than 7 mrem [less than 70 μSv]/h for 131I), or (3) occur to other persons from patients treated with
patient-specific dose calculations that indicate radioiodine have only a very low risk of cancer
that the maximum likely dose to another indi- induction. Approximate dose rates at 1.0 m
vidual (family or caregiver) is no greater than from a patient treated for hyperthyroidism are
0.5 rem (5 mSv) in any 1 year (see Appendix 0.185 mrem/mCi (0.05 μSv/MBq) immediately
H). Regulations regarding disposal of the radio- after administration, 0.11 mrem/mCi (0.03 μSv/
active urine vary from state to state. Patients MBq) at 2 to 4 days after administration, and
are usually given thyroid hormone replace- 0.07 mrem/mCi (0.02 μSv/MBq) at 5 to 7 days
ment several days later. Follow-up scanning is after administration. Patients treated for thyroid
then performed at 6-month intervals, with 131I cancer metastases eliminate iodine more quickly,
therapy repeated as needed until the disease is and approximate values at the same times are
eradicated. Patients may then be followed with 0.185 (0.05), 0.011(0.003), and 0.007 mrem/
serum Tg levels as described earlier. mCi (0.002 μSv/MBq), respectively.
Chapter 4 n Thyroid, Parathyroid, and Salivary Glands 125
Internal contamination of family members Because the patient may need to be retreated
from bodily fluids is most likely 1 to 7 days after with radioiodine, pregnancy is contraindicated
treatment. The risks from internal contamina- until at least 6 months after radioiodine therapy.
tion of other adults are less significant than are Very low activities of 131I are observed in the
those from external exposure. Incorporation of environment as a result of medical uses. Even
large activities of 131I in an adult caregiver or with direct release to sewer systems, the rela-
family member that might cause hypothyroid- tively short physical half-life results in doses to
ism is extremely unlikely. However, thyroid the public or sewer workers well below pub-
cancer as a result of radiation exposure appears lic dose limits and low compared with other
to be a significant risk for unborn children, sources. No environmental effects have been
infants, and persons under the age of 20, and linked to the levels of radionuclides released as a
particular care should be taken to avoid inter- result of medical uses of unsealed radionuclides.
nal contamination of infants and children. Con-
tamination of infants and young children with PARATHYROID IMAGING
saliva from a treated patient during the first sev- AND LOCALIZATION
eral days could result in significant doses to the Hyperparathyroidism occurs with a frequency
child’s thyroid and potentially raise the risk of of about 0.5 per 1000, with approximately half
subsequent radiation-induced thyroid cancer. of the persons being asymptomatic and detected
In the United States, the NRC dose limit for by serum calcium screening. Those with symp-
adult caregivers and family members is 500 toms may have recurring nephrolithiasis, frank
mrem (5 mSv) per I-131 treatment episode. For hypercalcemia with low serum phosphate,
members of the public, pregnant women, and weakness, fatigue, and bone pain.
infants and small children, the dose limit is 100 Because of the small size and location of the
mrem (1 mSv). Treating physicians must pro- normal parathyroid glands, imaging with most
vide the released patient, or the patient’s parent modalities is difficult. Normally, there are two
or guardian, with instructions, including writ- pairs of parathyroid glands usually located on
ten instructions, on actions recommended to the posterolateral surface of the upper and lower
maintain doses to other individuals as low as is lobes of the thyroid. About 80% to 85% of
reasonably achievable if the total effective dose parathyroid adenomas are found adjacent to the
equivalent to any other individual is likely to thyroid, but the remainder are ectopically placed
exceed 100 mrem (1 mSv). and may be in the anterior or posterior superior
Continuation of breastfeeding is absolutely mediastinum, within or next to the thymus, along
contraindicated after radioiodine therapy. the esophagus, along the carotid sheath, or even
126 Chapter 4 n Thyroid, Parathyroid, and Salivary Glands
at the carotid bifurcation. This variation results The basis of the examination is predicated
in 5% of hyperfunctional parathyroid lesions on the selective uptake of 99mTc-sestamibi by
being missed at the initial surgical procedure. both the thyroid and parathyroid glands. With
Hyperfunctioning glands, however, can be this method, 20 mCi (740 MBq) is adminis-
imaged by using nuclear medicine techniques. tered intravenously, and images are obtained at
Eighty percent to 85% of cases of primary about 15 minutes and again at 1 to 3 hours.
hyperparathyroidism are due to single or mul- The complete technical/clinical protocol can be
tiple hyperfunctioning adenomas. Hyperplasia found in Appendix E-1.
accounts for 12% to 15% of cases and parathy- Technetium-99m sestamibi initially con-
roid carcinomas for about 1% to 3% of cases. centrates in normal thyroid tissue, thyroid
Technetium-99m sestamibi is the radiophar- adenomas, parathyroid adenomas, and hyper-
maceutical of choice for imaging parathyroid plastic parathyroid glands. Activity in the
adenomas because of its good energy charac- normal thyroid tissue significantly decreases
teristics for imaging and its avid localization in with time (Fig. 4-18). Thyroid adenomas and
the mitochondria of parathyroid tissue. Techne- hyperplastic parathyroid glands initially have
tium-99m sestamibi has yielded sensitivity rates more intense activity than does the thyroid but
of about 90% in primary hyperparathyroidism also typically fade with time (Fig. 4-19). Most
but significantly lower rates in secondary hyper- parathyroid adenomas are more intense than is
parathyroidism. No special patient preparation the thyroid on the early images but also retain
is necessary before these scans, but it is impor- much of their activity on the delayed images
tant to perform a physical examination specifi- and become more visible. A majority of para-
cally to palpate for nodular thyroid disease and thyroid adenomas greater than 500 mg can
other masses. be detected with parathyroid scanning. Some
15 min 1 hr 3 hr
Figure 4-19. Thyroid adenoma on early and delayed technetium-99m sestamibi images. The thyroid adenoma (arrow) is
initially seen as an area of increased activity relative to the thyroid. Both the normal thyroid and the adenoma fade signifi-
cantly on the delayed images.
Chapter 4 n Thyroid, Parathyroid, and Salivary Glands 127
thyroid adenomas may not fade as much as persist in thyroid cancers producing a false-
expected on delayed images, and some para- positive examination. Despite its established
thyroid adenomas may behave atypically by success in localizing hyperfunctioning para-
fading somewhat on delayed images. If delayed thyroid adenomas, 99mTc-sestamibi imaging is
sestamibi images are inconclusive in either of still unable to image hyperplastic or normal
these respects, it may be helpful to reinject the parathyroid glands consistently. At the present
patient with 99mTc pertechnetate to see if the time, SPECT/CT is the standard of practice for
equivocal focus hyperconcentrates pertechne- these lesions. Parathyroid imaging is especially
tate, likely representing a thyroid adenoma, useful in patients with negative neck explora-
or presents as a relative defect, indicative of tions and recurrent or persistent hypercalcemia
a parathyroid adenoma. It should be noted (Fig. 4-20). Because of the possibility of ecto-
that 99mTc-sestamibi may also concentrate and pic parathyroid adenomas, a routine large-field
Ant
Immediate 2 hr 4 hr
B
Figure 4-20. Parathyroid adenoma. A, Parathyroid adenoma (located at the inferior aspect of the right lobe of the thyroid)
(arrows) is present as an area of increased activity relative to the thyroid on the delayed images. B, SPECT/CT scan precisely
localizes the lesion.
128 Chapter 4 n Thyroid, Parathyroid, and Salivary Glands
view of the chest and mediastinum should be Although activity in these glands and in the
performed. saliva can be a source of confusion when imag-
Many surgeons will routinely use either ultra- ing the thyroid, the concentration of pertech-
sound or radionuclide parathyroid imaging netate in the salivary glands can help in the
before surgery. However, radionuclide meth- diagnosis and assessment of some salivary and
ods also are useful to locate the adenoma dur- parotid disorders.
ing surgery. The technique for intraoperative Evaluation of suspected mass lesions of the
parathyroid localization involves injection of salivary glands is best done by using computed
the patient with 99mTc-sestamibi about 2 to 4 tomography. Use of 99mTc-pertechnetate scans
hours before surgery and use of a small gamma is generally reserved for functional evaluation,
probe during the operation to localize the para- although most mass lesions, including primary
thyroid adenoma. This procedure is typically tumors and metastases, are seen as areas of
reserved for patients with a solitary parathy- decreased activity. The exception to this is War-
roid adenoma and a normal thyroid gland (to thin’s tumor, which usually appears as a focal
exclude confusion caused by activity in a thy- area of increased uptake (Fig. 4-21). Warthin
roid adenoma). After removal, the parathyroid tumors are benign parotid gland lesions, which
adenoma should be counted and should be at predominate in elderly men and are frequently
least 20% and usually 50% higher than the thy- bilateral.
roid background. Functional assessment is performed by
administering 5 to 15 mCi (185 to 550 MBq) of
SALIVARY GLAND IMAGING 99mTc-pertechnetate intravenously and obtain-
As noted in the discussion of thyroid imaging ing 1-minute images of the salivary glands
with 99mTc-pertechnetate, activity is seen in the over about 20 minutes. Computer-generated
parotid, submandibular, and sublingual glands. regions of interest are placed over the glands
Ant L Lat
C
Figure 4-21. Warthin tumor. A, Axial CT scan demonstrates an L parotid mass (arrow). B, Salivary scan with 99mTc-
pertechnetate shows focal retention in the left parotid gland (arrow). C, Coronal SPECT/CT scan clearly shows the anatomic
relationship.
Chapter 4 n Thyroid, Parathyroid, and Salivary Glands 129
of interest, and time-activity curves are gener- as saliva and 99mTc-pertechnetate are secreted.
ated for accumulation and clearance of activity. In patients with Sjögren syndrome, there may
Trapping in the glands usually begins at 1 min- be decreased accumulation of activity relative
ute and reaches a peak in about 5 to 10 min- to the thyroid, as well as delayed clearance of
utes. Stimulation of the glands with lemon juice activity from the glands. These findings may be
usually results in rapid diminution of activity asymmetric.
l A normal 24-hour iodine uptake in most labo- l Thyroid cancer is usually a single focal cold
ratories ranges between 10% and 30% to 35%. lesion and only rarely is seen to be diffuse or
multifocal on thyroid scans.
l 99mTc-pertechnetate is trapped (but not organi-
fied) by the thyroid. Iodine-123 and 131 are l Thyroid cancers may concentrate 99mTc-sestamibi
trapped and then organified. and persist on delayed images. They are typi-
cally “cold” on 99mTc-pertechnetate scans.
l Oral administration of supersaturated potas-
sium iodide (SSKI) or perchlorate can effectively l If there is a rising serum Tg and a negative
block unwanted radioiodine from accumulat- whole-body iodine scan, thyroid cancer can
ing in normal thyroid tissue. Blocking efficacy often be visualized on a 18F-FDG PET scan
approaches 100% if administered before the with 80% to 85% sensitivity, and sometimes on
radioiodine, but it retains some effectiveness a 99mTc-sestamibi scan.
even if administered up to 12 hours later.
l Activity in the bladder, stomach, and bowel and
l A lingual thyroid is usually located in the mid- mild diffuse activity in the liver is usually nor-
line at the base of the tongue, with no thyroid mal on a whole-body iodine scan and is very
seen in the normal location. The ectopic gland is unlikely to represent metastatic disease.
often hypofunctional.
l Whole-body thyroid scans may be performed
l A thyroid gland with an organification defect with 123I rather than 131I. The 123I scans have
is usually seen as a normal gland on a 99mTc- better resolution and may cause less stunning.
pertechnetate scan but manifests no activity on
an iodine scan in a child with a high TSH level. l Most patients with Graves disease are treated
with about 10 to 15 mCi (370 to 555 MBq) of
l A large gland with intense homogeneous activ- 131I, and most with toxic multinodular goiter are
ity is usually Graves disease. A pyramidal lobe given about 15-29 mCi (555 MBq to 1.1 GBq)
is commonly associated with Graves disease. of 131I. Cancer treatment doses depend on the
Continued
130 Chapter 4 n Thyroid, Parathyroid, and Salivary Glands
SUGGESTED READINGS Luster M, Clarke SE, Dietlein M, et al. Guidelines for
Cooper DS, Doherty GM, Haugen BR, et al. Revised Amer- radiotherapy of differentiated thyroid cancer (European
ican Thyroid Association management guidelines for Association of Nuclear Medicine). Eur J Nucl Med Mol
patients with thyroid nodules and differentiated thyroid Imaging 2008;35:1941-59.
cancer. Thyroid 2009;19(11):1167-214. Mariani G, Gulec SA, Rubello D, et al. Preoperative local-
Eslamy HK, Ziessman HA. Parathyroid scintigraphy in ization and radioguided parathyroid surgery. J Nucl Med
patients with primary hyperparathyroidism: 99mTc- 2003;44:1443-58.
sestamibi SPECT and SPECT/CT. RadioGraphics Siegel JA, Silberstein EB. A closer look at the lat-
2008;28:1461-76. est NRC patient release guidance. J Nucl Med
Iagaru A, McDougall IR. Treatment of thyrotoxicosis: con- 2008;49(7):N17-N20.
tinuing education. J Nucl Med 2007;48:379-89. Smith JR, Oates ME. Radionuclide imaging of the parathy-
Intenzo CM, Capuzzi DM, Jabbour S, et al. Scintigraphic roid glands: patterns, pearls, and pitfalls. RadioGraphics
features of autoimmune thyroiditis. RadioGraphics 2004;24:1101-15.
2001;21:957-64. Society of Nuclear Medicine. Procedure guideline for ther-
Intenzo CM, dePapp AE, Jabbour S, et al. Scintigraphic apy of thyroid disease with iodine-131 (sodium-iodide).
manifestations of thyrotoxicosis. RadioGraphics 9/17/2005. http://www.snm.org. Accessed June 26, 2011.
2003;23:857-69. Society of Nuclear Medicine. Procedure guideline for scin-
International Commission on Radiological Protection. tigraphy for differentiated papillary and follicular thy-
Release of patients after therapy with unsealed radionu- roid cancer. 9/5/2006. http://www.snm.org. Accessed
clides. Publication 94, Annals of the ICRP 2004;34(2). June 26, 2011.
5 Cardiovascular System
ANATOMY AND PHYSIOLOGY PET CARDIAC IMAGING
SPECT MYOCARDIAL PERFUSION PET Myocardial Perfusion Imaging
IMAGING PET Myocardial Viability Imaging
Principle RADIONUCLIDE IMAGING OF CARDIAC
Radiopharmaceuticals FUNCTION
Dedicated Cardiac SPECT Computer Methods
Cameras First-Pass Studies
Imaging Protocols Equilibrium Radionuclide Angiography
Myocardial SPECT Image Processing (Gated Blood Pool Ventriculography
and Display or MUGA Scans)
Interpretation
SPECT with Gated Acquisition (GSPECT)
Exercise Stress Protocol
Clinical Applications
Clinical nuclear medicine studies play a pivotal common artifacts and increasing the specificity
role in the noninvasive evaluation of cardiac of results.
physiology and function. The widespread use
of nuclear cardiovascular examinations permits ANATOMY AND PHYSIOLOGY
the sensitive detection and diagnosis of numer- Because the heart functions predominantly as a
ous cardiac abnormalities as well as the determi- pump, it is important to examine the physiol-
nation of the functional consequences of disease. ogy and anatomy related to this function. The
Two general types of radionuclide imag- volume of each chamber may be expressed as
ing procedures constitute the primary thrust end-diastolic volume (EDV), which is the vol-
of cardiovascular nuclear imaging. These are ume of the chamber after it is completely filled
designed to assess: with blood at the end of diastole. Although
n Myocardial perfusion and viability the EDVs of the left and right ventricles are
n Regional and global ventricular function different, under normal circumstances, the
Extensive experience with these procedures stroke volumes (volume of blood ejected by
in their appropriate clinical settings has proved each ventricle during systole) must be equal
them to be valuable noninvasive tools for the and normally range from 80 to 100 mL. Car-
clinical assessment of cardiac disease with diac output is the volume of blood pumped by
application to a broad spectrum of patients. either ventricle over a period of 1 minute. It can
Notably, gated single-photon emission com- be obtained by multiplying stroke volume by
puted tomography (GSPECT) allows evaluation heart rate. The ejection fraction of a chamber
of coronary perfusion and left ventricular (LV) is the measurement commonly used clinically
function in a single study, while PET imaging because it takes into account the EDV and the
provides quantitative enhancements to myo- stroke volume. The ejection fraction is the per-
cardial perfusion and viability assessments at centage of EDV that is ejected by a ventricle
lower patient doses. Further, hybrid imaging during systole.
with SPECT/CT and PET/CT has permitted During systole, the LV normally shortens at
image attenuation correction, eliminating many least 20% along its long axis and 40% along the
131
132 Chapter 5 n Cardiovascular System
Ant
Anterolateral
LCX
RCA
LAD
Septal
45° LAO
RCA LCX
Septal
Posterolateral
LAD
Inferoapical
70° LAO
Anterior
RCA LCX
Posterobasal
Apical
Inferior LAD
Figure 5-2. Schematic representation of the left ventricular walls and the associated blood supply. LAD, Left anterior
descending artery; LAO, left anterior oblique view; LCX, left circumflex artery; PDA, posterior descending artery; RCA,
right coronary artery.
imaging may be performed by using one of of discussion, the technical and interpretative
several technetium-99m (99mTc)-labeled agents, aspects of perfusion and functional GSPECT
thallium-201 (201Tl) chloride, or positron- are presented separately.
emitting radiopharmaceuticals. The state of
the art for myocardial perfusion imaging is Principle
SPECT with electrocardiogram (ECG) gat- The diagnosis of occlusive coronary disease
ing (GSPECT). This procedure is capable of using radionuclide imaging is made by detec-
producing excellent tomographic images of tion of relatively decreased myocardial perfu-
the myocardium reflective of regional perfu- sion distal to the site of vascular obstruction,
sion in addition to LV functional parameters, compared with the more normally perfused sur-
which, taken together, provide enhanced physi- rounding myocardium. The success of imaging
ologic assessment of the heart. For purposes depends on a number of factors, especially the
134 Chapter 5 n Cardiovascular System
degree of stenosis and its hemodynamic signifi- of maximal myocardial stress. By comparing
cance under conditions of increased myocardial myocardial perfusion at rest (baseline perfu-
metabolic demand, such as exercise. Because sion) to perfusion under conditions of stress
even severe stenosis may not produce detectable (maximal perfusion), areas of reduced coro-
blood flow abnormalities at rest, some form of nary reserve indicative of stenoses and resultant
stress, either exercise or pharmacologic stress, is stress-induced ischemia can be identified. These
usually needed to render a flow differential that principles are the same regardless of the radio-
can be seen on myocardial perfusion imaging. pharmaceutical or method of stress used.
The myocardium is so efficient in extract-
ing oxygen from the blood to meet metabolic Radiopharmaceuticals
demands that there is little room for improve- Although 201Tl was the first clinically success-
ment in extraction as metabolic demands ful myocardial perfusion imaging agent and is
increase during exercise. Thus the heart satis- still used in many clinical settings, 99mTc labeled
fies increased oxygen requirements primarily radiopharmaceuticals are now generally pre-
by augmenting coronary blood flow, through ferred. Because there are significant biokinetic
the rapid dilatation of the vessels in response differences among these radiopharmaceuticals,
to oxygen deficit. This ability to increase blood protocols for imaging vary, although the basic
flow from resting baseline to maximal levels is underlying physiologic principles and rationale
termed coronary reserve. In the presence of a for interpretation remain the same. A major
fixed coronary stenosis, the ability of the ves- determinant of protocol design is whether the
sel to dilate and thus the coronary reserve are administered radiopharmaceutical remains fixed
diminished during conditions of stress. Under in the myocardium, washes out, or redistributes
such circumstances, the myocardium supplied in the myocardium over time. Because of these
by the stenosed artery becomes apparent as a differences, the choice of radiopharmaceutical
relative defect on myocardial perfusion images influences almost every aspect of the approach
because perfusion to the involved area increases to imaging, including the timing and acquisition
less than in the neighboring, relatively nor- of image sequences. Thus an understanding of
mally perfused tissue. Although stenoses of the in vivo behavior of the radiopharmaceuti-
up to 90% of the arterial diameter may not cal or combination of radiopharmaceuticals
produce a decrease in blood flow significant used to perform myocardial perfusion imaging
enough to be detected at rest (Fig. 5-3), steno- is critical in determining the examination pro-
ses of 50% or more are reliably detected with tocol and to the interpretation of the resulting
myocardial perfusion imaging under conditions images.
6x
4x
blood flow
Coronary
3x
2x
0 50 100
% Stenosis
Figure 5-3. Coronary blood flow. Relationship of coronary blood flow at exercise (peak blood flow) and rest (basal blood
flow) relative to the percentage diameter of coronary artery stenosis (diameter narrowing).
Chapter 5 n Cardiovascular System 135
to higher myocardial count rates allows shorter means that imaging of myocardial perfusion
acquisition times, with resultant decrease in under stress and rest conditions requires two
patient motion and improved patient toler- separate injections of radiopharmaceutical.
ance for the examination. The higher 140-keV After intravenous injection, initial concentra-
photon of 99mTc also helps minimize attenua- tion of sestamibi is highest in the heart and liver.
tion artifacts from the breast or diaphragm. In Approximately 1% to 2% of the activity local-
addition, good statistics and reasonably long izes in the heart at rest. Accumulation of sesta-
retention in the myocardium of 99mTc-labeled mibi in the myocardium is directly proportional
radiopharmaceuticals optimizes GSPECT acqui- to blood flow at physiologic levels. However, at
sition for evaluation of LV function and wall high flow rates (greater than about two to three
motion. Thus, myocardial perfusion and func- times baseline flow), such as those achieved
tion can be assessed by using a single tracer. during pharmacologic stress, blood flow may
In addition to the technetium label, a major be underestimated. Although there is minimal
distinction between the most commonly used change in concentration in the heart, there is
99mTc agents and 201Tl is that, unlike thallium, progressive clearance of liver activity through
the technetium agents do not undergo clinically biliary excretion (≈35%) into the bowel and ulti-
significant redistribution and remain in a fixed mately into the colon, which receives the high-
myocardial distribution, reflecting regional per- est absorbed dose. There is also some (≈25%)
fusion at the time of injection. Thus, diagnostic renal excretion (Fig. 5-4). Because adjacent or
evaluation comparing resting and post-stress overlapping liver activity may interfere with
imaging requires two separate injections, one at cardiac imaging, enhanced clearance of activity
rest and one at peak stress. In addition, whereas from the liver and gallbladder may be accom-
thallium localizes in the myocardium by active plished by having the patient drink 8 ounces of
transport through the cell membrane, these milk or eat a fatty meal about 15 minutes after
lipophilic technetium agents enter the cells by sestamibi injection. However, this may result in
passive diffusion. Nevertheless, like thallium, an increase in interfering bowel activity, espe-
their deposition in the myocardium is propor- cially when imaging is sufficiently delayed to
tional to regional blood flow, with regions of allow passage of the radiopharmaceutical into
lower blood flow accumulating less of the radio- the transverse colon and splenic flexure. When
pharmaceutical and thus presenting as areas of sestamibi is administered with the patient at
decreased activity (defects) compared with adja- rest, hepatobiliary clearance is slower but usu-
cent normal areas of relatively higher flow. ally sufficient to permit imaging about 45 to 90
Whichever 99mTc agent is used, the overall minutes after injection. Accumulation of ses-
sensitivity for the detection of CAD is compa- tamibi in the liver and gallbladder is relatively
rable to that of thallium imaging, and the speci- less with maximal exercise than at rest, so post-
ficity may be improved, resulting in part from exercise imaging may generally be obtained 30
fewer attenuation artifacts. to 45 minutes after injection.
lliu
m ing
tha ag
es t im
ll ium ag ec s ity
se tha im inj age a bil le
i t s Re t im i
V ssi b
erc jec Stres res po
Ex In
acquisition may severely compromise image has given rise to several different imaging proto-
quality, preference may be given to shortening cols. These may be summarized as 1- and 2-day
acquisition times. Specific protocols vary with protocols (Fig. 5-6). The simplest approach is
respect to the number of detectors used. After to perform the stress and rest examinations on
the completion of post-exercise imaging and two separate days. This allows the use of a full
before the redistribution imaging, the patient is imaging dose of 15 to 30 mCi (555 MBq to
instructed to eat sparingly and to avoid strenu- 1.11 GBq) for each study and avoids interfer-
ous exercise, even climbing stairs. In some lab- ence in the subsequent study by residual myo-
oratories, if the stress images are normal, the cardial activity from the first. When the stress
study is terminated; in others, a redistribution study is performed first, the rest study may be
study is done routinely. omitted if the stress images are entirely normal.
Redistribution SPECT Imaging. Redistribu- This stress-only imaging strategy has the added
tion images are obtained 3 to 4 hours after the benefit of decreasing patient dose.
initial set and reflect the status of myocardial For reasons of patient convenience and time-
perfusion at rest. Ideally, these are performed liness of results, however, a 1-day protocol is
on the same instrument that was used to per- the most frequently used. In this setting, either
form post-exercise imaging. Care is taken to the stress or the rest study may be performed
reproduce the positioning of the patient so that first, although the rest–stress sequence is the
it is as similar as possible to that used during more widely used. Because of the long retention
post-exercise imaging, especially with regard to of sestamibi/tetrofosmin in the myocardium, it
breast and arm location. To ensure that ade- is necessary to adjust the administered doses so
quate ambient thallium is available for redis- that activity from the first study does not inter-
tribution, the administration of an additional fere with the second. In the rest–stress, same-
dose of 1 mCi (37 MBq) of thallium before day protocol, 8 to 10 mCi (296 to 370 MBq)
the second set of images (ranging from 1 hour of 99mTc-sestamibi/tetrofosmin is administered
before to immediately before reimaging) is help- at rest, with imaging performed about 30 to
ful. In some laboratories, 24-hour repeat imag- 60 minutes after injection, followed 1 to 4 hours
ing may be performed in patients who exhibit later by stress imaging by using 25 to 30 mCi
nonreversible defects on the 4-hour redistribu- (925 MBq to 1.11 GBq), for a total adminis-
tion images to determine with greater certainty tered dose of about 30 to 40 mCi (1.11 to
any degree of reversibility of the post-exercise 1.48 GBq). The patient should be encouraged
defects. to void frequently to decrease absorbed dose to
the bladder and adjacent pelvic structures.
Exercise Technetium-99m Because hepatobiliary or other splanchnic
Radiopharmaceutical SPECT activity may be a larger problem than with thal-
Imaging Protocol lium imaging, any interfering activity should be
The requirement of separate stress and rest taken into account when evaluating the myocar-
injections of 99mTc sestamibi or 99mTc tetrofos- dial images, especially the inferior wall. In addi-
min to differentiate fixed from reversible defects tion, because GSPECT is often performed with
140 Chapter 5 n Cardiovascular System
99mTc sestamibi or tetrofosmin, the myocardial 148 MBq]) study is first obtained, followed
perfusion findings must be correlated with the shortly by a stress 99mTc sestamibi or tetrofosmin
LV wall motion and functional information study (25 to 30 mCi [925 MBq to 1.11 GBq]),
obtained. so that the entire examination can be completed
within 90 minutes. The rest study is performed
Dual Isotope Imaging: 201Tl–99mTc first with the lower-energy 201Tl (68 to 80 keV)
Sestamibi/Tetrofosmin Protocol to prevent interference from the higher-energy
Dual-isotope, 1-day, rest–stress imaging using 99mTc (140 keV). Because attenuation defects
separate 201TI and 99mTc sestamibi/tetrofosmin are generally more prominent on thallium imag-
SPECT acquisitions is an efficient alternative ing than with technetium agents, stress imaging
to single isotope protocols. In this protocol is subsequently performed with 99mTc sesta-
(Fig. 5-7), a rest 201Tl (2.5 to 4.0 mCi [92.5 to mibi or tetrofosmin to minimize false-positive
i
i mC s
mC st es -30 ge s
5 -8 at re
m ag rs 20 i ma hour
t ibi i ct ibi s 5
e c st ou ise e es .
Inj tam Re 1-2 h
j
In tam Str 0.5-1
se
s erc s
a t Ex se at
i i
mC es s mC
0 ag 0 es
0-3 im hour 0-3 ag
c t 2 ibi es
s
.5 c t 2 ibi s t im ours
ise e
Inj tam Str 0.5-1
e
Inj tam Re 1-2 h
erc s s
Ex se a t se at
Figure 5-6. Schematic representation of 1- and 2-day technetium-99m (99mTc) sestamibi myocardial exercise protocols.
The protocol using 99mTc-tetrofosmin is similar, except that rest images may be obtained as early as 30 minutes after injec-
tion of the radiopharmaceutical.
Thallium/Sestamibi Protocol
m es es
alliu ag rs ibi ag
im rs
t th m
ec t s t im hou sta es
s
ou
n j
I res Re hin 2 ise ts
e
Str 1-2 h
erc ec
at wit Ex Inj a t
....variable time....
Peak
exercise
Figure 5-7. Schematic representation of 1-day thallium-201-technetium-99m (99mTc) sestamibi exercise imaging protocol.
A similar protocol may be used followed 99mTc tetrofosmin.
Chapter 5 n Cardiovascular System 141
examinations caused by such artifacts. Further, imaging, using Tl-201 and Tc-99m sestamibi
post-stress GSPECT using 99mTc radiophar- may increase patient throughput, but they are
maceuticals may increase the specificity of any associated with notably greater radiation doses
perfusion defects. Extra care should be taken than other protocols. Protocols using only Tc-
in processing the two different sets of images 99m radiopharmaceuticals characteristically
because different parameters need to be used to cut doses to half that of dual-isotope imaging.
optimize the image quality of each data set. Further, protocols limited to stress-only acqui-
sitions, such as foregoing the rest study if the
Patient Absorbed Dose stress images are normal, offer a significant dose
Considerations reduction as may lowering the administered
While justification for myocardial perfusion doses used in standard rest-stress protocols. In
imaging in an individual patient may be pres- the future, PET myocardial perfusion imaging
ent, imaging physicians should be aware that and SPECT studies using recent innovations in
these studies impose a relatively high radiation camera and image reconstruction technologies
dose. Collectively, these studies have typically may offer even lower dose alternatives.
accounted for approximately one quarter of Strategies for reducing patient doses from
cumulative effective population dose from med- myocardial perfusion imaging include:
ical sources. Given the rapid growth in myocar- • Use Tc-99m radiopharmaceuticals.
dial perfusion scan volume in the last 20 years, • Use lower administered dose protocols,
estimates suggest that they contribute about especially in smaller patients.
10% of the entire cumulative effective dose to • Use stress-only protocols in patients with
the U.S. population from all sources, excluding normal post-stress images.
radiotherapy. • For SPECT-CT and PET-CT, use lower
Patient doses from myocardial perfusion x-ray tube current protocols.
imaging may be lowered by selection of the • Hydrate patients and encourage frequent
protocol used. The relative patient effective bladder emptying.
doses for the commonly used protocols are • Consider advanced, dedicated cardiac
given in Table 5-1. Dual-isotope, rest-stress camera and reconstruction technologies.
*Published values of effective dose vary somewhat and the main purpose for use of effective doses is to roughly compare the radiation from
various examinations.
†Using ICRP Publication 60 weighting factors. Adapted from Einstein AJ, Moser KW, Thompson RC, et al: Radiation dose to patients
A
B
C A
C
B
A
A
B
Figure 5-9. Vertical long-axis
anatomy and images. Vertical long-
axis sections through the left ven-
C tricle from septum to free (lateral)
wall are shown with corresponding
single-photon emission computed
tomography (SPECT) slices of the
myocardium.
B
Figure 5-10. Horizontal long-
A axis anatomy and images. Hori-
zontal long-axis sections through
B the left ventricle from the anterior
C to the inferior wall are shown
C with corresponding single-photon
emission computed tomography
(SPECT) slices of the myocardium.
Figure 5-12. Normal SPECT technetium-99m sestamibi stress/rest study. The upper two rows represent short-axis stress
and short-axis rest images. These “slices” progress from the apex on the left to the base of the heart on the right. The next
two rows show horizontal long-axis stress and rest images, from the inferior to the anterior left ventricular wall. The lower
two rows are the vertical long-axis stress and rest images, from the septum on the left to the lateral wall on the right.
display by using a so-called polar or bull’s eye bull’s eye display that shows the differences in
map (Fig. 5-13). This display may be thought activity. This defines the reversibility or fixed
of as the heart viewed from its apex and opened nature of a perfusion defect. These bull’s eye
up like an umbrella. Semiquantitative meth- plots are a convenient tool to be used as an
ods are applied to this bull’s eye display of the adjunct to standard visual image interpretation
SPECT perfusion data that compare the radio- and to summarize a patient’s perfusion pattern
pharmaceutical distribution for each patient in a single image.
to a gender-matched normal database of dis-
tribution. Thus regional activity less than that Interpretation
expected in a normal population identifies a Approach to Interpretation
perfusion deficit and is displayed as such on the Image interpretation principles are virtually the
polar map. The actual visual appearance of this same as for qualitative interpretation of thal-
deficit based on its severity is determined by the lium and Tc-99m labeled agents, with a few
gray or color scale used. When using this dis- exceptions. Consistent interpretation of SPECT
play, however, the interpreter should be aware myocardial perfusion images is best ensured by
that perfusion defects at the base of the heart a systematic approach that includes the follow-
(outer circumference of the polar map) tend to ing elements:
be overemphasized, whereas centrally located n Proper alignment (co registration) of the
defects, such as the LV apex, tend to be under- post-stress and rest tomographic slices
represented. The bull’s eye representations of n Perusal of the images for obvious motion and
stress and rest (redistribution) myocardial per- attenuation artifacts, with review of sino-
fusion can easily be visually compared in a third gram or rotating cine images as needed
Chapter 5 n Cardiovascular System 145
PREVENTION/
ARTIFACT CAUSE APPEARANCE RESOLUTION
Scaling artifact Suppression of normal Apparent defects in Defects are not substantiated
activity respresentation as myocardium–often other planes.
a result of scaling image to adjacent to or between Rescale images.
a very hot pixel papillary muscles–best seen
on short-axis views
Breast attenuation Photon attentuation by Fixed or sometimes Review rotating raw images to
overlying breast tissue reversible defects confirm offending breast tissue.
(if breast overlies on the Review gated SPECT cine to
myocardium only on the determine whether a fixed
post-stress view); usually defect shows wall motion and
anterior, anterolateral, or thus is not a scar.
anteroseptal walls. Use Attenuation Correction
Program.
Diaphragmatic Photon attenuation by Fixed inferior wall defect Review rotating raw images
attenuation overlying diaphragm to confirm attenuation by
diaphragm.
Review gated SPECT cine to
determine whether the fixed
defect shows wall motion and
thus is not a scar.
Use Attenuation Correction
Program.
Chest wall attenuation Photon attenuation by fat Fixed lateral wall defect Review rotating raw images
(obesity) in chest wall to confirm offending chest
wall fat.
Review gated SPECT cine to
determine whether the fixed
defect shows wall motion and
thus is not a scar.
Left bundle branch Altered septal perfusion Reversible septal or Use pharmacologic stress
block proportional to elevated anteroseptal defect instead of treadmill exercise
heart rate stress. Review ECG prior to
study.
Wall thinning: apex, Anatomic variants Fixed defects in areas of Review gated SPECT cine to
base of inferior wall or thinning determine whether the fixed
septum defect shows wall motion and
is thus not a scar.
Reconstruction/ramp Focus of increased Inferior wall defect in Reimage patient after clearance
filtration artifact abdominal activity post-stress and/or rest of activity away from inferior
adjacent to inferior image; usually reversible, wall.
LV wall but may be fixed
Abdominal activity Activity in the liver or Can mask an inferior wall Perform prone imaging (which
(liver, g allbladder, refluxed into the stomach defect and make a fixed may produce an anterior wall
spleen, bowel, which overlaps the inferior defect appear reversible if defect), or reimage patient after
including reflux into wall overlap present only on activity is cleared away from
stomach) resting images. inferior wall.
Upward creep of the Increased post-stress lung Reversible inferior or Delay post-stress imaging until
heart volumes diminishing inferolateral wall defect normal respiration is restored
during imaging (15-20 min). Reimage patients
suspected of upward creep
artifact.
Patient motion artifact Patient movement Vertical: anterior and/ Review rotating raw planar
during imaging: vertical, or inferior defects; others images or static sonogram to
horizontal, or rotational variable confirm motion. Use motion
Image blurring with “tails” correction algorithm to realign
of activity extending from planar images.
myocardial walls
Chapter 5 n Cardiovascular System 147
SAS
SAS
SAS
SAR
are not as well seen, will demonstrate a homo- myocardium rather than postinfarction scar-
geneous normal distribution in these regions, ring. In patients with severe coronary stenoses,
confirming a scaling artifact rather than a real these defects frequently represent chronically
perfusion deficit. However, significant perfu- ischemic, but viable, “hibernating” myocar-
sion defects which are also evident on the long- dium that remains poorly perfused at rest with
axis slices and are not attributable to artifact loss of functional wall motion. Fixed defects
may be viewed as a positive finding. in viable myocardium may also be caused by
“repetitive stunning,” a chronic process of
Abnormal Scans repeated, but transient episodes of ischemia in
Visual Analysis. regions with or without normal resting perfu-
Myocardial Activity. Two distinct patterns of sion that also leads to prolonged regional con-
abnormal radiopharmaceutical distribution in tractile dysfunction. There is some evidence
the myocardium provide the basis for the detec- that these conditions may be related and coex-
tion and differential diagnosis of stress-induced ist in the same patient, and if recognized, both
ischemia and permanent myocardial damage. may be reversed by revascularization interven-
These patterns are referred to as (1) reversible tion with restoration of regional contractile
(transient) defects and (2) nonreversible (fixed) function.
defects. Defects may also be partially fixed with To differentiate hibernating myocardium
a reversible component. A third pattern, called from scar in patients with fixed myocardial per-
reverse perfusion defects, is well documented, fusion defects, PET imaging with fluorine-18
but its significance is less well defined. deoxyglucose (18F-FDG) is the procedure of
True defects usually are visible on at least two choice (described later in the chapter). How-
of the three standard sets of reconstructed slices. ever, thallium imaging also offers an effective
In addition to the short-axis views, defects are method to confirm myocardial viability in this
often best seen on the long-axis image set in setting because thallium uptake in myocardial
which the axis of the slices is perpendicular to cells serves as an indicator of preserved cell
the involved wall (i.e., the anterior or inferior membrane function. Thallium uptake in a fixed
wall on VLA images and the septum or postero- perfusion defect with accompanying myocardial
lateral wall on HLA images). dysfunction predicts improvement of function
Reversible (Transient) Defects. A revers- after revascularization. If a stress–redistribution
ible defect is virtually synonymous with stress- thallium imaging protocol was initially used,
induced ischemia in patients with CAD. The providing additional thallium, additional time
abnormality is identified on the initial post- for redistribution, or both is required. Reinjec-
stress images as an area of relatively decreased tion of patients with additional thallium (1 mCi
radiopharmaceutical activity that disappears or [37 MBq]) before 4-hour redistribution imaging
becomes significantly less apparent on the rest and/or further delayed 18- to 24-hour imaging
or redistribution views (Fig. 5-17). are common approaches.
Nonreversible (Fixed) Defects. Fixed defects If the initial study was performed by using
demonstrate no significant change in activity a technetium labeled agent, a thallium rest–
between the post-stress and rest or redistribution redistribution protocol may be used on a sepa-
studies (Fig. 5-18). They most frequently indicate rate day (to allow for radioactive decay). In this
areas of scarring or fibrosis, usually after myo- protocol, the patient is injected with thallium
cardial infarction, or areas of chronically isch- at rest and imaged immediately and again after
emic, “hibernating” myocardium. Some fixed a variable delay of 4 to 24 hours to image the
lesions identified on the initial post-stress images chronically ischemic myocardium.
may be partially reversible. Ischemia associated Reverse Perfusion Defect (Reverse Redis-
with a previous myocardial infarction with scar- tribution). In some instances, a scan appears
ring (peri-infarct or “flanking” ischemia) com- normal or with only a slight defect on the post-
monly presents in this manner. stress views and shows a new or worsened
This straightforward approach to exercise– defect on the rest or redistribution images (Fig.
rest scan interpretation is complicated by the 5-19). The exact mechanisms that produce this
recognition that nonreversible, fixed defects pattern and its significance are uncertain. In
may actually represent primarily viable many instances, the effect is simply related to
150 Chapter 5 n Cardiovascular System
Stress Rest
Figure 5-17. Anterior wall ischemia (reversible myocardial perfusion defect). SPECT images (upper row) in short-axis
stress (SAS), vertical long-axis stress (VLAS), and horizontal long-axis stress (HLAS) stress images clearly demonstrate a
perfusion defect (arrows). The rest images are seen on the middle row, and the perfusion defect has disappeared on the rest
(redistribution) views. Bull’s eye images (lower row) confirm the perfusion defect at stress (arrows) but not at rest. HLAR,
Horizontal long-axis rest; SAR, short-axis rest; VLAR, vertical long-axis rest.
a worse attenuation artifact on the post-stress involved wall and expected coronary artery dis-
images than on the rest images. However, tribution, if possible), and (4) degree of revers-
reverse redistribution has been associated with ibility, if any. Generally, with respect to defect
prior myocardial infarction, especially after size, small describes a defect that is less than
revascularization or thrombolytic therapy. This 10% of the LV myocardium, medium repre-
is likely to be the result of some residual tissue sents 10% to 20%, and large greater than 20%.
viability and some postulate that the regional Regarding defect severity, mild may describe a
hyperemic response to exercise may mask rest- defect that exhibits a decrease in counts com-
ing hypoperfusion in these areas. The finding pared to those in the adjacent wall without
does not indicate stress-induced ischemia. apparent thinning of the LV wall thickness;
Description of Myocardial Perfusion moderate, a decrease in counts with relative
Abnormalities. Once identified, myocardial wall thinning; and severe, a decrease in counts
perfusion defects should be described with ref- approaching image background.
erence to (1) the defect size (large, medium, or Lung Activity. The presence of excessive
small), (2) severity of perfusion deficit (severe, 201Tl in the lungs should be noted as part of
moderate, or mild), (3) location (including the the routine interpretation of post-exercise and
Chapter 5 n Cardiovascular System 151
Figure 5-18. Left ventricular anterior/apical infarct (fixed perfusion defect). The upper row shows decreased perfusion
(arrows) to the left ventricular anterior wall and apex on short-axis stress (SAS), vertical long-axis stress (VLAS), and
horizontal long-axis stress (HLAS) technetium-99m sestamibi SPECT images. The lower row shows that the anterior/apical
defect persists on rest images in all three projections. Of note is activity (open arrow) on the horizontal long-axis rest (HLAR)
image owing to sestamibi in the colon after hepatic excretion. SAR, Short-axis rest; VLAR, vertical long-axis rest.
SAS VLAS
redistribution myocardial images. This activity mid lung field just above the heart. An anterior
may be visually assessed or quantified by calcu- planar projection from a SPECT acquisition or a
lating a ratio of lung-to-heart activity. This is separately obtained anterior planar view of the
performed by using counts from regions of inter- thorax may be used. Abnormally increased lung
est created over the LV myocardium and the left activity (lung-to-heart ratio greater than 50%)
152 Chapter 5 n Cardiovascular System
SAS VLAS
SAR VLAR
Figure 5-21. Left ventricular
transient dilatation (TID) with
exercise. Short-axis stress (SAS)
and vertical long-axis stress
(VLAS) images (upper row) show
a much larger left ventricular cav-
ity than seen at rest (lower row).
This is a high-risk finding in this
patient with coronary artery dis-
ease. Note the large reversible
defect in the anterior wall consis-
tent with stress-induced ischemia
(open arrows). SAR, Short-axis
rest; VLAR, vertical long-axis rest.
Ant Apex
Lat L
LV LV a
RV t Figure 5-22. Right ventricular
RV hypertrophy. On these SPECT
myocardial perfusion rest images
presented in A, short-axis and
B, horizontal long-axis views, the
Inf Base right ventricle (RV) myocardial
activity is markedly increased so
that it is equal to that of the left
A B ventricle (LV). Ant, Anterior; Inf,
inferior; Lat, lateral.
adequate exercise. With any myocardial perfu- transverse colon and splenic flexure, and occa-
sion radiopharmaceutical, a perusal of liver and sionally the small bowel.
bowel activity aids in identifying interfering Quantitative Analysis. Visual interpretation
activity that may affect image interpretation. of SPECT myocardial perfusion images is sub-
Because the commonly used technetium-labeled ject to considerable interobserver variability and
radiopharmaceuticals are excreted into bowel depends markedly on the quality of the visual
by the liver through the biliary system, prob- display. As an adjunct to visual assessment,
lematic intense activity may be seen in the computer quantitative analysis of myocardial
liver, biliary tract, stomach (with bile reflux), perfusion images, primarily with the goal of
154 Chapter 5 n Cardiovascular System
exhibiting the relative distribution of the radio- abnormalities. LV parameters easily measured
pharmaceutical in the myocardium as a function by GSPECT include LVEF and LV absolute vol-
of space or time, may be used. These techniques umes (end-systolic and end-diastolic). Because
permit a more objective and reproducible assess- the RV myocardium is not adequately seen on
ment of any change in activity within a given the perfusion images, GSPECT is not used to
segment of myocardium between the post-stress evaluate RV function. Although GSPECT with
and rest images. This can be helpful in the doc- 201TI is possible by using multidetector cam-
umentation and quantitation of areas of scar- eras, non redistributing 99mTc-labeled myo-
ring or ischemia, especially for comparison with cardial perfusion agents are preferred because
future studies obtained to assess the progression of higher count statistics, better imaging char-
of disease or success of medical or revasculariza- acteristics for the gamma camera, and more
tion therapy. Protocols for quantitative analysis reliable and reproducible measurement of LV
of images, as well as the display of the derived functional parameters.
information, vary from department to depart- Recent data comparing LV functional param-
ment and with different manufacturer process- eters obtained by GSPECT using a variety of
ing software. In general, however, the principles common software programs showed significant
underlying such programs are the same. Quanti- differences in LV volumes and LVEF which
fied data may include assessment of defect size, varied in magnitude between the software pro-
severity, and reversibility. One frequently used grams used. These findings may highlight the
semiquantitative approach uses a 17 myocar- importance of using the same programs when
dial-segment perfusion scoring system based on performing sequential studies and certainly
dividing three short-axis slices (distal, mid, and emphasize the need of each laboratory to obtain
basal) selected to represent the entire LV into and be familiar with its own normal values for
small regions, plus an additional apical segment. LV volumetric and functional parameters.
As previously discussed, bull’s eye or polar
maps are frequently used to display the pro- Technique
cessed data and to compare the perfusion data The technique of gating to the cardiac ECG
from a particular patient with a pooled data- cycle is similar to that used during gated blood
base of gender-matched normal controls. A dif- pool ventriculography (described in detail later
ference of more than 2.5 standard deviations in the chapter) but produces a dynamic image of
below the mean is usually considered abnormal. the contracting myocardium rather than of the
blood pool chamber. Definition of the LV walls
SPECT with Gated Acquisition uses automated computer software for detection
(GSPECT) of the epicardial and endocardial edges of the
GSPECT is the state of the art for myocardial myocardium. Once the endocardial margins are
perfusion imaging and is the most common detected, this defines the LV cavity throughout
mode of data acquisition and display in clini- the cardiac cycle so that changes in LV volume
cal practice. It combines all of the information can be measured and LVEF calculated. Depend-
contained in myocardial perfusion tomography ing on the time of acquisition, the GSPECT cine
discussed previously in addition to relevant images reflect either resting or post-exercise LV
regional and global LV functional data. Non- function. Because of the higher administered and
gated myocardial SPECT imaging is performed thus higher myocardial activity, GSPECT is most
without respect to the cardiac cycle so that the frequently obtained during the post-exercise
images obtained represent data averaged dur- acquisition because the better imaging statistics
ing image acquisition by ventricular wall excur- permit more reliable definition of the LV wall.
sions of the beating heart. By synchronizing However, either or both the rest or post-stress
the collection of SPECT imaging data with the studies may be acquired in gated mode.
patient’s ECG, the degrading effect of ventricu- A typical post-stress GSPECT acquisition
lar wall motion can be eliminated or reduced. requires 20 to 30 minutes. The study is usually
In addition, cinematic display of the myocar- acquired as 8 to 16 frames per cardiac cycle
dial images is possible over the entire cardiac and is displayed in endless-loop cine format
cycle, allowing the evaluation of wall motion for visual analysis. Although 16-frame acqui-
and correlation with any evident perfusion sition provides better temporal resolution, the
Chapter 5 n Cardiovascular System 155
increased number of frames requires a longer may be reduced from actual resting LVEF by
acquisition time. It should be noted that an the presence of stress-induced ischemia and
8-frame acquisition results in about a 5% lower accompanying wall motion abnormalities per-
calculated ejection fraction than that obtained sisting into the post-stress acquisition period
with a 16-frame acquisition. Software accom- and temporarily impairing LV function. This
plishing automated reformatting of the SPECT problem does not occur with ejection fractions
slices into a three-dimensional cine representa- obtained from a true resting gated acquisition.
tion is usually rapid, accurate, and reproduc- Thus, in reporting a GSPECT LVEF, it is impor-
ible. However, precise determination of the tant to specify whether it was obtained after
LV walls may be hampered by the presence of stress or at rest.
adjacent areas of significantly increased activ- As with all ECG-gated studies, severe arrhyth-
ity, usually splanchnic in origin, which are mias (atrial fibrillation, heart block, frequent
mistaken by the edge detection algorithm for ectopic beats) may preclude successful gating so
myocardium (Fig. 5-23). Large, severe perfu- that nongated myocardial perfusion imaging is
sion defects, sizable LV aneurysms, or marked more appropriate. However, for less significant
distortion of the LV for any reason may also variations in cardiac rhythm, application of one
create uncertainty for myocardial edge detec- of several software methods for rejection of
tion algorithms. These may lead to inaccurate aberrant beats allows valid data to be collected.
results, especially when calculating LVEF and This is usually accomplished by comparing the
LV volumes. However, more focused operator R-R interval of each beat during imaging to the
input into the processing may overcome these average R-R interval of cardiac cycles (calcu-
problems in some instances. lated prior to image acquisition) and exclud-
Accuracy of the technique is also limited in ing those cycles that vary by more than ±10%
patients with small hearts (often producing from the patient’s mean. Although arrhythmia
falsely high LVEF), such as some women and filtering increases imaging times, it is necessary
pediatric patients. Enlargement or zooming of because the inclusion of “bad beats” in the data
the images may be helpful in these instances. In set can invalidate results for both wall motion
addition, post-stress LVEF determinations (the and calculated parameters such as LVEF.
most common GSPECT LVEF measurement)
B
Figure 5-23. GSPECT edge
detection uncertainty artifact. Top,
Consecutive images from a 99mTc-
ED ED sestamibi myocardial perfusion
study show significantly intense
Ant Ant bowel activity (B) near the infe-
rior wall of the left ventricle (LV).
Bottom, The three-dimensional
representation of the LV shows
a bulge deformity (arrow) of the
Base
ED ED Base ED
Ant Ant
Base
Apex
Inf Inf
Apex
ES ES Base ES
Ant Ant
Base
Apex
Inf Inf
Apex
Figure 5-24. Normal GSPECT 3-D representation of the left ventricle (LV). The upper row of images is a static display of
the LV in three of the projections of the LV normally reviewed in endless loop cine format to assess LV wall motion. These
images are “frozen” at end-diastole (ED). The second row displays the same projections at end-systole (ES). The green mesh
defines the endocardial surface at end-diastole as a reference to assess wall excursion during systole (between the two sets
of images). In this case normal wall motion is implied and was also observed when these 3-D images were viewed in cine
format.
Chapter 5 n Cardiovascular System 157
Apex
Ant
Ant
Sept
Sept
Base
Lat
Lat
Inf Inf
Base
Figure 5-25. GSPECT correlation of perfusion and wall motion. Top, Short, horizontal long-axis and vertical long-axis
post-stress images from a GSPECT myocardial perfusion scan show a prominent perfusion defect (arrows) at the left ven-
tricular apex extending into the inferior and septal walls. The defect persisted on rest images. The differential diagnosis
includes a postinfarct scar and hibernating myocardium. Bottom, Three-dimensional representation (lower row) of the left
ventricle at end-systole shows diminished wall motion at the apex and septum with a focal area of dyskinesia in the distal
septum consistent with a scar with aneurysm formation.
158 Chapter 5 n Cardiovascular System
conditions of peak exercise. The determination acute myocardial infarction (within 72 hours),
of peak stress varies with the institution, but hypotension, or refractive congestive heart
it is generally considered to be maximal when failure, and is usually best avoided altogether.
chest pain or significant ECG changes appear, Because dipyridamole, adenosine, and regad-
when the patient’s heart rate reaches 85% of enoson may exacerbate or induce severe bron-
predicted maximum heart rate (roughly equiva- chospasm, they should not be used in patients
lent to 220 beats/minute minus the patient’s age with asthma or reactive airway disease. In addi-
in years), or when the heart rate-blood pressure tion, adenosine and regadenoson should not be
product (maximum heart rate achieved multi- used in patients with second- or third-degree
plied by the maximum systolic blood pressure heart block or sinus node disease.
reached) exceeds a value of 25,000. If none of
these conditions is met, the stress is generally Dipyridamole Stress Imaging
deemed submaximal. Dipyridamole is an adenosine deaminase inhibi-
Maximal stress provides for optimal myocar- tor that allows the accumulation of endogenous
dial-to-background ratios for imaging as well as adenosine, a potent vasodilator, in the myo-
for the most sensitive evaluation of myocardial cardium by preventing adenosine degradation.
perfusion. The most common cause of a false- This produces selective vasodilatation of nor-
negative examination and reduced test sensitiv- mal coronary arteries, predominantly in the
ity is failure of the patient to achieve maximal small, resistance vessels of the coronary bed.
stress. Still, a submaximal exercise myocardial At the commonly used dosages, intravenous
perfusion study is more sensitive than is stress dipyridamole increases coronary blood flow by
ECG alone for the detection of CAD. In patients three to five times resting levels, compared with
who have recently sustained acute myocardial a onefold to threefold increase with exercise.
infarction, an intentionally submaximal exer- Unlike normal coronary arteries, diseased
cise test may be performed for predischarge stenosed vessels demonstrate no further dilata-
evaluation of residual stress-induced ischemia tion because they are already maximally dilated
(myocardium still at risk). secondary to autoregulatory mechanisms trig-
gered by myocardial hypoperfusion. Therefore,
Alternatives to Exercise: although there is proportionally increased flow
Pharmacologic Stress to the myocardium supplied by normal vessels,
In patients who cannot perform or tolerate ade- blood flow in the distribution of abnormal ves-
quate exercise, whose heart rate response may sels is not increased as much, depending on the
be limited by β-blockers or calcium-channel degree of stenosis. Thus, when dipyridamole is
blockers, who have a pacemaker rhythm, or used in conjunction with myocardial perfusion
in whom the presence of left bundle-branch imaging, there is radionuclide mapping of this
block (LBBB) may produce spurious, reversible discrepancy in perfusion, which results in a rel-
exercise-induced septal perfusion defects, phar- ative defect in the hypoperfused myocardium.
macologic stress allows a successful myocardial For purposes of imaging, this accomplishes
perfusion study to be performed. Test sensitivity the effect of exercise on the coronary arteries
and specificity are comparable to that of max- with one important exception: there is minimal
imal exercise studies, in the range of 85% to effect on cardiac work or myocardial oxygen
90%, and image interpretation criteria are demand, thus providing an additional margin
essentially the same. of safety in patients with significant coronary
Commonly used intravenous agents are stenosis.
(1) the non nitrate vasodilators, dipyridam- Patient Preparation. Because they reverse the
ole (Persantine), adenosine, and regadenoson cardiovascular effects of dipyridamole, xanthine-
(Lexiscan) and (2) the inotropic drug, dobuta- containing medications, including theophylline
mine. Although pharmacologic stress may be (aminophylline), should be withheld for 48 hours,
safely performed in most patients, it is a good if tolerated by the patient, and caffeine-containing
idea to use the technique only in patients who beverages should be withheld for 12 to 24 hours
would otherwise be candidates for an exercise before the study. Stopping or altering any preex-
study. Pharmacologic stress should be used isting oral dipyridamole therapy is generally not
advisedly in patients with unstable angina, necessary.
Chapter 5 n Cardiovascular System 159
VLAS HLAS
Apex
Apex
Base
Base
VLAR HLAR
defect in a single vascular territory allows low- significant morbidity. However, in fixed defects
risk classification, predicting about a 6% rate of caused by viable but hibernating myocardium
cardiac events during the year after myocardial with accompanying regional wall motion
infarction. abnormalities, myocardial contractile function
GSPECT Functional Data. GSPECT can be may be restored by revascularization.
used to determine residual LV function after Hibernating myocardium is the result of
myocardial infarction as a predictor of future severe coronary artery stenoses or partially
adverse cardiac events. In post-myocardial reopened occlusions producing chronic hypo-
infarction patients, the incidence of cardiac perfusion and ischemia. This leads to reduced
death or recurrent acute myocardial infarction cellular metabolism that is sufficient to sustain
with an LVEF less than 40% is about 40%, but viability but inadequate to permit contractile
the incidence is less than 10% in those with an function. Areas of hibernating myocardium
LVEF greater than 40%. usually present as segments of decreased per-
fusion and absent or diminished contractil-
Myocardial Viability Determination. ity, even when the patient is in a resting state.
SPECT Imaging Data. In certain circum- Because the myocardium is ischemic, but still
stances, it is important to distinguish fixed per- viable, revascularization generally restores both
fusion defects caused by myocardial scar from perfusion and wall motion function.
fixed defects representing viable but nonfunc- Hibernating myocardium, a chronic process,
tional salvageable myocardium. This is espe- should be distinguished from “stunned” myo-
cially true when revascularization procedures cardium, a more acute, temporary circumstance.
are under consideration as a means of restor- Stunning is the result of ischemic and reperfu-
ing perfusion and thereby wall motion in the sion injury secondary to an acute coronary
affected areas, thus improving overall LV func- artery occlusion that has reopened, either spon-
tion. Revascularization procedures provide taneously or by thrombolytic therapy, before
no potential for improving cardiac function significant myocardial infarction can occur.
in areas of scarring and are associated with Areas of stunned myocardium usually present
166 Chapter 5 n Cardiovascular System
with normal or near-normal perfusion but with hibernating myocardium. Such evidence of
absent or diminished contractility. Because the viability is highly predictive of recovery of wall
underlying myocardial cells are still viable, once motion function in the involved segments after
blood flow has been restored, stunning gener- revascularization procedures, whereas lack of
ally spontaneously subsides over several weeks, viability correlates with no recovery of myo-
with restoration of wall motion and improve- cardial function. 18F-FDG PET for myocardial
ment in LV function. Thus unlike hibernating viability, the preferred technique in this setting,
myocardium, revascularization is not needed. is discussed in the section of this chapter that
However, if the reopened vessel does not suf- addresses cardiac PET.
ficiently restore perfusion and there is residual GSPECT Functional Data. Fixed or resting
ischemia, chronically hibernating myocardium perfusion defects may be classified as viable
may result. Recently a chronic form of so- if the presence of wall motion or thickening
called repetitive or cumulative stunning has can be confirmed (Fig. 5-28). Detectable wall
been recognized in patients with CAD, which motion and/or wall thickening improves the
consists of multiple cycles of acute myocardial likelihood of underlying viability and can pre-
ischemia-reperfusion injury leading to chronic dict regional recovery of function after revas-
local contractile dysfunction. This may coex- cularization compared with segments with no
ist with hibernation in ischemic heart disease contractile function.
to produce significant but potentially reversible Administration of the inotropic drug dobuta-
LV dysfunction. mine in low doses can be used to stimulate and
In the presence of fixed defects on routine measure myocardial contractile reserve, which
myocardial perfusion imaging, additional effort enhances the accuracy of predicting recovery
over and above routine myocardial imaging after coronary revascularization. Improved
must be made to establish the viability of a wall motion in a hypokinetic myocardial seg-
myocardial perfusion defect when it is crucial to ment after dobutamine may increase the likeli-
patient management. In this setting, reinjection, hood of postprocedural success. However, the
delayed, or rest-redistribution thallium imag- technique appears less sensitive for predicting
ing techniques or 18F-FDG PET, have demon- improvement in akinetic segments compared
strated that a significant number of fixed defects with that of quantitative perfusion imaging.
(up to 50%) prove to be reversible, viable, but In terms of global LV function, an increase in
LVEF of more than 5% (5 ejection fraction without ECG or historical evidence of previous
units) after low-dose dobutamine may predict infarction or in patients with previous baseline
LVEF improvement after revascularization. imaging studies. The negative predictive value
Evaluation of Acute Chest Pain. Patients of a normal study approaches 100%.
with acute chest pain can be difficult to evaluate Myocardial perfusion at rest has also been
in the emergency setting because of the low sen- used to differentiate unstable angina pectoris
sitivity and specificity of clinical and ECG data from acute myocardial infarction. When the
available at the acute presentation. Because up study is performed during an episode of pain,
to 10% of patients with acute chest pain dis- about half of patients with unstable angina
charged from the emergency room may develop demonstrate perfusion defects on initial rest-
a myocardial infarction within 48 hours, a con- ing images. Delayed images obtained after the
servative admissions policy is usually adopted, pain has subsided (either by using thallium
which may lead to a large number of inappro- redistribution or 99mTc sestamibi reinjection
priate intensive care unit admissions. Under techniques) demonstrate that these defects are
these circumstances, less than 30% of patients usually reversible, as opposed to those associ-
admitted to the coronary care unit have acute ated with completed infarction. A normal study
myocardial infarction. For these reasons, it has obtained during chest pain is a strong indica-
proved cost-effective in some acute care facili- tor that the pain is not related to myocardial
ties to use resting myocardial perfusion imag- ischemia.
ing for the detection of defects associated with
myocardial ischemia or infarct. Immediately Preoperative Risk Assessment for
on arrival in the emergency room, patients Noncardiac Surgery.
are injected at rest with 10 mCi (370 MBq) SPECT Imaging Data. Stress myocardial
of 99mTc sestamibi or tetrofosmin and imaged perfusion imaging can be used successfully to
after initial clinical evaluation and patient sta- evaluate cardiac status before general surgical
bilization. Although sensitive in this setting, the procedures. High risk for perioperative myocar-
rapid redistribution of thallium renders its use dial infarction is directly related to the number
less practical. and extent of reversible myocardial perfusion
Acute myocardial infarctions present as focal defects. Normal studies or those disclosing
perfusion defects on the myocardial perfusion only fixed defects confer a low risk of adverse
images. The detection of acute myocardial cardiac events with a negative predictive value
infarction by this technique is highly reliable in approaching 100%. Patients with significant
the first 24 hours after the insult. In fact, the reversible stress-induced ischemia should be
sooner imaging is performed after the onset of considered for coronary arteriography (Fig.
symptoms, the more likely that the study will 5-29). Patients with lesser findings may proceed
be positive. Almost all patients with myocardial to surgery as necessary, with appropriate steps
infarction injected within 6 hours after onset of taken to lower surgical and anesthesia risks.
chest pain demonstrate perfusion defects. Sen- GSPECT Functional Data. There is incre-
sitivity decreases thereafter with time, possibly mental prognostic value in this setting with
related to the resolution of associated acute GSPECT compared with SPECT alone. The
reversible ischemia in the region of infarction. adverse perioperative cardiac event rate has
However, a normal scan after this time likely been shown to increase with decreasing LVEF
confers a low risk but does not exclude acute values (especially <35%) and with the number
coronary syndromes. The tracer may be injected of hypokinetic LV wall segments.
regardless of whether the patient is experienc-
ing chest pain at the time of injection, although Noncoronary Disease States
the sensitivity of the study is lower if the Valvular Lesions. Exercise-induced perfu-
patient’s chest pain has resolved. By using this sion defects may be uncommonly identified in
technique, patients may be triaged and treated patients with mitral valve prolapse but without
expeditiously with significant cost-effectiveness. angiographic evidence of CAD. The cause and
Because myocardial perfusion imaging does not significance of such defects are uncertain, but
distinguish between old and new myocardial when seen, ischemia as a cause must be excluded.
infarctions, it may be most effective in patients A normal exercise myocardial perfusion study
168 Chapter 5 n Cardiovascular System
SAS VLAS
SAS HLAS
SAR VLAR
SAR HLAR
Stress Rest
SA
HLA
RV
LV
RA
LA
Figure 5-31. Asymmetric septal thickening. Top, Short- and horizontal long-axis rest slices from a technetium-99m tetro-
fosmin myocardial perfusion study show relatively decreased activity in the lateral wall of the left ventricle and normal or
increased activity in the septum. This pattern persisted on the post-stress study, suggesting a lateral wall scar. Bottom, Post-
contrast computed tomography scan shows an asymmetrically thickened interventricular septum (arrows) in a patient with
hypertension. Coronary arteriography was normal. The findings on SPECT slices are due to relatively increased activity in the
septum as a result of its hypertrophy with scaling of the images such that the normal activity in the lateral wall is suppressed,
giving the false impression of a fixed perfusion abnormality.
In general, PET imaging provides assessment of Rb-82 for rest-stress myocardial perfusion
myocardial perfusion or metabolism, depending imaging, these studies have gained in usage.
on the radiopharmaceutical used. H215O is not used for routine clinical studies
but is the gold standard for visual and quanti-
PET Myocardial Perfusion tative assessment of myocardial perfusion. The
Imaging half-life of O-15 is 123 seconds. It diffuses pas-
The physiologic principles and rationale sively into and out of myocardial cells with high
involved in PET myocardial perfusion imag- first-pass extraction, but with high blood pool
ing in the setting of coronary artery disease are background, which requires correction to pro-
essentially the same as in SPECT imaging with duce diagnostic images of the myocardium. The
99mTc-labeled radiopharmaceuticals. Compari- overall patient radiation dose is low.
sons of PET with SPECT rest-stress myocar- 13NH initially diffuses passively across the
3
dial perfusion imaging have generally shown a capillary membrane with an extraction frac-
greater sensitivity (96% versus 85%) and speci- tion approaching 100%, with rapid blood pool
ficity (80% versus 65%), and higher diagnos- clearance. It may then enter the myocardial cells
tic accuracy (90% versus 80%) with PET for passively or by active transport. Approximately
the diagnosis of coronary artery disease. Fur- 80% is retained in the myocardial cells through
ther, PET perfusion imaging with Rb-82 can be incorporation of 13N into the amino acid, 13N
completed in a much shorter time than SPECT glutamine. The remainder diffuses back into the
studies. In addition, lower patient absorbed blood pool.
doses are generally achievable with PET imag- Rubidium-82 is a potassium analog and
ing agents, although occupational doses can be behaves in vivo much as thallium-201 does. Its
considerably higher. extraction fraction is about 50% to 60% at rest.
Another potential benefit of assessing myo- It has a half-life of 76 seconds and more ener-
cardial perfusion with PET agents is the abil- getic positron emissions than F-18, rendering a
ity to quantify absolute myocardial perfusion less favorable image resolution. Because myo-
in millimeters per minute per gram of myocar- cardial extraction of rubidium chloride is depen-
dium using dynamic imaging during the first dent on cell membrane transport in addition to
pass of the radiopharmaceutical, especially with blood flow, myocardial uptake may be affected
N-13 ammonia. This can be of great value in by membrane function and cellular metabolism
detecting balanced ischemia in patients with and can be diminished with systemic hypoxia
three-vessel coronary stenosis without visually and acidosis as well as myocardial ischemia.
detectable regional perfusion defects and thus, Newer myocardial perfusion agents labeled
falsely normal-appearing images. However, at with F-18 have shown promise and with a half-
present, these studies are currently performed life of 110 minutes, allow for more flexibility in
primarily for research purposes. Limitations of protocol selection and do not require an on-site
PET for myocardial perfusion imaging include cyclotron or generator.
higher costs and more complex procedures.
Rb-82 Cl Protocol
Radiopharmaceuticals PET myocardial perfusion imaging with the
Several radiopharmaceuticals are available potassium analog Rb-82 is well established.
for PET imaging of myocardial perfusion The Rb-82 is eluted from the generator by a
either at rest or during pharmacologic stress. computer-regulated elution pump and infused
These include 13N-ammonia chloride (13NH3), directly into patients using a commercially avail-
15O-water (H 15O), and rubidium-82 chloride able IV infusion system. Because the Rb-82 sup-
2
(82Rb). Because of their very short half-lives, ply is 90% replenished within 5 to 10 minutes of
the first two require an on-site cyclotron. 82Rb the last elution, serial studies can be performed
is obtained from a 82Sr/82Rb generator that in rapid succession maximizing patient through-
must be replaced every 4 weeks and requires put. Because of the short half-life of 82Rb, phar-
a relatively high, consistent volume of patients macologic stress is used instead of exercise.
because it is relatively expensive. With more Patient dosages are in the range of 20 to 60 mCi
favorable reimbursement and the decline in the (0.74 to 2.22 GBq) and administered as a bolus
cost of PET radiopharmaceuticals, especially lasting less than 30 seconds for each individual
Chapter 5 n Cardiovascular System 171
stress and resting acquisition, depending on the before reconstruction of the attenuation cor-
type of PET scanner, 2-D or 3-D acquisition, rected PET myocardial images. It is also rec-
and imaging protocol used. To maximize accu- ommended that the rest and stress acquisitions
rate myocardial visualization, the start times of should have their own dedicated transmission
image acquisition post injection depends on the scan because of pharmacologic stress-induced
patient’s LVEF: LVEF greater than 50% (70 to changes in cardiac chamber and pulmonary vol-
90 sec); post injection, LVEF between 30% and umes. The post-stress CT may be best obtained
50% (90 to 110 sec); and LVEF less than 30% after the PET acquisition so that the effects of
110 to 130 sec). This delay allows for improved pharmacologic stress have subsided and less
clearance of 82Rb from the LV cavity blood pool patient motion is likely. In some circumstances,
activity, which can interfere with the detection a coronary CT angiogram may be obtained
and characterization of size and severity of adja- immediately following the PET/CT myocardial
cent myocardial perfusion defects. Image acqui- perfusion study.
sition typically takes 5 to 6 minutes per image
set. Imaging may be performed with or without N-13 Ammonia Imaging Protocol
ECG-gated technique for LV wall motion and N-13 ammonia PET imaging may be used for
functional data. Because of the short half-life of assessing both relative and absolute myocardial
Rb-82 and the requirement of patient immobil- blood flow. However, its availability is limited;
ity during imaging, pharmacologic stress is used it requires an on-site cyclotron, and imaging
instead of physical exercise (Fig. 5-32). As the protocols are complex. Thus this technique is
rest and stress images are performed in close suc- not in wide clinical use.
cession, rest imaging should be performed before To measure absolute myocardial perfusion
stress to avoid residual physiologic pharmaco- (mL/min/g), the study must begin at the time
logic effects on the rest images. These images of injection of the radiopharmaceutical with
require significant smoothing to suppress noise. a dynamic acquisition to document its extrac-
When PET/CT is used, realignment of the tion and retention in the myocardial. For rela-
transmission (CT) and emission (PET) is critical tive myocardial perfusion imaging, a typical
am
es
gr
ag
po
82
im
to
b-
T
T
R
A
am
es
ag
gr
po
im
82
to
b-
T
C
T
R
scanning doses of 10 to 15 mCi (370 to 555 MBq) LV wall (over correction) and apparent perfu-
for rest images and 30 mCi (1110 MBq) for sion defects in the anterior/anterolateral wall
stress images, depending on patient size, are (undercorrection). Careful inspection of the co-
administered as a bolus or 30-sec infusion. registered transmission-emission images is nec-
Although the physical half-life of approxi- essary to determine whether misregistration has
mately 10 minutes permits exercise stress to occurred. These artifacts may be corrected with
be used, pharmacologic stress is preferred and the proper realignment of image set displace-
is more practical. Imaging is performed 3 to ments in the appropriate planes. CT-related
5 minutes after injection, and each image series image reconstruction artifacts such as beam
acquisition requires 10 to 15 minutes. Gated or hardening from bone—“arms down”—or metal-
nongated acquisition may be performed. lic objects (especially implantable cardioconver-
ter defibrillator leads) in the field of interest are
Interpretation similar to those seen in PET/CT body imaging.
The images obtained in PET myocardial perfu- Also of note are differences in physiologic
sion imaging may be analyzed using displays and distribution of some PET radiopharmaceuticals
methodologies similar to those used in SPECT in the normal myocardium, which must be rec-
imaging. Thus stress-induced reversible perfu- ognized. For example, when imaging with N-13
sion defects represent myocardial ischemia, and ammonia, normal activity in the posterolateral
fixed defects are consistent with areas of scar- wall of the LV is lower than elsewhere in the
ring or hibernating myocardium. While attenu- myocardium and may produce an apparent
ation artifacts common in SPECT imaging are defect which may be misinterpreted as a per-
largely corrected with PET, the effects of patient fusion abnormality. Further, occasional intense
and respiratory motion artifacts on the images N-13 activity in the liver may hamper evalua-
can be problematic and often are more difficult tion of the inferior wall.
to detect. Image sets from a rotating SPECT As mentioned, the presence of significant car-
camera allow assessment of patient motion by diac blood pool activity caused by LV or RV
viewing cine of the individual images and deter- dysfunction and prolonged circulation times
mining on which images the patient moved. With may interfere with assessment of the size and
a fixed ring of PET detectors, however, patient severity of myocardial perfusion deficits.
motion affects all of the simultaneously acquired Gated-PET images are presented for interpre-
projections. Thus careful observation and moni- tation in many of the familiar formats used in
toring of patients during acquisition is impor- SPECT imaging. Because gated-PET imaging
tant in assessing the degree of patient motion assesses LV function during peak pharmaco-
and in minimizing artifacts, which can blur the logic stress (rather than post stress with gated-
images. Because attenuation correction is criti- SPECT), differences between LVEF at rest and
cal in PET imaging, patient motion may induce peak stress can be used to predict the presence
artifacts from misregistration of the emission or absence of high risk CAD. Patients without
perfusion images with the transmission attenu- significant CAD or single vessel diseases show
ation maps. Misalignments of just 1-2 cm can an increase in LVEF from resting levels at peak
produce a 30% change in the apparent regional vasodilator stress. Patients with multivessel
myocardial radioactivity producing artifactual CAD or left main CAD may show a decrease in
perfusion defects. The position of these defects LVEF even in the absence of perfusion defects.
on the attenuation-corrected images depends on A rise in LVEF from rest to peak stress of 5%
the direction and extent of misalignment. Most or more has an NPV of 97% for 3-vessel or left
PET/CT scanners have software to correct trans- main CAD.
mission-emission misregistrations before image
reconstruction and processing. PET Myocardial Viability Imaging
In addition to voluntary patient motion, Under normal fasting conditions, the normally
changes in the cardiac situs between transmis- perfused and oxygenated myocardium prefers
sion-emission image acquisitions from altered long-chain fatty-acids as its primary metabolic
breathing patterns and lung volumes associated substrate (70%) with 20% of energy demands
with pharmacologic stress may produce areas fulfilled by glucose metabolism. However,
of apparently increased activity in the inferior under conditions of ischemia, the ability of the
Chapter 5 n Cardiovascular System 173
myocardium to metabolize fatty acids becomes by a postinfarction scar, which does not take
markedly curtailed and is compensated for up18F-FDG.
by a switch to greater anaerobic metabolism
of glucose use to maintain myocardial energy 18F-FDG Imaging Protocol
needs. Exploitation of these adaptive changes Typically, myocardial viability assessment
in regional myocardial metabolism forms the entails combined resting perfusion and 18F-FDG
basis of identification of chronically ischemic, imaging protocols. The resting perfusion images
but viable myocardium through PET imaging. using PET or SPECT define the perfusion deficit
18F-FDG is considered by many to be the gold in the area of suspected hibernating myocar-
standard for assessment of myocardial viabil- dium, whereas the 18F-FDG images determine
ity. As with other viable cells, F-18 FDG, as a the presence of any viable myocardium.
glucose analog, enters the myocardial cells to After a fasting period of 6-8 hours, oral glu-
become phosphorylated, and further metabo- cose loading (25-100 g) of patients 1 to 2 hours
lism essentially ceases. Being trapped in the before IV administration of 10-15 mCi (370-555
myocardium for a considerable period allows MBq) of 18F-FDG is commonly used to increase
imaging of viable myocardium. It is superior endogenous insulin output, encouraging glucose
to delayed, reinjection, or rest thallium SPECT uptake and metabolism by the myocardium.
imaging strategies that may underestimate the This optimizes FDG uptake in both normally
amount of viable tissue. perfused and ischemic, but viable myocardium.
A fixed defect on PET or SPECT myocardial Imaging is performed approximately 1 hour after
perfusion studies may represent an area of prior F-18 FDG injection and typically takes 10-30
infarction (scar) or hibernating myocardium. minutes. In order to reduce absorbed dose to the
Both scars and hibernating myocardium pres- bladder, frequent urination should be encour-
ent as wall motion dysfunction. However, while aged for several hours after the procedure.
scars represent irretrievable, dead myocardium, Glucose loading can be challenging in dia-
hibernating myocardium represents a chroni- betic patients as it is often not effective because
cally ischemic but viable segment of myocar- of the limited ability to produce insulin. Exoge-
dium that is salvageable by revascularization nous insulin administration with blood glucose
procedures. This oxygen-deprived tissue cannot monitoring or imaging delayed by 2-3 hours
effectively use oxidative metabolism of the pre- post F-18 FDG administration may be success-
ferred myocardial substrate (fatty acids) because ful alternatives.
of lack of oxygen. Consequently, as an adaptive
mechanism, a hibernating segment switches to Interpretation
anaerobic metabolism of glucose and thus can Hibernating myocardium presents as a classic
be detected as metabolically viable by uptake perfusion-metabolism mismatch defined by a
of 18F-FDG. This differentiates it from a fixed, fixed perfusion defect in an area that exhibits
metabolically inactive, perfusion defect caused preserved or increased FDG uptake (Fig. 5-33).
Figure 5-33. Hibernating myocardium. A horizontal long-axis 99mTc-sestamibi perfusion image (left) shows reduced per-
fusion to the septum and apex.The PET 18F-FDG metabolism image (middle) has an inverse pattern indicating viable but
hypoperfused myocardium in the septum and apex. The fused image is shown on the right.
174 Chapter 5 n Cardiovascular System
This pattern correlates with improvement in management and in avoiding unnecessary revas-
myocardial perfusion and function (regional cularization procedures in patients with scars.
wall motion) after revascularization and res- Stunned myocardium may occur transiently
toration of perfusion to the area. Nonviable, after an acute episode of ischemia or after
unsalvageable myocardium related to myocar- acute myocardial infarction with reperfu-
dial scarring shows no evidence of perfusion or sion therapy. Like hibernating myocardium,
FDG uptake (Fig. 5-34). Thus viability imag- a stunned segment demonstrates diminished
ing can be important in determining patient wall motion, but with normal or near normal
perfusion (Fig. 5-35). Stunning may also occur
in patients with severe chronic coronary artery
Ant
60 61 62 63 64 65 66
62 63 64 65 66 67 68
Base Apex
T: 2.4 HLA
P: 52.7
64 65 66 67 68 69 70
Inf 128
Ant
61 62 63 64 65 66 67
Base Apex
Base Ant
T: 2.4
P: 52.7
Inf 128 Sept Sept Inf Lat
Ant
Apex
Inf
Base Ant
Base Apex
T: 2.4
P: 52.7 Apex
Inf 128 Inf
Whichever technique is used, complete famil- software for edge or contrast enhancement,
iarity with and confidence in the procedure background subtraction, smoothing, filtering, or
used provide the best approach for successful other manipulations to produce images of high
application. quality. After images have been processed, they
may be displayed as static images or more typi-
Computer Methods cally in an endless-loop cine format that allows
Among routine nuclear medicine procedures, visual inspection of the ventricular walls during
those measuring cardiac function are perhaps cardiac contraction and thus permits qualitative
the most dependent on computer methodology assessment of ventricular segmental wall motion.
for the collection and processing of scintigraphic
data. A basic knowledge of some specific com- Quantitative Data Display
puter methods is crucial to an understanding of Computer manipulation of the statistical infor-
these techniques. mation contained within digitized equilibrium
Data can be acquired by a computer in list or first-pass images permits the quantitation of
mode or frame mode. Basically, list mode various indices of cardiac performance. These
involves digitizing and filing data in the time indices are derived from changes in activity
sequence in which it occurs, permitting later (counts) in the ventricles during the cardiac cycle
retrieval and manipulation of the data. In this and as such are free from the errors inherent in
manner, decisions concerning the sorting and the geometric methods used in contrast ventric-
formatting of the filed information and the dis- ulography. When meticulously performed, the
carding of unwanted information may be made results, including the LVEF, are very accurate
at any time after the information is acquired. and reproducible.
This flexibility allows the computer operator to The basic principle underlying this count-
format the data in varying time sequences, as volume (or time-activity) approach is the assumed
may be dictated by the specific goals in mind. For proportionality between measured activity and
instance, the data of a first-pass study may be the volume of blood in which it is contained. That
formatted such that frames of several seconds’ is, as the radioactive bolus passes through the car-
duration are generated and visual inspection of diac chambers, or after the administered radioac-
cardiac anatomy is possible. Alternatively, the tive agent has thoroughly mixed with the blood
data may be reformatted in frames of a frac- in the cardiac chambers, any change in the count
tion of a second’s duration so that ventricular rate obtained from a region of interest defining a
time-activity curves may be derived, allowing particular chamber reflects a proportional change
for quantification of ventricular function indi- in the volume of blood within that chamber.
ces. Such flexibility necessarily has a price—the Regions of interest over the LV and a periven-
need for significant computer memory. tricular area of background to allow for sub-
Frame mode acquisition requires formatting traction of counts from structures overlying the
decisions to be made before the beginning of ventricular area of interest are defined through-
the study. After the information is collected, it out the cardiac cycle either semiautomatically
cannot be reformatted to allow manipulation or manually, depending on operator preference.
in varying time sequences. A major advantage From these, a time-activity curve is generated.
is that frame mode requires substantially less This curve represents changes in ventricular
computer memory. activity and therefore in relative ventricular
volume during the cardiac cycle. It allows the
Qualitative Data Display calculation of perhaps the most important ven-
When a computer system coupled with a gamma tricular functional parameter: the global ejection
camera is used to acquire, analyze, and display fraction. By determining the number of counts
the data obtained from nuclear cardiac studies, present at end-systole and end-diastole, the dif-
two types of information result: ference, expressed as a percentage of the counts
n Qualitative data, displayed as images at end-diastole, gives the ejection fraction:
n Quantitative data, expressed as numbers or
curves Ejection fraction (EF) =
Computer-generated images of ventricular End-diastolic counts − end-systolic counts
function can be processed by using computer End-diastolic counts − background counts
Chapter 5 n Cardiovascular System 177
Usually the ejection fraction or changes are Selection of the background region of inter-
expressed as a percentage, although occasion- est is also of considerable importance so that
ally changes are expressed as ejection fraction the ejection fraction is not underestimated or
units to avoid confusion. This solves the prob- overestimated. Overestimation and thus over-
lem of whether a 10% decrease in a patient who subtraction of background artificially elevates
previously had a 50% ejection fraction actually ejection fraction, whereas underestimation erro-
has a 40% or 45% ejection fraction. By stating neously reduces ejection fraction values. There
that there is a decrease of 10 ejection fraction are various standard areas for placement of
units, it would be clear that the resulting ejec- background regions of interest (usually periven-
tion fraction is 40%. tricular), which should be consistently used for
In most laboratories, a normal resting LVEF all such determinations to ensure the validity of
is at least 50%, usually in a range of 50% to technique.
70%. The LVEF usually increases with exercise. Functional Images. By using various com-
A normal right ventricular ejection fraction is puter algorithms, functional or parametric
typically lower than the LVEF (by 5% to 10% images may also be generated. Rather than
[5 to 10 units]) because of the somewhat larger emphasizing spatial resolution, these images
EDV of the right ventricle, but a stroke volume display global or regional changes in radioac-
equal to the LV. A normal right ventricular tivity, reflecting ventricular function. Although
ejection fraction is typically greater than 40% a number of functional images may be derived,
in normal patients. By mathematically differ- those in common use include stroke volume,
entiating the time-activity curves, ventricular ejection fraction, phase, paradox, and ampli-
ejection rates and filling rates may also be cal- tude images.
culated. In addition to a global LVEF, regional Stroke Volume Image. The stroke volume
ejection fractions may be derived by dividing the image may be obtained by subtracting the end-
ventricle into segments. These ejection fractions systolic frame of the ventriculogram from the
serve as a measure of segmental LV wall motion end-diastolic frame and displaying the resultant
and help quantify wall motion abnormalities. distribution of activity in a gray-scale or color
As with any time-activity analysis of digi- format (Fig. 5-36). This image presents the dis-
tized images, the accuracy of the calculations tribution of relative regional volume changes in
depends largely on the precise selection of the each ventricle, reflecting the amount of blood
regions of interest. Because it is important to ejected from each region of the ventricle during
determine accurately the edges of the LV and systole.
to exclude any activity in great vessels, lungs, Ejection Fraction Image. The ejection frac-
and adjacent chambers, data processing pro- tion image is obtained through computer manip-
tocols with computer algorithms for the auto- ulation of the end-systolic and end-diastolic
mated detection of the LV edges as they change images to provide a static representation of the
throughout the cardiac cycle are commonly ejection fraction equation, that is, the stroke vol-
used. These edge detection programs are accu- ume image divided by the end-diastolic image.
rate in most patients. It is important, however, Typically, the ejection fraction and the stroke
that the physician analyzing the visual data cor- volume images obtained in the 45-degree left
relate the calculated ejection fraction based on anterior oblique projection are similar. The
the computer selection of LV edges with his or images frequently resemble a horseshoe or
her qualitative impression of LV function. Inac- incomplete doughnut because most of the vol-
curate definition of the aortic or mitral valve ume and ejection fraction changes occur at the
planes, with resultant inclusion of portions of apex, posterior wall, and distal septal walls
either the ascending aorta or the left atrium in in this projection. Defects in the horseshoe or
the LV region of interest, leads to underestima- doughnut distribution of the “ejection shell”
tion of the LVEF. An artificially elevated LVEF indicate areas of diminished stroke volume or
may occur when a portion of the LV is excluded ejection fraction, as may be found in regional
from the LV region of interest at end-systole. In hypokinesis or akinesis. Dyskinetic segments
some cases, manual selection of LV edges must are not evaluated in these images because nega-
be performed to ensure accurate ejection frac- tive changes are given a zero value by the func-
tion determination. tional image program.
178 Chapter 5 n Cardiovascular System
%
100
Base Ant
0 Sept
ED ES Figure 5-37. Left ventricular
% aneurysm. The end-diastolic (ED)
100 Apex and end-systolic (ES) frames from
Inf
a gated equilibrium radionuclide
angiogram (E-RNA) are displayed
with the functional paradox and
stroke volume images. The ejec-
Ant tion fraction (EF) stroke volume
Base (SV) images demonstrate a break
0
EF SV in the stroke volume shell seen in
% the region of the left ventricular
100 apex which could be interpreted
Sept as akinesia (absent wall motion).
However, the phase image demon-
strates apical wall motion which is
“out of phase” with the remainder
Apex of the LV. This focal dyskinesia
Inf
(paradoxical wall motion) is con-
0 sistent with a left ventricular apical
Phase Amplitude aneurysm.
FIGURE 5-38. Normal gated equilibrium radionuclide angiography (E-RNA). Gated images of the cardiac blood pool are
noted in the first two columns in static display of end-diastole and end-systole (ES) (from left to right). Left anterior oblique
(LAO), anterior (Ant), and left lateral (L Lat) standard projections are presented. The amplitude and phase images give a
static representation of the dynamic characteristics of the cardiac chambers, including sequence of contraction (phase) and
degree of contraction (amplitude). The atria clearly show decreased contraction magnitude (less red) on the amplitude images
compared with the ventricles. The phase images clearly separate the atria from the ventricles because of the normal alternat-
ing nature of their times of contraction (systole).
180 Chapter 5 n Cardiovascular System
270.0
180.0 Atrial
270.0
180.0
90.0
0.0
90.0
0.0 20.0 40.0
FIGURE 5-41. Phase analysis of a gated equilibrium radionuclide angiogram (E-RNA) demonstrating a left ventricular api-
cal aneurysm. The phase information is displayed as a histogram on the left and as a gray-scale image on the right. On the
histogram, a discrete peak for the ventricular contraction is seen, but there is significant broadening of the atrial peak com-
patible with a dyskinetic (out-of-phase) segment of left ventricular myocardium appearing during atrial contraction (arrow).
The gray-scale image on the right clearly depicts the focal aneurysm (contracting paradoxically and “out of phase” with the
remainder of the left ventricle) as a lighter shade of gray.
PA
RV
Ant
0-2 sec 2-4 sec 4-6 sec
LV
it best allows separation of ventricular activity acquired at rest. Uncommonly, the procedure
from atrial or aortic activity. Other projections may be performed at peak stress to assess ven-
may be used, depending on the particular aim tricular contractile reserve and provides sig-
of the study. Because only one projection can nificant prognostic information in the setting of
be obtained with each radionuclide bolus injec- CAD. A significant fall in LVEF at peak exercise
tion, multiple injections may be needed if sev- or an exercise LVEF of less than 40% confers a
eral projections are required. worse prognosis in patients with known CAD.
The collection of data in first-pass studies Information concerning intracardiac and car-
begins just before the injection of the radio- diopulmonary circulations can also be derived,
active bolus and is terminated after the activ- including the calculation of pulmonary transit
ity traverses the left heart and is seen in the times.
great arterial vessels. The entire study is nor- Right Ventricular Function. Because of bet-
mally completed in 30 to 60 seconds, over 5 to ter separation of the right ventricle from the
10 cardiac cycles. Data are usually acquired right atrium and left ventricle, first-pass deter-
by the computer in standard list mode as a minations of right ventricular ejection fractions
sequence of images. Gated acquisition may also are in general more accurate than those obtained
be used in synchrony with the patient’s ECG, by using planar gated equilibrium technique,
which allows better definition of the ventricular whereas LVEFs are comparable using the two
wall contours and evaluation of regional wall techniques.
motion by the cine display of gated images. Intracardiac Shunts. In general, two-dimen-
After the study has been acquired and pro- sional Doppler echocardiography is the initial
cessed, the data may be replayed and analyzed procedure of choice in evaluating congenital
at the workstation. heart disease and intracardiac shunts. However,
in certain institutions offering expertise and
Image Interpretation experience in radionuclide techniques, FP-RNA
First-pass radionuclide angiography is particu- can offer accurate assessment.
larly well-suited to obtain the following func- Left-to-Right Intracardiac Shunts. First-
tional information: pass studies can provide information needed
n Measurement of right ventricle function to diagnose and quantify left-to-right intracar-
(ejection fraction) diac shunts. This is made possible by analysis
n Assessment of ventricular function at peak of time-activity curves obtained from a region
exercise of interest placed over a lung at a distance
n Quantification of left-to-right intracardiac from the heart. A compact bolus of activity is
shunts essential to an accurate study. Early pulmo-
Because the first pass of the radioactive bolus nary recirculation of the radiopharmaceutical
through the heart and lungs takes place over through a left-to-right shunt may be detected as
multiple cardiac cycles, the data from several an alteration in the normal curve, evidenced by
of these cycles can be analyzed or summed to a small second peak proportional to the size of
form a single cycle of sufficient statistical nature the shunt. Various methods of analysis of FP-
for detailed visual and quantitative inspection. RNA data allow for shunt quantification, with
When viewed in endless-loop cine display, visual accuracy equal to that of contrast arteriogra-
assessment of regional ventricular wall motion is phy. Although various mathematic approaches
possible. Although first-pass images of ventricu- are available for the calculation of shunt size,
lar contraction are not of the statistical quality the gamma variate function method provides
of equilibrium blood pool images and are usu- the most accurate and reproducible technique.
ally limited to one projection only, the results are When using this method, pulmonary-to-systemic
similar. flow ratios of 1.2:1 or greater are considered
Cardiac Function. Quantitative assessment evidence of left-to-right shunting.
of the data presented in the digital images pro- Right-to-Left Intracardiac Shunts. Although
vides information regarding ventricular ejection right-to-left shunts may occasionally be defined
fractions, ejection rates, cardiac output, and on first-pass studies by early appearance of the
stroke volume as well as end-diastolic and end- radioactive bolus in the left heart or aorta through
systolic volumes. These parameters are usually the intracardiac shunt before appearance of the
Chapter 5 n Cardiovascular System 183
bolus in the lungs, this method is not sensitive for during cardiotoxic chemotherapy, gated blood
the detection of such shunts, nor does it allow for pool ventriculography can be quite useful.
accurate quantitation.
The magnitude of right-to-left shunts can be Radiopharmaceutical
estimated by using an intravenous injection of Basically, any radiopharmaceutical that is com-
the pulmonary perfusion radiopharmaceuti- partmentalized to the intravascular space for
cal, 99mTc–macroaggregated albumin (MAA). the time period required to obtain the study
In most patients, only about 4% to 6% of the may be used. Technetium-99m labeled autolo-
injected 99mTc-MAA will bypass the lungs to gous red blood cells are the agent of choice.
localize in the capillaries of the systemic circula- Various methods of labeling autologous red
tion. A whole-body scan, using regions of inter- blood cells with 99mTc have been described
est over the entire body and the lungs, allows an (see Appendix E-1), including in vivo, modified
estimation of systemic activity, which is propor- in vivo, and in vitro techniques. All methods use
tional to the size of the right-to-left shunt. the initial introduction of stannous (tin) ion,
which enters the red blood cells. The intracel-
Equilibrium Radionuclide lular stannous ion then acts as a reducing agent,
Angiography (Gated Blood Pool which permits the binding of subsequently
Ventriculography or MUGA Scans) introduced 99mTc-pertechnetate to the β-chain
Principle of the hemoglobin molecule. Superior labeling
Equilibrium radionuclide angiography (E-RNA) efficiency is obtained by using in vitro methods
or gated blood pool ventriculography consists of (such as the UltraTag method), in which the
imaging the cardiac blood pool after the injected patient’s blood sample is labeled externally and
tracer has mixed thoroughly with the intravas- then reinjected, although, under most circum-
cular space. Images are typically obtained by stances, adequate tagging of the red blood cells
synchronizing the gamma camera collection of can be obtained by using in vivo methods.
data with the ECG signals from the patient at The in vivo labeling procedure consists of
rest, but less commonly may be acquired during intravenous injection of 0.5 to 1.0 mg of stan-
exercise or pharmacologic stress. Sophisticated, nous ion, frequently as stannous pyrophosphate.
semi automated computer software is used to After allowing the tin ion to equilibrate in the
process the data, producing high quality cine blood for 20 minutes, about 20 mCi (740 MBq)
images of the beating heart as well as a repro- of 99mTc-pertechnetate is injected. With the tin
ducible left ventricular volume curve from which acting as a complexing agent, a sufficient num-
ventricular functional parameters are derived. ber of red blood cells are tagged in vivo to allow
This output permits qualitative visual analysis of for labeling of the intravascular space. Although
the size, configuration, and wall motion of the this technique provides sufficient tagging in most
cardiac chambers and correlation with quantita- patients, a certain amount of injected 99mTc is
tive functional parameters of global and regional rapidly lost from the intravascular space and
ventricular performance. Because the LV volume does not participate in the labeling process. The
curve is based solely on LV blood pool count percentage of injected technetium that remains
changes over the cardiac cycle, the LVEF derived intravascular and labels red blood cells is diffi-
is free of confounding geometric assumptions cult to quantify but probably is about 75%. The
regarding LV shape and size and thus permits percentage of radioisotope lost to the extravas-
highly accurate, reproducible results. cular space contributes to longer imaging times
Although E-RNA remains a valuable clinical as well as to background and thus to the degra-
technique, its use has significantly declined in dation of images.
recent years because of the widespread avail- A modified in vivo technique provides for a
ability of echocardiography and the use of combination of both in vivo and in vitro labeling
gated-SPECT myocardial perfusion imaging. procedures, giving a labeling efficiency of about
However, when an accurate noninvasive deter- 90%. This results in an increased intravascular
mination of LVEF is desired, such as in patients concentration of 99mTc, with subsequent improve-
in which echocardiography may be technically ment in the quality of radionuclide images.
difficult, or when serial studies are needed to Because the technetium red blood cell bond
precisely monitor changes in LVEF, such as lasts considerably longer than does the 6-hour
184 Chapter 5 n Cardiovascular System
160 118.0
140
120
100
Beat
80
60
40
20
0
0 500 1000 1500 2000
Ms/beat
0.0
70 0.250 2.248
60 E.F. = 67
50 100
Beat
40
30
Volume
20
10
0 33
0 400 800 1200 1600 1800
Ms/beat
the septum and allow separation of the left and three-dimensional volumetric images. Because
right ventricles (Fig. 5-46), and (3) a left lateral of issues with overlapping cardiac chambers on
or 70-degree left anterior oblique view. A caudal planar images, imaging the cardiac blood pool
tilt of the camera detector of about 10 degrees using gated SPECT can be used to better isolate
is recommended for acquisition of the 45-degree the structures of interest and allow more accurate
left anterior oblique view to maximize separation assessment of motion in specific wall segments
of the left ventricle from the left atrium. During and calculation of individual chamber functional
exercise, usually only the 45-degree left anterior parameters (Fig. 5-47). Although not commonly
oblique view is imaged, to permit calculation of used, it may be used to improve assessment of
LVEF changes at various levels of stress. regional wall motion and to calculate absolute
LV volumes as well as LVEF. In addition to more
Gated SPECT Imaging Technique precise LVEFs obtained by excluding interfering
In addition to the routine planar imaging of left atrial activity, the method can also be used
the cardiac blood pool, gated-SPECT acquisi- to measure RVEF without resorting to the more
tion may be performed and the LV displayed tedious first pass RNA methodology. It should
as short- or long-axis tomographic slices or be noted that the inherent differences between
the planar and SPECT techniques can render sig-
nificant discrepancy in the ejection fraction val-
ues obtained. LVEF is generally underestimated
in planar mode, related to the persistent atrial
activity in the systolic area of interest.
Elimination of such overlap using gated-SPECT
often provides EF values greater than those using
planar imaging. Thus a thorough understand-
ing of the differences in normal values between
SPECT and planar studies is necessary and
RV LV
should be considered in applying SPECT LVEF
Septum
values in specific patient settings, such evaluating
A B
the effects of cardiotoxic chemotherapy
Figure 5-46. Normal gated equilibrium radionuclide Image Interpretation
angiogram (E-RNA). The views obtained in the left ante- When E-RNA images are viewed cinemati-
rior oblique projection (“best septal view”) depict A, end-
diastole and B, end-systole. The right ventricle (RV), left cally in an endless-loop display, they present
ventricle (LV), and septum are easily identified. the image of the blood pool in a beating heart,
Apex
Ant Ant
Base
Lat
FWAL
FWAL
Apex
which can then be qualitatively and quanti- septum shortens or thickens and moves slightly
tatively analyzed by using various computer toward the LV cavity during systole. Paradoxi-
programs. cal septal motion (toward the right ventricle
Qualitative Data. Cinematic computer dis- during systole) should be considered abnormal
play of gated images allows for the visual and is frequently associated with previous coro-
assessment of regional wall motion of both the nary artery bypass surgery or septal infarction.
left and right ventricles. In addition to ventricu- Although wall motion abnormalities are
lar wall excursion, relative sizes of the cardiac almost always evident on visual inspection of
chambers, the size and position of the great ves- cine images, the already described functional
sels, the relative thicknesses of ventricular walls images generated by computer software may
(particularly the septum) and the pericardial aid in the evaluation of regional wall motion.
space, and any filling defects within the cardiac Quantitative Data.
blood pool should be noted (Box 5-2). Systolic Function. By using a region of
Ventricular wall excursion is inferred by the interest over the LV blood pool, a time activity
impact of wall motion on the immediately adja- curve is generated depicting the change in LV
cent portion of the blood-filled cavity. Once volume during the summed cardiac cycle. From
contraction begins, all ventricular wall segments this LV volume curve, LV functional parame-
should contract simultaneously, although some ters are derived. These include both systolic and
walls demonstrate greater absolute excursion diastolic indices, the most important of which
than others. Generally, the anterior, posterior, is the LVEF.
and lateral walls appear to move to a greater In addition to LVEF and ejection rates, vari-
degree than the septum, apex, and frequently ous other indices of LV function may be cal-
the inferior wall. culated as needed, including LV volumes and
Segmental wall motion abnormalities are usu- regional ejection fractions.
ally described as hypokinesis (relatively dimin- Because the LV is not temporally segregated
ished wall motion), akinesis (no wall motion), from the other cardiac chambers, as in first-
and dyskinesis (paradoxical wall motion). transit studies, a common problem for LVEF
Areas of injured or scarred myocardium usu- determination is the inclusion of a small amount
ally present as regions of hypokinesis or aki- of left atrium or left atrial appendage in the
nesis, whereas ventricular aneurysms appear as selected region of interest. Normally, the left
focal areas of dyskinesis. Lesions are localized atrium lies sufficiently posterior to the LV, so
as nearly as possible to particular segments of that counts within this chamber do not contrib-
the LV wall by correlating the multiple views ute significantly to LV activity. When the left
obtained. The evaluation of septal wall motion atrium is enlarged, however, a portion of this
frequently presents a problem. Normally, the structure may be included in the determination
and falsely lower the ejection fraction. Differ-
entiation of the LV from the atrium using gated
Box 5-2 Gated Cardiac SPECT E-RNA may give more precise results.
Equilibrium Blood Pool Unlike first-transit studies, right ventricular
Imaging Visual Data ejection fractions are often not reliably cal-
Analysis culated from the equilibrium study because
the right ventricle is not easily separated from
Quality of red blood cell labeling the right atrium or an enlarged LV. If an accu-
Overall distribution of labeled red blood rate right ventricular ejection fraction is desired,
cells it may be better obtained by performing a first-
Course and caliber of great vessels
pass examination during the initial transit of
Relative pulmonary blood pool activity
Thickness of pericardial–myocardial space the bolus at the beginning of the study. Further-
Shape and thickness of interventricular more, because data are obtained at equilibrium
septum of the injected dose, shunt quantification is not
Clot or mass within the cardiac chambers possible with the gated blood pool technique.
Size of each chamber
Diastolic Function. Because diastolic dys-
Chamber wall motion
Sequence of chamber contraction function may precede abnormalities of systolic
function (i.e., ejection fraction) in a variety of
188 Chapter 5 n Cardiovascular System
cardiac disease states, including CAD, quanti- of ventricular wall motion and ejection fraction,
tation of diastolic parameters may permit the with subsequent serial images obtained over a
early detection of LV functional impairment. period of stepwise increases in stress. Failure of
The diastolic parameters available from the LV the LVEF to rise by 5%, or a decrease during
time-activity (volume) curve include ventricular peak exercise, is considered abnormal. A decline
filling and ejection rates. The most frequently in LVEF in response to stress or an abnormal
derived LV diastolic parameter, peak filling rate peak exercise LVEF is an important indication
(PFR), reflects the early, rapid-filling phase of of the severity of CAD and confers a worse prog-
diastole and is commonly seen as a measure of nosis. Further, a peak exercise LVEF of less that
LV compliance. A normal PFR is usually greater 30% indicates a high risk of future adverse car-
than 2.5 end-diastolic volumes per second in diac events and reduced survival.
young adults. Unlike LVEF, which remains rel- Myocardial Infarction. Prognosis after myo-
atively constant during aging, the PFR declines cardial infarction is related to infarct size as
with age as compliance of the LV diminishes. reflected by global LVEF and extent and degree
Diastolic dysfunction, as defined by param- of wall motion abnormalities. Large infarcts
eters such as subnormal PFR, has been shown may produce extensive wall motion abnormali-
to occur in patients with CAD who have pre- ties with significantly decreased LVEFs, whereas
served systolic function (LVEF) and no evi- smaller injuries may produce only focal wall
dence of active ischemia or previous infarction. motion impairment with a normal or slightly
Assessment of diastolic function parameters decreased LVEF or no abnormality at all. Ante-
may also play an important role in the evalu- rior infarcts generally lower LVEF to a greater
ation of congestive heart failure. About 40% degree than do inferior wall lesions.
of patients with a diagnosis of congestive heart The resting LVEF as determined by gated
failure demonstrate normal LV systolic func- radionuclide ventriculography has proved to
tion but impaired diastolic filling. Filling rate be a reliable measure of the impact of coronary
indices may be influenced by unrelated parame- occlusion on LV function in early myocardial
ters, such as systolic ejection fraction and length infarction and, as such, has shown to be an
of cardiac cycle, as well as by noncoronary dis- important predictor of prognosis. In this set-
eases of the heart, including systemic hyperten- ting, an ejection fraction of 0.30 during the first
sion, “normal” age-related decline in PFR, and 24 hours after infarction appears to represent a
anti-ischemic therapy. watershed, with about 50% of the patients with
values at or below this level succumbing to LV
Clinical Applications failure or death. This represents a nearly nine-
Coronary Artery Disease. With the ascen- fold higher mortality rate than is seen in patients
dancy of GSPECT myocardial perfusion imag- with a LVEF of greater than 30%. Conversely,
ing as the preferred radionuclide method for only about 2% of patients with higher ejection
the diagnosis of suspected CAD and the risk fractions die acutely. During early recovery
stratification of patients with known CAD, the from the initial insult, a predischarge resting
use of E-RNA in these settings has significantly LVEF of 40% or less remains a potent predic-
declined, because LV perfusion and function tor of future events and death, with the 1-year
are now available in a single test. mortality rate increasing exponentially as the
However, true resting LVEF in patients resting LVEF falls below 0.40.
with known CAD obtained by either method Noncoronary Disease. Characteristic find-
remains a significant indicator of long-term ings on gated blood pool imaging in patients
prognosis in patients with stable CAD. Progno- with noncoronary heart disease are shown in
sis deteriorates as the LVEF at rest falls below Table 5-4. Radionuclide ventriculography may
45% to 50%. Conversely, event rates are low in aid in the differential diagnosis of cardiopul-
patients with normal resting LVEF. monary disease by helping distinguish dyspnea
Exercise or pharmacologic stress RNA is related to primary LV failure from that caused
uncommonly used, using either first-pass or equi- by chronic pulmonary disease, when differentia-
librium technique, to obtain prognostic informa- tion on clinical grounds is not possible. Right
tion in patients with known CAD. Most protocols ventricular dysfunction and cardiac chamber
involve an initial resting baseline determination dilatation with a normal left ventricle are usually
Chapter 5 n Cardiovascular System 189
presents with a normal or elevated LVEF and with hypertensive hypertrophic cardiomyopa-
hyperdynamic systolic function, with evidence thy being the underlying cause in a large num-
of ventricular wall thickening, especially in the ber. The E-RNA findings include a normal LV
basal interventricular septum, and a concomi- cavity, normal LVEF, and impaired LV filing as
tantly small LV cavity. Eighty percent or more measured by a reduced PFR and exaggerated
of these patients exhibit impaired diastolic time to peak filling. Because the treatment for
function. Dilated cardiomyopathies typically diastolic LV failure is different from primary
present with LV chamber dilatation and diffuse systolic failure, this distinction has important
hypokinesis, with a reduced LVEF of less than therapeutic implications.
40% (Fig. 5-48). Right ventricular dysfunction Cardiac Valvular Disease. In general, two-
and dilatation may also be present. Generally, dimensional Doppler echocardiography is the
marked biventricular enlargement with global procedure of choice in noninvasive evaluation
dysfunction is more likely to be of nonischemic of suspected valvular cardiac disease, although
origin, whereas the presence of focal left ven- nuclear methods may be useful in some settings.
tricular wall motion abnormalities and rela- In practice, E-RNA is not commonly used to
tively preserved right ventricular function favor evaluate valvular stenosis but may play a role
a diagnosis of ischemic cardiomyopathy. in the assessment of valvular insufficiency. In
Congestive Heart Failure. Although echo- patients with aortic or mitral regurgitation, as
cardiography is the initial procedure of choice the resting LVEF declines below about 55%,
in the evaluation of cardiac function in the patient prognosis worsens.
setting of CHF, when E-RNA is performed, In patients with idiopathic hypertrophic sub-
both LVEF and LV diastolic function should aortic stenosis, radionuclide findings include a
be assessed. Approximately 30% of patients markedly elevated LVEF and small LV cavity,
presenting with congestive heart failure have with asymmetric thickening of the upper por-
isolated or predominant diastolic dysfunction, tion of the ventricular septum.
18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27
18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27
Apex
Ant
Base Ant
Apex
Inf Apex
Inf
Base
Apex
Ant
Figure 5-48. Dilated cardiomy- Ant
Base
opathy. This gated SPECT 99mTc Apex
sestamibi myocardial perfusion
scan shows a persistently dilated Sept Sept Inf Lat Sept Lat
left ventricle (LV) cavity with dif-
fuse hypokinesia of the LV wall
consistent with a dilated cardio-
myopathy. No areas of myocar- Inf Apex
Inf
dial ischemia are seen to indicate Base
significant coronary artery disease.
Chapter 5 n Cardiovascular System 191
l Infarcts and hibernating myocardium produce l With adequate exercise, the sensitivity and
perfusion defects on the rest images. specificity of myocardial SPECT are each about
85%.
l Stress images are needed to elucidate ischemia
with lesser degrees of stenosis (50% to 90%). l An occluded coronary artery with adequate col-
Stenoses less than 50% in diameter are not laterals or balanced three-vessel disease can pro-
detected at rest and are variably diagnosed with duce an apparently normal scan.
exercise imaging.
l Real defects on myocardial perfusion images
l Stress may be physical or pharmacologic. Physical should be seen on at least two views (e.g., short
stress should be discontinued with patient exhaus- and vertical or horizontal long axes).
tion, claudication, severe angina or hypotension,
arrhythmia or severe ECG changes, or attainment l Defects seen at stress but not at rest are usually
of more than 85% of maximal predicted heart (but not always) ischemia. However, LBBB may
rate (220 minus the patient’s age in years). produce reversible septal defects, mimicking
ischemia. Patents with LBBB should be stressed
l Dipyridamole, adenosine, and regadenoson are with vasodilators, not by exercise or dobuta-
used instead of physical stress to dilate normal mine, to avoid this artifact.
coronary arteries. Vessels in ischemic areas are
already maximally dilated and do not dilate l A defect seen at the base of the heart is fre-
further. quently artifactual unless it extends to the apex.
Continued
192 Chapter 5 n Cardiovascular System
195
196 Chapter 6 n Respiratory System
Apical Apical
Anterior Posterior
Superior
Lingula
Medial
Lateral Inferior Posterior basal
Lateral basal
Lateral
Lingula
Medial
Anterior
basal
Lateral basal
Posterior basal
Figure 6-1. Schematic diagram of the bronchopulmonary segments.
the bronchial arteries returns to the left atrium that ventilation (air exchange) is greater in the
via the pulmonary veins. The bronchial circula- lower lungs. Normally, ventilation in the lower
tion supplies about 5% of the blood flow to the portion of the lung is about 150% of that in
lung under normal circumstances. the apex.
Gravity and patient position have a signifi- Pulmonary perfusion is also unevenly dis-
cant impact on both ventilation and perfu- tributed throughout the lungs. Maximal pul-
sion. However, the alteration of blood flow monary blood flow normally occurs in the
throughout the lungs with positional change lung zone bracketing the junction of the lower
is much more marked than accompanying third and upper two thirds of the lungs. In the
changes in ventilation. In the upright posi- upright position, the apex receives only about
tion, intrapleural pressure is significantly more one third of the blood flow per unit volume as
negative at the apices than at the lung bases. compared with the bases. In the supine position,
As a result of this negative pressure difference, however, perfusion is more uniform, although
the upper lung zone alveoli are held more open again there is relatively increased blood flow in
in expiration than are the lower lung alveoli, the dependent portions of the lung. In patients
which are relatively collapsed. The increased who demonstrate more flow to the upper lobes,
potential volume in the lung bases provides a congestive failure with increased left atrial
greater change in alveolus size during inspi- pressure or α1-antitrypsin deficiency should be
ration than at the apices, with the net effect considered.
Chapter 6 n Respiratory System 197
Thus in the normal, upright patient, both depending on the kit manufacturer and prepa-
ventilation and perfusion increase progressively ration. Some preparations begin to break down
from the lung apex to the bases, although this as early as 30 minutes after injection. The par-
gradient is more pronounced for perfusion. ticle fragments enter the general circulation as
Because ventilation increases much less rapidly smaller particles, which are usually removed
from apex to base, the ventilation/perfusion from the circulation by the liver and spleen.
ratio changes in the reverse direction, increas- The normal administered activity in adults is
ing from base to apex. In the supine position, 3 to 5 mCi (111 to 185 MBq); in children
both ventilation and perfusion gradients are less 0.03 to 0.07 mCi (1.1 to 2.6 MBq)/kg. The lung
pronounced, resulting in more even ventilation is the critical organ. The absorbed dose to the
and perfusion throughout the lungs. lung is variable but is about 0.5 rad (5 mGy) for a
Uncommonly, acute changes in perfusion 3-mCi (111-MBq) dose.
affect ventilation; local ischemia and hypoxia Technetium-99m MAA should be injected
can cause reflex bronchoconstriction, with during quiet respiration, with the patient supine
a resulting shift of ventilation away from the to minimize the normal perfusion gradient
hypoperfused areas. However, this phenome- between the apex and lung base. Because the
non appears to be transient and is uncommonly MAA particles tend to settle out in solution, the
demonstrated in humans. Conversely, abnor- syringe should be gently agitated before injec-
malities of ventilation commonly cause redistri- tion to ensure even mixing. A peripheral vein is
bution of pulmonary perfusion; hypoventilation preferred, and administration through a Swan-
leads to regional hypoxia and reflex vasocon- Ganz catheter or any indwelling catheter port
striction with redistribution of perfusion away containing a filter generally should be avoided.
from the hypoventilated regions. To assist in homogeneous pulmonary distribu-
tion of the particles, injection should be made
RADIOPHARMACEUTICALS slowly, usually over three to five or more respi-
Perfusion Imaging Agents ratory cycles, and the injected volume should
Technetium-99m (99mTc) macroaggregated albu- be at least 1 to 2 mL. If blood is drawn into the
min (MAA) is the radiopharmaceutical used for syringe to confirm an intravascular needle loca-
pulmonary perfusion imaging. It localizes by the tion, it is important not to let the blood sit long
mechanism of capillary blockade. In general, in the syringe because this may allow the for-
fewer than 1 in 1000 (<0.1%) of the capillaries mation of small, clinically insignificant, labeled
are blocked. In the absence of shunts, 95% of the blood clots, which, when injected, result in
particles are removed from the circulation on the focal hot spots on the perfusion scan (Fig. 6-2).
first pass through the pulmonary capillary bed. A relative contraindication to performing
About 5% of particles measure less than 5 μm in particulate perfusion lung scans is severe pul-
diameter and pass through the capillary system. monary hypertension because the blockade of
For purposes of pulmonary perfusion imaging, additional lung capillaries may acutely exac-
it is important to use a sufficient number of par- erbate the condition and its cardiac complica-
ticles to allow for good statistical distribution. tions. Care should also be taken in patients with
In general, injection of a minimum of 100,000 known right-to-left shunts, although adverse
particles and optimally between 200,000 and effects on the coronary or cerebral circulations
600,000 particles is required. have rarely been observed. In these patients,
The production of 99mTc-MAA entails aggre- however, as well as in infants and children, it
gation of human serum albumin using heat and is probably prudent to reduce the number of
a reducing agent to form the particles. Visual injected particles to 100,000 to 200,000. The
inspection of the preparations through the use presence of a right-to-left shunt can be easily
of a microscope and hemocytometer demon- recognized on posterior images by the immedi-
strate whether the MAA particles are too large ate presence of renal activity, usually best seen
or have clumped. The particle size of 99mTc- on the posterior or lateral views, and can be
MAA generally ranges from 5 to 100 μm, with confirmed by the demonstration of activity in
most in the range of 10 to 30 μm. MAA has a the brain (Fig. 6-3). Sample imaging protocols
biologic half-life in the lung of 2 to 4 hours, and dosimetry are presented in Appendix E-1.
198 Chapter 6 n Respiratory System
Ant RPO
Figure 6-2. Hot spots on a lung perfusion scan seen on the posterior and right posterior oblique images. These represent
labeled clots that formed when blood was inadvertently drawn into the syringe containing technetium-99m macroaggregated
albumin (MAA) before injection. Note the relative decrease in activity in the remainder of the lungs, which could hamper
detection of perfusion abnormalities.
Chest Head
and, thus it can be used on a portable basis in Ventilation examinations are generally per-
intensive care units. formed either to assess regional ventilation or
In most patients, DTPA aerosol particles to improve the specificity of a perfusion scan.
cross the alveolar-capillary membrane with a Ventilation imaging using 133Xe is limited in
half-time of about 1 hour, enter the pulmonary that images are usually obtained in only one
circulation, and from there are rapidly cleared projection and are performed before the perfu-
by the kidneys. In smokers, clearance is signifi- sion study. The use of a single projection image
cantly accelerated because of increased alveolar ensures that some regional ventilation abnor-
membrane permeability. malities will be missed because the lungs are not
One of the major disadvantages in the use of entirely imaged.
99mTc-DTPA aerosols is the small amount of The ventilation study is usually performed
activity actually delivered to the patient (2% to before the perfusion scan using upright pos-
10%) compared with that available in the aero- terior views. The posterior view is selected
sol generator. Usually about 30 mCi (1.11 GBq) because it is technically convenient and allows
is placed in the system nebulizer, with only 1 or a ventilation survey of the greatest number of
2 mCi (37 to 74 MBq) actually being delivered pulmonary segments with the least amount of
to the patient. Because both MAA and DTPA overlying soft tissue. Although there are sev-
aerosols are labeled with 99mTc, sequential eral common methods of performing ventila-
imaging of ventilation and perfusion requires tion imaging, the most complete involves three
the relative doses of each to be adjusted to pre- phases: (1) single wash-in or initial breath, (2)
vent interference of one 99mTc-labeled agent equilibrium, and (3) washout. Ventilation imag-
with the other when imaging is performed. ing with 133Xe requires a considerable amount
of patient cooperation because the patient must
Radioactive Gases be able to tolerate breathing on a closed spi-
The use of radioactive inert gases to evaluate rometer system for several minutes to reach
ventilation permits sequential imaging of both equilibrium.
lung ventilation and perfusion in conjunction The single-breath phase involves having the
with 99mTc-MAA because of the rapid clear- patient exhale as deeply as possible and then
ance of the gases from the lungs and the relative inhale 10 to 20 mCi (370 to 740 MBq) of
energy differences of the photon emissions. 133Xe, holding his or her breath for about 15
Xenon-133 (133Xe) is the primary isotope seconds while a static image is taken. The equi-
used for assessment of ventilation. It is rela- librium phase constitutes the rebreathing of the
tively inexpensive and has a half-life of 5.3 expired xenon diluted by about 2 L of oxygen
days and a principal gamma ray energy of 81 contained in a closed system. The patient usu-
keV. The low energy of these photons causes ally rebreathes this mixture for 2 to 5 minutes
about half of them to be attenuated by 10 cm while a static image is taken. Thus, the 133Xe
of inflated lung tissue. Thus overlying soft tis- image obtained at equilibrium essentially rep-
sues, such as breasts, can produce substantial resents the distribution of aerated lung vol-
artifacts; these are usually avoided by perform- ume. After equilibrium is reached, fresh air is
ing xenon ventilation scans in the posterior then breathed during the washout phase while
position. The critical organ for 133Xe is the tra- serial 15-second images are obtained for 2 to
chea. Xenon-133 allows for the assessment of 3 minutes as the xenon clears from the lungs.
all phases of regional ventilation: initial single In patients with chronic obstructive pulmo-
breath, wash-in, equilibrium, and washout. nary disease (COPD), the washout phase may
Single-breath images represent instant ventila- be prolonged to 3 to 5 minutes, if necessary, to
tion, wash-in and equilibrium images are pro- assess areas of regional airway trapping.
portional to aerated lung volume, and washout Xenon-133 is usually administered by using
phases show regional clearance of activity from one of a number of commercially available
the lungs and delineate areas of air trapping. delivery and rebreathing units. These generally
This complete characterization of ventilation allow the disposal of expired xenon by one of
renders 133Xe imaging the most sensitive ven- two methods. The simplest way is to exhaust
tilation study for detection and assessment of the xenon to the atmosphere using a dedicated
airways disease. exhaust system. A more common method is to
200 Chapter 6 n Respiratory System
use an activated charcoal trap to accumulate evaluates the region of a subsequently demon-
the exhaled xenon gas until it has decayed to strated perfusion defect. If the perfusion study
background. Although not required by specific is performed first and followed by the ventila-
regulation, 133Xe imaging is optimally per- tion examination, it is helpful to decrease the
formed in a room with negative pressure in case dose of 99mTc-MAA and increase the dose of
of accidental leakage from the closed system, 133Xe. This minimizes the effect of any Comp-
especially during administration to the patient. ton scatter from the 99mTc that may occur in the
The exhaust vent should be placed near the xenon window of the pulse height analyzer and
floor because xenon is heavier than air. degrade the ventilation images.
Krypton-81m (81mKr) has also been advocated A number of authors have shown that the
for use in ventilation imaging. Krypton-81m has accuracy of lung scans can be improved some-
a half-life of 13 seconds, with photon emissions what by performing SPECT lung imaging (so
between 176 and 192 keV. Krypton generators called SPECT V/Q or V/PSPECT). Xenon can-
using the parent isotope rubidium-81 (81Rb) are not be used for SPECT ventilation studies but
available, but they have a short shelf-life (half- 99mTc-DTPA aerosol and Technegas (in Europe)
life, 4.6 hours) and are therefore inconvenient. can be used. Other described techniques include
Unlike 133Xe, 81mKr can be used in a continuous SPECT V/Q combined with low-dose lung com-
steady-state inhalation technique that is propor- puted tomography (CT) and SPECT 99mTc-
tional to regional ventilatory rate rather than to MAA perfusion images fused with CT. At the
lung volume; thus multiple images with good present time, there are a limited number of clin-
statistical information can be obtained. Because ical comparison studies, and these more com-
of its higher-energy photon emissions compared plicated techniques are not commonly available
with 99mTc-MAA, 81mKr ventilation studies can except during regular working hours.
be performed either before or after perfusion
imaging, and the short half-life permits repeat NORMAL LUNG SCAN
studies to correlate with any specific perfusion Perfusion Scan
views. The short half-life of 81mKr, however, A normal perfusion scan is shown in Figure 6-4.
precludes single-breath and washout images. In In the posterior projection, there is some taper-
addition, 81mKr is expensive, limited in avail- ing of activity toward the bases as a result of the
ability, and thus rarely used in clinical practice. thinning of the lungs in the region of the posterior
Another agent 99mTc-Technegas (Cyclom- sulci. In the anterior view, the cardiac silhouette
edica) consists of ultrafine carbon particles that and the aortic knob are commonly identified.
behave physiologically like a gas at wash-in The left lateral view may show a substantial
but lodge in alveoli. This agent is not currently anterior defect because of the heart. A cardiac sil-
available the United States. houette considerably larger than expected from
the chest radiograph may occasionally be pro-
TECHNIQUE duced by hypermobility of the heart when lateral
Sample technique protocols and dosimetry are images are obtained, especially in the decubitus
presented in Appendix E-1. positions. In the lateral gamma camera views,
Because most clinical situations dictate the about one third of the image statistics (or counts)
performance of both ventilation and perfu- come from the contralateral lung. This “shine
sion studies, the question may arise as to which through” frequently allows enough photons to
study to perform first. When 99mTc-DTPA aero- be collected from the opposite lung to render a
sol is used, the relative doses of 99mTc-MAA normal lateral image, even in the presence of a
and the 99mTc-DTPA aerosol must be adjusted, prominent defect seen in one lung on the anterior
with a reduction in the dose of the initial or posterior view. Oblique projections are often
examination, depending on which is performed helpful but may be confusing to the uninitiated
first. When 133Xe gas is used, it is customary observer and frequently demonstrate prominent
to begin with the ventilations because of the hilar defects. In general, defects suspected on the
lower photon energy of xenon and its rapid oblique projections should be confirmed on one
clearance from the lungs. The disadvantage of of the four standard views.
this order is that the ventilation study may not Pleural disease may produce distinctive changes
have been performed in the projection that best on an otherwise normal perfusion scan. Small
Chapter 6 n Respiratory System 201
Ant Post
R Lat L Lat
RAO RPO
pleural effusions may best be seen on the lateral generally or may surround the lung, producing
or oblique views as posterior sulcus blunting or the appearance of a small lung.
as a fissure sign, a linear defect caused by fluid Perfusion defects may occur incidentally in
in an interlobar fissure (Fig. 6-5). The fissure asymptomatic people with normal chest radio-
sign may also be produced by pleural scarring graphs and without a clinical history of pulmo-
or thickening (even when not apparent on chest nary emboli. About 7% of young nonsmokers
radiographs), by COPD, or, rarely, by mul- demonstrate small segmental defects, and 3%
tiple pulmonary microemboli. Moderate-sized to 4% have lobular or segmental defects. If
pleural effusions may occasionally simulate smokers are added to this population, as many
segmental defects; if scanning is performed in as 10% may exhibit some type of perfusion
the supine position in a patient with a pleural defect.
effusion, the fluid may collect in the superior
part of the major fissure and mimic a superior- Ventilation Scan
segment, lower-lobe defect. This defect, how- A normal 133Xe ventilation study performed
ever, may disappear in the upright position. If in the posterior projection is shown in Figure
an effusion is large, it may compress an entire 6-6. After the initial breath, a relatively homo-
lung and decrease the blood flow to that side geneous distribution of activity should be seen
202 Chapter 6 n Respiratory System
throughout both lungs; the initial breath image clear of xenon within 2 or 3 minutes of begin-
reflects regional ventilatory rate if there is maxi- ning the washout phase because the normal
mum inspiratory effort. The equilibrium-phase half-time for xenon washout is about 30 to
image indicates the aerated volume of lung and 45 seconds. Because washout is the most sensi-
may be thought of as the “scintigraphic chest tive phase for the detection of trapping caused by
radiograph.” Even in patients with abnormal airway obstruction, if xenon gas does not enter
single-breath and washout images, the equilib- an area during equilibrium, washout cannot be
rium phase frequently is normal, particularly if evaluated. Thus, to a large extent, the sensitiv-
rebreathing is performed for several minutes so ity of the washout phase depends on performing
that adequate collateral ventilation can occur. sufficient rebreathing to obtain adequate equilib-
During the washout phase, activity clears from rium in as much of the lung volume as possible
the lower portions of the lung at a faster rate as well as on the length of the washout phase.
than from the apices because the air exchange Because xenon is soluble in fat and partially
is greater. However, activity is frequently seen soluble in blood, it may be deposited in the liver,
longer at the bases, owing to the relatively larger resulting in increased activity in the right upper
volume of lung present in that region. In most quadrant. This becomes apparent near the end
normal studies, the lungs are almost completely of the xenon washout study and should not be
Chapter 6 n Respiratory System 203
Post
L R
Figure 6-8. DTPA aerosol and MAA scan. Normal 99mTc-DTPA aerosol ventilation scan (top) with accompanying
99mTc-MAA perfusion scans (bottom).
30 sec/frame
Ant
Fr:1 Fr:2 Fr:3 Fr:4
30 sec/frame
Post
Fr:10 Fr:11 Fr:12 Fr:13
Ant Post
R Lat L Lat
RAO RPO
perfusion defect with preserved ventilation: understanding of basic definitions and concepts
the segmental ventilation/perfusion mismatch is imperative.
(Fig. 6-9).
Although this principle is simple, its practi- Basic Concepts
cal application in various clinical settings can A normal pulmonary perfusion scan has no
present one of most difficult challenges con- perfusion defects or perfusion exactly outlines
fronting the nuclear imaging physician. For this the shape of the lungs seen on the chest radio-
reason, much effort has been directed toward graph. It should be noted that a normal per-
defining the language used to describe the find- fusion scan may demonstrate hilar and aortic
ings on ventilation/perfusion imaging as well impressions and the chest radiograph and/or
as the criteria used to translate them into diag- ventilation study may be abnormal. A normal
nostic conclusions. In this regard, a thorough perfusion scan essentially excludes the presence
206 Chapter 6 n Respiratory System
of clinically significant pulmonary emboli, An exception to the concept of defect size and
regardless of the ventilation scan findings. significance is that solitary perfusion defects
A perfusion defect is a focus of absent or involving an entire lung (Box 6-2) or lobe of a
diminished pulmonary activity on perfusion lung represent uncommon presentations of pul-
images. Perfusion defects are nonspecific, and a monary emboli. Both current and retrospective
list of differential diagnoses is given in Box 6-1. literature indicate that small segmental defects
With a pulmonary embolism, perfusion does are uncommonly associated with pulmonary
not have to be completely absent in the region emboli.
of the defect because partially occluding pulmo- Nonsegmental perfusion defects are those that
nary emboli are possible. Perfusion defects are do not correspond to bronchopulmonary ana-
classified as segmental or nonsegmental. tomic segments and are generally not wedged
Segmental perfusion defects may involve all shaped, but they may or may not be pleural
or part of a bronchopulmonary anatomic seg- based. In some instances, they are caused by
ment. Classically, these defects are pleural based nonpulmonary abnormalities, including hilar
and wedge shaped. They are best described by structures, alterations in diaphragmatic contour
the particular bronchopulmonary segment that or position, cardiomegaly, or normal variants
they occupy. Because segmental defects are the or pathology of hilar or mediastinal structures.
hallmark of pulmonary emboli and nonseg- Primary intrapulmonary abnormalities may also
mental defects are not, the ability to distinguish cause nonsegmental defects, including those
between them is crucial to lung scan interpreta- produced by neoplasms, bullae, pneumonia,
tion. This requires both careful characterization hemorrhage, edema, or other infiltrates. The sig-
of defect configuration and an appreciation of nificance of nonsegmental defects is that they are
the pulmonary segmental anatomy as it appears not associated with pulmonary emboli.
on perfusion lung images. Figure 6-10 shows Perfusion segmental defects are further clas-
the individual pulmonary segments in the pro- sified with respect to whether they exhibit ven-
jection that best visualizes each segment. tilation. A mismatch refers to the circumstance
Historically, segmental defects have been in which a perfusion defect is seen to ventilate
characterized by size, with a large segmental normally. Segmental mismatches are a hallmark
defect occupying 75% or more of a lung seg- of pulmonary emboli. Classically, a mismatch
ment, a moderate segmental defect occupy-
ing 25% to 75% of the segment, and a small
segmental defect occupying less than 25% of
Box 6-1 Causes of Defects on
the segment. Reproducibility of interpretation
Perfusion Lung Scans
with such criteria has proven difficult. The sig-
nificance of a defect with respect to the likeli-
hood that it is caused by a pulmonary embolus Pulmonary embolism (thrombotic, septic,
marrow, or air)*
is directly related to defect size and the num- Bulla or cyst
ber of defects present; larger segmental defects Localized hypoxia caused by asthma,
are more significant, and the probability of bronchitis, emphysema
pulmonary emboli increases as the number Surgery (e.g., pneumonectomy)
of identifiable large defects increases. When Pleural effusion*
Tumor (including hilar or mediastinal)*
assessing a pulmonary perfusion study for Metastases (hematogenous or
the number and size of defects, the PIOPED lymphangitic)
concept of segmental defect equivalence Hilar adenopathy (lymphoma, sarcoidosis)
allows two moderate segmental defects to be Pulmonary artery atresia or hypoplasia*
summed so that they have the same diagnos- Fibrosing mediastinitis*
Radiation therapy*
tic implication as one large segmental defect. Pneumonia
Small defects, however, are not summed to Pulmonary edema
form larger equivalents. Thus it is possible to Atelectasis
assemble combinations of moderate and large Fibrosis (postinflammatory, postradiation,
segments to determine the total number of seg- pleural thickening)
Vasculitis*
ments involved for assessment of the probabil-
ity of the presence of pulmonary emboli. *Entity may cause a ventilation/perfusion mismatch.
Chapter 6 n Respiratory System 207
requires that the chest radiograph be normal For purposes of regional localization of lung
in the same region. When a ventilation abnor- scan abnormalities, it is useful to divide the
mality occurs in the same region as a perfusion lungs into upper, middle, and lower zones of
defect, this constitutes a ventilation/perfusion equal height, obtained by dividing the lungs
match. Such ventilation abnormalities may into thirds from apex to base. The position of
occur as wash-in defects on aerosol or xenon an abnormality, especially a single ventilation/
studies, as washout abnormalities (focal trap- perfusion match, with respect to these zones
ping) on xenon images, or as both. Ventilation/ may add to its significance.
perfusion matches may have significance in the
diagnostic schema for the diagnosis of pulmo- Analysis of Images
nary emboli, depending on their size, number, An orderly and consistent approach to lung
and location in the lungs. The term triple match scan analysis aids greatly in determining the
is often used to refer to a ventilation/perfusion findings to which interpretive criteria are to be
match accompanied by a corresponding chest applied. Analysis requires meticulous review
radiographic abnormality of the same size, usu- and comparison of three separate sets of images:
ally, but not always, airspace opacity. the perfusion images, the ventilation images,
Left Right
L. Posterior Oblique
A
Left Right
L. Posterior Oblique
B
Left Right
L. Posterior Oblique
D
Left Right
L. Posterior Oblique
E
Left Right
L. Posterior Oblique
F
Left Right
L. Posterior Oblique
H
Left Right
R. Posterior Oblique
I
Left Right
R. Posterior Oblique
J
Left Right
Left Right
R. Posterior Oblique
L
Posterior Anterior
R. Lateral
M
Posterior Anterior
R. Lateral
N
Left Right
Posterior Anterior
R. Lateral
P
Left Right
could represent either inflammatory disease the presence of perfusion abnormalities in such
or pulmonary emboli with infarction. Because patients may cause difficulty in interpretation,
pulmonary emboli are generally multiple, how- the surprising number of normal or near-normal
ever, and because only about 25% of such scans obtained indicates that pulmonary emboli
lesions progress to infarction, the likelihood is can be effectively excluded in many patients
excellent that ventilation/perfusion mismatches with underlying lung diseases. As stated earlier,
suggesting pulmonary embolus may be found a normal ventilation/perfusion lung scan in any
elsewhere, in areas of otherwise radiographi- patient essentially excludes the possibility of
cally normal lung. In the absence of such find- recent significant pulmonary embolization.
ings, some diagnostic probability information With or without a normal chest radiograph,
can nevertheless be obtained by comparing the careful correlation of any perfusion abnormali-
size of the radiographic infiltrate with the size ties with the corresponding regions on the ven-
of the corresponding perfusion deficit. When tilation study should be undertaken to exclude
a perfusion defect is substantially smaller than airway disease as a cause for a perfusion defect.
the corresponding radiographic abnormality, Multiple matched small ventilation/perfusion
the probability of pulmonary embolus is very abnormalities with a clear chest radiograph dem-
low (Table 6-1). A perfusion defect that corre- onstrate a low likelihood of pulmonary embolus.
sponds closely in size to an infiltrate is nondiag-
nostic. In this latter case, if clinical suspicion is Interpretive Criteria
high, CT angiography may be indicated. The interpretation of ventilation/perfusion
Normal or near-normal perfusion lung scans images in the setting of suspected pulmonary
may occur in a large percentage of patients with emboli involves the determination of the prob-
a diffusely abnormal chest radiograph, such as ability of pulmonary emboli, based on a set
in the setting of pulmonary edema. Although of specific interpretive criteria. These criteria
have evolved over many years as experience
with ventilation/perfusion lung imaging has
Angiographic Findings in increased. The sensitivity and specificity of dif-
Regions with Scintigraphic ferent methods for imaging acute pulmonary
TABLE 6-1 emboli are shown in Table 6-2.
Perfusion Defects and
Radiographic Abnormalities PIOPED: Prospective Investigation Of
Pulmonary Embolism Diagnosis. A number
SIZE OF PERFUSION of criteria have been defined by an extensive
DEFECT COMPARED
WITH RADIOGRAPHIC PULMONARY and ambitious project known as the Prospec-
ABNORMALITY EMBOLISM (%) tive Investigation Of Pulmonary Embolism
Smaller 7 Diagnosis (PIOPED). PIOPED and PIOPED
II are multi-institutional studies involving ter-
Equal 26
tiary care hospitals designed to evaluate the
Larger efficacy of various means of diagnosing acute
V/Q mismatch 89 pulmonary embolism. More specifically, the
V/Q match <5
goal of PIOPED is to determine the sensitivity
and specificity of V/Q lung scanning by using
Modified from Biello DR, Mattar AG, Osei-Wusu A, et al.: Inter- a specific set of diagnostic criteria to derive a
pretation of indeterminate lung scintigrams. Radiology 133:
189-194, 1979.
probability (or likelihood ratio) for the pres-
V/Q, Ventilation/perfusion ratio. ence of thromboemboli. The initial criteria were
very complex and had significant variability in (or summed equivalent) ventilation/perfusion
application among physicians as well as a high mismatches are indicative of a high probabil-
percentage of scans interpreted as indetermi- ity of pulmonary emboli (Figs. 6-11 and 6-12).
nate or nondiagnostic. Thus the data from the This requirement seems reasonable because
PIOPED studies have been refined with adjust- pulmonary emboli are multiple in 90% of cases
ments to simplify the original set of criteria. and bilateral in 85%.
The current commonly used diagnostic schema Very Low Probability (V/Q): Scans in this
is the Modified PIOPED II Criteria. category have a positive predictive value (PPV)
Modified PIOPED II Interpretive Criteria. of less than 10% for the presence of pulmonary
The modified PIOPED II criteria are the most
common criteria used in the United States.
There are two versions of modified PIOPED
criteria, a classic one which uses ventilation Ventilation, Perfusion,
and perfusion scan with a chest radiograph TABLE 6-3 Radiographic (CXR)
and another that uses only a perfusion scan Interpretive Criteria
and chest radiograph. In both of these newer
interpretive schemes, the classic PIOPED I PERFUSION-ONLY
MODIFIED PIOPED II MODIFIED PIOPED II
categories of high, moderate (intermediate),
and low probability of pulmonary emboli High PE Present
have been superseded by high (PE-present) ≥2 large mismatched V/Q ≥2 large mismatched (Q/
and very low (PE-absent) categories, with an segmental defects* CXR) segmental defects*
additional nondiagnostic classification for all Nondiagnostic Nondiagnostic
other findings, including those criteria previously All other findings All other findings
in the PIOPED moderate and low categories.
Very Low PE Absent
The modified PIOPED II criteria for combined
ventilation/perfusion studies are compared Nonsegmental† Nonsegmental†
with those of the modified PIOPED II criteria Q defect < CXR lesion Q defect < CXR lesion
for perfusion scans only, in Table 6-3. A thor- Solitary matched V/Q/ Solitary matched Q/CXR
ough familiarity with these criteria is crucial CXR defect (≤segment) defect (≤1 segment) in
to the consistent and reliable interpretation of in mid or upper lung mid or upper lung
lung scans in the setting of suspected pulmonary 1-3 small segmental 1-3 small segmental
embolism. The modified criteria can be used defects* defects*
to classify V/Q scans as representing (1) a high ≥2 matched (V:Q) defects,
probability of pulmonary emboli (PPV greater regionally normal CXR
than 85%), (2) a very low probability (PPV less Stripe sign‡ Stripe sign‡
than 10%), or (3) a normal scan. All V/Q scans Solitary large pleural Solitary large pleural
not falling into these categories are classified as effusion§ effusion§
nondiagnostic, which indicates the need for fur- Normal
ther patient evaluation. To maintain a high spec-
ificity for the patterns described, especially high No perfusion defects‖
probability, some sensitivity is unavoidably lost. The modified PIOPED II criteria not using information from the
It is the responsibility of the interpreting physi- ventilation images have been shown to perform equally to those
using the ventilation images with fewer indeterminate studies.
cian to communicate effectively the meaning of Reprinted by permission of the Society of Nuclear Medicine;
a reported probability to referring clinicians, so adapted from SNM Practice Guideline for Lung Scintigraphy
v4.0. http://interactive.snm.org/Lung_Scintigraphy_V4_Final.pdf
that patient management is optimized. CXR, Chest radiograph; V/Q, ventilation/perfusion.
Ventilation/Perfusion (V/Q) Modified *Or equivalent where a large defect (>75% of segment) equals
1 segmental equivalent, a moderate defect (25-75% of a segment)
PIOPED II Criteria. There are several interpre- equals 0.5 segmental equivalents, and a small defect (<25%
tation categories for the modified PIOPED II of segment) is not counted.
†For example, prominent hilum, cardiomegaly, elevated hemi-
criteria when using both perfusion and ventila- diaphragm, costophrenic angle effusion, linear atelectasis with no
tion scans in combination with a perfusion scan other perfusion defect in either lung and no other radiographic
lesions.
and a chest radiograph. ‡A stripe of perfused lung tissue between a perfusion defect and
High Probability (V/Q): Using the modified the adjacent pleural surface; best seen on a tangential view.
§One third or more of the pleural cavity with no other p erfusion
PIOPED II criteria, there is only one criterion defect in either lung.
for a high probability scan: two or more large ‖Perfusion exactly matches shape of chest-radiograph.
214 Chapter 6 n Respiratory System
Ant Post
R Lat L Lat
B
emboli. The criteria for very low probability • Solitary triple-matched (V:Q:CXR) defects
scans are: in an upper or middle lung zone
• Nonsegmental perfusion abnormalities • Matched V/Q abnormalities in two or more
• Perfusion defect smaller than corresponding zones of a single lung, with regionally nor-
chest radiographic abnormality (regardless mal chest radiograph
of ventilation findings) • Pleural effusion equal to one third or more
• A perfusion defect with a stripe sign (see of the pleural cavity with no other perfu-
later section, Ancillary Signs) sion defect in either lung
Chapter 6 n Respiratory System 215
Normal: No perfusion defects. Clinically sig- has also been developed that does not make use
nificant pulmonary emboli are excluded. of ventilation findings, if any. These are referred
Nondiagnostic: All other findings than those to as the Perfusion-Only Modified PIOPED II
listed previously are nondiagnostic. This cate- Criteria. Using these criteria, lung perfusion
gory includes the findings listed in the moderate scans are classified as PE-present, PE-absent, or
(intermediate) and low categories of the earlier nondiagnostic. These criteria have been shown
PIOPED criteria. to perform equally well to those that use ven-
Perfusion (Q) Only Modified PIOPED II tilation scintigraphy with fewer nondiagnostic
Criteria. A set of modified PIOPED II criteria (indeterminate) studies.
216 Chapter 6 n Respiratory System
combined prevalence of pulmonary embolism The fissure sign refers to linear perfusion defi-
of only 4%, with one or more than one sig- cits corresponding to the interlobar pulmonary
nificant risk factors, the prevalence values are fissures, both major and minor. This sign is com-
increased to 12% and 21%, respectively. Thus, monly seen in the presence of pleural fluid in
in patients with low probability lung scans and the fissures but may also be seen in the presence
important risk factors, further investigation, of fissural pleural thickening and is frequently
including lower extremity noninvasive venous observed in patients with COPD (see Fig. 6-5).
studies and/or pulmonary CT angiography,
may be warranted. Further, a low probability Special Situations
scan with a strong pretest clinical impression Pleural Effusions. Ipsilateral pleural effu-
of the absence of pulmonary emboli makes the sions may occur in 30% to 40% of patients with
probability of pulmonary emboli remote. The pulmonary emboli. Such pleural effusions may
presence of associated risk factors does not produce perfusion defects by loculation or com-
change the significance of a normal lung scan in pression of lung parenchyma. There are conflict-
essentially excluding a diagnosis of pulmonary ing reports regarding the significance of matched
embolism. ventilation/perfusion defects corresponding to
Ancillary Signs. The stripe sign consists of radiographic pleural effusions of similar size.
a thin line or stripe of activity representing per- Analysis of the PIOPED I and II data suggests
fused lung tissue between a perfusion defect and that matched defects caused by small pleural
the adjacent pleural surface. Pulmonary emphy- effusions (those producing only costophrenic
sema is the most common cause of this sign. angle blunting) should be classified as intermedi-
Perfusion defects presenting with a stripe sign ate probability (nondiagnostic), whereas defects
are very unlikely to represent pulmonary emboli caused by larger effusions (at least one third of the
based on the assumption that non–pleural- pleural cavity) should be classified as low prob-
based lesions are not emboli. These defects ability. Still, some studies indicate that pulmo-
should be interpreted as having a very low nary emboli are associated with pleural effusions
probability of being pulmonary emboli in the of all sizes, and thus all pleural effusion-related
absence of perfusion abnormalities elsewhere in matched ventilation/perfusion abnormalities
the lungs (Fig. 6-13). should be assigned an intermediate probability
Ant Post
R Lat L Lat
C RPO LPO
5 sec 10 sec
15 sec 20 sec
ventilation/perfusion lung imaging because pul- renders a patient a candidate for anticoagula-
monary emboli may be successfully excluded in tion therapy. A combination of lower extremity
the presence of a normal perfusion pattern. ultrasound and plasma D-dimer assessment, a
Airway Disease (Chronic Obstructive Pul- specific breakdown product of clot fibrinolysis,
monary Disease). Severe diffuse COPD may may provide even more information to direct
significantly lower the sensitivity and specificity patient management and may reduce the need
of lung scans in diagnosing pulmonary embo- for further imaging when both are negative.
lism. In COPD, both nonsegmental and seg-
mental perfusion defects may occur, making Computed Tomography
differentiation from superimposed pulmonary Pulmonary Arteriography (CTPA)
emboli impossible without an accompanying In many health care institutions, CT angiog-
ventilation study. When COPD is severe and raphy is the preferred initial imaging study for
diffuse, even the combined ventilation/perfu- suspected pulmonary embolus, and some recent
sion study may not provide an answer. CT angi- clinical algorithms do not include radionuclide
ography may be indicated if emboli are strongly ventilation perfusion imaging. The advantages
suspected clinically. In the presence of severe and disadvantages of CTPA and V/Q scanning
COPD, however, even CT angiography may be are outlined in Box 6-4. To some extent, this may
fraught with interpretive error. be the result of the high number of nondiagnostic
Location of Triple Matches. There is some scan interpretations and the generally perceived
evidence that pulmonary embolism is signifi- higher interobserver interpretive variance for
cantly more common in the presence of triple V/Q imaging compared to spiral CT angiogra-
matches located in lower lung zones, where phy. With current generation CT scanners, cov-
blood flow is greater, than with triple matches in erage of the entire chest in high resolution can
the upper and middle lung zones. Thus match- be achieved in one short breath hold lasting a
ing ventilation/perfusion defects corresponding few seconds. Very high resolution axial images
to chest radiographic opacities isolated to the of the pulmonary arteries with three-dimensional
upper and middle lung zones confer a very low reconstruction are possible. CT scanning is often
probability of pulmonary emboli, whereas simi- definitive when nondiagnostic V/Q scan results
lar findings in the lower lung zones represent are obtained (Fig. 6-16). The specificity for pul-
an intermediate (nondiagnostic) probability of monary emboli detection with multidetector CT
pulmonary emboli. There appears to be no dif- is greater than that of V/Q and has greatly con-
ferences in the prevalence of pulmonary emboli tributed to its use. Some difficulties with spiral CT
among various sizes of triple matches. protocols are the need for very precise timing of
Lobar or Whole-Lung Defects. Solitary the contrast bolus to produce a diagnostic exami-
lobar or solitary whole-lung perfusion defects nation, and the clinical quandary presented by the
are unusual presentations for pulmonary emboli. detection of small peripheral emboli in normal
Other possibilities, including hilar masses, medi persons or patients with minor symptoms. Inci-
astinal fibrosis, and hypoplastic pulmonary dental emboli are found in 1% to 5% of patients,
artery (Fig. 6-15), should be considered. and many of these patients have malignancies.
Incidental emboli are even more common in very
Incorporation of Noninvasive old patients. Findings from a number of studies
Deep Venous Testing suggest that while CT angiography may detect
Because pulmonary emboli are a complica- more pulmonary emboli, the detection of clini-
tion of deep venous thrombosis, a noninvasive cally relevant disease did not change. Thus the
evaluation of the veins of the lower extremity, question of overdiagnosis of pulmonary emboli
especially duplex ultrasound, has become an by CT angiography has been raised.
important diagnostic tool in patients with sus- Despite the advantages of spiral CTPA, V/Q
pected pulmonary emboli. In patients with non- scans will likely continue to play a role in the
diagnostic lung scans and low clinical suspicion evaluation of pulmonary emboli, right-to-
of pulmonary emboli, normal lower extremity left shunts, and regional pulmonary function.
noninvasive venous ultrasound may obviate Selective pulmonary arteriography, which was
further testing and allow conservative patient the gold standard for diagnosis of pulmonary
management. Positive noninvasive testing emboli, is now extremely rare.
220 Chapter 6 n Respiratory System
Lung Scan Follow-up perfusion defects in the first few days after the
of Pulmonary Emboli embolism. Defects may become smaller or dis-
Once the diagnosis of pulmonary embolism appear altogether, and new defects may appear.
has been established, perfusion imaging may be New defects may result from fragmentation of
used (and is often preferred over CTPA) to fol- larger, centrally placed clots that pass to the
low the course of the disease. Typically, there lung periphery or from altered regional perfu-
is some evidence of change in the pattern of sion pressure in the lung, which may convert a
Insp RB RB
30 sec post RPO LPO
RB WO
A post
Figure 6-16. Large central partially occluding pulmonary embolism. A, Xenon ventilation images are normal. RB, rebreathing/
equilibrium phase; WO, washout.
Continued
222 Chapter 6 n Respiratory System
L Lat LPO
B
C
Figure 6-16, cont’d. B, Perfusion images show substantially reduced blood flow to the right lung. C, Contrasted CT scan
clearly shows a large filling defect (arrow) in the right main pulmonary artery.
Chapter 6 n Respiratory System 223
partially obstructing clot to a complete obstruc- reduces these values only minimally and thus an
tion. Of course, recurrent emboli also produce intermediate probability (nondiagnostic) presen-
new defects, but the mere presence of new tation is a useful finding in this setting. Primary
defects per se cannot be used to establish recur- pulmonary hypertension can have a normal V/Q
rent embolization during this period. scan or simply patchy perfusion. Parenchymal
The ultimate fate of pulmonary emboli is vari- causes of pulmonary hypertension usually have
able and depends to some extent on the size of matched defects. Because of accompanying peri-
the emboli and the age of the patient. The larger vascular fibrosis in patients with chronic pulmo-
the initial defect and the older the patient, the nary hypertension from various causes, the lung
less likely is the pulmonary perfusion scan to bases generally remain poorly perfused, regard-
return to normal. Emboli occurring in the pres- less of the position in which the patient is injected.
ence of underlying diffuse diseases are also less In addition, focal and segmental basilar perfusion
likely to show complete resolution, as are those defects may also be present.
that produce actual infarction of lung. Because
persistent defects may be mistaken for acute pul- Nonembolic Diseases
monary emboli on subsequent ventilation/perfu- Chronic Obstructive Pulmonary
sion scans, it is strongly recommended that those Disease
patients with high probability scans or those with Emphysema and chronic bronchitis are the most
intermediate probability (nondiagnostic) scans common forms of COPD. Both diseases are asso-
who are treated for pulmonary emboli be fol- ciated with patchy, uneven ventilation, reduced
lowed with a 3-month baseline study for future lung compliance, and increased peripheral resis-
reference if symptoms suggestive of new pulmo- tance. In emphysema, there is parenchymal
nary emboli occur. Thromboembolic perfusion destruction distal to the terminal bronchioles,
defects persisting at 3 months are likely to remain causing damage in the secondary pulmonary
unresolved. lobules; this includes damage to the alveoli as
well as to the pulmonary capillaries. Extensive
Pulmonary Hypertension destruction may result in the formation of bul-
Pulmonary hypertension is defined as having a lae. On ventilation/perfusion lung scans, these
mean pulmonary arterial pressure greater than changes result in matched ventilation/perfusion
25 mm Hg measured during right heart catheter- abnormalities that typify airway disease.
ization. The disease has multiple causes, includ- Pulmonary ventilation imaging is most help-
ing primary (idiopathic) pulmonary hypertension, ful in characterizing the regional distribution of
chronic thromboemboli, left heart disease, and airway abnormalities and, to a lesser extent, in
pulmonary parenchymal diseases. The differen- delineating the clinical severity of the disease. It
tiation among causes is important because man- is not uncommon for a patient to have marked
agement and prognosis depend on an accurate changes on the ventilation scan but a relatively
diagnosis. Untreated pulmonary hypertension normal chest radiograph because the typical
(greater than 30 mm Hg) has a 5-year survival rate radiographic changes are often late manifesta-
of about 30%. While less than 5% of cases of pul- tions of emphysema.
monary hypertension are due to thromboembolic In patients with early or mild COPD, the
events, they can potentially be successfully treated perfusion scan may be normal or near normal.
with pulmonary endarterectomy. V/Q scanning As the destruction of lung parenchyma pro-
has been reported to be more sensitive than CT gresses, however, it characteristically produces
pulmonary angiography in making the differen- multiple subsegmental or nonsegmental perfu-
tiation. A normal or low probability scan essen- sion defects, which may be relatively focal and
tially excludes pulmonary hypertension caused discrete or diffusely scattered throughout the
by chronic pulmonary emboli. A high probability lungs, giving a coarsely mottled pattern. Per-
scan demonstrating segmental or subsegmental fusion defects may also be caused by regional
mismatches typical of pulmonary emboli has a hypoxia, producing reflex vasoconstriction and
sensitivity of over 96%, specificity of 95%, and by bullae themselves or their compression of
accuracy of 95% as the cause of a patient’s pul- adjacent lung. Large apical bullae may render
monary hypertension. Importantly, inclusion of strikingly reduced or absent perfusion to the
intermediate probability (nondiagnostic) scans upper lung zones.
224 Chapter 6 n Respiratory System
30 sec/frame
Ant
Fr:1 Fr:2 Fr:3
30 sec/frame
Post
Fr:10 Fr:11 Fr:12
Ant Post
R Lat L Lat
RAO RPO
LAO LPO
B
Figure 6-17. Chronic obstructive pulmonary disease. A, Xenon ventilation scan shows markedly delayed washout.
B, Perfusion images show patchy distribution but no wedge-shaped segmental defects.
Chapter 6 n Respiratory System 225
C D
Figure 6-17, cont’d. C, Posteroanterior and D, lateral chest radiographs show the expected lung hyperinflation, increased
anteroposterior chest diameter, and flattened hemidiaphragms.
1 2 3 4
Vent
5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4
Perf
5 6 7 8
Figure 6-18. Chronic obstructive pulmonary disease (COPD). Technetium 99mTc-DTPA aerosol scan (upper set) shows
marked central deposition of the aerosol caused by COPD, which limits interpretation for pulmonary embolism significantly.
99mTc-MAA perfusion images (lower set) are more normal but still inhomogeneous.
of xenon from these zones. Ventilation/perfu- demonstrate significant trapping on the wash-
sion studies performed in patients with cystic out images where there is collateral air drift (Fig.
fibrosis demonstrate patchy segmental defects 6-19). Perfusion in the affected area is usually
in perfusion and markedly disturbed ventila- reduced, owing to reflex arteriolar constriction
tion, particularly in the washout phase. induced by local hypoxia. The chest radiograph
may be normal or may show some volume loss
Mucous Plugs associated with postobstructive atelectasis.
Mucous plugging of one or more airways
is a common cause of hypoxia and may pro- Asthma, Bronchiectasis,
duce matched segmental ventilation/perfusion and Bronchitis
defects on lung scans. The ventilation scan Asthma, bronchiectasis, and bronchitis all
demonstrates little or no activity in the involved cause airway obstruction by different but often
lung segment on inspiration images and may overlapping mechanisms. Asthma is primarily
Chapter 6 n Respiratory System 227
L R
L R
related to acute spastic narrowing of the bron- secondary to regional hypoxia. Corresponding
chi. Bronchiectasis destroys the elastic and ventilation defects are frequently noted during
muscular tissue in the bronchial walls, caus- the single-breath xenon study but may become
ing dilation and sometimes collapse, usually less apparent with rebreathing, and regional
with associated infection. Bronchitis results in areas of delayed washout are also usually iden-
large amounts of viscous mucus in the bronchi. tified. The geographic location of these abnor-
Often, all three disorders are present in the same malities within the lungs may characteristically
patient (frequently a smoker) and may ulti- change during the same or subsequent attacks,
mately lead to emphysema. These diseases are giving an altered pattern of ventilation/perfusion
characterized by acute episodic exacerbation, abnormalities on serial lung scans (Fig. 6-20).
during which significant ventilation and accom- This provides a scintigraphic distinction from
panying perfusion abnormalities are found on chronic emphysema, which results in a fixed
pulmonary ventilation/perfusion scans. Despite location of the abnormalities. In asthmatic
the clinical symptoms, chest radiographs are patients who do not have COPD, ventilation/
often negative, and excluding the presence perfusion scans frequently return to normal
of superimposed diseases such as pulmonary within 24 hours after treatment with bronchodi-
emboli may be difficult. lators. This may be used to distinguish between
Scattered matched segmental perfusion pulmonary emboli and asthma if they cannot
defects are generally present during an acute be differentiated on the basis of initial clinical
asthma attack, related to reflex vasoconstriction and scintigraphic assessment. The detection of
228 Chapter 6 n Respiratory System
wheezing or ascertainment of a prior history of that cause arterial compression, the perfusion
asthma in a patient undergoing imaging for sus- abnormality is generally more striking than is
pected pulmonary emboli may greatly aid in the the ventilatory impairment (Fig. 6-21).
interpretation of the images and in determining The use of ventilation/perfusion imaging in
the need for repeat imaging after bronchodila- staging and evaluating the extent of local tumor
tor administration. invasion has been supplanted by CT. PET and
Unlike asthma, the perfusion defects pro- PET/CT scanning are being used to stage and
duced by bronchiectasis are constant in location evaluate response to therapy of non–small-cell
(generally restricted to the lung bases) and are lung cancers and to evaluate solitary pulmonary
in large part related to reflex vasoconstriction nodules (Chapter 11). Preoperative radionuclide
secondary to local hypoxia. Regional ventila- lung imaging, however, may still play a role in
tion defects with or without associated trapping the assessment of regional lung function to pre-
are the expected findings on the xenon study. dict expected residual function after surgical
resection of a lobe or entire lung (Fig. 6-22).
Lung Neoplasms This is usually done in conjunction with stan-
If large enough, any lung neoplasm, whether dard spirometry. These evaluations are particu-
benign, malignant, or metastatic, may produce larly important because coexistent chronic lung
localized ventilation/perfusion defects corre- disease is common in these patients.
sponding to the lesion on a lung scan. If there In patients with multiple tumor microemboli or
is secondary pulmonary arterial or bronchial lymphangitic carcinomatosis, there may be multi-
obstruction, then larger ventilation/perfusion ple small linear perfusion defects that outline the
abnormalities in the lung distal to the lesion bronchopulmonary segments, a finding known as
may occur, with possible delayed washout of contour mapping (Fig. 6-23). Segmental contour
xenon. If the lesion is bronchial (such as an mapping may be present even when the chest
adenoma), there may be distal hypoxia with radiograph and ventilation scans are normal.
a reflex decrease in perfusion. With lesions The sign may be of value in differentiating these
Chapter 6 n Respiratory System 229
L R L R
Ventilation Perfusion
conditions from suspected pulmonary embolism, do not ventilate on the initial or rebreathing
in which the perfusion defects usually occupy all studies and do not retain xenon during the
or parts of segments. This finding is usually seen washout procedure unless there is associated
incidental to imaging for other reasons because obstruction. With pneumonic infiltrates, the
routine ventilation/perfusion lung scanning is of ventilation defects are normally larger than are
no real value in the detection or assessment of the perfusion defects (Fig. 6-24), and ventila-
pulmonary metastases. tion and perfusion abnormalities often persist
for some time after an infiltrate has resolved on
Inflammatory Disease the chest radiograph. For this reason, if a perfu-
When a localized infiltrate is identified on the sion defect appears significantly larger than is
chest radiograph of a patient with thoracic the corresponding radiographic infiltrate in a
symptoms, pneumonitis is the foremost con- patient with presumed pneumonia, then a series
sideration, although in certain patients other of recent chest radiographs, if available, should
causes, such as pulmonary emboli, may need to be reviewed because a partially resolved pneu-
be excluded. In the presence of any radiographic monia may be the cause of the discrepancy.
infiltrate, regardless of cause, both ventilation When the cause of an infiltrate is in doubt, the
and perfusion are expected to be markedly size of the perfusion defect in relation to that of
decreased or absent in the involved area on the radiographic infiltrate may provide a clue to
lung imaging. The areas of infiltration usually its etiology. In small or early pneumonias, there
230 Chapter 6 n Respiratory System
A B
L R R L Geometric mean
is almost always a perfusion defect that is smaller out of proportion to the ventilatory defect may
than or equal in size to the corresponding radio- raise a suspicion of pulmonary embolus in the
graphic infiltrate. With large pneumonias (such appropriate clinical setting. Frequently, such a
as lobar pneumonia), the perfusion deficit is usu- suspicion may be substantiated by the presence
ally the same size as the radiographic infiltrate. of segmental ventilation/perfusion mismatches
Perfusion defects that appear significantly larger in other areas of radiographically normal lung.
than the radiographic abnormality or that are In the absence of corroborating perfusion
L R
Insp RB RB
0-10 sec 10-20 sec 20-30 sec
WO
30-40 sec 40-50 sec 50-60 sec
defects elsewhere in the lungs, CTPA may be defects, which are usually diffuse and scattered
needed to exclude the diagnosis. Matched apical throughout both lungs but may occasionally be
abnormalities may be seen with old tuberculosis focal. Fissure signs may be present, as well as
(Fig. 6-25). other abnormalities caused by pleural effusions,
cardiac enlargement, redistribution of pulmo-
Cardiovascular Abnormalities nary blood flow to the upper lung zones, or
Normal cardiovascular structures commonly pulmonary edema. Occasionally, superimposed
cause significant defects on the ventilation/ pulmonary emboli may be suspected in patients
perfusion images, which may be accentuated in with congestive heart failure, and differentiation
disease. These defects are typically nonsegmental of the two entities by scintigraphic techniques
and usually conform to the radiographic appear- may be difficult, especially when congestive
ance of the structures producing them. Thus it is heart failure is manifested by pulmonary edema
important to examine the chest radiograph for or pleural effusions. Diffuse interstitial edema
cardiovascular abnormalities, particularly struc- is frequently not a problem because a relatively
tural enlargement, abnormal contours, aneu- normal perfusion scan may be obtained in the
rysmal dilations, and changes caused by either absence of emboli. When patchy alveolar edema
congestive failure or pulmonary hypertension. is present, however, focal perfusion defects
Uncomplicated congestive heart failure is typ- may result, usually corresponding to localized
ically characterized by nonsegmental perfusion alveolar densities seen on the chest radiographs.
Chapter 6 n Respiratory System 233
Ant Post
Post
Figure 6-27. Fat emboli. Posterior image from a perfusion lung scan (left) demonstrates a fine, mottled pattern caused by
fat emboli occurring after this patient had an intramedullary femoral rod (right) placed for a fracture.
237
238 Chapter 7 n Gastrointestinal Tract
accumulation of 99mTc sulfur colloid in the frequently used to evaluate known or suspected
liver requires about 5 to 10 minutes in nor- focal or multifocal space-occupying disease. In
mal patients. This allows for an optimal tar- this setting, SPECT sensitivity and accuracy of
get (liver–spleen)-to-background (blood pool) localization have been shown to be superior to
ratio. In patients with compromised hepatic planar imaging. SPECT has proved especially
function and/or portal hypertension, optimal useful in 99mTc red blood cell (RBC) blood pool
liver concentration of the radiopharmaceutical imaging for suspected liver hemangiomas using
may take considerably longer. In such patients, the same technical parameters as for 99mTc sul-
it is wise to wait 20 to 30 minutes before fur colloid. Vascular structures appearing as
imaging. characteristic defects on colloid SPECT images
Routine gamma camera images for liver– are usually identifiable as areas of increased
spleen scanning consist of anterior and posterior activity on the labeled RBC images. Accuracy
views as well as both lateral views. Each image of interpretation may be improved by use of
is obtained for 500- to 1000-k counts by using SPECT-CT fusion imaging.
a low-energy parallel-hole collimator. Various
oblique images may be routinely obtained or Normal Liver Scan
performed as needed for further evaluation of In the normal liver, there is a homogeneous
a suspected abnormality in either organ. One distribution of 99mTc sulfur colloid throughout
anterior view with a lead marker identifying the the organ. The liver usually consists of a domi-
right inferior costal margin is usually obtained nant right and a smaller left lobe (Fig. 7-1),
as well. The marker should be of a known size which may occasionally be absent. Numerous
so that hepatic and splenic measurements may variant liver shapes have been described, the
be obtained. SPECT scanning of the liver occa- most notable of which are a long, thin right
sionally adds additional information, although lobe (Riedel lobe) and a prominent quadrate
focal areas of decreased activity as a result of lobe. The porta hepatis is frequently identi-
normal biliary and vascular structures often fiable as an area of decreased activity in the
make interpretation difficult. inferomedial aspect of the right lobe; this
Tomographic imaging using 99mTc sulfur should not be mistaken for a lesion. Periph-
colloid requires a fundamental knowledge of eral marginal indentations in the liver may
cross-sectional anatomy of the liver and spleen normally be produced by the lateral rib mar-
as well as of surrounding unimaged structures. gins, the xiphoid, the gallbladder, the right
Transaxial images are displayed in the conven- kidney, the suprahepatic veins, the heart, and
tional CT format along with coronal and sagit- intrathoracic abnormalities that affect the dia-
tal reconstructions. In general, defects thought phragmatic configuration. A right lobe defect
to represent significant pathology should be is commonly seen in many anterior views,
seen in at least two orthogonal planes to be owing to attenuation of the photons by over-
described with confidence. SPECT is most lying breast tissue. Activity seen in the bowel
should raise the suspicion of a prior other type Defects in the hepatic parenchyma are non-
of nuclear medicine study (Fig. 7-2). specific. Solitary intrahepatic defects may be
Normal length of the right lobe of the liver produced by various lesions, any of which may
is generally 17 to 18 cm on the anterior view, also be multiple (Box 7-1 and Table 7-1). In
measured from the highest point to the inferior any patient with several liver defects, however,
tip of the right lobe. Evaluation of a liver–spleen metastatic disease must be a prime consider-
scan should include (1) the size, shape, and posi- ation, particularly when accompanied by hepa-
tion of the liver and spleen; (2) the homogeneity tomegaly or a known primary lesion. In most
of activity within the organs; (3) the presence of instances, particularly in cases of equivocal liver
any focal defects in activity; and (4) the relative scan findings, ultrasonography, CT, or MRI
distribution of colloid among the liver, spleen, should be performed. A large area of decreased
and bone marrow. activity in the liver may be produced by the
inclusion of part of that organ in a radiation
Abnormal Liver Scan therapy portal. This type of defect, however,
Any localized space-occupying process in the is usually readily recognized by its sharp lin-
liver may present as a focal area of decreased ear edges, which correspond to the sides of the
activity (commonly referred to as a defect) on treatment portal. In addition to primarily intra-
a technetium colloid scan, provided that it is hepatic lesions, peripheral defects in the liver
of sufficient size to be detected. Radionuclide are frequently produced by adjacent extrapa-
imaging simply confirms the presence or ana- renchymal pathology, including subdiaphrag-
tomic location of focal lesions in the liver rather matic fluid accumulations or renal tumors, or
than providing a definitive histologic diagnosis. by peripheral lesions of a primary hepatic ori-
The size and location of a lesion are of para- gin, including subcapsular hematoma.
mount importance in determining whether it Increased radiocolloid concentration by the
will be detected by gamma camera techniques. spleen and bone marrow compared with the
By using present technology, lesions as small as liver (colloid shift) may be found in patients
8 mm may be identified. The nearer these lesions with diseases that cause derangement of hepatic
are to the surface of the organ, and therefore to function and/or portal hypertension. Among
the camera collimator surface, the more readily diffuse hepatocellular diseases, hepatic cirrho-
they may be detected. sis is the most common abnormality present-
ing in this fashion. Colloid shift accompanied
Ant Post
A B
R L
Ant
Ant Post
R Lat RAO
Figure 7-6. Hepatic hemangi-
A
oma. A, Planar views of the abdo-
men on a technetium-99m sulfur
colloid scan show a defect in the
right lobe (arrows). B, Anterior
99mTc-RBC scan shows intense
of the liver. The organ is ovoid in configuration, neoplasms. Peripheral wedge-shaped defects
with occasional thinning of the anterior aspect. may often be correlated with infarcts, especially
The normal length of the spleen on a poste- when a pertinent history, such as of hemoglo-
rior scan is about 10 ± 1.5 cm and should not binopathy, is obtained.
exceed 13 cm. When imaging the spleen with Metastatic lesions to the spleen are uncom-
colloid, routine anterior, posterior, and lateral mon, although tumors such as lymphoma,
liver-spleen scan views are obtained. Left ante- melanoma, chorioepithelioma, or soft-tissue
rior oblique and left posterior oblique views at sarcoma may present with splenic lesions. Pri-
varying degrees of obliquity also may be use- mary splenic neoplasms are extremely rare.
ful. Occasionally a right posterior oblique view Focal areas of decreased activity in the spleen
may be needed to separate the left lobe of the occur in less than 1% of liver-spleen scans. If
liver from the spleen. After surgery or trauma, trauma is excluded as a cause, one third of such
there may be questions about splenic remnants defects are due to splenic infarcts, one third to
or accessory spleens. Historically, these were lymphoma, and one third to metastatic disease.
imaged with heat-damaged red blood cells; A history of immunosuppression or drug abuse
however, for most purposes, use of 99mTc sulfur increases the likelihood of abscess.
colloid is adequate (Fig. 7-7).
Splenomegaly
Abnormal Spleen Scan Liver-spleen scans may be ordered to confirm
Focal Lesions clinical suspicion of splenomegaly, although
Solitary or multiple splenic defects are non- ultrasound is less expensive and does not use
specific and may be produced by a number of ionizing radiation. The causes of splenomeg-
abnormalities. Careful correlation with perti- aly are numerous (Box 7-4), and unless focal
nent clinical history is necessary to distinguish space-occupying disease is identified, scans are
among these. More common abnormalities that generally unhelpful in determining the cause.
may present as defects within the organ are Infiltrative disorders produce varying degrees
cysts, hematomas, abscesses, infarctions, and of splenomegaly, with or without alterations in
Chapter 7 n Gastrointestinal Tract 245
Front
Box 7-4 Diseases Affecting
Splenic Size and Activity
Massive Enlargement
Chronic leukemia
Myelofibrosis
Glycogen storage diseases
Thalassemia major
Moderate Enlargement
Cirrhosis with portal hypertension
Hepatitis, acute or chronic
Hemolytic anemia
Mononucleosis
Lymphoma*
Minimal Enlargement
Congestive heart failure
Metastatic disease*
Collagen disease
Infections
Increased activity
Portal hypertension
Anemia
Leukemia
Lymphoma*
Sepsis
Melanoma*
Stress (recent surgery or chemotherapy)
Hepatocellular dysfunction (colloid shift)
intravascular space, imaging may be performed If the extravasated intraluminal agent is not
over a period of 24 hours. Any free technetium identified shortly after its deposition, it may
that is not bound to red blood cells is excreted move to a more proximal or distal site during
by the kidneys and gastric mucosa and passes any prolonged intervals between images, espe-
into the bladder, small bowel, and colon. This cially with the increased peristalsis present in
latter problem is obviated somewhat by use of most patients with GI bleeding. However, estab-
in vitro or modified in vivo labeling techniques, lishing the mere presence of slow bleeding into
which allow for a higher degree of red blood the bowel remains possible, and, therefore, the
cell tagging and therefore a lower percentage study is undoubtedly of value in many patients.
of free technetium. With red blood cells, most The sensitivity with both is significantly greater
bleeding sites show an initial focus of activity, than with angiography for the detection of
which increases and changes position and/or lower GI bleeding, with the added advantage of
configuration with time. If the activity remains being noninvasive. Because of significant back-
in the same location, static vascular abnormal- ground activity in the upper abdomen and the
ities, such as an aneurysm or angiodysplasia, diagnostic efficacy of endoscopy in the GI tract,
should be suspected. When delayed imaging nuclear imaging techniques are most advanta-
is necessary to identify a bleeding site, there geous in evaluating lower GI bleeding, although
may be uncertainty with respect to the site of active small-bowel, duodenal, and distal gastric
origin. hemorrhage are routinely detected when proper
Ant Post
A
timing and technique for imaging are used. The rates below 1.0 mL/minute. With radionuclide
accuracy of endoscopy in making the diagnosis techniques, bleeding rates on the order of 0.2
of upper GI bleeding exceeds 90%. mL/minute are reliably detected, and the sen-
The common causes of lower GI bleeding in sitivity has been reported to be good even
adults are diverticular disease, angiodysplasia, for bleeding rates as low as 0.04 mL/minute,
neoplasms, and inflammatory bowel disease. although a total volume of 2 to 3 mL of blood
Preoperative localization of a bleeding site is necessary. These techniques are best applied
permits a more rational, tailored approach to to patients who are bleeding acutely. Patients
angiography and surgical intervention. Because with chronic, low-volume blood loss presenting
bleeding from these causes is frequently intermit- with guaiac-positive stools or chronic anemias
tent, chances of detecting the site of hemorrhage seldom benefit from the examination. Details of
are enhanced by a radiopharmaceutical with a the technique are presented in Appendix E-1.
long intravascular half-life, such as labeled red If 99mTc-RBCs are unavailable or if time does
blood cells. Angiography may be negative in not allow for the labeling procedure, 99mTc sul-
patients with intermittent bleeding or bleeding fur colloid may be used as a gastrointestinal
(GI) hemorrhage imaging agent.
L
R
5 min 10 min
used and can demonstrate biliary visualization with suspected acute cholecystitis, fasting has
with bilirubin levels up to 30 to 40 mg/dL. generally been self-imposed. In patients whose
Although biliary duct visualization with these gallbladders are being stimulated by the pres-
agents can occur at high bilirubin levels, visu- ence of food in the upper GI tract, the inter-
alization of the gallbladder is not ensured. Per- mittent contraction of the gallbladder interferes
sistent visualization of the cardiac blood pool with biliary filling and therefore may render a
after 5 to 10 minutes and renal excretion are false-positive study. In 65% of patients who
signs of hepatic dysfunction. The radiopharma- have eaten 2 to 5 hours before the study, the
ceutical is normally rapidly removed from the gallbladder will not be visualized in the first
circulation by active transport into the hepato- 60 minutes of the study. In addition, prolonged
cytes and secreted into the bile canaliculi and fasting in some patients has been implicated as
then into the biliary radicles, bile duct, gallblad- a source of false-positive examinations because
der, and small intestine. In contrast to bilirubin, a gallbladder distended with bile may not be
the IDA is excreted without being conjugated. able to accept IDA excreted by the liver in order
Hepatic uptake is normally about 90% for to visualize the gallbladder.
disofenin and 98% for mebrofenin. The half- Subsequent to the intravenous injection of 3
time of liver clearance for both agents is 15 to to 10 mCi (111 to 370 MBq) of 99mTc-labeled
20 minutes. IDA, sequential anterior gamma camera images
of the abdomen are obtained with the patient in
Technique the supine position. Images of 500- to 1000-k
For elective studies, patients are given noth- counts are obtained at 5-minute intervals for
ing by mouth beginning at midnight the night the first half-hour of the study. Similar images
before the examination. In patients with acute are then obtained at 10-minute intervals. Con-
disease, a minimum of 2 hours’ fasting is sug- tinuous, dynamic imaging may also be used.
gested. Fortunately, in emergency patients Normally, the gallbladder is visualized within
Chapter 7 n Gastrointestinal Tract 251
the first half-hour of the study, as are the com- In jaundiced patients with increased renal
mon bile duct and duodenum (Fig. 7-12). If excretion of the radiopharmaceutical, a right
these structures are not identified at 1 hour, extrarenal pelvis may be confused with gall-
delayed images should be obtained hourly for bladder activity (Fig. 7-14). This activity may
up to 4 hours after injection, or as discussed be differentiated from gallbladder activity by
later, intravenous morphine may be used to obtaining a right lateral image, on which the
shorten the examination. Some bile reflux into characteristic anterior abdominal location of
the stomach can be a normal finding (Fig. 7-13). the gallbladder can be identified. At times, the
252 Chapter 7 n Gastrointestinal Tract
gallbladder activity may be obscured by activity stomach can be seen as a normal variant, but it
collecting in the adjacent duodenal loop, or on should not be a large amount or persistent.
delayed images, in the transverse colon. In the
case of duodenal activity, an additional view in Clinical Settings
the left anterior oblique or right lateral position Acute Cholecystitis
can be used to distinguish the two structures. If Hepatobiliary imaging has proved to be of
this fails to provide the answer, the patient may greatest value in the diagnosis of acute chole-
drink water to clear the duodenum of activity. cystitis. More than 95% of patients with acute
cholecystitis have cystic duct obstruction. In
Normal Scan this group of patients, radiopharmaceuticals
In the normal patient, sufficient 99mTc-IDA is excreted into the bile by the liver cannot enter
present in the liver in 5 minutes to allow good an inflamed gallbladder through the obstructed
visualization of that organ. If for any reason cystic duct. This fact provides the theoretical
additional views of the liver are sought, they basis for using 99mTc hepatobiliary agents to
should be obtained in the first 10 or 15 minutes diagnose the disease.
of the examination. After this time, there is pro- In the proper clinical setting, the diagnosis of
gressive clearance of the radiopharmaceutical acute (calculous or acalculous) cholecystitis in a
from the liver, and it becomes less apparent. As fasting patient may be reliably made in the pres-
the radiopharmaceutical is excreted into the bili- ence of normal hepatic uptake and excretion of
ary tree, the major hepatic ducts and common the radiopharmaceutical through the common
duct are visualized first. Next, the gallbladder duct, but without visualization of the gallblad-
is filled as labeled bile flows through the cystic der over a period of 4 hours after injection (Fig.
duct. About two thirds of biliary flow bypass the 7-15). In several large series, accuracy of cho-
gallbladder and enter the duodenum, and about lescintigraphy for diagnosis of acute calculous
one third enters the gallbladder. The amount cholecystitis has been greater than 95%, and
and timing of entry into the gallbladder depend the accuracy for acute acalculous cholecystitis
on a number of factors, including the nutritional is only slightly less. In addition, this imaging
state of the patient, administration of various modality is usually unaffected by modest lev-
drugs, and the tone in the sphincter of Oddi. In els of jaundice. The accuracy of ultrasound for
the presence of a patent common duct, activity the detection of acute cholecystitis is only about
flows promptly into the duodenal sweep and 80% to 85%, even if liberal criteria are used.
proximal small bowel. Normally, visualization A normal hepatobiliary scan with gallbladder
of these structures is complete by 1 hour. Occa- visualization almost always excludes a diagno-
sionally, a small amount of bile reflux into the sis of acute cholecystitis.
Chapter 7 n Gastrointestinal Tract 253
Figure 7-16. Rim sign of acute cholecystitis. On anterior planar images a rim of increased activity outlining the gallbladder
fossa is seen at the inferior edge of the right lobe of the liver (arrows).
Cholecystokinin (sincalide)
Administer 0.02 mcg/kg slow IV infusion.
Empty the gallbladder in a patient fasting
>24 hr before DISIDA scan.
Evaluate sphincter of Oddi dyskinesia.
Differentiate functional from anatomic duct
obstruction.
Calculate gallbladder ejection fraction.
Morphine
0.04 mg/kg IV
Use to shorten the imaging time when
gallbladder is not visualized at 1 hr and
sufficient activity is still in hepatobiliary
tree
Use advisedly in patients with cystic duct
sign
Phenobarbital
5 mg/kg/day orally for 5-7 days before
examination
Use to prime hepatic enzymes to increase
IDA excretion in distinguishing between
biliary atresia and neonatal hepatitis
Post morphine
40 min 50 min
Figure 7-18. Morphine augmentation. On these anterior technetium-99m hepatobiliary scan images, the gallbladder is
not visualized by 60 minutes, indicating either acute or chronic cholecystitis. Rather than wait 4 hours for a delayed image,
morphine was given in hope of increasing back pressure and filling the gallbladder. Even 50 minutes after morphine admin-
istration, the gallbladder was not seen, indicating acute cholecystitis.
gallbladder does respond, continued investigation with a standard deviation of about 20%. The
of presumed chronic cholecystitis is indicated. normal emptying rate is about 6% per min-
Computer acquisition of a CCK gallbladder ute. CCK is administered slowly intravenously
stimulation study allows the calculation of a with various recommended infusion times from
gallbladder ejection fraction, the percentage of 15 to 60 minutes. The slower the infusion the
radiolabeled bile ejected from the gallbladder less likely the patient is to experience abdomi-
after CCK administration. This is a measure nal pain and the less variability in ejection val-
of gallbladder contractility and thus function. ues obtained in normal patients. If CCK is not
(Fig. 7-19). Generally, an ejection fraction of available, a fatty meal can be used to induce
less than 35% is considered abnormal (Fig. gallbladder emptying, but the mean ejection
7-20). Unequivocally normal ejection fractions fraction is lower (≈50% with a standard devia-
are greater than 50%. The normal mean is 75% tion of 20%), and the emptying rate is slower
Chapter 7 n Gastrointestinal Tract 257
A
Max
600
Start
500
Ejection fraction = 55%
Counts per second
400
End
300
Min
200
100
0
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14
Minutes
B
Figure 7-19. Normal gallbladder response to cholecystokinin (CCK). A, Sequential anterior hepatobiliary images show
normal gallbladder and small bowel activity at 60 minutes after injection of 99mTc-DISIDA. B, After subsequent administra-
tion of 1.6 mcg of CCK, the gallbladder contracts well within 5 minutes as the time activity ejection fraction curve shows.
(≈2% per minute). An abnormal ejection frac- cholecystitis. Delayed biliary-to-bowel tran-
tion can be used, along with clinical informa- sit time in the presence of normal gallbladder
tion, to suggest the presence of gallbladder and common duct visualization is suggestive of
dysfunction. A reduced ejection fraction is sug- chronic gallbladder disease but it can be a nor-
gestive, but not specific for chronic cholecystitis mal variant in up to 20% of individuals. The
or biliary dyskinesia. Other causes of a reduced longer that intestinal visualization is delayed,
ejection fraction include sphincter of Oddi the more likely is a diagnosis of chronic cho-
spasm, cystic duct syndrome, chronic acalcu- lecystitis; however, this finding alone is by no
lous cholecystitis, and medications (morphine, means diagnostic.
atropine, calcium channel blockers, octreo- Finally, poor but definite visualization of the
tide, progesterone, indomethacin, theophyl- gallbladder, filling defects within the gallblad-
line, benzodiazepines, and histamine-2 receptor der or common duct, and a less-than-optimal
antagonists). contractile response to CCK stimulation have
Aside from delayed gallbladder visualization, all been reported in patients subsequently
several other scintigraphic patterns demon- proved to have chronic cholecystitis. Identifica-
strate correlation with the diagnosis of chronic tion of cholelithiasis is extremely poor unless
258 Chapter 7 n Gastrointestinal Tract
Max
1000 Min
Start
End
800
Counts per second
600
200
0
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14
Minutes
B
Figure 7-20. Abnormal gallbladder response to cholecystokinin (CCK). A, Multiple images from a technetium-99m hepa-
tobiliary scan show normal activity in the gallbladder by 60 minutes. B, After subsequent infusion of CCK, the images and
ejection fraction curve show that gallbladder does not contract. This suggests a functional abnormality, which may be the
result of a number of causes, including gallbladder dyskinesia, chronic acalculous cholecystitis, sphincter of Oddi spasm, and
multiple medications.
the stones are large. None of these findings, have stones in the common duct that cause
however, correlates as well with the disease as some degree of obstruction.
does delayed gallbladder visualization. Lack of visualization of the biliary tree with
good visualization of the liver (the so-called
Biliary Obstruction liver scan sign) is typical with acute complete
Suspected biliary obstruction is usually first obstruction of the common bile duct (Fig. 7-21).
imaged using ultrasound, CT or magnetic res- Obstruction may be mechanical, owing to calculi
onance cholangiopancreatography (MRCP), or neoplasm, or functional, as seen in some cases
which provide excellent detailed anatomic and of ascending cholangitis. Intrahepatic cholesta-
diagnostic information when required. How- sis, such as that produced by obstruction of the
ever, it is still important to understand the canaliculi by certain drugs, or hepatitis may also
appearance of biliary obstruction on hepato- yield a pattern indistinguishable from complete
biliary scans because a significant number of common duct obstruction. With partial bile duct
patients being evaluated for acute cholecystitis obstruction, the biliary tree is visualized to the
Chapter 7 n Gastrointestinal Tract 259
Figure 7-21. Liver scan sign. Anterior sequential technetium-99m (99mTc) hepatobiliary images show the liver but no bili-
ary system or bowel activity. There is constantly increasing activity in the liver throughout the study. Also note that there is
activity seen above the liver in the heart for at least 30 minutes. This blood pool activity normally should be cleared by 5 to
10 minutes. This is called the liver scan sign because it looks like a 99mTc colloid liver-spleen scan without the spleen. Acute
high-grade common duct obstruction is the prime consideration in such cases.
Figure 7-22. Partial distal common duct obstruction. The sequential images from this technetium-99m hepatobiliary scan
show that the liver accumulates activity slower than normal but that there is some hepatic clearance by 120 minutes. The
gallbladder and common duct are clearly seen up to the point of obstruction (arrow). The obstruction could have been caused
by a common duct stone, tumor, or sphincter of Oddi dyskinesia, but, in this case, it was purely functional and iatrogenic.
The referring physician had given the patient morphine for pain relief before performing the study, constricting the sphincter
of Oddi and producing a false-positive scan.
level of obstruction (Fig. 7-22), and occasionally secondary to primary liver disease and high-
a filling defect is identified at that point. grade obstruction of the common duct. The use
All of these patterns depend on good hepa- of longer-chain IDA analogs that allow good
tocyte function (Fig. 7-23). In the past, severe hepatic concentration and excretion, even in
hepatocellular disease or dysfunction precluded the presence of marked jaundice, has made this
a diagnostic study because insufficient excre- diagnostic problem considerably less frequent.
tion of the radiopharmaceutical into the major The sequence of events occurring after acute
biliary ducts rendered it impossible to distin- complete distal biliary obstruction is as follows:
guish between nonvisualization of the ducts 0 to 24 hours, hepatocyte function is normal
260 Chapter 7 n Gastrointestinal Tract
45 min 1 hr 4 hr
Figure 7-23. Hepatocellular dysfunction. Anterior sequential images from a hepatobiliary scan in this patient with hepatic
failure show markedly delayed clearance of the tracer from the blood pool and soft tissues. The cardiac blood pool is nor-
mally not visualized after 30 minutes even in cases of severe biliary obstruction.
and there is good hepatic and bile duct visual- detection and correction of the problem. This
ization (ultrasound at this time is normal); 24 to technique presents several advantages and
96 hours, mild to moderate reduction in hepatic overcomes several of the disadvantages of using
and bile duct visualization (ultrasound shows conventional radiographic methods for the
enlargement of the common bile and hepatic evaluation of suspected biliary fistula.
ducts); and after 96 hours, prolonged cardiac Hepatobiliary scintigraphy has also proved
blood pool activity and poor hepatic uptake, useful in the postcholecystectomy patient by
with no activity in bile ducts or gallbladder allowing the identification of persistent cystic
(ultrasound shows beginning of dilatation of duct remnants and biliary leaks (Figs. 7-24 and
intrahepatic ducts). In all of these events, there 7-25) and the assessment of biliary patency. In
is no visualization of intestinal activity unless attempting to detect a remnant of the cystic duct,
there is partial obstruction only. In the late stage it is important to obtain delayed images to permit
(after 96 hours), differentiation of obstruction sufficient time for such a structure to be visual-
from hepatitis can be difficult or impossible ized. Rarely, retained common duct stones may
without the use of ultrasound, CT, or MRI. be identified on the IDA scan as photon-deficient
Partial duct obstruction is suggested by persis- areas in the visualized common duct. This find-
tent visualization of the common duct or delayed ing should be followed by ultrasonography,
clearance of activity from the duct. Delayed although stones may be missed in the presence of
appearance (>60 minutes) of activity in the duode- a normal-caliber common bile duct. Finally, the
num and small bowel is nonspecific and can occur functional significance of a dilated common duct
in 20% to 25% of normal people. Partial obstruc- on ultrasound after gallbladder surgery may be
tion can be caused by a common duct stone, clarified with cholescintigraphy by determining
benign or malignant stricture, or sphincter of Oddi the patency or obstruction of the duct.
dysfunction with elevated sphincter pressure. When imaging for a possible bile leak, it is
important to image the right paracolic gutter
Post-Traumatic and Postsurgical and to obtain pelvic images to look for subtle
Biliary Scans leaks, which may accumulate in the pelvis.
The confirmation and localization of bili- Often, postsurgical bile leaks may cause the
ary leaks after abdominal surgery or trauma accumulation of labeled bile in the gallblad-
using 99mTc-IDA agents may lead to the early der fossa, producing a biloma that may mimic
Chapter 7 n Gastrointestinal Tract 261
Figure 7-24. Bile leak post-cholecystectomy. The anterior sequential images show activity being excreted into the common
duct and what appears to be the gallbladder. Without the history of recent cholecystectomy, the diagnosis may have been
missed. The leaking bile can pool in the porta hepatis and mimic a gallbladder.
gallbladder visualization. Labeled bile may also by demonstrating patent extrahepatic biliary
track superiorly in the perihepatic spaces, coat- systems in jaundiced neonates (Fig. 7-26). In
ing the liver surface. When this occurs, it may the absence of visualization of the biliary tree,
give the appearance of paradoxically increas- however, atresia may not be successfully differ-
ing activity in the liver after the liver has largely entiated from severe hepatocellular disease pro-
emptied activity, producing the reappearing duced by neonatal hepatitis (Fig. 7-27). Thus
liver sign. It may also give the appearance of every effort should be made to permit visualiza-
an alteration of liver shape compared to initial tion of the biliary tree, including delayed imaging
images. at 24 hours. The relatively short physical half-
On occasion, cholescintigraphy may be used life of 99mTc is disadvantageous in that imaging
to investigate surgically altered biliary and GI beyond 24 hours is not practical, and, therefore,
anatomy or stent patency evaluation by provid- biliary flow into the small bowel more than
ing appropriate functional information. As with 24 hours after injection may not be detected.
all postsurgical studies, it is important to obtain There is some evidence that the examination
a precise understanding of the type of surgical using 99mTc-IDA analogs is more diagnostic
procedure performed and the postsurgical anat- when the liver is primed first with 5 to 7 days of
omy before proceeding with the examination. phenobarbital therapy, 2.5 mg/kg orally twice
a day, which stimulates better hepatic excre-
Biliary Atresia and Neonatal tion of the radiopharmaceutical and therefore
Hepatitis earlier identification of a patent biliary tree. In
Radionuclide techniques have traditionally been addition to biliary atresia, other anomalies of
used to differentiate between biliary atresia the biliary tract, such as choledochal cysts and
and neonatal hepatitis in the jaundiced infant. Caroli disease, have been identified successfully
Because the successful surgical treatment of bil- by using 99mTc-IDA imaging.
iary atresia depends greatly on early interven-
tion, prompt diagnosis is essential. Frequently, GASTROESOPHAGEAL FUNCTION
the diagnosis cannot be made on clinical, labo- STUDIES
ratory, or even needle biopsy grounds, and cho- Radionuclide techniques provide a convenient,
lescintigraphy may provide the only clue to the noninvasive, and direct method to assess GI
proper diagnosis. motility. By using imaging and computer-assisted
Imaging with 99mTc-IDA analogs has been quantitation, numerous physiologic parameters
used to exclude a diagnosis of biliary atresia of upper GI function may be evaluated. These
262 Chapter 7 n Gastrointestinal Tract
include (1) esophageal transit, (2) the detection clearance. Although the scintigraphic study is
and quantitation of gastroesophageal and entero- useful as a quantitative measure, it has limited
gastric reflux, and (3) gastric emptying rates. anatomic resolution and, therefore, is not a
replacement for a barium esophagram. The ini-
Esophageal Transit tial evaluation of a patient with esophageal symp-
Scintigraphic methods are useful to quantitate toms should include a barium study. A number of
esophageal transit. Several methods are used, radiopharmaceuticals can be used with success;
and most of these use an orally administered however, 99mTc-sulfur colloid is used most often.
liquid bolus and measure the time to esophageal It has the advantages of being readily available,
Chapter 7 n Gastrointestinal Tract 263
Ant immed 1.5 zoom Ant 10 min 1.9 zoom Ant 20 min
nonabsorbable, and inexpensive. The radiation gravity. An upright view may be better to assess
absorbed dose from this procedure is about results of therapy in abnormalities such as acha-
20 mrad (0.2 mGy), compared with several rads lasia and scleroderma. The patient is instructed
(a few tens of mGy) for a barium esophagram. to swallow 300 μCi (11.1 MBq) of 99mTc-sulfur
The patient should fast for at least 6 hours or albumin colloid in 10 mL of water at the
before the procedure. The patient is placed supine same time that acquisition by the camera and
under a gamma camera with the field of view, computer is begun. The patient then “dry” swal-
including the entire esophagus and proximal lows every 15 seconds for 5 minutes. Because
stomach. The supine view negates the effects of there may be variability between swallows,
264 Chapter 7 n Gastrointestinal Tract
many laboratories repeat the procedure up to the esophagus and stomach. Serial 30-second
five times. After the acquisition is complete, images are then obtained with the abdominal
regions of interest are outlined on the computer binder at 0, 20, 40, 60, 80, and 100 mm Hg. In
image to generate time-activity curves. A global this method, position, pressure, and the presence
esophageal region is used with optional divisions of acid are all used to aggravate reflux. In addition
of the esophagus into thirds, with each as an to visual interpretation, regions of interest drawn
additional region of interest. The global esopha- over the stomach and the esophagus are used to
geal emptying time measures the time from the calculate the percentage of gastric radiopharma-
appearance of the radionuclide bolus in the prox- ceutical refluxing into the esophagus.
imal esophagus to the clearance of more than A variation of this scintigraphic method using
90% from the entire esophagus. The esophageal 99mTc colloid mixed with milk or infant formula
transit time consists of the time interval between may be used to study gastroesophageal reflux
peak activity in the time activity curve from the and pulmonary aspiration of gastric contents in
proximal third of the esophagus and the peak in infants; it is often referred to as a milk scan. In
the distal third of the esophagus. this case, an abdominal binder is not used, and
In normal persons, esophageal transit time imaging for reflux is performed in the left anterior
for water is 5 to 11 seconds, and at least 90% of oblique position rather than supine. If aspiration
the activity should have traversed the esophagus is suspected, anterior delayed images are obtained
globally by the end of 15 seconds. In patients 2 to 4 hours later to look for activity in the lungs.
with scleroderma and achalasia, transit may In older children, 99mTc sulfur colloid or, prefer-
be reduced to levels as low as 20% to 40%. ably, indium-111 (111In)–diethylenetriamine pen-
Patients with various other motor disorders of taacetic acid (DTPA) can be administered as a
the esophagus usually have intermediate values. liquid meal at bedtime with imaging performed
over the lungs during the following morning. The
Gastroesophageal Reflux detection of aspiration occurring during esopha-
In patients with symptoms of heartburn, regur- geal reflux studies is reported to be 0% to 25%.
gitation, or bilious vomiting, computer-assisted By this technique, esophageal reflux is expressed
scintigraphic studies provide a sensitive and as the percentage of the gastric counts obtained
useful method for reflux determination and at the beginning of the study (before reflux) that
quantitation. Alternative methods are limited in subsequently reflux into the esophagus. The
usefulness. Fluoroscopic barium studies are not upper limit for gastroesophageal reflux in normal
sensitive and depend on the expertise and per- people is 3%. Between 3% and 4% is consid-
sistence of the fluoroscopist. Acid-reflux testing ered indeterminate, and more than 4% reflux
is the standard that is used for comparison but is abnormal (Fig. 7-28). The sensitivity of this
requires intubation. Esophageal manometry is study is about 90%; however, if acidified liq-
sometimes used, but it also requires intubation uid, abdominal binder, and supine position are
to measure the decreased resistance of the lower not used, the sensitivity of the study decreases.
esophageal sphincter in cases of reflux. The study can be used in the initial diagnosis
Technetium-99m colloids are the radiopharma- of reflux as well as in the evaluation of various
ceuticals of choice. The procedure calls for the oral therapeutic modalities.
administration of 300 μCi (11.1 MBq) of 99mTc
sulfur colloid in 150 mL of orange juice combined Gastric Emptying
with 150 mL of 0.1 normal hydrochloric acid. Scintigraphic studies of gastric emptying are
The patient should fast overnight or for at least the gold standard for measuring gastric empty-
2 hours after a liquid meal. An abdominal binder ing. Gastric emptying evaluation is complicated
is placed around the upper abdomen. While in a because liquid and solid contents empty from
sitting position, the patient drinks the 300 mL of the stomach at different rates, and a host of fac-
solution, and, after 30 seconds, a single image is tors regulates this process. Liquids empty from
obtained to see that all of the liquid is in the stom- the stomach in an exponential fashion, whereas
ach. An additional 30 mL of water is then given solid foods empty in a more linear manner.
to rinse residual activity from the esophagus. The Osmolality, pH, volume, caloric content, amount
patient is placed under the gamma camera in the of protein, carbohydrate, fat, weight, time of
supine position with a field of view that includes day, position, drugs, and sex of the patient all
1 2 3 4 5
6 7 8 9 10
A
Under esoph
3
Mid esoph
2
Lower esoph
1
B Anterior
7000
6000
5000
4000
Counts
Upper
3000
2000
Mid
1000
Lower
0
0 7 13 19 25 31 37
C Minutes
Figure 7-28. Gastroesophageal reflux. A, Anterior 1-minute images of the chest and upper abdomen shows activity within
the stomach; however, sequential views show intermittent activity in the esophagus. B, Three regions of interest over the proxi-
mal, mid, and distal esophagus allow C, time activity curves to be generated. These show the spikes of refluxed activity in the
esophagus.
266 Chapter 7 n Gastrointestinal Tract
affect emptying rate. For example, distention Two main classes of radiopharmaceuticals
of the stomach accelerates gastric emptying, are used for the evaluation of gastric emptying:
whereas lipids are potent inhibitors. In general, (1) those for the solid phase and (2) those for
the emptying of solid foods is more relevant to the liquid phase. The solid phase study may use
postprandial abdominal symptoms. 99mTc colloid eggs or egg whites. Perhaps the
409.877
359.877 90.9%
309.877
Counts per second
68.5%
259.877
Thalf
209.877
27.7%
159.877 Tfit
109.877 4.3%
6.0%
59.8773 Tempty
9.87728
40.1227
0 20 40 60 80 100 120 140 160 180 200 220
Minutes
Figure 7-29. Normal gastric emptying. Anterior and posterior sequential images are used with a computer region of inter-
est around to generate a time activity curve. Delayed gastric emptying occurs if there is >90% present in the stomach at 1
hour, >60% at 2 hours, >30% at 3 hours, or >10% at 4 hours. The 4-hour value is the best criteria.
period renders the results invalid. Computer a linear portion. In normal patients, retention
acquisition is mandatory, and regions of inter- of activity in the stomach is 30% to 60% at
est are selected over the stomach and appropriate 2 hours and 0% to 10% at 4 hours. Patient
background areas. If a dual-head camera is avail- radiation absorbed doses for solid-phase-only
able, simultaneous anterior and posterior images studies are quite low.
acquisition with the geometric mean values for If a liquid phase alone is desired for infants,
calculations is the most accurate methodology, 99mTc sulfur colloid can be given in milk or for-
although a left anterior oblique view acquisition mula. Under these circumstances, 2.5 to 5.0 μCi
with a single-headed camera is often satisfactory. (0.09 to 0.18 MBq) are added per milliliter
In most facilities, only a solid-phase study of liquid. Rarely, a simultaneous liquid-phase
is performed using the technique described in study is desired while performing a solid-phase
Appendix E-1. The criteria for rapid and delayed gastric emptying study. This can be accom-
emptying are shown in Table 7-2. A computer plished by using another radionuclide, such as
time-activity curve is obtained from a region of 111In-DTPA (125 μCi [4.6 MBq] in 300 mL of
interest drawn over the stomach (Figs. 7-29 and water) and performing a computer analysis of
7-30). Emptying curves for solid meals typically different photopeaks. Because dual-phase stud-
display a flat initial portion (lag phase) and then ies add cost and radiation dose, and, because the
solid phase is more sensitive than is the liquid
phase for detection of delayed gastric emptying,
Box 7-10 Causes of Abnormal usually a solid-phase study is all that is needed.
Gastric Emptying The half-time for emptying of the liquid phase
is 40 (12 to 65) minutes. The normal half-time
Delayed reported for infants given milk or formula varies
Hyperglycemia widely in the literature from 25 to 48 minutes
Acidosis with breast milk, to 60 to 90 minutes with for-
Connective tissue diseases mula and bovine milk.
Ileus
Major uses of gastric emptying studies are to
Diabetes mellitus
Gastroesophageal reflux confirm gastroparesis as a cause for persistent
Vagotomy nausea and vomiting and to monitor the effects
Proximal partial gastrectomy of therapy in patients with abnormal gastric
Chronic gastritis motility (Box 7-10), such as diabetic patients.
Gastric ulcer disease
As is the case with esophageal transit studies,
Malignancies
Psychiatric disorders the initial workup of a patient with symptoms
Drugs of gastric outlet obstruction should include
Opiates an anatomic imaging examination to exclude
Antacids structural disease.
Anticholinergic agents
Tricyclic antidepressants
Cholecystokinin ABDOMINAL SHUNT
Gastrin EVALUATION
Progesterone Various shunt procedures have been developed
Calcium-channel blockers that involve the peritoneal cavity. Evaluation of
Levodopa
ventriculoperitoneal shunts for relief of hydro-
Rapid cephalus is discussed in Chapter 3. LeVeen
Zollinger-Ellison syndrome shunts are sometimes placed for relief of intrac-
Duodenal ulcer disease table ascites. They drain the peritoneal cavity
Sprue
through a one-way pressure valve into the supe-
Pancreatic insufficiency
Distal partial gastrectomy with vagotomy rior vena cava. In the event of suspected shunt
Drugs failure, a pulmonary perfusion agent, such as
Metoclopramide 99mTc-MAA, can be introduced into the ascites
Domperidone by paracenteses. Subsequent activity in the lung
Cisapride
indicates a patent shunt (Fig. 7-31). 99mTc-sulfur
Erythromycin
Motilin colloid also can be used with delayed activity in
the liver, indicating patency.
268 Chapter 7 n Gastrointestinal Tract
Ant
Chest R chest
Figure 7-31. Patent LeVeen
shunt. In this patient with intracta-
ble ascites, intraperitoneal injection R L
of technetium-99m macroaggre-
gated albumin allows an evaluation
of the shunt. Left, An initial ante-
rior image of the abdomen shows L
the activity throughout the perito-
neal cavity outlining viscera and
bowel. Right, An anterior image of
the right chest shows the tracer pro-
gressing through the shunt (arrows)
Abdomen
and localizing in the lungs (L).
l Focal nodular hyperplasia can accumulate l On static images, the best way to pinpoint the
99mTc sulfur colloid, but hepatic adenomas and bleeding site is to find an image in which there
other tumors do not. is a definite abnormality and then to look at
the earlier images and find the first image in
l Focal hot lesions in the liver are often the result which the activity can be seen. This is necessary
of focal nodular hyperplasia, regenerating because activity seen as a result of bleeding can
Chapter 7 n Gastrointestinal Tract 269
l Cardiac blood pool activity should clear by 5 to l Nonvisualization of the gallbladder at 4 hours
10 minutes. Lack of clearance indicates poorly or after administration of morphine at 1 hour is
functioning hepatocytes. Renal and bladder most likely caused by acute cholecystitis.
Continued
270 Chapter 7 n Gastrointestinal Tract
SUGGESTED READINGS Urbain JC, Vekemans MM, Malmud LS. Esophageal transit,
Donohoe KJ, Maurer AH, Zeissman HA, et al. Procedure gastroesophageal reflux and gastric emptying. In Sandler
guideline for adult solid meal gastric emptying study 3.0. MP, Coleman RE, Patton JA, et al. Diagnostic Nuclear
http://www.snm.org/guidelines. Accessed June 29, 2011. Medicine, 4th ed. New York: Lippincott Williams &
Mariani G, Pauwels EK, AlSharif A, et al. Radionuclide Wilkins; 2003. p. 487-502.
evaluation of the lower gastrointestinal tract. J Nucl Med Ziessman HA: Acute cholecystitis, biliary obstruction and
2008;49(5):776-87. biliary leakage. Semin Nucl Med 2003;33:279-96.
Society of Nuclear Medicine Procedure guideline for hep- Zuckier LS: Acute gastrointestinal bleeding. Semin Nucl
atobiliary scintigraphy, Version 4.0, approved 2010. Med 2003;33:297-311.
http://www.snm.org. Accessed June 29, 2011.
8 Skeletal System
ANATOMY AND PHYSIOLOGY Soft-Tissue Uptake
RADIOPHARMACEUTICALS Trauma
TECHNIQUE Osteomyelitis, Cellulitis, and Septic Arthritis
NORMAL SCAN Benign Non-Neoplastic Disease
CLINICAL APPLICATIONS BONE MARROW IMAGING
Metastatic Disease BONE MINERAL MEASUREMENTS
Malignant Bone Tumors PALLIATIVE THERAPY OF PAINFUL OSSEOUS
Benign Osseous Neoplasms METASTASES
The availability of stable technetium-labeled pelvis, and lower extremities. This is a rela-
bone-seeking pharmaceuticals with good soft- tively important distinction because some dis-
tissue clearance has led to sensitive, high-resolution eases favor either the appendicular or the axial
images, which accounts for the widespread use skeleton.
of these agents in bone scanning. Bone imag-
ing with these technetium agents will probably RADIOPHARMACEUTICALS
remain clinically useful for a long time, despite Bone-seeking radiopharmaceuticals are analogs
the rapid advances in other technologies, such as of calcium, hydroxyl groups, or phosphates. By far,
positron emission tomography combined with the most widely used radiopharmaceuticals for
computed tomography (PET/CT) and magnetic skeletal imaging are technetium-labeled diphos-
resonance imaging (MRI). The bone scan often phonates, most often methylene diphosphonate.
provides an earlier diagnosis and demonstrates Diphosphonates contain organic P–C–P bonds,
more lesions than are found by radiographic which are more stable in vivo than are inor-
procedures. Although the presence of a lesion ganic P–O–P bonds (pyrophosphates), primarily
on a bone scan is nonspecific, its monostotic or because of their resistance to enzymatic hydroly-
polyostotic status and anatomic distribution can sis. Because the diphosphonates have rapid renal
usually be determined, and these findings often excretion, they provide a high target-to-nontarget
provide important clues to the differential diag- ratio in 2 to 3 hours after injection, with 50% to
nosis. For optimal performance of bone scans, 60% of the activity localizing in bone and the
both the physician and the technologist need to remainder being cleared by the kidneys. Factors
understand the limitations and uses of skeletal that impair renal function result in increased soft-
imaging procedures. tissue activity, which reduces the quality of the
bone scan. With most diphosphonates, maximal
ANATOMY AND PHYSIOLOGY skeletal uptake occurs at about 5 hours. The bio-
The basic structure of bone is a crystalline logic half-life is about 24 hours.
lattice composed of calcium, phosphate, and Care should be taken to avoid the injection
hydroxyl ions, which form the inorganic mineral of air into the mixing vial during preparation
hydroxyapatite. The other major constituents of phosphate radiopharmaceuticals because the
of bone include collagen, ground substance, and resultant oxidation of technetium causes poor
other minerals. Anatomically, the skeleton is tagging of the phosphates. Bone radiophar-
composed of two parts: the axial and the appen- maceuticals should be routinely checked with
dicular portions. The axial skeleton includes chromatography before injection; a 95% tag is
the skull, spine, and thoracic girdle. The appen- acceptable. If the radiopharmaceutical is admin-
dicular skeleton includes the upper extremities, istered more than 4 hours after preparation,
271
272 Chapter 8 n Skeletal System
the radiopharmaceutical and be mistaken for before scanning, patients should be hydrated.
metastatic disease. Further, 18F NaF PET/CT The resultant more frequent voiding decreases
scanning is significantly more expensive and has the bladder and pelvic radiation dose.
a radiation dose about seven times higher than SPECT imaging may significantly improve
that of 99mTc-MDP scans. skeletal lesion detection in patients with specific
regional complaints and may establish or bet-
TECHNIQUE ter localize an abnormality suspected on routine
Technical aspects, sample protocols, and dosim- planar images. SPECT is most valuable in com-
etry for planar and single-photon emission plex bony structures, such as large joints, the
computed tomography (SPECT) and PET/CT spine, and the pelvis.
skeletal imaging are presented in Appendix E-1. The technique for 18F NaF PET/CT scans
For routine planar scans, the patient is nor- includes intravenously administered activity of
mally injected intravenously with 10 to 20 mCi about 20 mCi (740 MBq). Whole body scanning
(370 to 740 MBq) of the technetium diphos- is done 1 hour post injection, and the CT scan
phonate radiopharmaceutical and imaged 2 to is done without the use of IV or gastrointestinal
4 hours later. The site of injection should be dis- contrast. Limited body scanning is sometimes
tant from any suspected osseous pathology and done for suspected focal entities, such as osteo-
should be recorded. Often, even a slight extrav- myelitis. Scans are typically reviewed and inter-
asation of isotope at the injection site causes a preted on a workstation, which allows viewing
focus of markedly increased soft-tissue activity. rotating images and also provides automatic
In patients suspected of having either osteo- fusion of the PET and CT data.
myelitis or cellulitis, a radionuclide angiogram
and initial blood pool image are performed NORMAL SCAN
after injection, and routine images are obtained The normal scan (Fig. 8-1) varies significantly
at about 2 to 3 hours. This is termed a three- in appearance between children and adults. In
phase study. Sometimes, additional images children, areas of growth in the region of the
are performed 18 to 24 hours after injection epiphyses show intense radionuclide accumu-
(four-phase study). A four-phase study is rarely lation (Fig. 8-2). In adults, the quality of the
needed but can be useful in patients in renal bone scan can be related to age; in general, the
failure who have poor soft-tissue clearance. older the patient, the higher the proportion of
Gamma camera imaging usually employs poor-quality scans. There usually is good visu-
a moving table which results in whole-body alization of the skull, with relatively increased
images. If multiple spot films are obtained, the accumulation of activity in the region of the
entire skeleton should be imaged. The patient is nasopharynx, which may be secondary to the
normally scanned in both the anterior and pos- high proportional blood flow in this region.
terior projections. Detailed spot views of par- Activity in the skull is often patchy, even in nor-
ticular regions may be obtained as dictated by mal patients, so care must be taken in assessing
patient history or symptoms. In addition, selec- skull lesions without an accompanying radio-
tive pinhole or high-resolution collimator views graph. Often, there is focal maxillary or man-
allow for enhanced resolution in any areas of dibular alveolar ridge activity in adults, owing
interest. These are especially useful when imag- to dental disease. There is activity throughout
ing small bones and pediatric patients. the spine, and it is common to see focal areas
The rapid urinary excretion of phosphate of increased activity in the lower cervical spine
radiopharmaceuticals causes large amounts of even on anterior images, usually representing
activity to accumulate within the bladder, which degenerative changes or simply a result of the
may obscure pelvic lesions; therefore voiding lordosis of the cervical spine rather than activ-
before imaging should be routine. Voiding, how- ity in the thyroid cartilage or the thyroid itself.
ever, particularly in incontinent patients, may Areas of tendon insertion, chronic stress, and
result in radioactive contamination of skin or osseous remodeling caused by any reason also
clothing; this may obscure underlying pathol- demonstrate increased activity. On the anterior
ogy or mimic a lesion. Removal of contaminated view, there is prominent visualization of the ster-
clothing and cleansing of skin may be necessary num, sternoclavicular joints, acromioclavicular
to obtain accurate results. After injection and joints, shoulders, iliac crests, and hips. Increased
274 Chapter 8 n Skeletal System
Right Left
activity in the knees in older patients is relatively anterior view, for bladder activity. The kidneys
common because of the propensity for arthritic and bladder should be routinely scrutinized for
changes. On the posterior view, the thoracic focal space-occupying lesions producing photo-
spine is well seen, as are the tips of the scapulae. penic defects in the renal cortex or displacement
The spine often demonstrates increased activity of the kidneys or bladder. Asymmetric renal
in areas of hypertrophic degenerative change, activity is not uncommon. Because the scans are
and the sacroiliac joints are usually pronounced. usually obtained in the supine position, activity
Because the human skeleton is symmetric, any may accumulate in extrarenal pelves. If urinary
asymmetric osseous activity should be viewed tract obstruction is suspected, kidney views
with suspicion. In addition, it is important on should be repeated after the patient has ambu-
the posterior view to examine the scan for the lated to distinguish obstruction from position-
presence and location of renal activity; on the related collecting system activity (Fig. 8-3).
Chapter 8 n Skeletal System 275
Ant Post
as with atherosclerotic disease or gangrene, or
hyperemia if the activity is locally increased,
such as with cellulitis or other inflammation).
When pathology is suspected in the hands,
wrists, or forearms, and a three-phase study is
being performed, it is important to release the
venous tourniquet and wait for about 1 minute
before injecting the radiopharmaceutical. If this
is not done, there can be confusion of actual
pathology, with transient hyperemia resulting
from vasodilatation caused by the tourniquet
(Fig. 8-5). Differential blood flow also may be
secondary to neurologically or autonomically
mediated abnormalities (sympathectomy or
neuropathy), or even to altered stress.
Recognition of the details of normal imaging
anatomy becomes even more important when
SPECT images of specific skeletal regions are
obtained. Reviewing the images in three orthog-
onal planes generally aids interpreter orientation
and thus allows more accurate localization of
pathology. The specific reconstructions of great-
est value depend on the area being evaluated.
The complexity of the spine makes it particu-
larly amenable to SPECT imaging to localize an
abnormality in the vertebral body, disk space,
or posterior elements. Transverse images of the
spine resemble those of CT sections, whereas
coronal and sagittal SPECT images are analo-
gous to anteroposterior and lateral radiographic
tomograms, respectively. The curvature of the
thoracolumbar spine results in sequential rather
than simultaneous visualization of the anatomic
Figure 8-2. Normal adolescent bone scan. This scan was
performed on a 15-year-old boy. Anterior (left) and poste- parts of adjacent vertebrae. With a careful view
rior (right) images demonstrate markedly increased activ- of the sequential images on a computer moni-
ity around the epiphyseal plates. This is usually best seen tor display, proper orientation generally is not
around the knees, ankles, shoulders, and wrists.
difficult.
Ant Post
Metastatic Disease
The high sensitivity of radionuclide bone imag-
ing in determining the presence and the extent
of metastatic disease makes it an extremely
important tool in decision making, particularly
because survival rates in patients with multiple
distant osseous metastases from many tumors
are worse than for those patients with local-
ized disease. Although the prognostic value of
bone scanning for some tumors is disputed, the
answer probably depends on the natural history
of each tumor type and adequate actuarial anal-
ysis. Finding metastases is frequently important
to clinical decisions affecting quality of life.
Serial bone scanning in patients with known
metastases is thought to be valuable in thera-
peutic decision making (Fig. 8-6), particularly
if it is used in combination with other clinical
information. This may prove of particular value
Figure 8-4. Activity in axillary lymph node (arrow) after in the detection of lesions in critical weight-
extravasation of injection into left antecubital fossa. bearing areas, such as the femur.
For a lytic lesion to be visualized by radiogra-
phy, localized demineralization of about 30%
to 50% must occur, and there is little question
Chapter 8 n Skeletal System 277
R L
R L R L
Palmar
B C
Figure 8-5. Tourniquet phenomenon in a normal patient. A tourniquet applied to the arm before intravenous administra-
tion of radiopharmaceutical causes distal ischemia and physiologic vasodilatation. A, When the tourniquet is released and the
injection made within 30 to 60 seconds, there is increased blood flow and B, blood pooling in the forearm and hand. In this
patient, the tourniquet was applied to the right arm, and the injection was made quickly because the patient was uncoopera-
tive and moving. C, Note that the delayed 3-hour images of the hands are normal.
that bone scans usually demonstrate metastatic pathologic fracture or impending fracture. For
lesions much earlier than radiography does. patients in whom some lesions cannot be iden-
The false-negative rate of radiographic skeletal tified easily by bone scanning, the radiographic
surveys may be as high as 50% with certain skeletal survey or MRI remain the procedures
tumors, whereas the overall false-negative rate of of choice.
bone scanning for the most common neoplasms About 80% of patients with known neo-
may be as low as 2%. Some tumors are more plasms and bone pain have metastases docu-
likely than are others to produce a false-negative mented by the bone scan. Because 30% to 50%
bone scan. These include highly aggressive ana- of patients with metastases do not have bone
plastic tumors, reticulum cell sarcoma, renal pain, a good case may be made for scanning
cell carcinoma (Fig. 8-7), thyroid carcinoma, patients with asymptomatic tumors that have a
histiocytosis, neuroblastoma, and especially propensity to metastasize to bone (e.g., breast,
multiple myeloma. When multiple myeloma is lung, and prostate); but for tumors with low
seen on a bone scan, it is often secondary to a rates of osseous metastases (e.g., colon, cervix,
278 Chapter 8 n Skeletal System
A B
Figure 8-6. Metastatic prostate cancer. A, Anterior view of 18F-sodium fluoride PET scan shows the metastatic deposits
as areas of increased activity. B, PET/CT scan shows the osseous metastases. Note, however, that the lymphadenopathy
(arrows) is seen on only the CT portion of the study.
A B
Figure 8-7. Cold defects caused by metastases. A, In this patient, an anterior 18F-sodium fluoride PET scan image shows an
area in the spine that has no bony activity (arrow). B, PET/CT sagittal and coronal images of the thoracolumbar spine show
multiple areas of decreased activity in areas where the CT scan shows minimal changes.
uterus, head, and neck), the procedure may not about 15% to 20% of patients with proven
be cost-effective. metastases have a single lesion (most commonly
Even though most metastases are multiple in the spine). A single focus of increased activity
and relatively obvious, there are times when the elsewhere is often secondary to benign disease,
interpretation may be difficult. If a single lesion especially in a rib where this is attributable to
is identified, the false-positive rate for attrib- metastasis in only about 10% of cases. A nota-
uting the finding to a metastasis is high. Only ble exception to this is a single sternal lesion in a
Chapter 8 n Skeletal System 279
Delayed
In interpreting follow-up scans, care must be osseous metastases (Fig. 8-12). About 40% to
taken not to mistake postamputation reactive 50% of patients with either Ewing sarcoma
changes at the amputation site for tumor recur- or osteosarcoma develop osseous metastases
rence. Because osteosarcomas are bone-forming within 2 years of presentation, and follow-up
lesions, soft-tissue metastases may be seen as foci bone scans are recommended. Reactive hyper-
of extraskeletal increased activity, especially in emia producing increased activity in the adja-
the liver and lung. cent uninvolved bone is not usually seen with
Ewing sarcoma is a relatively common pri- Ewing sarcoma.
mary bone tumor, frequently occurring in the
pelvis or femur. Activity is often intense and Benign Osseous Neoplasms
homogeneous. The tumor is very vascular and Benign osseous neoplasms have variable
may mimic osteomyelitis on three-phase bone appearances on bone scan (Box 8-4). Angio-
imaging. Up to 11% of patients present with graphic and blood pool images obtained shortly
282 Chapter 8 n Skeletal System
Intense
Fibrous dysplasia
Giant cell tumor
Aneurysmal bone cyst
Osteoblastoma
Osteoid osteoma
Moderate
Adamantinoma
Chondroblastoma
Enchondroma
Mild or Isointense
A Fibrous cortical defect
LAO
Bone island
Cortical desmoid
Nonossifying fibroma
Osteoma
“Cold”
Bone cyst without fracture
Variable
Hemangioma
Multiple hereditary exostosis
Ant L Lat
Figure 8-13. Left, Osteoid osteoma of the left mid-tibia. The intense uptake is characteristic of these lesions. Right, Lateral
radiographic tomogram demonstrates the lesion (arrows) with a central nidus.
Ant
warm rim caused by increased bone remodel- Both polyostotic fibrous dysplasia and Paget
ing, or even a hot area caused by a pathologic disease are sometimes confused with multifo-
fracture. Fibrous dysplasia is another benign cal metastatic disease, although the distribution
disease of bone that may present as single and radiographic presentation of lesions are fre-
(Fig. 8-16) or multiple areas of increased activity. quently characteristic. Both osteochondromas
284 Chapter 8 n Skeletal System
B C
Figure 8-15. Chondroblastoma. A, Whole-body bone scan shows increased activity in the greater trochanter of the right
hip. B, Radiograph shows a lytic lesion in the same region. C, Magnetic resonance imaging scan demonstrates the chondroid
matrix.
Chapter 8 n Skeletal System 285
B C
Figure 8-16. Fibrous dysplasia of the right first rib. A, Anterior view from the chest radiograph shows a well-demarcated,
expansile, lucent lesion of the right first rib (arrows). B, Anterior image from a 18F-sodium fluoride PET scan shows markedly
increased activity in this area as do C, PET/CT images. Note that a number of other focal areas of increased activity in B can
easily be mistaken for metastatic disease. In reality, these represent degenerative changes that are much more obvious on an
18F-sodium fluoride PET scan than on a typical 99mTc-MDP scan.
and enchondromas are frequently seen as areas first and most obvious item to be excluded is sur-
of increased activity. face contaminations by urine or by the radionu-
clide during injection.
Soft-Tissue Uptake Soft-tissue neoplasms or their metastases
Activity may be seen in soft-tissue structures on (especially in the liver) may calcify, resulting
the bone scan, and many possibilities can be con- in soft-tissue activity. These tumors are often
sidered when this occurs (Box 8-5). Soft-tissue mucin-producing tumors from breast (Fig.
activity may be secondary to any process that 8-17), gastrointestinal (Fig. 8-18), and ovarian
evokes soft-tissue calcification or infarction. The primaries (Fig. 8-19); lung cancer, lymphoma,
286 Chapter 8 n Skeletal System
Generalized
Poor radiopharmaceutical preparation
Renal failure
Localized
Injection sites
Kidney (normal)
Obstructed kidney or ureter
Urine contamination
Hepatic necrosis
Tissue infarction (brain, muscle, heart,
spleen)
Myositis ossificans
Polymyositis
Pulmonary or stomach calcification
(hyperparathyroidism)
Vascular calcification
Hematoma
Steroids (breast uptake)
Sites of intramuscular iron injection or
calcium injection extravasation
Chemotherapy (kidneys)
Radiotherapy treatment portals
Tumoral calcinosis, dystrophic, and
metastatic calcification
Calcific tendinitis
Free pertechnetate (stomach, thyroid)
Amyloidosis
Soft tissue (tumors)
Breast
Figure 8-17. Activity in breast cancer. Bone scan in this
Ovary (especially mucinous) patient with a right breast tumor shows marked asymmetric
Gastrointestinal (especially colon) increased activity in the tumor (arrows).
Neuroblastoma
Endometrial carcinoma
Uterine fibroids (leiomyoma) spleen (Fig. 8-26) may often be demonstrated
Gastrointestinal lymphoma on the bone scan. Renal failure evoking sec-
Hepatic metastases ondary hyperparathyroidism (renal osteodys-
Meningioma
trophy) may cause localized activity within the
Lung carcinoma
Malignant ascites or effusions walls of the gastrointestinal tract (particularly
in the stomach), lungs, and kidneys, owing to
excessive parathyroid hormone production
and subsequent calcium deposition (Fig. 8-27).
osteogenic sarcoma (Fig. 8-20); and neuroblas- Infiltration of skeletal and cardiac muscle,
toma (Fig. 8-21). Malignant pleural effusions or liver, stomach, and skin by amyloid can like-
malignant ascites may also be demonstrated on wise cause soft-tissue activity. Calcification
bone scans as diffusely increased activity in the in regions of trauma, secondary to calcifying
chest or abdomen (Figs. 8-22 and 8-23). Other hematomas or myositis ossificans, has also been
causes of soft-tissue activity include dystrophic reported as a cause of soft-tissue accumulation
calcification such as occurs around joints in of bone-imaging radiopharmaceuticals. Some
paraplegics, dermatomyositis (Fig. 8-24), calcific surgeons use bone scans as a measure of inflam-
tendonitis, and other enthesopathies, postop- matory activity in myositis ossificans and delay
erative scars, inflammation, amyloidosis, and possible surgery until the activity in the soft tis-
uterine fibroids. sue is similar to activity in normal bone (Fig.
Areas of recent infarction in skeletal muscle 8-28), so that recurrence is minimized. Dystro-
(rhabdomyolysis) (Fig. 8-25), brain, heart, and phic calcification around joints as a result of
Chapter 8 n Skeletal System 287
Figure 8-18. Liver metastases. This patient with a known mucinous colon carcinoma was thought to have hepatomegaly.
Left, Bone scan done as part of the workup shows soft-tissue activity in the right upper quadrant (arrow). Right, Subsequent
computed tomography scan clearly demonstrates a large hypervascular metastasis in the left lobe of the liver.
trauma (Fig. 8-29) or tumoral calcinosis also can be noted on bone scans after mastectomy.
shows increased activity. The ribs are usually more clearly seen on the
Breast activity may be increased in menstruat- mastectomy side, because there is less overly-
ing women, breast carcinoma, mastitis, trauma, ing soft tissue. Radiation therapy may produce
and other benign conditions. Soft-tissue changes increased chest wall activity in the early weeks
288 Chapter 8 n Skeletal System
Post RPO
after treatment and several months later may an extrarenal pelvis or obstruction. Persis-
produce relatively decreased activity at the tently increased diffuse activity in the kidney
treatment site. parenchyma can be attributable to radiother-
A generalized increase in soft-tissue or apy, chemotherapy (Fig. 8-30), hyperparathy-
blood pool activity is seen in some patients roidism, amyloidosis, or sarcoidosis. Some
receiving chemotherapy or who have chronic reported causes of increased hepatic and renal
iron overload. Soft-tissue injection of iron activity on bone scans are given in Boxes 8-6
dextran may produce focal areas of increased and 8-7.
activity. Renal failure commonly produces
delayed clearance of the radiopharmaceutical Trauma
and generalized increased activity throughout Fractures not apparent on routine radiographs
the soft tissues caused by diminished excre- may be readily detected with CT, MRI, or
tion of the radiopharmaceutical. Unilaterally radionuclide bone scanning (Fig. 8-31). MRI
increased activity in one kidney may be attrib- can detect the disruption of the cortex as well
utable to a number of causes, most commonly as edema in the marrow. MRI is most useful
Chapter 8 n Skeletal System 289
Delayed Delayed
A Ant B Post
A
Figure 8-22. Malignant pleural effusion. A, Anterior (left) and posterior bone scans show diffusely increased activity over
the left hemithorax. Nonmalignant effusions uncommonly accumulate activity.
290 Chapter 8 n Skeletal System
B
Figure 8-22, cont’d. B, Chest radiograph and C, CT scan demonstrate the effusion.
Ant
Ant Post
R L
R L
R L
constitute a major exception and may not show neoplastic lesions frequently have a more linear
any increase in activity on bone scan. Rib frac- distribution following the long axis of the ribs.
tures almost always show intense activity and Age of the patient was initially thought to be
can often be recognized by their location in con- relevant to time of appearance of fractures on
secutive ribs (Fig. 8-32). Single rib fractures are a bone scan, but subsequent work has shown
often difficult to distinguish from a metastasis, this to be a minor variable. However, about
but eliciting a trauma history from the patient is 3 days are needed to reliably detect an occult
often helpful. In addition, rib fractures present hip fracture in an elderly patient on bone scan.
as punctate foci of increased activity, whereas Thus many clinicians prefer to order an MRI
Chapter 8 n Skeletal System 293
inj.
Focal
Common
Urinary tract obstruction
Uncommon
Calcifying metastases (breast cancer,
poorly differentiated lymphocytic
lymphoma)
Radiation therapy to the kidney
Rare
Renal carcinoma
Renal metastasis from carcinoma of the
lung
Diffuse
Common
Figure 8-30. Diffusely increased renal activity. Posterior Urinary tract obstruction
bone scans in the same patient obtained for osseous metas- Idiopathic
tases. Left, Initial scan demonstrates the osseous metasta-
ses. Right, Follow up scan 2 months later after vincristine Uncommon
chemotherapy shows markedly decreased bone activity and Metastatic calcification
relatively increased activity in the parenchyma of both kid- Malignant (transitional cell carcinoma of
neys. Inj., Extravasation at injection site. bladder, malignant melanoma)
Hyperparathyroidism
Chemotherapy with cyclophosphamide,
Box 8-6 Hepatic Uptake of vincristine, and doxorubicin
Technetium-99m Thalassemia major
Phosphate Compounds
Rare
Multiple myeloma
Common Crossed renal ectopia
Artifactual—after technetium-99m sulfur Renal vein thrombosis
colloid study (diffuse activity) Iron overload
Apparent—attributable to abdominal wall Administration of sodium diatrizoate
or rib uptake (focal activity) after the injection of technetium-99m
Metastatic carcinoma (focal) phosphate compound
Colon Paroxysmal nocturnal hemoglobinuria
Breast Acute pyelonephritis
Ovary
Squamous cell carcinoma of esophagus
Oat cell carcinoma of lung scan and do prompt surgery, rather than leave
Malignant melanoma
an elderly person in bed and wait to do a bone
Uncommon scan.
Diffuse hepatic necrosis (diffuse activity) Return of the bone scan appearance to nor-
Elevated serum Al3+ (diffuse activity) mal after fracture or surgical trauma is variable.
Rare Fractures and even craniotomy defects in older
Cholangiocarcinoma (focal activity) patients may be visible on bone scans for several
Improper preparation of years. Few fractures of weight-bearing bones
radiopharmaceutical causing microcolloid return to a normal scan appearance within
formation (diffuse activity)
5 months, whereas about 90% are normal
Amyloidosis (diffuse activity)
Hepatoma within 2 years. More intense and prolonged
uptake has been demonstrated in fractures in
294 Chapter 8 n Skeletal System
A B Ant
Figure 8-31. Occult fracture of the left hip. A, Radiograph of the hip does not show an obvious fracture. However, anterior
bone scan of the pelvis (B) shows increased activity in the femoral neck fracture.
TABLE 8-2 Time after Fracture at which Bone Scan Returns to Normal
PERCENTAGE NORMAL
FRACTURE SITE 1 yr 2 yr 3 yr MINIMUM TIME TO RETURN TO NORMAL (mo)
Vertebrae 59 90 97 7
Long bones 64 91 97 6
Ribs 79 93 100 5
R L Ant flow
R L
Ant
blood
pool
B
accuracy of 85% to 90% for infected hip and can be used to evaluate osteomyelitis. MRI is
knee prostheses. highly effective and has excellent spatial reso-
lution, but it is expensive and its use is lim-
Osteomyelitis, Cellulitis, ited in patients who have an infected metallic
and Septic Arthritis prosthesis. The earliest radiographic signs
Early involvement of bone by an inflammatory of osteomyelitis are nonspecific and include
disease process is often difficult to detect on demineralization and loss of the soft-tissue
radiographs. A number of imaging modalities fascial margins. At this stage, scanning with
Chapter 8 n Skeletal System 297
Ant flow
R L
R L R L
B C D
Figure 8-34. Fatigue stress fracture of the fibula. This jogger had pain in the lower right leg. A, Three-phase bone scan
shows asymmetric increased activity on the angiographic phase. Note that between the blood pool image (B) and the 3-hour
delayed image (C), the activity (arrows) becomes more intense and focal. D, Radiograph of the area is normal. Most tibial
stress fractures occur in the proximal or middle tibia, and most fibular stress fractures occur distally.
L R
L R
A Post pelvis
B C
Figure 8-36. Insufficiency stress fracture of the pelvis. A, Posterior delayed image from a bone scan in a 70-year-old woman
with pelvic pain shows an H-shaped area of increased activity in the sacrum (Honda sign). B and C, Axial images from an
18F-sodium fluoride PET/CT scan show the abnormality in better detail.
Chapter 8 n Skeletal System 299
A Post B
increased soft tissue on early images, with cause for a focus of increased activity in bone
decreasing activity on later scans (Fig. 8-40). on delayed images. Although scintigraphy is
No significant foci of increased bony activity extremely sensitive, some false-negative scans
should be seen on the delayed images in the area have been reported early in the disease, perhaps
of concern. Osteomyelitis, on the other hand, secondary to disruption of the blood supply to
demonstrates increased blood flow and blood the bone. Subperiosteal collections of pus may
pool activity with accumulation of bone activity even produce focal photopenic defects (espe-
that becomes more focal and intense on delayed cially in young children).
scans (Fig. 8-41). The absence of increased Use of planar 99mTc-MDP for osteomyeli-
perfusion and blood pool activity casts seri- tis has a sensitivity of greater than 80% and a
ous doubt on a diagnosis of osteomyelitis as a limited specificity of about 50%. The specificity
300 Chapter 8 n Skeletal System
R L
A B
flow. The increased activity usually conforms malignant area may appear photopenic, likely
to the shape of all or part of the involved bone. resulting from necrotic areas within the lesion.
There is often notable expansion or enlarge-
ment of the bone, and the increased activity Hypertrophic Pulmonary
characteristically extends to one end of the Osteoarthropathy
bone when a long bone is involved (Figs. 8-44 Hypertrophic pulmonary osteoarthropathy
and 8-45). The disease is polyostotic in about causes periosteal reaction, particularly in the
70% to 80% of cases. Although the osteolytic long bones. It is most commonly seen in patients
phase of the disease is often difficult to appreci- with lung cancer. The appearance on bone scan
ate on radiographs, it is almost always repre- is that of distinctive parallel lines of activity
sented by increased activity on bone scans. The along the cortex of the shafts and ends of the
dense sclerotic lesions seen late in the osteo- tibias, femurs, and radii (Fig. 8-47), especially
blastic stage of the disease may demonstrate around the knees, ankles, and wrists. This activ-
varying degrees of increased activity, and some ity may decrease after treatment of the underly-
“burned out” lesions may show only minimally ing disease.
increased or normal activity. At some institu-
tions, serial quantitative bone scans using com- Aseptic Arthritis
puter assessment of bone activity are performed Bone scanning may be used as a method for
to evaluate response of Paget disease to therapy. documenting the early presence of various
Sarcomatous degeneration occurs in approxi- forms of arthritis as well as for assessing serial
mately 1% of Paget disease patients (Fig. 8-46). changes in the disease. Unfortunately, juxta-
This initially results in increasing activity in articular increased activity on a 99mTc diphos-
the area of involvement over time. Later, the phonate bone scan is nonspecific and cannot
Ant R L
flow
1 sec 2 sec
R L R L
L R
L R L R
B Immed. C 3 hr
reliably distinguish among synovitis, active compounds localize primarily in adjacent bone.
arthritis, and old inactive disease. Both intra- Because bone scanning for arthritis is limited
venously administered 99mTc pertechnetate and by lack of specificity, radiologic correlation of
the diphosphonate bone imaging agents have results is mandatory.
been used for arthritis imaging. Technetium-
99m pertechnetate is probably more specific Metabolic Bone Disease
for regions of synovial inflammation because As discussed earlier, primary hyperparathyroid-
it is able to diffuse across the synovial surface ism and renal osteodystrophy resulting from
and into joint effusions, whereas phosphate secondary hyperparathyroidism may produce
Chapter 8 n Skeletal System 303
R L R L
5 min 3 hr
A B
C D
Figure 8-42. Septic arthritis. A, Three-phase bone scan done on this young man who had been bitten over the third meta-
carpal joint shows increased activity (arrow) on blood pool and B, delayed images. C, Normal radiograph at the time of the
bone scan became positive 3 weeks later (D). Note bony destruction (arrows) involving both sides of the joint.
a superscan with diffusely increased activity activity in the affected area. This is followed by
throughout the skeleton, including the skull, a hyperemic or repair phase, which is character-
mandible, and long bones, and relatively dimin- ized by increased activity. Correlation with the
ished or absent renal activity. This may be radiographs is mandatory to diagnose avascu-
accompanied by increased activity in the thyroid, lar necrosis accurately. MRI is probably more
lungs, stomach, and kidneys caused by so-called accurate and thus more widely used for this
metastatic calcification in these organs. When diagnosis (Fig. 8-48). Some laboratories have
brown tumors are present, focal areas of used bone scans to demonstrate femoral head
increased activity in the skeleton may be seen. viability in patients with femoral neck fractures.
Either diphosphonate or sulfur colloid imaging
Avascular Necrosis may be used. The usual procedure is to com-
Avascular necrosis is often a result of trauma, pare the normal side with the suspected abnor-
but it may have a variety of other causes, includ- mal side. Relatively decreased activity in the
ing steroid administration and vascular disease. femoral head suggests avascularity. For these
Initially, there is generally decreased tracer studies, a pinhole collimator should be used to
304 Chapter 8 n Skeletal System
Ant
L2
L5
A
B
L2
L5
C
Figure 8-43. Diskitis. A, In this child with persistent back pain, the delayed bone scan image shows increased activity in
two contiguous vertebral bodies. B, Lateral radiograph shows accompanying loss of L3-4 disk space. C, Magnetic resonance
image shows involvement of the vertebral bodies. The cause of this entity remains obscure.
provide the high-quality detail needed for accu- essentially establishes or confirms the diagno-
rate diagnosis. sis in this setting. The disease may also occur
in the medial tibial plateau or lateral femoral
Spontaneous Osteonecrosis condyle.
of the Knee
Spontaneous osteonecrosis of the knee usually Radiation Therapy
presents as acute knee pain, especially medially, Radiation therapy constitutes a form of cal-
in elderly, often osteoporotic females. Intensely culated iatrogenic trauma. Multiple factors
increased activity in the medial femoral condyle determine the bone scan findings after radiation
Chapter 8 n Skeletal System 305
B C
Figure 8-45. Paget disease of the pelvis. A, In this patient, there was an unexpected finding of expansion and sclerosis in
the left hemipelvis on barium enema scout film. B, Anterior and C, axial images from an 18F-sodium fluoride PET bone scan
show intensely increased activity confined to the left side of the pelvis. This increase of activity in one hemipelvis is charac-
teristic and is probably the most common presentation of Paget disease.
Primary osteoporosis is a common clinical values may be used to make rational decisions
disorder and a major public health problem about hormone replacement therapy, or other
because of the significant number of related bone mineral therapies, and as follow-up in
bone fractures occurring annually. Because assessing the success of such treatment.
the risk of vertebral and femoral neck frac- A number of methods have been devised to
tures rises dramatically as bone mineral density permit the accurate and reproducible determi-
falls below 1 g/cm2, fracture risk in individual nation of bone mineral content. The advent of
patients may be estimated. Furthermore, in radionuclide absorptiometry using dual-photon
estrogen-deficient women, bone mineral density technique evoked a sustained interest in the
Chapter 8 n Skeletal System 307
Figure 8-46. Sarcomatous degeneration of Paget disease. Anterior and reformatted CT and fluorodeoxyglucose (FDG)
images from 18F-FDG PET/CT scan show intense activity in the right pelvis as a result of a large soft-tissue mass destroying
bone as well as metastases to the lungs.
screening of patients for osteoporosis. How- involving complex geometry, such as the femo-
ever, dual x-ray absorptiometry (DEXA) has ral neck and the spine. When the spine is exam-
replaced the radionuclide method for deter ined, the hips are flexed to flatten the normal
mination of bone mineral. DEXA uses a highly lumbar lordosis. When scans of the femoral
collimated fan beam of x-rays that passes neck are performed, the femur should be in
through the soft tissue and bony components slight internal rotation.
of the body to be detected on the opposite side By using an x-ray tube rather than a radionu-
by a solid state detector. Because absorption clide source, purchase of replacement radionu-
by the body part examined (primarily by bone clide sources and recalibration are unnecessary.
mineral) attenuates the photon x-ray beam, the In addition, scan time is only 2 to 5 minutes
intensity of the beam exiting the body part is for DEXA, compared with 20 to 40 minutes for
indirectly proportional to the density of the DPA. Precision and image quality are also much
bony structure being evaluated. The intensity of better for DEXA than for DPA.
the exit beam is then compared with exit beam Falsely elevated bone mineral content when
intensity from standard phantoms of known evaluating the spine may result from marked
density, so that a bone mineral density can be aortic calcification, scoliosis, hypertrophic
determined. The results are expressed in grams degenerative disease, compression fractures, cal-
per square centimeter. cium or barium within the gastrointestinal tract,
The DPA and DEXA beams consist of pho- renal lithiasis, bone grafts, focal sclerotic bone
tons or x-rays of two discrete energies, which lesions, or recent intake of aluminum-containing
obviate the need for assumptions about soft- antacids. Falsely low bone mineral results may
tissue shape and attenuation. It also allows be obtained in patients who have had a lami-
for evaluation of thicker body parts and bones nectomy or lytic bone lesions. Most of the time,
308 Chapter 8 n Skeletal System
A B
C D
Figure 8-47. Hypertrophic pulmonary osteoarthropathy. In this elderly man with lung cancer, 3-hour bone scan images
show increased activity (arrows) in the cortical regions of the shafts of the radius (A) and both tibias (B and C). D, Radio-
graph of the wrist shows marked periosteal reaction (arrows).
these problems can be identified from the plain in the normal population. Also, the criteria for
radiograph if available before the test. selecting the optimal skeletal site for evalua-
The use of bone mineral measurement has tion have not been well defined because bone
been controversial. Some of this controversy is mineral loss does not progress at the same rate
because of the wide variation of measurements at different body sites. Measurement of the hip
Chapter 8 n Skeletal System 309
PALLIATIVE THERAPY OF
B PAINFUL OSSEOUS METASTASES
A large number of patients have extensive and
diffuse painful blastic osseous metastases from
various primary lesions that are not amena-
ble to external beam radiotherapy or that are
unresponsive to chemotherapy. Many of these
patients are men with prostate cancer. Thera-
pies with intravenously administered radionu-
clides are directed at palliation of pain (not at
cure), decreased need for opiates, and improved
quality of life. With most of the methods, the
patient may have a transient increase in pain
beginning 2 to 3 days after treatment and lasting
for several days as a result of transient swelling
of the treated lesions. Palliative symptomatic
C improvement usually begins 7 to 20 days after
treatment and often lasts 3 to 6 months. Pain
Figure 8-48. Aseptic necrosis of the left hip. In this
50-year-old male with left hip pain, the radiograph (A) will not be relieved if it is caused by a patho-
is only minimally abnormal. B, Coronal image from an logic fracture or is of nonosseous origin (such as
18F-sodium fluoride PET/CT scan shows increased activity
epidural metastases with pressure on the spinal
in the same area as the defect (arrow) identified on the MRI
scan. MRI, Magnetic resonance imaging (C). cord or soft-tissue masses pressing on nerves). A
routine bone scan should be performed before
this type of therapy to ensure that there will be
310 Chapter 8 n Skeletal System
0 1 2 3
4 5 6 7
R L R L
R L
R L
cal. A normal bone scan would suggest another have been used in patients with more metaboli-
source of pain. External beam teletherapy cally active metastases from prostate and breast
is recommended if there are only one or two cancer, as well as in those from osteogenic sar-
lesions causing the patient’s pain or if there is coma. Rhenium is in the same chemical family as
impending spinal cord compression. technetium, and much of the same chemistry can
The most commonly used radionuclide is be used. The physical half-life is 90 hours, which
strontium-89 (89Sr) chloride (Metastron). The allows a large radiation dose to be delivered in
radionuclide decays by beta emission with a a relatively short time. In addition to beta emis-
physical half-life of 50.5 days. The average and sions, there is gamma emission (187 keV), which
maximum range of the beta emission in tissue is allows imaging. Unfortunately, the dose to nor-
2.4 and 8 mm, respectively. After intravenous mal bone is high. This has not been approved
administration, localization in bone occurs in for use in the United States but is widely used in
areas of active osteogenesis. Metastases with a Europe. Another radiopharmaceutical for meta-
blastic response have significantly more concen- static prostate cancer which is not yet approved
tration and longer retention than does normal in the United States is radium-223 chloride
bone. Excretion is primarily urinary and to a (Alpharadin).
lesser extent fecal. For the first week, medical Samarium-153 (lexidronam or Quadramet)
staff handling these items should wear gloves EDTMP has a beta particle with an average
and follow local disposal regulations. soft tissue range of 0.6 mm and many of the
312 Chapter 8 n Skeletal System
BMD (g/cm2)
L1 1.24
1.00
L2 0.76
20 40 60 80 100
L3 Age (years)
1.07
0.81
0.55
20 40 60 80 100
Age (years)
Figure 8-50. Dual energy x-ray absorptiometry. Bone mineral measurements of the lumbar spine of a 61-year-old female
with lumbar scoliosis (upper row) suggest that the bone mineral measurements are normal. This is actually an artifact attrib-
utable to extensive osteophytes. When the region of interest is taken over the femoral neck (lower row), it can be seen that
the patient has low bone mineral density. BMD, Bone mineral density.
advantages of rhenium, including a short half- a result, it should not be given concurrently
life (46 hours) and, in addition to beta rays, with radiation therapy or chemotherapy unless
a gamma photon (103 keV, 29% abundance) marrow status has been adequately evaluated.
that can be imaged. Imaging is usually done at The recommended dose of 153Sm lexidronam is
6 hours after administration. There may be an 1.0 mCi/kg (37 MBq/kg) administered intrave-
initial increase in bone pain within 72 hours, nously over a period of 1 minute followed with
which usually responds to analgesics. Pain relief a saline flush. Hydration following injection is
may begin at about 1 week and reaches a maxi- recommended to reduce bladder dose because
mum in about 3 weeks. About 70% of patients about one third of the administered activity
report pain relief, and about 35% report to be is eliminated in the urine in the first 6 hours.
“much better” or “completely improved.” No Precautions should be in place for 12 hours by
additional advantage is obtained by dose esca- using a toilet instead of urinal and flushing sev-
lation. There can be bone marrow suppression, eral times. Blood counts should be monitored
and about 95% of patients will have a nadir of weekly for at least 8 weeks. No other radiation
white blood cell counts and platelets to about protection precautions are necessary relative to
40% to 50% of baseline at 3 to 5 weeks. As family members and the public.
Chapter 8 n Skeletal System 313
Continued
314 Chapter 8 n Skeletal System
l Diffuse liver activity on a bone scan is probably l Osteomyelitis, acute fractures, vascular tumors,
a result of hepatic necrosis or a radiopharma- such as Ewing sarcoma, and RSD are hot on
ceutical problem. Focal liver activity is often a angiographic, blood pool, and delayed bone
result of metastases from colon, breast, ovary, scan images. Cellulitis is hot on the first two
or lung. Diffuse splenic activity is probably phases but fades on delayed images. Osteomy-
attributable to splenic infarction (e.g., sickle cell elitis usually does not cross joints. Increased
disease). Diffuse renal parenchymal activity is activity seen on both sides of a joint is more
probably attributable to chemotherapy, espe- likely the result of septic arthritis.
cially if bone metastases are present.
315
316 Chapter 9 n Genitourinary System and Adrenal Glands
As the DTPA complex is cleared by the renal 99mTc-glucoheptonate. Both of these agents
glomeruli, serial images may be obtained that bind sufficiently to the renal tubules to permit
demonstrate sequential visualization of the kid- renal cortical imaging.
neys and collecting systems, ureters, and bladder. Technetium-99m DMSA is an excellent
Measurement of its excretion can also provide an cortical imaging agent, with about 40% of
accurate estimate of the glomerular filtration rate the injected dose concentrated in the renal
(GFR). The normal GFR is 125 mL/min. Because cortex at 6 hours and the remainder being
a small amount (≈5% to 10%) of injected DTPA slowly excreted. DMSA is of particular value
is bound to plasma proteins, it tends to under- when high-resolution images of the renal cor-
estimate the GFR slightly. For routine clinical tex are needed and when there is no need to
applications, however, this is generally not sig- identify abnormalities in the ureters or blad-
nificant. About 20% of 99mTc-DTPA is extracted der because these structures are not effec-
from the blood with each pass through the kid- tively imaged. DMSA localizes by binding to
ney (extraction fraction), so that about 90% of the sulfhydryl groups in the proximal renal
DTPA is filtered by simple exchange or diffu- tubules. Only 10% of the radiopharmaceu-
sion into the urine within 4 hours. This makes tical is excreted in the urine during the first
it an inexpensive agent for renal imaging and as several hours. The radiopharmaceutical
a substitute for contrasted CT in patients who activity normally used is 1 to 5 mCi (37 to
are allergic to radiographic contrast and if ultra- 185 MBq). The radiation dose to the kidneys
sound or MRI are not available. Because the with DMSA is high because there is a long,
nephrogram phase of the examination is brief, effective half-life of the radiopharmaceutical
however, it is not an ideal agent for demonstrat- in the kidneys. Another disadvantage of 99mTc-
ing intraparenchymal renal lesions. In addition, DMSA is its short shelf-life after preparation.
it may not be the agent of choice in patients with In addition, because of its slow clearance rate,
obstruction or impaired renal function in whom delayed images 1 to 3 hours after injection
tubular agents with higher extraction efficiencies are frequently necessary in patients with poor
allow for increased excretion and better renal renal function to allow for improved kidney-
visualization. Technetium-99m DTPA is nor- to-background ratios.
mally administered in activities of 10 to 20 mCi Technetium-99m glucoheptonate is a radio-
(370 to 740 MBq). labeled carbohydrate cleared by the kidneys
both by glomerular filtration and by the renal
Tubular Secretion Agents tubules. Thus early images permit the assess-
Technetium-99m-labeled agent mercaptoacetyl- ment of renal perfusion as well as evaluation
triglycine (mertiatide or MAG3) is protein bound of the renal collecting systems and ureters.
and is cleared predominantly by the proximal Early camera images demonstrate the renal
tubules (95%) with minimal filtration (less than cortex and the collecting system, although
5%), and it behaves much as radioiodinated the renal cortex remains well visualized 2 to
orthoiodohippurate does. Its 99mTc label pro- 4 hours after administration. Ten percent to
duces much better images. In addition, with an 15% of the injected dose remains bound to the
extraction fraction of 40% to 50% (more than renal tubules, and 40% is cleared through the
twice that of 99mTc-DTPA), it provides more sat- urine at 1 hour. Thus 1- to 2-hour images per-
isfactory images than does 99mTc-DTPA, espe- mit excellent visualization of the renal cortex.
cially in patients with obstruction or impaired Technetium-99m glucoheptonate is stable and
renal function. The clearance of MAG3 by the may be used for up to 5 hours after preparation.
kidneys, when used with a correction factor, can The usual administered activity is 10 to 20 mCi
be used to measure effective renal plasma flow (370 to 740 MBq).
(ERPF). Activities administered are 10 to 20 mCi
(370 to 740 MBq) in adults. RADIONUCLIDE RENAL
EVALUATION
Renal Cortical Agents Evaluation of the kidneys with radiophar-
The two radiopharmaceuticals commonly used maceuticals may be performed by using a
for visualization of the renal parenchyma are variety of methods, each providing a slightly
99mTc-dimercaptosuccinic acid (DMSA) and different approach to the assessment of renal
Chapter 9 n Genitourinary System and Adrenal Glands 317
function or anatomy. These methods include from the anterior projection. Normally, a small
the following: bolus of high-activity (10 to 20 mCi [370 to
n Functional imaging (visual assessment of per- 740 MBq]), 99mTc-labeled radiopharmaceutical
fusion and function) (99mTc-DTPA or 99mTc-MAG3) is injected intra-
n Renography (time-activity curves representa- venously, preferably into a large antecubital
tive of function) vein. Imaging renal perfusion is usually begun as
n Quantification of renal function (GFR and the bolus is visualized in the proximal abdominal
ERPF determinations) aorta, with subsequent serial images made every
n Anatomic imaging (visual assessment of the 1 to 5 seconds, depending on the instrumenta-
renal cortex) tion available and the preferences of the inter-
preter. A typical renal blood flow study is seen
Functional Renal Imaging in Figure 9-1. The activity reaches the kidneys
Radionuclide imaging with 99mTc-labeled about 1 second after the bolus in the abdomi-
agents provides anatomic, functional, and col- nal aorta passes the renal arteries. Time-activity
lecting system patency information. Imaging curves reflecting renal perfusion during the first
may be adequately performed in most patients minute may be generated by drawing regions of
by using either 99mTc-MAG3 or 99mTc-DPTA. interest over the aorta and each kidney. Each
Functional imaging of the kidneys may be of the renal curves may then be compared with
divided into assessment of blood flow, paren- the time-activity curve of the abdominal aorta
chyma, and excretion. Normally, both kid- to assess relative renal perfusion. Occasion-
neys can easily be imaged on a standard or ally, the spleen overlies the left kidney, giving
large-field-of-view gamma camera with a par- a false impression of asymmetrically increased
allel-hole collimator. Image information is usu- left renal perfusion or of a “phantom kidney” in
ally collected in digital dynamic mode or on an patients with prior left nephrectomy.
interfaced computer and reformatted in tempo-
ral sequences that reflect both initial renal per- Renal Function Imaging
fusion and subsequent function. At the end of the renal perfusion sequence,
imaging for renal function begins. Dynamic
Renal Perfusion Imaging or sequential static, 3- to 5-minute 99mTc-
Evaluation of renal blood flow and function of DTPA or 99mTc-MAG3 (Fig. 9-2) images are
native kidneys is performed from the posterior then obtained over 20 to 30 minutes. Evalua-
projection, whereas the evaluation of trans- tion of the images includes attention to renal
plant blood flow and function is performed anatomy and position, symmetry and adequacy
L R
Figure 9-2. Normal renogram. After administration of 99mTc-mertiatide (MAG3), maximal kidney activity is seen at about
3 to 5 minutes, and, by 4 to 5 minutes, the bladder can be identified at the bottom of the images. By about 8 to 12 minutes,
most of the activity has cleared the parenchyma and is seen in the collecting systems, making the kidneys appear slightly
smaller than on the early images.
Renography
A renogram is simply a time-activity curve
that provides a graphic representation of the Aorta
uptake and excretion of a radiopharmaceuti-
cal by the kidneys. Information is displayed
from the time of injection to about 20 to
30 minutes after injection. The classic reno-
gram curve is obtained by using agents that
are eliminated by tubular secretion (e.g.,
99mTc-MAG3). Renogram curves are gener-
n The 20 minute-to-peak count ratio. This is the lost before serum creatinine levels become abnor-
activity measured in each kidney at 20 minutes mal, direct measurement of GFR and ERPF by
and expressed as a percentage of peak curve using radiopharmaceuticals plays an important
activity. As renal function deteriorates, delayed role in the assessment of renal function.
transit of the radiopharmaceutical in the kid- The classic measures of renal function involve
ney results in an abnormal renogram curve, the ability of the kidneys to clear certain sub-
which can be quantitated by using this index. stances from the plasma. These so-called clear-
In the absence of pelvic calyceal retention, or ances are expressed as volume of plasma cleared
if only a cortical region of interest is used, a of a particular substance per minute (mL/min)
normal 20-minute maximal cortical ratio for as the plasma passes through the kidneys. The
99mTc-MAG3 is less than 0.3 (or 30%). significance of the clearance depends on the sub-
stance used. The clearance of inulin, which is
Quantitation of Renal Function entirely filtered, defines the GFR; and the clear-
Quantitative assessment of renal function by ance of para-aminohippurate (PAH), which is
using radionuclide techniques is an important both filtered and secreted by the tubules, defines
part of nuclear nephrology and is routinely per- renal plasma flow. The radiopharmaceutical
formed in some clinical settings. Because up to analogs for calculation of these clearances are the
half of renal function, including GFR, may be totally filtered radiopharmaceutical 99mTc-DTPA
Phase
Vascular Excretion
Concen-
tration
5 10 15 20
Minutes
110,214
82,661
L kidney
Counts/frame
R kidney
Bladder
55,107
for inulin clearance and GFR estimation, and A renal functional measurement expressed
99mTc-MAG3, which is primarily secreted by the simply as MAG3 clearance, without a need
tubules, for PAH clearance and ERPF. The latter for corrections to estimate ERPF, is avail-
index is termed effective because the radiophar- able using both single plasma sample-based
maceuticals used closely estimate, but do not and camera-based techniques. MAG3 clear-
equal, the PAH clearance. ance may be used to follow the course of renal
Two dominant radionuclide methods of deter- disease and has proved useful in individual
mining GFR and ERPF are used: (1) plasma laboratories in which its own range of normal
sample-based clearances, which are more tedious values can be determined. Both MAG3 clear-
but more accurate, and (2) camera-based clear- ance and GFR determination are as useful and
ances, which do not require sampling of plasma accurate measurements of renal function as is
or urine. creatinine clearance.
derived clearance values. Although camera- ents as bilateral persistent nephrograms with
based clearances are not as accurate as are rising renogram curves. Reasonably good visu-
those based on plasma samples, they are highly alization of the kidneys indicates a favorable
reproducible and sufficiently reliable to be used prognostic outcome, whereas poor visualization
in clinical practice. correlates with a prolonged or absent recovery.
322 Chapter 9 n Genitourinary System and Adrenal Glands
B
Figure 9-5. Cortical imaging of the kidneys. A, Longitudinal ultrasound of the left kidney shows an apparent midpole mass
(arrow). B, SPECT/CT performed with 99mTc-DMSA shows that the area in question (arrow) has functional renal tissue and
is a normal variant (column of Bertin). A renal cell cancer would not have demonstrated any activity. CT, Computed tomog-
raphy; DMSA, dimercaptosuccinic acid; SPECT, single-photon emission computed tomography.
L R
Post flow
Post
L R
L R
93,483
70,112 L kidney
R kidney
Counts/frame
Bladder
46,742 Figure 9-6. Acute pyelonephri-
tis. A, Posterior perfusion images
obtained after intravenous adminis-
tration of 99mTc-mertiatide (MAG3)
23,371
show decreased perfusion to the
right kidney (arrows). Subsequent
static images show decreased gen-
0 eral activity in the right kidney
0 7 15 23 31 throughout the study. B, Right
renogram curve (arrow) demon-
Time in minutes strates a near-normal shape but
B depressed function.
324 Chapter 9 n Genitourinary System and Adrenal Glands
R L
Post flow
Renal Flow
2754
2065
L kidney
R kidney
Counts
1377 Aorta
688
0
0 15 30 45 60
B Time in seconds
Figure 9-7. Acute tubular necrosis. A, Posterior flow images done after intravenous administration of 99mTc-mertiatide
(MAG3) show symmetric and normal perfusion to both kidneys. B, Computer curves of blood flow during the first minute
demonstrate a normal pattern, with aortic activity decreasing quickly after about 10 seconds and renal activity increasing
rapidly up to about 30 seconds after injection, ultimately exceeding the peak aortic activity.
Post
130,572
97,929
Counts/frame
65,286
L kidney
R kidney
32,643 Bladder
0
0 7 15 23 31
D Time in minutes
Figure 9-7. cont’d C, Renogram images demonstrate poor function on the 0- to 5-minute image and increasing paren-
chymal activity throughout the remainder of the study, with no obvious excretion. D, This is confirmed by the continuously
rising renogram curves.
with suspected collecting system obstruction. sufficient to “open” the ureteropelvic junction
However, 99mTc-DTPA may also be accept- to permit flow of urine under normal conditions
able in more acute and less severe obstructions. of urine production. This may give the impres-
Diuretic renography evaluates both renal func- sion of a fixed anatomic abnormality rather
tion (obstructive nephropathy) and urodynam- than a functional abnormality. By increasing
ics (hydronephrosis) in a single test. urine flow using a diuretic (such as furosemide),
In patients with nonobstructive hydronephro- a functional obstruction may be overcome by
sis and/or hydroureter attributable to vesicoure- increasing pressure in the renal pelvis and thus
teral reflux, previous obstruction, or functional allowing urine to flow from the collecting sys-
ureteropelvic disorders, the dilated intrarenal tem into the ureter to the bladder. A fixed, ana-
collecting system may fill but not reach pressures tomic obstruction would not be expected to be
326 Chapter 9 n Genitourinary System and Adrenal Glands
Activity
slow drainage from the upper part of the uri-
nary tract and result in the false appearance of
obstruction. In adults or infants who cannot
empty their bladders, a bladder catheter may 0 5 10 15 20 25
be used. The study is best performed by using
10 mCi (370 MBq) of 99mTc-MAG3, although
99mTc-DTPA may also be used in patients with
Nonobstructed dilated
good renal function. Standard renal perfusion Furosemide
and functional imaging techniques are used.
The timing of the furosemide injection is criti-
cal. Real-time visual inspection of renal excre-
tion determines when the collecting systems are
full. This usually occurs about 15 to 20 minutes
after radiopharmaceutical injection but may
Activity
L R
2 min per image
Lasix
Post
92,846
69,635 Right
Counts/frame
46,423
Left
23,212
0
0 13 27 41 55
Time in minutes
Figure 9-9. Nonobstructed patulous collecting system. A diuretic renogram (top) shows that activity in the collecting sys-
tem of the right kidney decreases significantly after administration of furosemide (Lasix) at about 20 minutes.
328 Chapter 9 n Genitourinary System and Adrenal Glands
In the case of significant mechanical obstruc- from prior nuclear medicine examinations
tion, there is very little decrease in renal (Fig. 9-12).
collecting system activity after furosemide
administration, owing to the narrowed, fixed Pediatric Hydronephrosis
lumen of the ureter. The rising renogram curve Perinatal ultrasonography has resulted in
is changed little or is unaffected (Fig. 9-10). increased diagnosis of hydronephrosis and
Assessment of the half-time excretion may aid hydroureteronephrosis in newborns. Differenti-
in the interpretation of the renogram. In general, ation of obstructive from nonobstructive causes
in a normally functioning kidney, a half-time is therapeutically important. Obstruction com-
of less than 10 to 15 minutes from the time of monly occurs in the regions of the ureteropelvic
diuretic effect constitutes a normal response. or ureterovesical junctions. Technetium-99m
Half-time values and renogram curves should MAG3 diuresis renography appears to be reli-
always be considered in conjunction with the able in the diagnosis of unilateral and bilateral
scintigraphic images and adequacy of existing ureteropelvic junction and ureterovesical junc-
renal function. Because a spectrum of renal tion obstruction (Fig. 9-13). In infants and chil-
function is encountered in clinical practice, a dren older than 1 month, glomerular filtration
spectrum of diuretic responses is to be expected. has usually matured to the level at which its
Factors that produce a false-positive impres- measurement becomes reliable by using either
sion of mechanical obstruction or that con- glomerular or tubular agents. One difficulty is
tribute to indeterminate results include the the diagnosis of coexisting ureteropelvic junc-
following: tion and ureterovesical junction obstructions—
n Poor hydration, resulting in poor diuretic one or the other may be missed using this
response technique. See Appendix D for pediatric dosage
n Poor underlying renal function, resulting in a guidelines.
diminished diuretic response
n A noncompliant or rigid renal pelvis, pro- Angiotensin-Converting Enzyme
ducing increasing resistance to urine flow as Inhibitor (Captopril) Renography
diuresis increases urine volume Renovascular hypertension constitutes about
n High filling pressure of the bladder as a result 1% to 4% of all cases of hypertension, but no
of a distended or noncompliant bladder, discriminating findings allow its diagnosis on
which may impair washout from the upper clinical grounds. In patients with renovascular
urinary tract hypertension, the most common cause of renal
n An overcompliant or patulous renal pelvis. artery stenosis is atherosclerosis, predominant
During the diuretic response, increased urine in the elderly; the second most common cause is
flow may be sufficient to fill this large reser- fibromuscular dysplasia, occurring primarily in
voir without being sufficient enough to wash women younger than 35 years. When an angio-
out the tracer, producing a rising renogram tensin-converting enzyme (ACE) inhibitor is
curve. given to a patient with renal artery stenosis that
n A large hydronephrotic volume, especially in has been compensated by the renal angiotensin
the presence of diminished function. With a mechanism, there is a decrease in GFR that is
larger volume in the system, a larger diuretic scintigraphically detectable. The test is highly
response is needed to clear that system of specific for renal artery stenosis as a cause for
accumulated activity. This is the so-called the patient’s hypertension, which may eliminate
reservoir effect. the need for diagnostic angiography.
Significant renal artery stenosis (60% to
Urinoma 75%) decreases afferent arteriolar blood pres-
Occasionally, activity on a renogram can be sure, which stimulates renin secretion by the
seen outside of the kidney or collecting system juxtaglomerular apparatus. Renin elicits the
because of a urinoma (Fig. 9-11). Care should production of angiotensin I, which is acted
be taken to assess the images to see that the on by ACE to yield angiotensin II. Angioten-
unusual collection of activity is increasing dur- sin II induces vasoconstriction of the efferent
ing the course of the examination because false arterioles, which restores glomerular filtration
positives can be the result of residual activity pressure and rate. ACE inhibitors, such as oral
Chapter 9 n Genitourinary System and Adrenal Glands 329
Fr. 1-4 Fr. 5-8 Fr. 9-12 Fr. 13-16 Fr. 17-20
20 mg Lasix
Fr. 21-4 Fr. 25-28 Fr. 29-32 Fr. 33-36 Fr. 37-40
Fr. 41-44 Fr. 45-48 Fr. 49-52 Fr. 53-56 Fr. 57-60
A
500
400
300
200
100
0
0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 22 24 26 28 30
Minutes
B
C
Figure 9-10. Abnormal diuretic renogram with obstruction. A, After intravenous administration of 99mTc-DTPA, the pos-
terior 2-minute sequential images show a dilated collecting system of the right kidney. After administration of furosemide
(middle of the second row of images), the activity in the collecting system on the left decreases normally; however, the activ-
ity in the right kidney decreases only slightly. B, Time-activity curves show the normal excretion on the left (red curve) and
delayed excretion on the right (green curve). C, CT scan shows a dilated right renal pelvis and a mid-ureteral obstructing
radiopaque stone. TMax-L, Time of maximum activity in left kidney; TMax-R, time of maximum activity in right kidney.
330 Chapter 9 n Genitourinary System and Adrenal Glands
Fr. 1-4 Fr. 5-8 Fr. 9-12 Fr. 13-16 Fr. 17-20
20 mg Lasix given
Fr. 21-24 Fr. 25-28 Fr. 29-32 Fr. 33-36 Fr. 37-40
Fr. 41-44 Fr. 45-48 Fr. 49-52 Fr. 53-56 Fr. 57-60
B
Figure 9-11. Urinoma. A, Posterior 2-minute sequential images from a 99mTc-MAG3 study show poor accumulation of
activity in the collecting system of the left kidney. On later images, the outline of activity extends beyond the outline of the
kidney seen on early images. B, SPECT/CT images show extension of activity lateral to the left kidney into the perirenal
space and inferiorly.
captopril or enalapril and intravenous enala- may be obtained with either radiopharmaceuti-
prilat, prevent the production of angiotensin cal in most patients. A positive study indicates
II, so that in patients with renal artery stenosis that a patient’s hypertension is renin-dependent
and compensated renal function, preglomerular (renovascular hypertension), most commonly
filtration pressures are no longer maintained. produced by renal artery stenosis, and that it is
This results in a significant sudden decrease likely to be improved by renal revascularization.
in glomerular filtration. This induced decom- ACE inhibition (ACEI) scintigraphy should
pensation can be documented by performing not be used as a screening procedure for all
99mTc-MAG3 or 99mTc-DTPA studies before patients with hypertension because it is not cost-
and after the administration of captopril. Sensi- effective and because screening a population
tivity and specificity may be higher with MAG3 with low prevalence for renal artery stenosis
than with DTPA, although excellent results will lead to an unacceptably high false-positive
Chapter 9 n Genitourinary System and Adrenal Glands 331
1 sec/frame
rate and incite further unnecessary invasive test- n Hypertension in patients with other evidence
ing. Patients should be selected carefully and of occlusive vascular disease
limited to those with a moderate to high prob- n Unexplained renal dysfunction in patients
ability of renovascular hypertension. Selection with recent onset of hypertension
criteria include the following: n Unexplained hypertension in patients with
n Initial presentation of hypertension in abdominal or flank bruits
patients older than 60 years or younger than Patients taking ACE inhibitors therapeuti-
30 years cally should have their medication halted for
n Severe or accelerated hypertension resistant about 48 hours for captopril and for about
to medication therapy 1 week for lisinopril or enalapril before the
n Hypertension previously well controlled but examination. The patient’s ACEI medication
now difficult to manage medically may be maintained if it is deemed medically
332 Chapter 9 n Genitourinary System and Adrenal Glands
A
Post
Figure 9-13. Hydronephrosis in a child. A, Posterior images obtained after intravenous administration of 99mTc-DTPA
show decreased perfusion to an enlarged right kidney. B, Renogram shows a dilated collecting system of the right kidney.
necessary and inadvisable to halt adminis- Although ACEI scintigraphy protocols vary,
tration for more than 24 hours. However, the basics of the examination are well defined
the patient should refrain from taking ACEI and include the following:
medication on the day of the study. Antihy- n Twenty-five to 50 mg of oral captopril is
pertensive drugs of non-ACE inhibitor classes administered with sitting blood pressure
do not appear to affect the test results. The recordings at 15-minute intervals for 1 hour.
patient should be fasting to allow for maxi- As an alternative, in patients with uncertain
mum absorption of oral captopril and should gastrointestinal absorption of oral medi-
be well hydrated. cation, intravenous enalaprilat (Vasotec),
Chapter 9 n Genitourinary System and Adrenal Glands 333
117,893
88,420
L kidney
Counts/frame
R kidney
58,946 Bladder
29,473
0
0 15 31 46 62
Time in minutes
C
Figure 9-13. cont’d C, Computer-generated time-activity curves show that after administration of furosemide (at
15 minutes), there is no decrease in activity, indicating a high-grade obstruction on the right.
0.04 mg/kg up to a maximum of 2.5 mg, may it is prudent to maintain intravenous access
be administered over 3 to 5 minutes. throughout the study.
n One hour after captopril administration or Two primary protocols may be used that
15 to 20 minutes after enalaprilat infusion, comprise one- and two-stage examinations.
10 mCi (370 MBq) of 99mTc-MAG3 (pre- Choice of the examination depends primarily
ferred in most patients, especially those with on patient scheduling and department pref-
impaired renal function) or 99mTc-DTPA erences. Because establishing a diagnosis of
is administered intravenously, and routine renal artery stenosis as a cause for hyperten-
renal scintigraphy with renography is per- sion depends on the induction or worsening of
formed. Some protocols use intravenous renal dysfunction after ACE inhibitor admin-
furosemide (40 to 60 mg) shortly after the istration, a baseline study is extremely useful
administration of the radiopharmaceutical to in assessing the effects of the medication on
clear the renal collecting systems of activity, renal function.
which may interfere with the calculation of The single-day, two-stage protocol consists
cortical indices. At the termination of imag- of an initial baseline noncaptopril study, usu-
ing, a final blood pressure reading should be ally performed early in the day with a low
obtained before the patient leaves the imag- radiopharmaceutical dose (1 to 2 mCi, 74 MBq
ing department. of 99mTc-MAG3). This allows a repeat exami-
In patients with unilateral renal artery ste- nation using captopril intervention several
nosis and renal insufficiency, bilateral renal hours later, after clearance of the tracer from
artery stenosis, or stenotic solitary or trans- the kidneys and urinary tract. By administering
planted kidneys, captopril or enalaprilat 40 mg of furosemide during or after the first
should be used advisedly for diagnosis, espe- study to ensure good washout of residual activ-
cially if severe stenosis is known to be present. ity, the waiting time between studies may be
Under these circumstances, acute renal failure shortened further.
may be induced, which is generally self-limited, The one-stage protocol is generally performed
although persistent anuria may occasionally on patients without evidence of preexisting
develop. Furthermore, in any patient under- renal dysfunction or failure. In this protocol,
going captopril intervention studies, the pos- the captopril challenge study is performed first.
sibility of severe hypotension induction exists. If normal, a diagnosis of renovascular hyper-
This complication usually responds to intrave- tension is unlikely (10% probability), and the
nous volume expanders (normal saline). Thus baseline study is not needed.
334 Chapter 9 n Genitourinary System and Adrenal Glands
The principal diagnostic criterion and the demonstrating worsening from baseline may be
hallmark of renovascular hypertension is a noted in bilateral renal artery stenosis, although
postcaptopril renogram that becomes abnor- detection becomes more difficult. Bilateral renal
mal or more abnormal, usually unilaterally, artery stenosis often behaves in an asymmetric
than a baseline renogram in which an ACE fashion in response to ACEI renography and is
inhibitor is not given. Using the glomerular therefore distinguishable from the usually sym-
agent 99mTc-DTPA, the principal finding is metric appearance seen in patients with either
diminished uptake and excretion caused by a essential hypertension or chronic parenchymal
drop in glomerular filtration. There may also renal disease after captopril administration.
be prolonged parenchymal transit manifested Further, bilateral worsening of the renogram
by delay in time to peak activity of the reno- curves after ACEI administration may also be
gram curve. If the fall in GFR is severe enough, caused by hypotension induced during the study,
there may be nonvisualization of a previously dehydration, and bladder distention resulting in
functioning kidney. Using the primarily tubu- poor collecting system drainage. The diagnosis
lar agent 99mTc-MAG3, reasonably adequate of renovascular hypertension resulting from
initial uptake and secretion are preserved. The segmental renal artery stenosis and after renal
reduced GFR, however, results in decreased transplantation has been reported.
urine production and flow and therefore in Both the sensitivity and specificity of ACEI
decreased washout of the secreted agent from renography surpass 90%. When strict attention
the collecting tubules. This results in increased is paid to patient preparation and examination
cortical retention, which is the principal finding protocol, false-positive studies are uncommon.
(Fig. 9-14). This results in an abnormal reno- As with most tests, however, its limitations
gram curve with an elevated cortical retention should be recognized.
index (increased cortical activity at 20 minutes Scintigraphic abnormalities with captopril
compared with the renogram peak). Occasion- renography are best demonstrated in patients
ally, in very severe stenosis, early decreased with renal artery stenoses of 60% to 90%.
uptake of 99mTc-MAG3 may also be identified. Abnormalities may not be demonstrated in
A number of quantitative renogram param- stenoses of less than 60% because of the lack
eters have been devised to assist in visual of significant renin-angiotensin compensation.
interpretation and to facilitate comparison of Severe renal artery stenosis of greater than
the baseline and the postcaptopril examina- 90% may not be compensated sufficiently
tions. These criteria differ with respect to the by the renin-angiotensin system at baseline
radiopharmaceutical used. Several criteria fre- to allow for a scintigraphically detectable
quently used to indicate an abnormality on change to occur after administration of ACE
99m
Tc-MAG3 ACEI renography are as follows: inhibitors. False-negative examinations may
n Percentage of renal uptake at 2 to 3 minutes be caused by accommodation to the drug by
by one kidney less than 40% of total uptake patients receiving ACEI therapy, even with
n Retained cortical activity at 20 minutes continued therapeutic response. This can be
expressed as a fraction of peak activity dif- avoided by withholding captopril therapy for
fering from the contralateral kidney by more 2 to 4 days or the long-acting enalaprilat for
than 20%—or an increase from the baseline 1 week before the study. In addition, using a
study of 0.15; normal is less than 0.3 patient’s chronic medication regimen of ACE
n Delay in the time to peak activity in the inhibitor to perform the ACEI renogram is
affected kidney of more than 2 minutes when not advisable.
compared with the baseline study or the The sensitivity and specificity of captopril
unaffected kidney renography may be diminished in patients with
These parameters have met with various renal insufficiency, especially in those with
levels of reported success and should be used small, poorly functioning kidneys. In patients
only in conjunction with visual analysis of the with unilateral renal disease at baseline that
renogram curves and review of the scintigraphic does not demonstrate change after captopril
images. administration, renal stenosis cannot be reli-
In addition to unilateral renal artery ste- ably differentiated from unilateral parenchymal
nosis, bilateral abnormalities produced or disease. Also, asymmetric hydronephrosis or
Chapter 9 n Genitourinary System and Adrenal Glands 335
Pre-captopril
L R
Post-captopril
L R
Pre-captopril
48,368
L kidney
36,276
R kidney
Counts/frame
Bladder
24,184
12,092
0
0 7 15 23 31
Time in minutes
B
164,908 Post-captopril
differentiation of the cortex from the medulla. nonfunctioning from functioning renal tissue.
Chapter 9 n Genitourinary System and Adrenal Glands 337
B
Figure 9-16. Interstitial nephritis. A, Sequential 2-minute images from a 99mTc-MAG3 scan in this oliguric renal failure
patient show retention of activity in the kidneys. B, 18F-FDG PET/CT scan shows increased activity in the region of the papil-
lae. FDG, Fluorodeoxyglucose.
Masses not representing renal parenchyma, simulating neoplasm may be caused by fetal
such as neoplasms, abscess, cysts, hematoma, lobulation, dromedary humps, and columns
or infarcts, present as photopenic lesions in of Bertin, which are generally the most worri-
the renal parenchyma. Pseudotumors consist- some. These columns represent normal cortical
ing of normally functioning renal tissue but tissue extending into the renal medulla between
338 Chapter 9 n Genitourinary System and Adrenal Glands
the renal pyramids and are frequently found at the hypogastric artery and the external iliac
the junction of the upper and middle thirds of the vein, and with ureteral anastomosis or implan-
kidney. Demonstration of functioning renal tis- tation into the bladder. Ultrasound is usu-
sue in the region of the suspected mass confirms ally the initial imaging procedure of choice.
its benign nature. Radionuclide imaging using 99mTc-DTPA or
99mTc-MAG3 is a useful tool in evaluating the
R L
U
B
R L
transplantation. It is a slow process that pro- ureteral obstruction, and vascular complica-
duces a gradual obliteration of the renovascu- tions. Urinomas are caused by leakage from the
lar bed with concomitant deterioration of renal ureteral anastomosis. This complication occurs
transplant perfusion and function. shortly after surgery. If the leak of urine is sig-
Cyclosporin nephrotoxicity (renal transplant nificant, the excreted radiopharmaceutical may
toxicity from the antirejection drug cyclospo- appear within the urine collection. If the leak
rin) usually presents a scintigraphic appearance is slow, the urinoma may present as a photo-
similar to that of ATN, with relatively good penic defect adjacent to the kidney or ureter.
transplant perfusion and poor tubular function, Photopenic defects in and around the renal
which may result in progressive cortical reten- transplant may also be a result of hematomas in
tion of 99mTc-MAG3. Cyclosporin nephrotox- the immediate postoperative period or lympho-
icity, however, characteristically occurs several celes, which commonly occur several months
weeks after transplantation when any ATN has after transplantation.
resolved. The functional impairment associated Because a transplanted kidney has no venous
with cyclosporin toxicity generally reverses collaterals, renal vein thrombosis produces defi-
after withdrawal of therapy. cient or absent perfusion and function in the
Surgical complications include urine collec- transplanted allograft in a pattern identical to
tions (urinomas), lymphoceles, hematomas, that seen with arterial obstruction. In the setting
Chapter 9 n Genitourinary System and Adrenal Glands 341
of acute complete arterial or venous obstruc- warranted, nuclear medicine studies allow
tion, the kidney presents as a photopenic reni- selection of patients for biopsy or surgical inter-
form area outlined by background activity on vention. Although the sensitivity values of the
radionuclide imaging. Postsurgical obstruction studies are high, the specificity values depend
of the ureteral anastomosis may be diagnosed strongly on the suspected pathology being
by radionuclide techniques in a similar fashion evaluated.
to native ureteral obstructions. Fluorodeoxyglucose (FDG) is only poorly
accumulated in the normal adrenal glands rais-
ADRENAL GLAND IMAGING ing the hope that PET/CT may be useful in
Adrenal lesions can present clinically with signs assessing and characterizing adrenal masses
and symptoms of endocrine hyperfunction or in cancer patients as well as those “inciden-
as masses or adrenal enlargement on cross-sec- talomas” encountered on CT scans done for
tional imaging. Incidental adrenal masses seen other reasons. Up to 50% of adrenal masses
on CT or MRI are common. When clinically in patients with a malignancy may be benign.
342 Chapter 9 n Genitourinary System and Adrenal Glands
Ant 3 hr Post 3 hr
Ant 3 hr Post 3 hr
l Technetium-99m DTPA reflects glomerular l On blood flow images, normally perfused kid-
filtration (GFR). 99mTc-MAG3 is essentially a neys should have the same intensity of activity
tubular agent and with a correction factor rep- as is seen at the bifurcation of the aorta. Renal
resents effective renal plasma flow (ERPF). transplants should have the same intensity as
the adjacent iliac artery.
344 Chapter 9 n Genitourinary System and Adrenal Glands
SUGGESTED READINGS Dubovsky EV, Russel CD. Evaluation of renal and pancre-
Barron BJ, Kim EE, Lamki LM. Renal nuclear medicine. atic transplants. In: Sandler MP, Coleman RE, Patton
In: Sandler MP, Coleman RE, Patton JA, editors. Diag- JA, editors. Diagnostic Nuclear Medicine. 4th ed. New
nostic Nuclear Medicine. 4th ed. New York: Lippincott York: Lippincott Williams & Wilkins; 2003, p. 1037-50.
Williams & Wilkins; 2003, p. 865-902. Elaini AB, Shetty SK, Chapman VM, et al. Improved detec-
Brown ED, Chen MYM, Wolfman NT, et al. Complica- tion and characterization of adrenal disease with PET-
tions of renal transplantation: Evaluation with US and CT. RadioGraphics 2007;27:755-67.
radionuclide imaging. RadioGraphics 2000;20:607-22. Fine EJ. Diuretic renography and angiotensin converting
Chong S, Lee KS, Kim HY, et al. Integrated PET-CT for enzyme inhibitor renography. Radiol Clin North Am
the characterization of adrenal gland lesions in cancer 2001;39:979-95.
patients: Diagnostic efficacy and interpretation pitfalls. Rossleigh MA. Renal cortical scintigraphy and diure-
RadioGraphics 2006;26:1811-26. sis renography in infants and children. J Nucl Med
2001;42:91-5.
Non-PET Neoplasm
10 Imaging and
Radioimmunotherapy
GALLIUM-67 IMAGING ADRENAL TUMOR IMAGING
Clinical Applications LYMPHOSCINTIGRAPHY AND
THALLIUM-201 CHLORIDE IMAGING INTRAOPERATIVE LOCALIZATION
Clinical Applications LABELED MONOCLONAL ANTIBODIES
TECHNETIUM-99M SESTAMIBI TUMOR TREATMENT OF LYMPHOMA WITH
IMAGING RADIOIMMUNOTHERAPY
NEUROPEPTIDE RECEPTOR IMAGING TREATMENT WITH INTRAVASCULAR
Somatostatin (Octreotide) Receptor Imaging MICROSPHERES
In this chapter, tumor imaging using conven- citrate (67Ga), thallium-201 chloride (201Tl),
tional gamma camera techniques is addressed. technetium-99m (99mTc) sestamibi, and fluo-
Thyroid cancer has been discussed in Chapter 4 rine-18 fluorodeoxyglucose (18F-FDG); and
and bone tumors and metastases in Chapter 8. (2) those designed to label specific tumor anti-
Positron emission tomography (PET) imaging gens, receptors, or metabolic processes, includ-
of neoplasms is discussed in Chapter 11. The ing monoclonal antibodies, peptides such as
affinity of various tumors for specific radio- somatostatin (octreotide), and metaiodoben-
pharmaceuticals is shown in Box 10-1. The zylguanidine (MIBG). Both categories of radio-
relative value of various imaging procedures pharmaceuticals are used in clinical nuclear
for different tumors is shown in Chapter 11, medicine practice. Typical administered activi-
Table 11-1. While some of these techniques ties and radiation doses for tumor-seeking
have been largely supplanted by fluorine-18 flu- radiopharmaceuticals in current use are given
orodeoxyglucose (18F-FDG) PET/CT imaging, as sample techniques in Appendix E-1.
some are still useful in special settings. This is
especially true of imaging with receptor-specific GALLIUM-67 IMAGING
radiopharmaceuticals. Gallium-67 citrate imaging was used for many
It has long been recognized that many rou- years as a valuable diagnostic tool in the setting
tinely used radiopharmaceuticals may inciden- of neoplastic disease. Various aspects related
tally accumulate in neoplasms, but it was not to gallium have already been discussed in
until the introduction of gallium-67 (67Ga) Chapter 1, and applications related to infection
citrate as the first widely used tumor imaging or inflammation are discussed in Chapter 12.
agent that the noninvasive localization of pri- With the development of newer, more tissue-
mary and metastatic neoplasms using nuclear specific radiopharmaceuticals and the wide-
medicine techniques was realized. During the spread availability of computed tomography
past decade, new biotechnologic advances have (CT), magnetic resonance imaging (MRI), and
spurred the development of increasingly sensi- PET, most of the original applications of 67Ga
tive and specific tumor imaging agents for use in imaging are no longer routinely used.
both single-photon and positron imaging. The interpretation of 67Ga images is compli-
Tumor-imaging radiopharmaceuticals may cated by marginal anatomic resolution and by
be divided into two broad groups: (1) those interfering benign activity in the bowel, in postop-
that have a nonspecific affinity for neoplastic erative sites of hematoma, infection, inflamma-
tissue and may be used to image a range of tion or wound healing, and in healing fractures.
tumors in various organs, including gallium-67 Thus careful attention to patient history and
345
346 Chapter 10 n Non-PET Neoplasm Imaging and Radioimmunotherapy
anatomic orientation and a thorough appre- location, and histology of the lesions. Lesions
ciation of the physiologic distribution of gal- smaller than 1.0 cm are not often detected.
lium and its excretion patterns are of utmost Sites of involvement in the abdomen and pelvis
importance (Fig. 10-1). While renal activity is may be difficult to identify because of interfer-
seen in the first 12 to 24 hours, 48 hours of the ing activity within the liver and colon and their
distribution of gallium activity is normally in often deep-seated location.
osseous structures (bone and bone marrow), The sensitivity of 67Ga imaging in untreated
the nasopharynx, and variably in the lacrimal, Hodgkin disease is more than 85% to 90%, with
salivary glands, and breasts (especially in lactat- all histologic types showing some degree of gal-
ing breasts). Activity in the salivary glands may lium concentration (Fig. 10-2). The sensitivity of
be especially increased in patients who have 67Ga imaging in non-Hodgkin lymphoma (NHL)
undergone radiation or chemotherapy because is less than that in Hodgkin disease and demon-
of resultant sialadenitis. strates variability related to histologic type. Gal-
lium imaging is best reserved for higher-grade
Clinical Applications non-Hodgkin lymphomas because significantly
Lymphoma lower detection rates are seen in low-grade lym-
The malignant lymphomas constitute the neo- phomas. Sensitivity ranges from about 90% in
plastic group in which gallium has been most the histiocytic cell type to less than 60% with the
extensively studied and was widely used before lymphocytic well-differentiated type lymphoma.
being largely replaced by 18F-FDG PET imag- Success in imaging may be improved with
ing. The sensitivity of gallium in detecting lym- high-dose single-photon emission computed
phomatous disease depends greatly on the size, tomography (SPECT) imaging. In addition to
Chapter 10 n Non-PET Neoplasm Imaging and Radioimmunotherapy 347
Other Neoplasms
Although the sensitivity of gallium imaging for
bronchogenic carcinoma is about 90%, there is
poor specificity because of the accumulation of
gallium in a variety of non-neoplastic lesions,
including infectious and inflammatory lesions
and sarcoidosis. Therefore, gallium is not gener-
ally a useful tool in the differential diagnosis of
pulmonary lesions. In general, melanoma, sem-
inoma, and rhabdomyosarcoma are gallium-
avid tumors, and gallium imaging displays
excellent sensitivity for the detection of both
primary and metastatic lesions within the limi-
tations of the technique. Gallium studies exhibit
low sensitivity for breast cancer, gastrointestinal
tumors, and most genitourinary neoplasms and
are of essentially no use in these settings. Gal-
lium imaging is not recommended for the rou-
tine screening of patients with occult primary
malignancies.
THALLIUM-201 CHLORIDE
IMAGING
Thallium-201 chloride is a potassium analog
Figure 10-1. Normal gallium scan. Anterior (left) and that is avidly concentrated by some tumors.
posterior (right) images obtained at 48 hours. Some activ- Long known for its use as a myocardial perfu-
ity is seen in the lacrimal glands (upper outer aspect of the
eyes), bone marrow, the nasopharynx, and the liver. In
sion imaging agent, thallium has shown to be
addition, there is some activity within the colon. This is of value in the investigation of certain neoplas-
normal physiologic excretion, which limits the usefulness of tic diseases, including thyroid, lung, and breast
gallium in the abdomen.
cancer; glioblastomas; and bone and soft-tissue
sarcomas. Compared with 67Ga citrate, thal-
lium generally shows less uptake in benign
soft-tissue disease, gallium scans can also iden- tumors, inflammatory processes, and remodel-
tify osseous lymphoma. Thymic activity after ing bone. As with myocardial imaging, onco-
chemotherapy or radiation can be confusing logic thallium imaging suffers the limitations
and can lead to a false-positive diagnosis of lym- of low administered activity, long half-life,
phoma recurrence (Fig. 10-3). and less than ideal, low-energy photon. After
intravenous administration, 201Tl localizes in
Hepatoma the normal skeletal muscle, myocardium, liver,
In patients with a hepatic defect on a 99mTc col- spleen, stomach, and colon, which may cause
loid liver scan or a mass on CT that is suspected interference in the detection of certain lesions.
to be hepatoma, gallium uptake of greater Uptake is also seen in the choroid plexus, orbits,
intensity in the region of the abnormality than salivary glands, kidneys, and testes.
elsewhere in the liver is a strong indication of Tumor cell type, viability, and blood flow
hepatoma (Fig. 10-4). When greatly diminished greatly influence the uptake of thallium in spe-
gallium uptake is identified in the suspect region, cific tumor masses. Thallium rapidly localizes
hepatoma is extremely unlikely. Gallium uptake in active, viable neoplasms, with peak uptake in
in the anatomically abnormal region equal to tumors such as lymphoma and breast and lung
that in the surrounding liver is equivocal and carcinomas at about 10 to 20 minutes after
348 Chapter 10 n Non-PET Neoplasm Imaging and Radioimmunotherapy
R L L R
TECHNETIUM-99M SESTAMIBI
TUMOR IMAGING
Although 99mTc-sestamibi concentrates in a
number of tumors, including breast and thyroid
cancers, it is primarily used to image parathyroid
adenomas (discussed in Chapter 4). Although
the exact mechanism of 99mTc-sestamibi uptake
by tumor cells is uncertain, primary factors
include its lipophilicity, which permits passive
transport through tumor cell membranes, and
its active uptake by mitochondria once intracel-
lular. Cells with higher mitochondrial content
show greater 99mTc-sestamibi concentration.
After intravenous injection, 99mTc-sestamibi
distributes throughout the body in proportion
to blood flow, localizing in the myocardium,
thyroid, and salivary glands as well as in the
spleen, kidneys, bladder, lungs, skeletal muscle,
liver, gallbladder, and small and large intes-
Ant
tines. Because sestamibi is used so frequently
for cardiac imaging, incidental neoplasms can
Figure 10-3. Reactive changes of the thymus. In this be apparent on the views of the chest and upper
patient with known Hodgkin disease, a gallium scan was
performed after radiation therapy of the thorax. A focus abdomen (Fig. 10-5).
of activity is seen in the mediastinum slightly to the left of Breast Cancer. Technetium-99m sestamibi
midline (arrow). This was not present on the gallium scan concentrates in malignant breast tumors, with a
performed before radiation therapy. This benign reactive
change can be seen in the thymus (and occasionally in the mean contrast ratio approaching 6:1 when com-
parotid glands) after radiation therapy or chemotherapy. It pared with normal breast tissue or surrounding
is important not to mistake this for recurrent disease. fat. Dedicated high-resolution gamma cam-
eras, some with dual heads, are used to image
breast carcinomas. This has been termed breast-
histologic grades tend to show marked thallium specific gamma imaging (BSGI) or molecular
avidity, and higher-grade lesions display less or breast imaging. With this equipment, 99mTc-
absent uptake. Thus this is the opposite of gal- sestamibi has been reported to have a sensitiv-
lium avidity in tumors. Thallium may be use- ity and specificity of 80% to 90%. A negative
ful in low-grade lymphomas, for which gallium scan in the presence of a palpable lesion is also
imaging may demonstrate a somewhat lower significant, making breast cancer possible but
sensitivity. Soft-tissue and skeletal sarcomas, unlikely. When used with judicious patient
including osteosarcoma, may concentrate thal- selection, this technique may be a valuable, non-
lium, and thallium imaging has been used to invasive problem-solving adjunct to mammog-
determine the success of preoperative chemo- raphy and/or breast ultrasound. The addition of
therapy and thus prognosis. Relapse rates are gamma imaging to mammography significantly
higher in patients exhibiting modest or no detect- increased the detection of node-negative breast
able change in thallium activity after treatment. cancer in dense breasts by 7.5 per 1000 women
Differentiated thyroid carcinoma is thallium screened. In one study, the sensitivity of mam-
avid and may be used in follow-up imaging for mography alone was 27%, while the sensitivity
350 Chapter 10 n Non-PET Neoplasm Imaging and Radioimmunotherapy
Figure 10-4. Hepatoma. Left, Narrow window computed tomography scan demonstrates a low-density bulge in the ante-
rior aspect of this cirrhotic liver. Right, Gallium SPECT/CT fusion image shows increased gallium activity in this hepatoma.
15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24
60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69
61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70
H
T
B C
Figure 10-5. Thymoma. A, This patient had a 99mTc-sestamibi cardiac study that is normal. B, An astute technologist
pointed out on the source image of the chest and abdomen that there was abnormal activity (T) in the chest and normal
activity in the heart (H), liver (L), and bowel (B). C, Subsequent chest radiograph shows the large thymoma, which could
have been easily overlooked if only the SPECT cardiac perfusion images had been reviewed.
Chapter 10 n Non-PET Neoplasm Imaging and Radioimmunotherapy 351
of combined mammography and dedicated ses- lesion is strongly suggestive of axillary lymph
tamibi imaging was 91% in at-risk women. Use node metastatic involvement, the sensitivity
of the technique as a screening procedure is not for axillary metastasis is variable and not suf-
currently recommended. ficient to warrant use of the procedure for this
Imaging of suspected breast cancer can be purpose.
performed 10 to 20 minutes after the injection False-positive results may be related to benign
of 20 to 25 mCi (740 to 925 MBq) of 99mTc- fibroadenomas, fibrocystic change, or inflam-
sestamibi in an arm vein contralateral to the mation (including inflammatory fat necrosis)
side of the suspected breast lesion. A foot injec- but have also been reported in benign condi-
tion is advised if both breasts are to be imaged. tions that confer a higher risk for developing
These original doses were based on standard carcinoma, including epithelial hyperplasia and
gamma camera technology. Because of con- complex sclerosing lesions. Imaging after recent
cerns regarding significant absorbed radiation needle or stereotactic biopsy may also be a cause
dose to breast tissue with this technique, recent of increased activity and thus a false-positive
protocols have been developed using less than examination. False-negative results may occur
10 mCi. This administered activity reduction has with small (less than 1 cm), deep lesions or in
been made possible by the use of dual-headed tumors with less avidity for sestamibi.
dedicated cameras using pixilated detector
digital technologies, such as position sensitive NEUROPEPTIDE RECEPTOR
photomultiplier tunes (PSPMT) and cadmium IMAGING
zinc telluiride (CZT) rather than single crystal Neuropeptides constitute a family of highly
sodium iodide analog detectors. Current high- potent substances that consist of only a few
resolution cameras which mimic conventional amino acids. They are synthesized and released
mammographic compression and place the primarily by the brain (hence the name neuro-
breast in intimate contact with the detector, also peptides) and the gut and also by the endocrine
offer improved sensitivity. Breast images are system and lymphatic tissue. A number of neuro-
performed in standard mammographic projec- peptides and tissue receptors present as potential
tions, with special projections used as needed. candidates for neuropeptide receptor imag-
Because there is little sestamibi washout from ing, including somatostatin, vasoactive intes-
malignant lesions, imaging may be delayed, if tinal peptide (VIP), α-melanocyte-stimulating
needed, for up to 2 hours. hormone, and substance P receptors. Of these,
Technetium-99m sestamibi distributes homo- radiolabeled somatostatin analogs have emerged
geneously in the normal breast, regardless of as a prime example of the clinical utility of this
the degree of breast density demonstrated on approach.
mammograms, and is usually of low intensity.
A small number of patients exhibit diffusely Somatostatin (Octreotide)
increased activity in one or both breasts, which Receptor Imaging
may be related to hormone levels at the time Somatostatin is a naturally occurring neu-
of imaging. This activity appears to be low- ropolypeptide that is synthesized and released
est at or about mid-cycle in premenopausal by endocrine or nerve cells in various organs,
patients, especially those younger than 30 years. especially the hypothalamus. It has a wide range
Although this is considered a benign finding, of pharmacologic effects, including (as its name
the increased background may obscure a lesion. implies) the inhibition of secretion of growth
A positive study presents as a discrete focus of hormone (somatotropin). Because a high density
increased activity in the breast or axilla that is of somatostatin receptors is present in numerous
greater than adjacent breast activity. The loca- neuroendocrine and some non-neuroendocrine
tion of the abnormal focus should be carefully tumors, radiolabeled somatostatin analogs can
correlated with any palpatory and mammo- be used to image a variety of tumors, including
graphic findings. Localization of nonpalpable primary and metastatic foci.
foci for biopsy is now available using special- Neuroendocrine tumors are those derived
ized localization systems. from amine precursor uptake and decarbox-
While focally increased activity in the ipsi- ylation (APUD) system cells, including carci-
lateral axilla in the presence of a primary noid, pituitary adenomas, pancreatic islet cell
352 Chapter 10 n Non-PET Neoplasm Imaging and Radioimmunotherapy
neoplasms, medullary carcinoma of the thy- prescribed only after consultation with the refer-
roid, pheochromocytomas, neuroblastomas, ring physician.
paragangliomas, and small-cell lung cancers. Because of its ability to inhibit the secretion of
Most of these are successfully imaged with hormones, stable octreotide is helpful in control-
radiolabeled somatostatin analogs with sensi- ling symptoms in patients with hypersecretion
tivities approaching 80% to 100%. Exceptions syndromes associated with metastatic carcinoid
are insulinomas (50% to 60% sensitivity) and tumors, gastrinomas, insulinomas, glucagono-
medullary thyroid carcinoma (65% to 70% mas, and vasoactive intestinal peptide-related
sensitivity). Some non-neuroendocrine tumors, tumors (VIPomas). Although somatostatin
including lymphomas, breast and lung carci- receptor-positive tumors may be visualized in
noma, gliomas (especially low-grade tumors), patients receiving stable octreotide therapy, it
renal cell carcinoma and meningiomas, show is preferable to discontinue the drug temporar-
variable and unpredictable uptake. ily for 24 to 48 hours before administration of
Because endogenous somatostatin has a bio- 111In-pentetreotide.
logic half-life of only a few minutes, radiola- In a normal patient, 111In-pentetreotide activ-
beled analogs with greater in vivo stability have ity can be identified in the blood pool, normal
been developed. The eight-amino acid peptide thyroid gland, kidneys and bladder, liver, gall-
iodine-123 (123I) octreotide was the first to be bladder, spleen, and, to a lesser degree, bowel
used clinically. Subsequently, a cyclic structural on delayed images. The kidneys and spleen
modification of octreotide, 111In-labeled pente- retain the most activity and therefore receive
treotide (OctreoScan), was proven to have the the highest absorbed doses. Because the radio-
additional advantages of greater stability and pharmaceutical is in part retained by the renal
reduced hepatobiliary excretion (2%), with parenchyma, the kidneys are seen even on
clearance primarily through renal elimination delayed views (Fig. 10-6).
(90% at 24 hours). Less gastrointestinal activ- In abnormal images, primary neoplasms or
ity allows for better visualization of abdominal metastases present as foci of increased activity.
tumor sites. However, considerable liver activ- Because somatostatin receptors are expressed
ity may obscure small hepatic metastases. in some non-neoplastic, chronic inflammatory
An intravenous imaging dose of 3.0 to processes, such as granulomatous lesions (sar-
6.0 mCi (111 to 222 MBq) of 111In-pentetreotide coidosis, tuberculosis), Crohn disease, ulcer-
is used; the higher end of the dose range is ative colitis, and rheumatoid arthritis, these
preferred when SPECT is performed. Adverse entities may serve as potential sources of false-
effects from pentetreotide occur in less than positive results.
1% of patients. Imaging is performed at 4 and Indium-111 pentetreotide is primarily useful
24 hours, with 48-hour images acquired as in evaluating neuroendocrine tumors, especially
needed to confirm a lesion suspected at 24 hours carcinoids (sensitivity, 85% to 95%) (Fig. 10-7)
or when residual bowel or gallbladder activity and gastrinomas (sensitivity 75% to 93%). A
is a problem. Planar images allow for survey wider spectrum of tumors may be assessed with
of the whole body. SPECT/CT images are fre- this radiopharmaceutical, however, includ-
quently helpful and may add to the sensitiv- ing a number of nonendocrine solid tumors.
ity of the examination, especially in the upper Indium-111 pentetreotide is not useful in pan-
abdomen, where interfering kidney, spleen, and creatic carcinomas of exocrine origin because
often gallbladder activity may hamper imag- they do not express somatostatin receptors. The
ing of the pancreas and duodenum. SPECT or sensitivity of pentetreotide for imaging pheo-
SPECT/CT may also be useful in better evaluat- chromocytomas, neuroblastomas, and paragan-
ing suspect liver metastases. A detailed imaging gliomas in extra-adrenal sites is over 85%.
protocol is presented in Appendix E-1. Whole-body gamma camera imaging pro-
Patient preparation is important for safe, effec- vides cost-effective screening of patients with
tive imaging with 111In-pentetreotide. Patients suspected or known somatostatin receptor-
should be well hydrated to enhance renal clear- containing tumors. The information obtained
ance. A laxative should be used to decrease inter- may disclose or confirm the presence of a
fering bowel activity. In patients with diarrheal lesion, detect metastases from a primary tumor,
syndromes or insulinomas, laxatives should be or characterize neuroendocrine conditions in
Chapter 10 n Non-PET Neoplasm Imaging and Radioimmunotherapy 353
4 hr 24 hr
which multicentric lesions may exist. In addi- most useful in breast and skin malignancies,
tion, because somatostatin receptor expression especially truncal and head and neck malignant
is seen more often in well-differentiated tumors, melanomas.
visualization may imply a more favorable prog- The particles in standard colloid preparations
nosis. Patients with positive 111In-pentetreotide are generally too large to be acceptable for most
images are also candidates for octreotide ther- applications of lymphoscintigraphy. Thus the
apy because the documentation of somatosta- sulfur colloid is filtered to select a more appro-
tin receptors provides a higher likelihood of priate particle size (less than 0.22 μm). The
controlling hormonal hypersecretion. Radio- procedure involves several injections of small
nuclide therapy for octreotide-avid carcinoid volumes (0.1 mL) of filtered 99mTc-sulfur colloid
tumors has been tried with various degrees of into the soft tissues at, or adjacent to, the tumor
success using iodine-131 or yttrium-90 labeled site. Generally, injection of the radiocolloid
octreotide. directly into the tumor is not advisable because
this may significantly delay or even prevent
ADRENAL TUMOR IMAGING migration into the lymphatic channels. For skin
Iodine-123 or 131 MIBG imaging is useful and lesions such as melanoma, intradermal injec-
sensitive in the detection and evaluation of pri- tions are used. For other tumors, subcutaneous
mary adrenal or extra-adrenal pheochromocy- or interstitial injections are performed. The
tomas, neuroblastomas and their metastases, detailed protocol is presented in Appendix E-1.
and of paragangliomas. Imaging adrenal neo- Once injected, the radiocolloid is removed
plasms with radiolabeled MIBG is discussed in from the area through lymphatic channels to
Chapter 9. reach regional lymph nodes, which receive lym-
phatic drainage from the primary lesion and
LYMPHOSCINTIGRAPHY AND thus have the potential of harboring metasta-
INTRAOPERATIVE LOCALIZATION ses. Gamma camera imaging allows mapping of
Lymphoscintigraphy with 99mTc-sulfur colloid lymphatics and lymph nodes, especially senti-
has been used to determine regional lymph node nel nodes. The sentinel node is the first node to
drainage pathways from malignant neoplasms, receive regional lymphatic flow from the tumor
which may direct therapeutic management deci- site and is a reliable biopsy indicator of the pres-
sions, including radiation therapy fields and ence or absence of metastatic tumor in a lymph
surgical approach. This technique has proved node group. If the sentinel node is free of tumor
354 Chapter 10 n Non-PET Neoplasm Imaging and Radioimmunotherapy
C D
Figure 10-7. Pulmonary carcinoid. A, 4-hour and B, 24-hour anterior indium-111 (111In) pentetreotide (somatostatin)
images of the abdomen and chest show normal activity in the liver, kidneys, and bowel; however, an abnormal focus of activ-
ity is seen in the right lower chest (arrow). C, An abnormal enhancing lesion is seen on the CT scan. D, SPECT/CT fusion
image clearly shows accumulation of 111In pentetreotide by this carcinoid.
cells, the patient may be spared the morbidity gamma probe in the operating room can usu-
and cost associated with elective dissection of ally be performed 30 minutes to several hours
the remaining lymph nodes in the chain. after injection to help localize the sentinel node
Performing the procedure just before surgery during surgery. The sentinel lymph node typi-
also permits intraoperative identification of cally has 10 or more times the background
sentinel nodes for biopsy by using a hand-held count rate observed at a location remote from
gamma probe detector. Some authors have advo- the injection site. Radiation doses to sur-
cated the injection of radiocolloid in the operat- geons and pathologists from sentinel nodes
ing room without the use of imaging. Use of a are extremely low (well below the public dose
Chapter 10 n Non-PET Neoplasm Imaging and Radioimmunotherapy 355
limit). Ninety percent of sentinel nodes have In addition to oncologic settings, lymphoscin-
dose rates of less than 100 μSv (10 mrem)/hr tigraphy has been used in the diagnosis of the
at 3 cm. edematous extremity. Interdigital injection of the
A two-phase imaging technique is preferred radiopharmaceutical in the involved extremity
that includes an early-phase series of static or a single injection on the dorsum of the hand
images or dynamic imaging to map visually or foot generally produces satisfactory visualiza-
the lymphatic channels followed by delayed tion of the peripheral lymphatic channels and
static imaging to identify lymph node retention lymph nodes. Primary (congenital) lymphedema
and to visualize sentinel nodes. The early or usually presents with only a few lymphatic chan-
dynamic images permit a more exact identifica- nels, which are frequently unobstructed. Patients
tion of the first-draining node when more than with secondary (obstructive) lymphedema may
one node is identified on the delayed images. show evidence of obstructed lymphatics as evi-
The times of imaging are determined by the denced by lack of migration of the radiocolloid
rate of migration of the radiocolloid from the from the injection site, diffuse dermal activity, or
site of injection. multiple tortuous collateral channels.
In addition to normal pathways, abnormal Recently, some centers have used needle
patterns suggestive of tumor replacement of introduction of a ceramic seed containing 0.1 to
lymph nodes and lymphatic obstruction have 0.3 mCi (3.7 to 11 MBq) of iodine-125 for intra-
been described. These include lack of migration operative localization of nonpalpable breast
of the radiocolloid through the lymphatic chan- lesions. The surgeon is guided to the lesion by
nels, decreased or absent nodal accumulation, using an intraoperative probe detector, similar to
and collateral channels. These findings may that used for sentinel lymph node detection with
indicate the advisability of inclusion of the sus- 99mTc-filtered sulfur colloid lymphoscintigra-
pect nodes in radiation treatment fields and/or phy. If this technique is used, the seed must
their surgical removal (Fig. 10-8). be retrieved from the pathology specimen and
When sentinel node biopsy is used for breast returned to the supplier as radioactive waste.
cancer staging, large studies have shown some-
what high false-negative rates (5% to 15% with LABELED MONOCLONAL
less than 5% being desirable). The risk of missed ANTIBODIES
disease after a negative sentinel node biopsy is A number of monoclonal antibodies have been
1% to 4% in patients with a T1 tumor and up developed that target pancarcinoma antigens
to 15% in patients with a T3 tumor. These data shared by various neoplastic lesions, such as
point to the need for care in performing sentinel carcinoembryonic antigen (CEA), or antigens
node mapping and some authors advocate dual specific to particular tumor types. These radio-
mapping with separate injections of the radio- pharmaceuticals have met with mixed success
tracer and isosulfan blue dye. Of interest is that in clinical application. The accuracy of the
patients with micrometastases or isolated tumor antibody depends in large part on the unique-
cell clusters in the sentinel node do not appear ness of the antigen targeted and the specific-
to have a worse disease-free survival than those ity of the monoclonal antibody in recognizing
patients with negative sentinel nodes. the antigen. It is rare, however, to discover a
356 Chapter 10 n Non-PET Neoplasm Imaging and Radioimmunotherapy
monoclonal antibody that is specific to a par- B-cell (NHL) refractory to stable rituximab
ticular normal or neoplastic tissue type. Cross- therapy, and for treatment of patients with dis-
reaction with normal or other malignant tissues, seminated refractory or relapsed low-grade fol-
with the resultant loss of specificity, is expected licular or transformed B-cell NHL, including
even under the best conditions. patients with rituximab refractory NHL. It is
The most recent generation of antineoplastic also now approved as a first-line therapy. The
monoclonal antibodies includes indium-111 monoclonal antibody ibritumomab targets by
(111In)- and 99mTc-labeled antibody fragments specific binding of the IgG, kappa-monoclonal
to particular tumor antigens. Imaging with antibody to the C20+ antigen found on the
these agents usually depends largely on deliv- surface of malignant as well as normal B lym-
ering a sufficient number of labeled antibodies phocytes. Radioisotopes (111In for imaging or
by the intravenous route to tumor sites to over- the pure beta emitter 90Y for treatment) can be
come background activity of various nontar- attached to ibritumomab by the chelating agent,
geted normal tissue and organs (especially the tiuxetan. Yttrium-90 has a beta path length of
liver, kidneys, and lungs), binding to antigens 5 mm in soft tissue (about 100 to 200 cell diam-
circulating in the plasma, and nonspecific leak- eters) and a physical half-life of 64 hours. The
age into the extravascular space. 111In-labeled antibody is used for imaging the
ficity in the range of only 50% to 70%. Perhaps for the 111In Zevalin) should not generally be
the most widely used monoclonal radiophar- used because it will generate more penetrating
maceuticals used at this time are ibritumomab bremsstrahlung radiation.
tiuxetan and tositumomab used for lymphoma Yttrium-90 Zevalin therapy is appropriate for
therapy. diffusely disseminated disease, and the proce-
dure occurs over a period of about 1 week as
TREATMENT OF LYMPHOMA follows. On day 1, the patient receives 650 mg
WITH RADIOIMMUNOTHERAPY of acetaminophen and 50 mg of diphenhydr-
Treatment of lymphomas can be accomplished amine orally followed by unlabeled rituximab
by labeling a monoclonal antibody against (Rituxan) intravenously (250 mg/m2) at an ini-
lymphoma antigens with radionuclides. The tial test rate of 50 mg/hr followed in 4 hours by
currently approved agents are ibritumomab an imaging dose of 5.0 mCi (185 MBq) of 111In-
tiuxetan (Zevalin) and tositumomab (Bexxar). Zevalin injected intravenously over a period of
Medications for the treatment of severe hyper- 10 minutes. The purpose of the unlabeled ritux-
sensitivity reactions should be immediately imab is to saturate readily available C20 sites in
available when using these drugs. Although the spleen and on normal circulating B cells. This
general descriptions of the procedures are pro- improves the amount of 111In-Zevalin available
vided, FDA and manufacturers’ information to image the tumor. The unlabeled rituximab
should be reviewed in detail before such thera- should not be given as an intravenous bolus
peutic procedures are performed. Both treat- or push because deaths have been reported as
ments have a diagnostic step and a therapeutic a result of myocardial infarction, hypoxia, and
step. In both steps, unlabeled or cold antibody acute respiratory distress syndrome.
is infused followed by the labeled antibody. Whole-body images of the 111In-Zevalin are
Yttrium-90 (90Y)-labeled anti-CD20 murine then obtained at 2 to 24 hours and again at
(entirely mouse) monoclonal antibody (ibritu- 48 to 72 hours to assess biodistribution (Fig.
momab tiuxetan or Zevalin) has been devel- 10-9). These are performed with a large-field-
oped for treatment of disseminated follicular of-view gamma camera using the 172 and
Chapter 10 n Non-PET Neoplasm Imaging and Radioimmunotherapy 357
247 keV photopeaks for 111In with a 15% to but complete response is about 15% only.
20% symmetric energy window. The expected The most common adverse events are throm-
biodistribution of Zevalin is easily detectable bocytopenia and neutropenia, which occur in
activity in the blood pool on the first day of about 90% of patients. There can be poten-
imaging, decreasing on the second and third tially fatal infusion reactions, and the treatment
days; moderately high activity in the normal is contraindicated in patients with known type
liver and spleen; and low or very low activity 1 hypersensitivity or anaphylactic reactions
in normal kidneys, bladder, and bowel. Biodis- to murine proteins. Other infusion reactions
tribution is considered unacceptable if there is include hypotension, angioedema, hypoxia, and
diffuse uptake of 111In-Zevalin in the lungs that bronchospasm.
is more intense than the cardiac blood pool on The dose to caretakers and persons near
the first day or more intense than the liver on a patient treated with Zevalin is less than 1
the second- and third-day images, or activity in mrem (less than 10 μSv), and the patient can be
the kidneys that is more intense than the liver released immediately after treatment without
on the posterior view on the second and third the need to measure dose rates or retained activ-
days, or intense uptake throughout normal ity. Urinary excretion of Zevalin is about 7%
bowel comparable to the liver on the second- or during the first week. From the start of therapy
third-day images. As expected, areas of tumor and for a period of 1 week thereafter, it is rec-
will also be visualized on these images. ommended that a condom be used during inter-
If the biodistribution is acceptable, the 90Y course and deep kissing should be avoided as
Zevalin therapeutic administration is performed should other transfers of bodily fluids. Patients
on day 7, 8, or 9. On the day of treatment, an are advised to wash their hands thoroughly
infusion of unlabeled rituximab is followed after using the toilet. Despite the low radia-
within 4 hours by 0.4 mCi (14.8 MBq)/kg of tion dose to others, patients are also advised
90Y Zevalin intravenously over a period of to sleep apart for 4 to 7 days, drink plenty of
10 minutes. The maximum administered activ- liquids, wash laundry separately, avoid long
ity is 32 mCi (1.18 GBq). Zevalin should not be trips with others, and limit time spent in public
administered to patients with a platelet count of places.
less than 100,000/mm3. In patients with plate- Another anti-CD20 murine (entirely mouse)
let counts between 100,000 and 149,000/mm3, antibody radioimmunotherapeutic agent, tosi-
the administered activity is reduced to 0.3 mCi tumomab (Bexxar), labeled with iodine-131,
(11.1 MBq)/kg. Response rates are about 75%, has also proven useful in the treatment of
358 Chapter 10 n Non-PET Neoplasm Imaging and Radioimmunotherapy
patients with NHL, particularly those with The infusion is done very slowly to avoid reflux
chemotherapy-refractory disease. Like Zevalin, into the gastroduodenal artery. The major-
Bexxar has an initial dosimetric evaluation fol- ity of administered activity will localize in the
lowed in 7 to 14 days by the therapeutic por- capillary bed of the hypervascular tumor and
tion. Before receiving the antibody, the patient to a lesser extent in normal parenchyma. The
receives 650 mg of acetaminophen and 50 mg radiation dose is delivered locally because the
of diphenhydramine orally. In addition, the thy- penetration depth of the Y-90 beta particles is
roid uptake of iodine-131 should be minimized about 2.4 mm only. The lower size limit of the
by prior administration of potassium iodide microspheres prevents the majority from pass-
(SSKI). For the dosimetric step, 450 mg of tosi- ing through the tumor into the venous system,
tumomab in 50 mL of 0.9% sodium chloride is although some do pass through to the lung.
infused intravenously over 60 minutes. This is The localized microspheres remain in the liver,
followed by 35 mg 5 mCi (185 MBq) of iodine do not degrade, and after placement are only
131 tositumomab in 30 mL of 0.9% sodium retrievable by surgery. The product is usually
chloride over 20 minutes. Total body gamma delivered in 5-mL vials with an activity of about
camera counts and whole body images are 81 mCi (3 GBq). The typical administered activ-
obtained at 1 hour and before urination. Addi- ity is about 40 to 70 mCi (1.5 to 2.5 GBq) and is
tional data are collected at 2 to 4 days and 6 to calculated based on the desired absorbed radia-
7 days. Activity initially is seen in the blood pool tion dose. However, the administered activity
and to a lesser extent in the liver and spleen. At may be modified if there has been concomitant
later times, there is activity in the liver, spleen, chemotherapy.
thyroid, bladder, kidney, and tumor sites. Initial patient assessment includes issues
Biodistribution is assessed. If abnormal, the related to tumor resectability, extent of dis-
therapy is not performed. Activity to be admin- ease in the liver, extent of extrahepatic disease,
istered therapeutically is based upon total body hepatic vascular anatomy, arteriovenous shunt-
residence time, body mass typically using sup- ing, liver and renal function, and the general
plied software and is calculated to give a whole constitutional status of the patient. Radio-
body dose of 75 rads (0.75 Gy). I-131 tositu- logic workup consists of a hepatic angiogram,
momab has demonstrated high response rates combined angiogram CT scan, and emboliza-
and long durations of response in patients with tion of the gastroduodenal artery or other ves-
relapsed low-grade and transformed low-grade sel that might result in inadvertent delivery of
NHL. In clinical trials of Bexxar, the objective microspheres. Before actual Y-90 microsphere
response rates ranged from 54% to 71% in pre- delivery, an infusion is performed using 99mTc-
treated patients. In newly diagnosed patients, macroaggregated albumin with imaging to
the response rate has shown to be about 95%. assess any arteriovenous shunting through the
Because this therapy is based upon the energetic tumor vascular bed and thus to the lungs or
gamma emitter iodine-131, regulations regard- inadvertent delivery to other nontumor loca-
ing release of patients are especially important. tions, as well to ensure proper positioning of
the infusion catheter. If there is possible deliv-
TREATMENT OF HEPATOMA ery of the microspheres through small arteries
AND LIVER METASTASES to the stomach, duodenum, or gallbladder, the
WITH INTRAVASCULAR procedure should be abandoned to avoid seri-
MICROSPHERES ous radiation damage to those organs. Treat-
Palliative treatment of nonresectable colorectal ment is questionable if there is a large amount
liver metastases and hepatoma with 90Y-labeled of extrahepatic disease and the liver burden
glass or resin microspheres (TheraSphere and is not the life-threatening problem. If there is
SIR-Spheres) has grown in use over the last arteriovenous shunting of more than 10%
several years. This technique offers more pre- to the lung, the dose must be reduced to pre-
cise targeting of tumor volumes, decreased side vent radiation pneumonitis, and shunting of
effects and morbidity, and decreased radiation greater than 20% is a contraindication to this
of normal tissues. The microspheres are 20 to form of therapy. Portal vein thrombosis is also
60 microns in diameter and are delivered via a contraindication. After the microspheres are
angiographic catheter into the hepatic artery. placed, it is possible to use SPECT imaging of
Chapter 10 n Non-PET Neoplasm Imaging and Radioimmunotherapy 359
the bremsstrahlung radiation from the 90Y to special precautions are required for linens and
confirm localization (Fig. 10-10). clothing, but there is a small amount of activity
Environmental contamination with 90Y micro- that may appear in the urine, and, as a result, for
spheres should be taken seriously. The micro- the first 24 hours, a toilet (not a urinal) should
spheres are very easily spread by foot traffic be used and flushed twice. Many jurisdictions
and hand contamination. Patients may travel have activity restrictions in the event of patient
home after the procedure, and at 5 hours after demise. Typical limits are set for autopsy (4 mCi
implantation, the dose rate at a distance of 0.5 m [150 MBq]), cremation/burial (27 mCi [1 GBq]),
from a patient is about 1 mrem (10 μSv)/hr. No and embalming (4 mCi [150 MBq]).
360 Chapter 10 n Non-PET Neoplasm Imaging and Radioimmunotherapy
l The commonly used cardiac perfusion agents l Lymphoscintigraphy is performed with intra-
thallium-201 and 99mTc-sestamibi accumulate dermal or peritumoral injection of filtered
nonspecifically in many tumors. Sestamibi accu- 99mTc-sulfur colloid. The purpose is to identify
mulates avidly in cells with high mitochondria the sentinel node, which is the lymph node most
content. likely to be involved with metastatic tumor.
Regardless of tumor quadrant location, the
l Many breast cancers, parathyroid adenomas, vast majority of sentinel nodes in breast cancer
and metastatic thyroid cancers accumulate the patients are located in the axilla.
SUGGESTED READINGS Sharp SE, Shulkin BL, Gelfand MJ, et al. 123I-MIBG scintig-
Cole WC, Barrickman J, Bloodworth G. Essential role raphy and 18F-FDG PET in neuroblastoma. J Nucl Med
of nuclear medicine technology in tositumomab and 2009;50:1237-43.
131-tositumomab therapeutic regimen for non-Hodgkin’s Society of Nuclear Medicine practice guideline for breast
lymphoma. J Nucl Med Technol 2006;34:67-73. scintigraphy with breast specific gamma cameras.
Intenzo CM, Jabbour S, Lin HC, et al. Scintigraphic imaging Version 1.0, approved 2010. http://www.snm.org.
of body neuroendocrine tumors. RadioGraphics 2007; Accessed July 3, 2011.
27:1335-69. Spies SM. Imaging and dosing in radioimmunotherapy with
Hindie E, Groheux D, Brenot-Rossi I, et al. The sentinel yttrium-90 ibritumomab tiuxetan (Zevalin). Semin Nucl
node procedure in breast cancer: Nuclear medicine as the Med 2004;34:10-3.
starting point. J, Nucl. Med 2011;52:405-14. Wahl RL. Tositumomab and 131I therapy in non-Hodgkin’s
Krynyckyi BR, Kim CK, Goyenechea MR, et al. Clinical lymphoma. J Nucl Med 2005;46:S128-40.
breast lymphoscintigraphy: Optimal techniques for per- Uren RF, Howman-Giles R, Thompson JF. Patterns of lym-
forming studies, image atlas, and analysis of images. phatic drainage from the skin in patients with melanoma.
RadioGraphics 2004;24:121-45. J Nucl Med 2003;44:570-82.
Kwekkeboom DJ, Krenning EP. Somatostatin receptor Zhu X. Radiation safety considerations radioimmunother-
imaging. Semin Nucl Med 2002;32:84-91. apy with yttrium-90 ibritumomab tiuxetan (Zevalin).
Scarsbrook AF, Ganeshan A, Statham J, et al. Anatomic Semin Nucl Med 2004;34:20-3.
and functional imaging of metastatic carcinoid tumors.
RadioGraphics 2007;27:455-76.
Schaffer NG, Ma J, Huang P, et al. Radioimmunotherapy in
non-Hodgkin lymphoma: Opinions of U.S. medical oncol-
ogists and hematologists. J Nucl Med 2010;51:987-94.
11
18F-FDG PET/CT
Neoplasm Imaging
INDICATIONS QUALITATIVE IMAGE INTERPRETATION
PATIENT PREPARATION FOR 18F-FDG IMAGING PET IMAGE QUANTITATION
NORMAL 18F-FDG DISTRIBUTION WHOLE-BODY 18F-FDG PET/CT NEOPLASM
AND VARIANTS IMAGING
Positron emission tomography (PET) in clinical pulmonary nodules and patients with metas-
practice has been replaced by positron emis- tases from unknown primary tumors), staging
sion tomography/computed tomography (PET/ and restaging disease, monitoring therapeutic
CT). The most commonly used radiopharma- regimen, and in patient follow-up in a number
ceutical is 18F fluorodeoxyglucose (FDG). There of settings. Table 11-1 compares the relative
are other PET agents for tumors, but they are values of common imaging procedures (includ-
not currently in mainstream clinical use. PET ing PET/CT) when diagnosing or assessing a
physics and basic properties of FDG have been neoplastic disease.
discussed in Chapter 1, and PET/CT instru-
mentation and quality control (QC) have been PATIENT PREPARATION FOR
presented in Chapter 2. Use of FDG for brain 18F-FDG IMAGING
and thyroid neoplastic applications are also The biodistribution of 18F-FDG is affected
included in Chapters 3 and 4, respectively. FDG by blood glucose levels. Although there can
imaging in patients with infections and inflam- be competitive displacement of the 18F-FDG
matory conditions is covered in Chapter 12. by high levels of blood glucose, the primary
PET/CT skeletal scintigraphy using 18F sodium- adverse effect of elevated serum glucose is the
fluoride is presented in Chapter 8. resultant elevation of insulin levels. Patients
This chapter is devoted to PET/CT imaging should fast for 4 to 6 hours before a scan (pref-
with 18F-FDG and includes image interpreta- erably overnight) so that basal insulin levels will
tion and quantitation in the setting of neoplasm allow for optimal images. Elevated insulin lev-
imaging. While FDG PET/CT is a powerful tool els degrade scans by increasing muscle uptake
for neoplasm imaging, the sensitivity and speci- of FDG. In general, serum glucose levels should
ficity vary widely among tumor types. In addi- be below 150 mg/dL, but glucose levels up to
tion, while many tumors are FDG-avid, in some 200 mg/dL are usually acceptable for satisfac-
cases, PET/CT may not be helpful in determin- tory image quality. Imaging diabetic patients
ing local staging, whereas, in other cases, PET/ can be especially challenging. In type 1 diabe-
CT is helpful for staging but not for follow-up. tes, insulin is not recommended, and imaging
is usually performed in the morning after an
INDICATIONS overnight fast. In type 2 diabetes, short-acting
PET/CT in the setting of neoplasm is useful for a insulin can be used, but this increases muscle
number of indications, especially when it replaces uptake. If possible, regular insulin should not
other conventional imaging procedures, guides, be used 2 to 4 hours before the examination. In
or obviates the need for invasive diagnostic or fact, in general, the use of insulin is best avoided
therapeutic procedures, or results in a change in altogether.
patient management and/or treatment outcome. Because there is significant excretion of
Depending on the type of neoplasm, PET/CT 18F-FDG via the kidneys (and 18F-FDG is not
may be used for diagnosis (such as with solitary reabsorbed as glucose is), good hydration is
361
TABLE 11-1 Relative Value* and Sensitivity of Various Imaging Procedures for Staging and Follow-Up of Various Tumors
35%-85%
Gastrinoma Octreotide +
75%-93%
VIPoma 111In-Octreotide +
88%
Poorly ++ No
differentiated
neuroendocrine
Benign + 60% 123I-MIBG +++
65%-75%
Malignant ++ 75%-85% 123I -MIBG +++
pheochromocytoma 85%-100%
111In-Octreotide
87%
Paraganglioma ++ 74%-88% 111In-Octreotide 95%-100% localized; 45% for
94% metastases
123I-MIBG
57%-78%
Neuroblastoma Stage 1 and 2 only Stage 4 ++
123I-MIBG for
CT, computed tomography; 18F-FDG, Fluorine-18 fluorodeoxyglucose; 18F-NaF, fluorine-18 sodium fluoride; MRI, magnetic resonance imaging; NM, Nuclear medicine; PET, positron emission tomography;
99mTc-MDP, technetium-99m methylene diphosphonate.
*Value (+ [low] to +++ [high]) is the opinion of the authors, based upon clinical practice and the peer-reviewed literature.
364 Chapter 11 n 18F-FDG PET/CT Neoplasm Imaging
recommended. Accumulation in the bladder scans with the arms in both positions to detect
has prompted some to recommend catheteriza- small lesions. In patients with neck muscle pain,
tion of patients with suspected pelvic pathol- muscle relaxants (e.g., Valium) may be useful
ogy, but, in practice, this is usually unnecessary, to decrease interfering activity in neck muscu-
especially if the patient has voided before begin- lature. While strenuous exercise just prior to
ning the scan and if interpretation includes 18F-FDG administration or during the uptake
using a three-dimensional rotating maximum period may increase regional muscle activity,
intensity projection (MIP) display. Diuretics treadmill stress for myocardial perfusion scans
may be helpful in some patients when clearing performed approximately 4 hours before a
activity from the kidneys and ureters is crucial. PET/CT scan have shown no significant effect
The typical administered activity for 18F-FDG on the quality of the PET study.
is in the range of 10 to 25 mCi (370-925 MBq) or
about 0.14 mCi (5.5 MBq)/kg. Lower activities NORMAL 18F-FDG DISTRIBUTION
may be necessary on some older dedicated PET AND VARIANTS
scanners (such as those using NaI detectors), General
which cannot process the higher count rates. The percentage of a 18F-FDG injected dose in
The injection is intravenous, and the line should major tissues is approximately as follows: urine
be flushed with 20 to 30 mL of saline. Porta- (second hour) 20% to 40%, brain 7%, liver
caths or indwelling catheters should not be used 4.5%, heart 3.3%, red marrow 1.7%, kidneys
unless absolutely necessary because retention in 1.3%, and lungs 0.9%. It is important to know
the reservoirs and catheter tips can cause errors the normal distribution and normal variants in
in evaluation of the chest. If intravenous injec- 18F-FDG accumulation (Fig. 11-1) so as to not
tion is not possible, 18F-FDG can be adminis- confuse them with actual pathology (Tables
tered orally. If axillary or supraclavicular lymph 11-2, 11-3, and 11-4).
node involvement is a consideration (e.g., breast
cancer or upper-extremity melanomas), injec-
tion should be made in the upper extremity on
the opposite side of the lesion. Imaging is typi-
cally performed 45 to 60 minutes after injection
of 18F-FDG. However, a longer waiting period
of up to 2 to 3 hours allows for better uptake
in lesions, especially when imaging tumors are
known to have a lower avidity for FDG, includ-
ing treated lesions. The patient should not talk
or chew gum for 30 minutes after injection of the
18F-FDG because this causes increased uptake in
Adapted from Wang Y, Chiu E, Rosenberg J, et al: Standardized uptake value atlas: Characterization of physiological 18F-FDG uptake in
normal tissues. Mol Imaging Biol 2007;9:83-90.
USA, Uptake in the supraclavicular area.
366 Chapter 11 n 18F-FDG PET/CT Neoplasm Imaging
Continued
368 Chapter 11 n 18F-FDG PET/CT Neoplasm Imaging
with patient age and should be symmetric. Thy- upper back if the patient was tense at the time
roid activity is normally not seen. However, of injection or within 30 minutes after injection.
mild diffuse activity can occasionally be seen Muscle relaxants or antianxiety medications
in normal glands. Significantly increased activ- may be helpful in some patients, especially when
ity can occur with thyroiditis or Graves disease imaging the neck, where the strap muscles often
(Fig. 11-3). An enlarged inhomogeneous gland demonstrate increased activity. Heavy exercise
should raise the possibility of a nodular goiter. within the 24 hours before the examination can
An unexpected intense focal area raises the pos- increase muscle uptake as can elevated insulin
sibility of malignancy (20% to 30%), and fur- levels (Fig. 11-5).
ther evaluation should be performed. Activity can also be seen normally in the dia-
phragmatic crura, intercostal muscles, psoas
Thymus muscles, thoracic paravertebral muscles, fore-
Thymic activity can be seen normally in chil- arms, and muscles of mastication. In patients
dren but also occasionally in young adults up to with severe dyspnea, there is often increased
the age of about 30 years. It is very uncommon activity in intercostal muscles as a result of the
in adults older than 30 years. Increased activity increased work of breathing (see Fig. 11-2). At
also can be seen as a result of thymic rebound any location, symmetry and a diffuse or typical
after chemotherapy in children and young adults linear configuration are often helpful to distin-
but also occasionally in older adults (Fig. 11-4). guish normal muscle activity from pathology.
Activity in the supraclavicular region is typi-
Muscle and Brown Fat cally a result of one of three causes: muscle
In the resting skeletal muscle, 18F-FDG uptake activity, activity in lymph nodes resulting from
is usually low. Increased activity is often seen in pathology, or accumulation in fat. Muscle
the shoulder girdle (especially teres minor) and activity is seen in about 5% of patients and
Chapter 11 n 18F-FDG PET/CT Neoplasm Imaging 369
Figure 11-2. Larynx activity. 18F-FDG PET/CT axial and sagittal fusion images show increased activity in the larynx as a
result of talking during or shortly after the injection. There is also activity from a left lung cancer and intercostal muscles as
well as diaphragmatic crural activity (arrows) as a result of labored breathing caused by chronic obstructive pulmonary disease.
A B
Figure 11-4. Thymus activity. A, The thymus is clearly seen anterior to the aortic arch on the CT scan. B, Increased FDG
activity is evident on the PET/CT scan. In this case, it was a result of thymic rebound after chemotherapy.
1 2 3
4 5 6
Figure 11-5. Muscle activity. Coronal whole-body 18F-FDG PET images show abnormally increased activity in muscles of
the arms and thighs as a result of increased insulin levels. This also can occur as a result of heavy exercise within 24 hours
before the examination.
C
Figure 11-6. Brown or USA (uptake in the supraclavicular area) fat. A, Coronal whole-body 18F-FDG PET image in a
young female shows intense (but normal) symmetric activity in the neck and axilla. This can be mistakenly diagnosed as
lymphoma. B, Transaxial CT and C, 18F-FDG PET/CT fusion images show that the increased metabolic activity is in an area
that is clearly fat density (arrows).
Figure 11-7. Paraspinous fat. Coronal whole-body 18F-FDG PET images show intense (but normal) activity in paraspinous
fat (arrows).
372 Chapter 11 n 18F-FDG PET/CT Neoplasm Imaging
Aorta
18F-FDG activity is seen in the aortic wall of
Lungs
The lungs have relatively low uptake, appearing
photopenic on attenuation-corrected images.
However, on images that are not attenuation
corrected, they will appear to have increased
activity. Pleural effusions from congestive fail- Figure 11-8. Breast activity. An anterior whole-body
ure will not accumulate activity, but empyemas 18F-FDG PET image shows intense activity in both breasts
and malignant effusions often do. in this lactating female. The activity is in the breast tissue
and is not secreted in the breast milk. There is also inciden-
tal activity in “brown fat” in the supraclavicular and lower
Breast cervical region.
Breast activity slightly above that in the blood
pool is normal and is more common in young
women and in postmenopausal women on hor- and not in the luminal contents. The FDG is
mone replacement therapy. It will be greater not excreted by the liver and biliary system
in lactating females (Fig. 11-8), but the activ- into the bowel. Low-level activity is sometimes
ity is in the breast tissue and not in the milk. seen in the normal esophagus and should be
It is not necessary to discontinue breastfeeding uniform throughout its length. Fusiform or
in these patients. However, there may be sig- focal esophageal activity should raise the pos-
nificant dose concerns to the baby from direct sibility of pathology, including neoplasm,
gamma emission from the mother, and, as a although esophagitis can produce a similar
result, some authors recommend that breast- appearance.
feeding be suspended for 8 hours after the Activity in the stomach is often greater
injection. The 18F-FDG activity in the breast is than that in the liver, and a contracted nor-
related to the glandular volume and density. As mal stomach or hiatal hernia can appear very
expected, fatty breasts have less activity than do intense, causing difficulties in evaluation of
dense breasts. However, even in dense breasts esophagogastric junction and gastric neo-
the SUV is almost always less than 1.5 (much plasms. Focal activity in the stomach should
below the 2.5 value that may suggest malignant prompt a search for a gastric mass on the CT.
tissue). Small-bowel activity is usually less than that
seen in the colon and is commonly located
Gastrointestinal Tract in the lower abdomen or pelvis. Activity in
Activity in the bowel is exceedingly variable in the small bowel tends to be faint, but activ-
terms of both intensity and location. The 18F-FDG ity in the colon can normally be quite intense.
activity in the bowel is located in the mucosa It is often essential to view the rotating
Chapter 11 n 18F-FDG PET/CT Neoplasm Imaging 373
for quantifying uptake, the most common is the Because high serum glucose levels reduce
SUV, a semiquantitative index, defined by the tumor FDG uptake and thus SUVs, correc-
following equation: tion for glucose levels is helpful, especially
when SUVs from serial studies are to be com-
Mean ROI activity (mCi / mL) pared. The size of the ROI over an FDG-avid
SUV =
Activity administered (mCi) lesion will affect the average SUV, with smaller
/ body weight(grams) regions of interest resulting in higher average
= grams / mL SUVs. However, as long as the ROI contains
the maximum activity pixel, then the size of the
where ROI is a user-specified region of interest. ROI is irrelevant for determining that maximum
A conversion factor of 1.0 gram per milliliter is value. Recent physical activity can elevate SUV
often used (assuming patients are essentially in muscle, and inflammation in any tissue usu-
water), and this makes the SUV a simple number ally elevates the SUV. Because of partial volume
without units. Calculations can be done for the effects, SUVs of lesions that are smaller than
highest pixel in the object of interest (SUVmax) is the spatial resolution of the scanner will be
or an average value in the ROI (SUVmean). Cal- underestimated. In addition, minor changes in
culation of SUV does not require blood sam- scan technique can result in a change of 25% to
pling. The imaging should take place at the 30% in measured SUV. When doing serial SUV
same time point, if results are to be compared. measurements, it is important to standardize
When 18F-FDG is used, SUV measurements the time after injection because FDG accumula-
may be used to characterize a lesion with tion in tumors, and therefore SUVs, continues
respect to its glucose metabolism. SUVs must to increase with time (up to at least 2 hours).
be obtained using the attenuation-corrected SUV also depends on knowing exactly how
(data) images. The SUV is determined by using much activity was injected and how much may
special software by placing a region of interest have remained in the syringe. Any extravasa-
(ROI) over the portion of the lesion with the tion during injection will also affect calculated
greatest 18F-FDG uptake and thus contain- lesion SUV values. As a result of these many
ing the maximum value pixel. SUVs based on variables, many institutions do not actually
maximal pixel values are commonly used rather calculate SUVs in every day practice but rather
than an average pixel value, although the lat- visually characterize lesions as having no visible
ter has better reproducibility. An SUV would be activity or mild, moderate, or intense uptake.
1.0 if the radionuclide was uniformly distrib- It should be noted that, in practice, visual
uted throughout the body. The approximate interpretation of the PET images often suffices,
normal SUVs for normal tissues are shown in and obtaining SUVs is not necessary in every
Table 11-2. SUV measurements are typically patient. When they are obtained to evaluate a
obtained at 1 hour after injection even though lesion, caution is advised because benign lesions
activity in some lesions, such as neoplasms, may may be very FDG-avid, rendering high SUVs,
be slightly higher at 2 hours. whereas some malignant lesions may demon-
There are a number of factors that affect strate little or no FDG activity, producing low
SUV measurements. Technical factors causing uptake values. When monitoring tumor therapy,
errors in SUV have been discussed at the end SUVs may be requested by treating physicians
of Chapter 2. Body weight and composition as a semi-objective index to aid in the assess-
are obvious factors, with obese patients having ment of therapeutic effects. In some institutions,
higher SUVs than do thin patients for both nor- a decline in SUV (max) after chemotherapy of
mal and malignant tissue. Typically SUVs are more than 25% represents a favorable but par-
based on body weight. SUVs based on estimated tial metabolic response. A complete response is
lean body mass or body surface area are some- indicated by a decline in SUV to background.
times calculated. It should be noted that when
performing serial scans on oncology patients, WHOLE-BODY 18F-FDG PET/CT
significant weight loss between studies may well NEOPLASM IMAGING
affect SUVs, and increasing severity of illness may Cancer cells exhibit a number of aberrant char-
cause significant variation in serum glucose levels acteristics compared with those of normal cells,
from earlier studies, even in diabetic individuals. which can potentially be used to image tumors.
376 Chapter 11 n 18F-FDG PET/CT Neoplasm Imaging
PET and CT, respectively, together they offer therapies should be tried.
unique advantages in the diagnosis, staging, and Interpretation of post-therapy scans can be
monitoring of malignancy. PET may often dem- challenging. Chemotherapy and radiation treat-
onstrate that lymph nodes meeting normal CT ments can cause increased 18F-FDG in both nor-
criteria (less than 1 cm, short-axis) do indeed mal and neoplastic tissues. Post-treatment scans
harbor metastases or, conversely, that enlarged can be complicated by the presence of such
lymph nodes, residual masses, postsurgical inflammation, surgical site changes and wound
scarring, or anatomic distortion are not meta- healing, thymic rebound, or areas of infec-
bolically active and thus not likely malignant. tion occurring as a result of immune depres-
Uptake of 18F-FDG after treatment may pro- sion after chemotherapy. Thus a thorough
vide some information about tumor response. knowledge of the patient’s treatment history is
To monitor therapy response, a pretreatment mandatory.
scan is required as well as serial scans during PET imaging can be of considerable value
therapy. It is important to standardize the pro- in planning radiation therapy, especially when
tocol (fasting time, glucose level, hydration, tumor anatomy and metabolism are mapped by
etc.) to ensure that the scans will be comparable using PET/CT. This more precise localization
because evaluation involves both visual and of disease extent, in turn, permits more accu-
quantitative assessments. The simplest quanti- rate determination of planned treatment vol-
tative method is the ratio of tumor to normal umes. Irradiated neoplasms may initially show
Chapter 11 n 18F-FDG PET/CT Neoplasm Imaging 377
an increase in FDG uptake as well as increased have been reported and should not be mistaken
uptake in the adjacent normal tissues because for exacerbation of disease.
of inflammatory and granulation responses.
In general, increased 18F-FDG uptake in post- Head and Neck Cancers
irradiation regions resolves sufficiently in 2 to Head and neck neoplasms constitute a heteroge-
3 months to permit reevaluation by PET/CT neous variety of lesions. Some of the more com-
imaging, although significant uptake may per- mon tumors, such as squamous cell carcinomas
sist for 6 months or more. Generally, a signifi- of the skin, nasopharynx, oral cavity, and lar-
cant focus of FDG uptake more than 6 months ynx avidly accumulate 18F-FDG (Fig. 11-12).
after radiation treatment is indicative of tumor About half of basal cell carcinomas (mostly the
recurrence. Knowledge of the timing after ther- nodular subtype) have identifiable FDG uptake.
apy, the configuration of the radiation port, Assessment of the primary lesion with PET/CT
and comparison with a baseline scan all greatly is usually unwarranted. However, occasionally,
assist in accurately interpreting scans in this set- an occult lesion presents as a metastasis to cervi-
ting. Postirradiation inflammation can some- cal lymph nodes, and PET imaging can be used
times be identified by its sharp demarcation, as an adjunct to localizing a clinically unappar-
corresponding to the edges of the radiation port ent primary tumor. However, such imaging can
margins. be challenging because of salivary gland excre-
After chemotherapy, marrow rebound with or tion of FDG, asymmetric muscle activity, brown
without G-CSF therapy, can produce intensely fat, pharyngeal muscle uptake, inflammation at
increased activity diffusely in the marrow. This biopsy sites and complex anatomy. 18F-FDG
activity generally returns to baseline levels in PET/CT has proven to be the imaging technique
2 to 4 weeks after therapy, so that a waiting of choice for head and neck cancers.
period of 2 to 4 weeks before18F-FDG PET A primary use of imaging is for staging head
imaging is usually sufficient to avoid interfer- and neck cancers by identifying cervical and
ing activity. In a few patients, marrow activity other regional lymph node metastases as well
remains intense for months. Flare phenomena as distant disease, especially skeletal, hepatic,
causing increased 18F-FDG activity in breast pulmonary, and distant nodal metastases.
cancers shortly after hormonal therapy and Early-stage tumors are treated and often cured
some brain cancers shortly after chemotherapy by surgery or radiation therapy. Limited nodal
A B
Figure 11-12. Laryngeal cancer. A, In this patient who has had a left neck dissection, a CT scan shows a mass in the right
side of the larynx and adjacent adenopathy. The patient also had tiny pulmonary metastases detected on the CT scan only.
B, Axial PET/CT 18F-FDG image shows marked activity in the tumor, but also activity laterally in a lymph node.
378 Chapter 11 n 18F-FDG PET/CT Neoplasm Imaging
metastases are often amenable to surgical resec- accumulate radioiodine to a significant degree.
tion, whereas more extensive regional disease These include poorly differentiated and medul-
usually requires radiation therapy in addition lary cancers. In addition, some thyroid cancers
to surgery. Scanning with 18F-FDG/CT is more that are originally well-differentiated may recur
accurate (≈90%) for staging than is either CT as poorly differentiated cell types that do not
or MRI. For restaging after treatment, detection readily accumulate radioiodines.
of local residual or recurrent tumor is rendered Patients with differentiated thyroid cancers
challenging for all imaging modalities because of are usually treated with a thyroidectomy and 131I
post-therapeutic change associated with altered ablation of thyroid bed remnants and regional
anatomy and inflammation. PET has been nodal disease. Follow-up uses serum thyroglob-
shown to be sensitive (80% to 100%) for local ulin levels and whole-body radioiodine imaging
recurrence, but its specificity is reduced by post- if thyroglobulin levels are elevated. If radioio-
radiation inflammation. Radiation produces the dine-avid lesions are identified by radioiodine
most prominent changes in the epithelial sur- whole-body imaging, then repeat 131I therapy
faces of the oral mucosa, soft palate, paranasal can be used. However, in some patients with ele-
sinuses, and palatine tonsils. To increase speci- vated serum thyroglobulin levels, whole-body
ficity, a minimum waiting period of 4 months radioiodine scans are negative, suggesting less
after radiation has been recommended. At that well-differentiated, more aggressive metastases.
time, there is both high sensitivity and specific- In this setting, 18F-FDG PET imaging has signif-
ity for the detection of recurrent primary tumor icant value because it frequently demonstrates
or for the development of nodal metastases. the recurrent lesions with an accuracy of about
Chemotherapy is a common first-stage treat- 90% (See Fig. 4-14). PET imaging is similarly
ment in advanced head and neck cancers. Scans useful in patients with medullary carcinoma of
with 18F-FDG PET/CT are useful to evaluate the thyroid treated with a thyroidectomy and
response during therapy. In the neoadjuvant who subsequently experience elevated serum cal-
(induction) chemotherapy setting, 18F-FDG citonin levels. Hürthle cell cancer, which is much
PET can identify nonresponders, and additional more aggressive and more often metastatic than
surgical intervention or radiation therapy can other thyroid cancers, usually has an intense 18F-
be avoided in those patients who are unlikely FDG uptake, and this may be the best imaging
to benefit. A decrease in 18F-FDG activity method for evaluating this cell type.
(SUV) of about 80% to 90% is often associ- As with cancers of the head and neck, it is
ated with a complete remission. However, if often difficult to detect small nodal metastases
the decrease is less than 40%, there is likely to in the neck if the patient is scanned with the
be recurrent disease. The picture is somewhat arms raised; it is often necessary to scan the
complicated because, in some patients, the ther- patient with the arms up and then again with
apeutic response varies among different meta- the arms down.
static lymph node sites. Many nonmalignant thyroid nodules accumu-
In patients with unilateral laryngeal nerve late 18F-FDG. However, if there is a very intense
paralysis, asymmetric laryngeal muscle (pos- focus of activity in the nodule, the probability
terior arytenoid muscle) activity on the func- of a malignant lesion is increased. An inciden-
tional unparalyzed side may mimic a metastatic tally detected focus of increased FDG uptake in
lymph node. False-negative studies can result in the thyroid on scans performed for unrelated
patients with tumor deposits less than 6 mm. reasons should be further evaluated to exclude
Small lung metastases are best identified by CT. carcinoma. Diffusely increased uptake com-
monly occurs in patients with thyroiditis and
Thyroid Cancer Graves disease.
Thyroid cancer has been extensively discussed
in Chapter 4. Radioiodines (iodine-131 [131I] Solitary Pulmonary Nodules
and iodine-123 [123I]) are the most widely used and Lung Cancer
radiopharmaceuticals used to evaluate and stage Solitary Pulmonary Nodule. Imaging with
well-differentiated thyroid cancers, commonly FDG PET/CT is useful in the evaluation of pul-
papillary/follicular cell types. However, there monary nodules and masses (Fig. 11-13). The
are a number of thyroid cancers that do not sensitivity and specificity of 18F-FDG PET for
Chapter 11 n 18F-FDG PET/CT Neoplasm Imaging 379
A C D E
Figure 11-13. Non–small cell lung cancer. A, Anterior 18F-FDG image shows activity in the left upper lobe. B, CT scan
demonstrates a left upper lobe spiculated mass. The patient did not want a needle biopsy. C-E, 18F-FDG PET/CT fusion
images show markedly increased activity in the lesion (SUV of 10.3), indicating a high probability that this represents a
malignancy. There is no evidence of regional or distant disease.
differentiating benign from malignant causes for It should be emphasized that lung nodules
solitary pulmonary parenchymal nodules that with suspicious CT characteristics and nega-
are greater than 1 cm is about 95% and 80%, tive 18F-FDG PET scans should be monitored
respectively. Although CT has comparable sen- with serial CT scans or biopsied (see Table
sitivity, its specificity is considerably lower, in 11-5). Similarly, 18F-FDG negative small lung
the range of 40%. SUV reported for pulmonary nodules less than 1 cm, especially in high-risk
nodules is typically an SUVmax. An SUV of 2.5 patients, warrant a CT follow-up because an
or greater usually indicates malignancy (positive average SUV of less than 2.5 may reflect a par-
predictive value [PPV] about 80%), and an SUV tial volume effect rather than the true metabolic
above 4.0 has a PPV of about 90%. Lesions activity of the nodule. It is important to note
with no uptake have a very low likelihood of that with CT/PET fusion images, there may
being malignant (negative predictive value be a misregistration if the scans were not both
[NPV] of more than 95%). However, SUVs are done with shallow breathing. As expected, most
not a binary distinguisher. For nodules with benign pulmonary lesions such as hamartomas,
SUV greater than 0.6 to 0.8 and less than 1.5 to adenomas, and inflammatory nodules are not
2.0, the NPV is about 85% to 90%, and, for an FDG-avid as measured by the SUV.
SUV of 1.5 to 2.0, the NPV is about 80%. Primary Lung Cancer. The most common
False-positive studies may occur in inflamma- primary lung cancers are 18F-FDG-avid, includ-
tory lesions and granulomatous diseases such a ing both small-cell and non–small-cell types.
sarcoidosis, tuberculosis, and fungal infections However, because small-cell carcinoma is con-
(see Chapter 12). Such hypermetabolic lesions sidered to be metastatic at the time of its diagno-
must be considered malignant until proved sis and because the initial treatment is systemic
benign. Although non–FDG-avid lesions are chemotherapy, primary staging with PET/CT
highly unlikely to be malignant, false-negative imaging may not be warranted. Thus PET/CT
studies may be seen in neoplasms with low imaging has largely been directed toward the
metabolic activity such as a carcinoid tumor, a evaluation of non–small-cell lung cancer.
bronchioalveolar cancer, or a well-differentiated After a diagnosis of non–small-cell carci-
adenocarcinoma. Metastasis with low cellular noma of the lung has been made, PET imaging
density, such as mucinous lesions, may also show can play an important role in staging, treat-
low 18F-FDG uptake. Primary lung cancers with ment planning, and restaging of the disease.
low FDG levels usually represent stage 1 lesions Although CT is the preferred method of assess-
with an excellent prognosis after resection. ing primary tumor size and invasion, 18F-FDG
380 Chapter 11 n 18F-FDG PET/CT Neoplasm Imaging
PET can be helpful in evaluating patients pre- Thus surgical treatment can proceed, based on
senting with pleural effusions by distinguish- a negative PET scan.
ing malignant from benign effusions with an PET is an excellent technique for detecting
accuracy of 90%. PET may also aid initial distant metastases. About 10% of patients who
CT assessment by distinguishing metabolically have no evidence of metastatic disease on CT
active primary tumor from adjacent atelectasis are subsequently shown to have metastases on
or postobstructive pneumonitis. Such differen- 18F-FDG scans. PET can reliably differentiate
tiation can greatly aid in radiation treatment benign from malignant causes of abnormal body
planning, allowing more precise determination CT findings and can help distinguish benign
of treatment volumes. adrenal masses from metastases. Because of
Scanning with 18F-FDG PET/CT has been the high degree of FDG uptake in normal brain
shown to be superior to other forms of imag- tissue, PET is less sensitive for detecting small
ing for initial staging of non–small-cell lung cerebral metastases and is significantly less sen-
cancer, particularly with regard to spread to sitive than is MRI.
regional lymph nodes, which is an important The use of PET/CT scans to predict response
determinant of treatment options. Surgical to adjuvant therapies for non–small-cell lung
resection of a primary lesion is often possible cancer has not been extensively studied. How-
with ipsilateral, hilar, and mediastinal, as ever, an incomplete response of decreased
well as subcarinal lymph node involvement. 18F -FDG uptake after radiation or chemother-
But disease in the contralateral, hilar, and apy therapy appears to have almost the same
mediastinal nodes usually dictates nonsurgi- poor prognosis as those who show no decrease
cal treatment (Fig. 11-14). The CT criteria of in 18F-FDG uptake after treatment. The median
size (greater than 1 cm) for abnormal lymph survival of those patients with positive 18F-FDG
nodes are relatively insensitive (45% sensitiv- scans at the completion of therapy is about 1 to
ity, 85% specificity) for detecting metastatic 2 years, whereas those with negative results
disease to hilar and mediastinal lymph nodes. have about an 80% 3-year survival. Even in
By using metabolic criteria, PET has a sensitiv- aggressively treated patients, the recurrence
ity and specificity of 80% to 90%. However, rate of intrathoracic and distant disease is
because the positive predictive value for medi- high. Because of its high sensitivity and speci-
astinal disease of an abnormal PET scan is only ficity, PET can be very useful in evaluating
65%, owing to false-positive studies caused patients for suspected recurrence. In non–
by inflammatory lymph nodes, confirmation small-cell lung cancer, SUV has been shown
of metastatic disease should be sought before to be an independent predictor of survival.
surgical treatment is denied. Importantly, the Patients whose tumors exhibit high SUVs
negative predictive value of an 18F-FDG PET (more than 10 to 20) have significantly lower
scan for mediastinal metastases is about 95%. survival rates.
Chapter 11 n 18F-FDG PET/CT Neoplasm Imaging 381
A
B
C D E
Figure 11-14. Recurrent metastatic lung cancer. A, Anterior whole-body 18F-FDG PET image shows multiple foci of
increased activity in the mediastinum, liver, and bones. B, On the axial CT image, the mediastinal nodes are difficult to
appreciate. C-E, Axial, sagittal, and coronal PET/CT images provide much better spatial localization of the mediastinal and
vertebral body metastases.
In the postsurgical patient, PET can reliably well-differentiated adenocarcinomas can have
differentiate postsurgical scarring from meta- little 18F-FDG uptake, resulting in false-negative
bolically active recurrent tumor. In patients scans. False-positive scans can occur as a result
undergoing radiation therapy, resultant radia- of benign processes with high metabolic rates,
tion pneumonitis is often metabolically active, including granulomas, sarcoidosis, tuberculosis,
likely related to cellular inflammatory and mac- histoplasmosis, coccidiomycosis, Mycobacterium
rophage reaction. This activity may obscure avium intracellulare, and simple pneumonias.
underlying persistent or recurrent viable tumor. Increased 18F-FDG uptake occurs in mesothelio-
Knowledge of the time of treatment and the mas. PET scanning has been reported to be supe-
position of the radiation field is essential to rior to CT for staging this tumor, particularly in
accurate interpretation. Generally, waiting at documenting the extent of pleural disease and
least 3 months after radiation therapy is com- detecting small involved mediastinal lymph nodes.
pleted before performing follow-up FDG PET/
CT imaging is recommended. Radiation pneu- Lymphomas
monitis may remain metabolically active on Both Hodgkin and non-Hodgkin lymphomas of
PET scans for 6 months after treatment and, all types accumulate 18F-FDG, although low-grade
occasionally, up to a year or more. lymphomas do not accumulate activity as well as
Bronchioalveolar carcinoma, carcinoid lesions intermediate or high-grade lymphomas. Low-
less than 1 cm in diameter, and, occasionally, grade lymphomas, especially mucosa-associated
382 Chapter 11 n 18F-FDG PET/CT Neoplasm Imaging
A B C
Figure 11-15. Lymphoma. A, Anterior whole-body 18F-FDG image performed for staging shows abnormal activity in
para-aortic nodes and inguinal areas and mediastinum. B and C, Coronal images from the PET/CT clearly show the massive
para-aortic adenopathy as well as mediastinal involvement.
lymphoid tissue (MALT), may produce false- images. In some settings, post-treatment scans
negative results and may involve lymph nodes are appropriate after one or two cycles of
less than 1 cm in diameter, although these con- chemotherapy are completed. It is prudent to
stitute about 25% of positive sites on a PET wait 1 to 2 weeks after therapy to avoid tran-
scan. False-positive studies may be caused by sient fluctuations in tumor metabolism. Scans
inflammation and infections involving lymph done as early as 1 week after initiation of che-
nodes, especially granulomatous infections. motherapy can show significant reduction in
Because the anatomic distribution of active activity assessed both visually and using SUVs.
disease is a major determinant of the mode The amount of reduction correlates with the
of therapy used, PET/CT and other imaging ultimate outcome. About 80% to 90% of
modalities play an important role in the stag- patients with residual activity after one cycle
ing and restaging of lymphoma (Fig. 11-15). In of chemotherapy will relapse, whereas about
general, 18F-FDG PET is more sensitive (85% to 80% to 90% of those with no activity at the
95%) and specific (95%) than is CT for detect- same time will have much longer disease-free
ing nodal disease, as well as splenic and hepatic periods. In the treatment setting, false-positive
involvement. Existing information also indi- scans can result from thymic rebound, reactive
cates that PET is superior to gallium-67 (67Ga) bone marrow, and inflammatory or infectious
single-photon emission computed tomography processes. Marrow activity is highest at the
(SPECT) scanning for imaging lymphoma. cessation of chemotherapy, declines quickly
Although marrow disease is accurately detected in 2 to 4 weeks but sometimes is not normal
by using 18F-FDG PET, caution should be exer- for many months. Thymic activity (See Fig.
cised when interpreting scans of patients who 11-4) is quite different with the lowest thymic
have received colony stimulating factors or who uptake found at the end of chemotherapy and
may be experiencing a post-chemotherapy mar- then increasing and reaching a peak at about
row rebound. 10 months post-therapy. Afterward, it slowly
Using PET to monitor therapy response decreases over the next 12 to 24 months.
requires a baseline 18F-FDG scan before treat- After therapy is completed, 18F-FDG/CT scan-
ment to compare with intra- or post-treatment ning can determine the overall response and can
Chapter 11 n 18F-FDG PET/CT Neoplasm Imaging 383
be very helpful in determining the significance no proven clinical role for FDG in screening
of residual masses (Fig. 11-16). Relapse occurs for primary breast cancer or the evaluation of
in almost all patients who have a positive PET axillary lymph nodes. It should not be used as
scan after the completion of therapy, whereas a replacement for either bone scintigraphy or
relapse occurs in about 25% of patients with diagnostic CT.
residual masses on CT. The absence of disease The sensitivity and specificity of whole body
on a post-treatment PET scan correlates with 18F-FDG PET for detection for primary breast
a low relapse rate. However, because a nega- cancer are both about 70% to 90%; however,
tive PET scan cannot exclude minimal residual these rates are markedly affected by tumor size.
disease, about 20% will suffer a relapse. Subse- For lesions below 10 mm, the sensitivity is about
quent follow-up 18F-FDG scans have a sensitiv- 25%. False-negative studies may be caused by in
ity and specificity of about 80% to 90% for the situ, tubular and lobular carcinomas, as well as
detection of recurrent lymphoma. Although a by ductal carcinomas in situ and small lesions.
low-grade lymphoma initially has a low SUV, For lesions less than 2 cm in diameter, 18F-FDG
an increase in the SUV on a follow-up scan scanning has a negative predictive value of only
suggests the possibility of transformation to a 50%, and, therefore it cannot reliably be used
higher-grade tumor. to defer or delay biopsy of a mammographically
Even though the gray matter of the brain has suspicious lesion. Advances in dedicated high-
high 18F-FDG activity, central nervous system spatial resolution PET breast scanners (so-called
involvement by lymphoma in patients with positron emission mammography or PEM) have
human immunodeficiency virus (HIV) disease is shown sensitivity rates for known breast cancers
more avid. PET has been used in this setting to equivalent to MRI (about 90%). PEM has been
distinguish central nervous system lymphoma shown to have a high PPV of 0.88. It can depict
from infections, such as toxoplasmosis. Lym- breast cancers not detected mammographically.
phomatous involvement of bone can be best In selected patients unable to undergo an MRI,
imaged with either FDG PET or MRI. FDG PEM may provide an acceptable alternative.
allows a better assessment of current tumor Benign breast tumors usually have very low
activity (Fig. 11-17). 18F-FDG uptake and are usually not a source of
B C D
Figure 11-17. Lymphomatous involvement of bone. A, Anterior 18F-FDG whole-body image shows extensive activity in
the left femur. B, CT scan is essentially normal. C and D, Both the PET/CT and MRI easily show the extent of disease as well
as extension into soft tissue at the mid portion of the femur.
replace sentinel node biopsy or axillary node rate. This may be a result of nonvisualization of
dissection for initial staging of breast cancer. lesions less than 0.6 to 1.0 cm in size or when the
PET/CT is useful as an adjunct to initial stag- lesion is well differentiated. For restaging, 18F-
ing of large or locally advanced breast cancers FDG PET has a relatively high sensitivity (90%)
to find distant disease. False-positive results can and specificity (80%) for the detection of recur-
occur because of inflammatory changes shortly rent disease, both locoregionally and at distant
after biopsy or surgery. sites. It is especially useful to distinguish mature
PET/CT can be used to monitor response to postsurgical scarring and fibrosis seen on CT
therapy. Shortly after initiation of therapy with from locally recurrent cancer.
tamoxifen in patients with ER-positive breast
cancers, there can be a “flare” phenomenon, dur- Esophageal Cancer
ing which uptake of 18F-FDG actually increases Normal 18F-FDG uptake in the esophagus
even though the tumor is responding favorably should be uniform. Because 18F-FDG will accu-
to therapy. When PET imaging is used to moni- mulate in both esophageal adenocarcinoma and
tor early response of breast cancer to cytotoxic squamous cell cancers, focally increased activ-
chemotherapy, favorable results can often be ity should raise the suspicion of malignancy
identified as early as a week or so after commenc- (Fig. 11-18). However, focal activity can also
ing treatment. As with other tumors, persistence be a result of benign processes such as esopha-
of 18F-FDG activity after therapy carries a poor gitis, hiatal hernia, Barrett esophagus, post-
prognosis. A negative scan at the end of therapy procedural changes from balloon dilatation
is still associated with about a 25% recurrence procedures, and inflammatory changes from
Chapter 11 n 18F-FDG PET/CT Neoplasm Imaging 385
B C D
Figure 11-18. Esophageal cancer. A, 18F-FDG anterior whole-body image shows an intense focus of activity in the mid-
esophagus. B-D, PET/CT scans show the esophageal lesion, but, more importantly, the distant hepatic metastases. There is
normal physiologic activity in the renal collecting system and bladder.
radiation therapy, which reduces the specificity differentiate between enlarged or FDG-avid
of such esophageal activity. nodes in the gastrohepatic ligament (resectable)
The limited resolution of PET scans compro- and celiac nodes (unresectable). This can be dif-
mises the evaluation of local invasion or regional ficult; however, gastrohepatic ligament nodes
lymph node metastases, and, therefore it is not are slightly more cephalad and anterior to the
appropriate for detecting and staging primary origin of the celiac artery rather than adjacent
tumors. Primary tumor (T) staging of these to the celiac artery itself.
tumors is done with endoscopic ultrasound. The PET/CT scanning is primarily used to evalu-
insensitivity of FDG PET for detecting regional ate the possibility of stage 4 disease (distant
nodal disease is likely related to the proximity metastases) and to identify those patients who
of involved nodes to the primary lesion, which are not candidates for surgical resection. PET
makes differentiation difficult, and to the often is more accurate (80% to 90%) than is CT for
microscopic nature of the nodal disease. How- the evaluation of cervical and upper abdominal
ever, when present, the finding of a discrete nodal disease and spread to liver, lung, or bone.
positive periesophageal or regional focus on In patients treated by resection of the primary
PET imaging is highly predictive of metastatic lesion, PET is very sensitive but not specific for
nodal disease, with a specificity of about 90%. recurrence at the anastomotic site. However,
FDG PET/CT imaging of early stage (Tis or T1) for the detection of distant recurrence outside
disease is not recommended because of the low of the surgical field, PET is both sensitive (95%)
yield of positive results. and specific (80%).
For PET/CT evaluation of tumors in the Reviews of the use of FDG PET for assess-
lower thoracic esophagus, it is important to ment of esophageal cancer response are mixed,
386 Chapter 11 n 18F-FDG PET/CT Neoplasm Imaging
A
B
C D E
Figure 11-19. Gastric cancer. A, 18F-FDG whole-body image scan shows abnormal focal activity near the gastric fundus
but also two nearby FDG-avid lymph nodes (arrows). B-D, Axial CT and axial and coronal PET/CT images show the activ-
ity in the thickened gastric wall. E, Additional coronal PET/CT image shows the lymph node metastasis between the spleen
and left kidney.
Chapter 11 n 18F-FDG PET/CT Neoplasm Imaging 387
cases of aggressive non-Hodgkin lymphoma mucinous cell type lesions and their metastases
but much less uptake and intensity in cases of tend to have relatively low 18F-FDG uptake.
mucosa-associated lymphoid tissue (MALT). The initial staging of colon cancer is predi-
cated on endoscopic ultrasound, surgical, and
Gastrointestinal Stromal Tumors pathologic findings. PET has a minor role in
This uncommon tumor represents about 5% of initial local and regional staging as sensitiv-
all sarcomas. It most frequently occurs in the ity (≈30%) is reduced in the presence of small
stomach, less often in the small intestine, and quantities of malignant cells in pericolic lymph
rarely in the colon. The sensitivity and positive nodes and by the close proximity of the nodes
predictive values are very high (85% to 100%) to the primary tumor. However, when nodes
for both CT and 18F-FDG PET. These tumors are detected as FDG-positive, the specificity of
typically have high peripheral activity with cen- the study is high (95%).
tral cold areas. Compared with CT, 18F-FDG In detecting distant metastases, both nodal
PET is better at predicting response after ima- (internal iliac and retroperitoneal) and extra-
tinib (tyrosine kinase inhibitor [Gleevec, Novar- nodal, PET is superior to CT in both sensitivity
tis]) therapy. and specificity, at 95% and 75%, respectively
(Fig. 11-20). In the liver, both modalities are
Colorectal Cancer limited and inferior to MRI in detecting lesions
Although 18F-FDG PET is very sensitive in the less than 1 cm in size. However, PET can play
identification of primary colorectal adenocarci- an important role in the selection of patients
nomas (90% to 100%), the specificity (40% to for curative resection or ablation of isolated
60%) is limited by the presence of physiologic hepatic metastases by determining the presence
bowel activity as well as activity accumulation or absence of coexisting extrahepatic metastases.
in inflammatory lesions and benign colonic In this respect, PET offers significant incremental
polyps. As was noted with stomach cancers, value to CT imaging, by identifying 10% to 20%
C D E
Figure 11-20. Sigmoid cancer. A, Anterior 18F-FDG whole-body image shows extensive abnormal hepatic activity, normal
physiologic colon activity, and a focal area of increased colon activity just above and to the left of the bladder, which could
easily be mistaken for normal colonic activity. B, Axial CT and C, PET/CT images clearly show this activity to be in a focally
thickened wall of the sigmoid. D and E, Sagittal and coronal PET/CT images also show the extensive and necrotic hepatic
metastases.
388 Chapter 11 n 18F-FDG PET/CT Neoplasm Imaging
additional extrahepatic sites of involvement than should be correlated with CT findings to avoid
with CT alone. With respect to evaluation of treat- false-positive etiologies such as sigmoid diver-
ment success after local ablative therapy of liver ticulitis or even bladder diverticula. Both dur-
metastases from colorectal carcinoma, including ing and after radiotherapy and chemotherapy,
cryotherapy, hepatic artery chemotherapy, and tumor uptake of 18F-FDG may increase even
radiofrequency ablation, metabolic imaging with though the lesion is responding. This is some-
PET has been shown to be more accurate than what similar to the flare phenomenon described
is CT in differentiating post-therapy change from for breast cancer. Follow-up scans are not
residual or recurrent tumor. usually performed during therapy, and post-
After initial treatment of colorectal carci- therapy scans are usually delayed for about
noma, PET offers significant information for 2 months after the completion of therapy.
restaging the disease: 18F-FDG PET has been
shown to be more sensitive than is CT or Hepatocellular Carcinoma
carcinoembryonic antigen (CEA) levels, and (Hepatoma)
equally as specific as CEA levels for detecting Although frequently hypermetabolic, hepa-
recurrence. In this setting, PET is particularly tocellular carcinomas may contain high levels
useful for differentiating postsurgical and radi- of phosphatases (as do normal hepatocytes),
ation change from recurrent disease, especially which can dephosphorylate FDG, permitting it
in the pelvis and presacral space. The 18F-FDG to diffuse out of the tumor cells. Thus 18F-FDG
scans are also valuable in cases in which there activity in hepatomas is variable, and only
is a rising CEA titer and no obvious abnormal- about 50% of hepatocellular carcinomas
ity on CT. Positive 18F-FDG follow-up scans can be imaged with 18F-FDG (Fig. 11-21).
A B
C D E
Figure 11-21. Hepatoma. A, Anterior 18F-FDG whole-body image shows abnormally increased activity medially in the
right lobe of the liver. B, Axial CT scan image shows a low attenuation lesion in this region. C-E, PET/CT axial, sagittal,
and coronal images show activity in part of this hepatoma. Many hepatomas, however, do not show this level of uptake.
Chapter 11 n 18F-FDG PET/CT Neoplasm Imaging 389
Therefore 18F-FDG PET is not useful as ultra- establish the presence of a significant lesion (Fig.
sound or three-phase CT as a screening tool to 11-22). However, because of the advanced stage
detect small hepatocellular carcinomas or as and aggressive nature of this cancer, the role for
CT for the detection of distant disease. Some PET/CT in staging and restaging pancreatic car-
authors have examined the potential utility of cinoma or in directing management of patients
11C-acetate for the evaluation of hepatomas. awaits further definition.
Although the sensitivity is not as high as for
18F-FDG, 11C-acetate may accumulate in those Bone Tumors
well-differentiated tumors that 18F-FDG does Scanning with 18F-FDG PET is useful in evalu-
not. In general, for a hepatic lesion, if it accu- ating the metabolic rate of osteosarcomas, their
mulates both 18F-FDG and 11C-acetate, a diag- response to adjuvant and aggressive chemo-
nosis of hepatoma should be favored. However, therapy, and location of residual viable tumor.
if the lesion accumulates only FDG and not Because osteosarcomas are often heterogeneous
acetate, a lesion other than hepatoma is likely. (Fig. 8-46), the maximum SUV is a better indi-
cator of the true malignant potential than is the
Pancreatic Cancer average tumor SUV. In general, a higher maxi-
FDG PET/CT is sensitive and specific for the mum SUV correlates with a poorer prognosis.
detection of primary pancreatic carcinoma. PET has been used to monitor response to ther-
Thus it may be a useful adjunct to previous apy in both osteosarcoma and Ewing tumor.
equivocal CT or endoscopic retrograde cholan- Decline in 18F-FDG uptake after therapy has
giopancreatography (ERCP) examinations to been associated with an improved prognosis.
A
B
C D E
Figure 11-22. Pancreatic cancer. A, Anterior 18F-FDG whole-body PET image shows abnormal activity in the liver and
mediastinum as a result of metastatic disease. B, Axial CT scan shows enlargement of the tail of the pancreas. C-E, Axial,
sagittal, and coronal PET/CT images show that the pancreatic cancer itself (arrows) has mildly increased activity.
390 Chapter 11 n 18F-FDG PET/CT Neoplasm Imaging
A
B
C D E
Figure 11-23. Melanoma. A, Anterior 18F-FDG whole-body image shows significant abnormal activity in the right axilla
where a melanoma had been previously excised. There is also abnormal activity in the right lower cervical region and proxi-
mal right femur. B, Axial PET/CT images show clumped abnormal right axillary lymph nodes and C, a solitary skeletal
metastasis in the right proximal femur. D and E, Sagittal and coronal PET/CT images confirm these findings.
For differentiation of residual masses after ther- 95%; for lesions 6 to 10 mm, about 80%; and
apy, 18F-FDG PET is more reliable than either for lesions less than 5 mm, less than 20% (Figs.
CT or MRI, and it is sensitive for the detec- 11-23 and 11-24). The replacement of PET
tion and evaluation of pulmonary metastases. with PET/CT does not appear to have affected
A variety of benign and malignant bone neo- overall node or metastasis staging with the
plasms will accumulate FDG, and it should be exception of the detection of tiny pulmonary
noted that aggressive benign bone tumors (e.g., nodules on CT. 18F-FDG PET/CT scanning
fibrous dysplasia and giant cell tumors) can cannot replace lymphoscintigraphy to identify
have SUVs as high as or higher than those of sentinel nodes for staging biopsy of regional
osteosarcomas. lymph nodes.
However, PET/CT has proved to be useful
Malignant Melanoma in detecting distant metastases. Because of the
Scanning with 18F-FDG PET/CT is of limited wide variety of sites to which melanoma can
use in initial staging of patients for spread to metastasize, PET/CT is an efficient examination
regional lymph nodes or in patients with pri- to detect such spread throughout the body. In
mary lesions less than 1 mm in thickness and addition, the detection of unsuspected distant
no evidence of metastases. Although melanoma metastases at initial staging or restaging has
typically exhibits marked FDG avidity, mini- been shown to alter patient management in a
mal nodal metastases may simply be too small significant percentage of patients, particularly
to be detected. The sensitivity for detecting those who are at a high risk for distant disease
melanoma lesions greater than 1 cm is about based on the extent of locoregional disease or
Chapter 11 n 18F-FDG PET/CT Neoplasm Imaging 391
those who have distant disease and are consid- The sensitivity and specificity of 18F-FDG PET/
ering aggressive therapy. Because of the nor- CT for uterine cancer is about 90% to 95%.
mally high uptake of 18F-FDG in the brain, an As with most other tumors, the sensitivity for
evaluation of central nervous system metastases gynecologic malignancy lesions less than 1 cm is
is best done with MRI. reduced to about 30% to 50%, and for lesions
less than 5 mm reported sensitivities are 0% to
Gynecologic Cancers 20%. Sensitivity of FDG PET/CT for detecting
Any 18F-FDG activity in the ovary of a post- pelvic and para-aortic lymph node metastases
menopausal woman should be considered suspi- from endometrial cancer is about 50%. Com-
cious for malignancy. For ovarian cancer located pared to MRI, PET/CT is of limited usefulness
inside the pelvis, adding 18F-FDG PET scan to a for staging, although it can be helpful in detect-
CT scan does not improve accuracy of diagno- ing distant metastases.
sis even though the PET sensitivity and positive
predictive values are about 70% to 90%. How- Renal and Bladder Cancers
ever, 18F-FDG PET does add marginally to the Renal and bladder cancers are both difficult to
accuracy for lesions outside of the pelvis (such evaluate with 18F-FDG PET/CT. There is great
as the diaphragm, liver surface, omentum, and variability of FDG uptake by renal cell cancers.
lymph nodes). For peritoneal carcinomatosis, Only 50% to 70% have sufficient 18F-FDG
sensitivity with 18F-FDG is only about 60%, uptake to be imaged successfully. Oncocytomas
but it is still higher than that with CT (≈45%). have been reported to be FDG-avid. Interpreta-
If either a nodular or diffuse pattern is seen in tion can also be complicated by an occasional
the peritoneum, the positive predictive value normal variant increase of 18F-FDG in the
with PET is about 90%. 18F-FDG PET/CT can perirenal fat and in benign renal lesions, such
detect ovarian cancer recurrence in symptomatic as angiomyolipomas. However, the most sig-
patients with normal CA-125 levels; however, nificant issue is the large amount of urinary
contrast-enhanced CT and PET/CT have similar excretion of 18F-FDG, which can easily mask a
accuracy in detecting recurrent ovarian cancer. tumor in the kidney or bladder. Further, activ-
The value of PET/CT scanning in cervi- ity in ureters segmented by peristalsis can mimic
cal cancer or endometrial cancers is yet to be pathologic retroperitoneal nodes. FDG alone is
fully defined. Cervical cancer can accumulate not a useful tracer for the detection of primary
18F-FDG with a sensitivity of about 70% to bladder cancer, although the CT portion of a
90% and specificity of about 90%. Unfortu- PET/CT can sometimes detect extravesicular
nately, there is significant difficulty in differ- extension. Sensitivity of FDG for nodal meta-
entiating tumor and nodal metastases from static disease is about 75% and declines to 50%
18F-FDG activity in nearby bowel, bladder, and after chemotherapy.
ureters. In these cases, the CT portion of the
examination can be helpful. Prostate and Testicular Cancers
Benign uterine tumors (including leiomyoma) The role of FDG PET/CT scanning in pros-
usually have mild uptake of FDG. Leiomyo- tate cancer patients is extremely limited. MRI
sarcomas of the uterus usually have moderate is the most sensitive and accurate (about 90%
to intense 18F-FDG uptake. Malignant uterine for both) imaging test. The sensitivity of 18F-
tumors usually have intense uptake, although FDG for the detection of prostate cancer is
small malignant tumors may have low uptake. poor (≈50% to 65%). Even aggressive prostate
392 Chapter 11 n 18F-FDG PET/CT Neoplasm Imaging
cancers can be 18F-FDG-negative. This may scans can be effectively used for the detection of
be a result of the low glucose metabolism of prostatic osseous metastases.
well-differentiated or slowly growing cells. An The normal testes can show variable accumu-
additional problem is the marked urinary excre- lation of FDG with SUVs ranging from about
tion and accumulation in the bladder of the 1 to 6 and a mean of about 2.7. In testicular can-
18F-FDG, obscuring nearby minimal or moder- cer, seminomas avidly accumulate FDG, whereas
ate uptake. A major problem is that 18F-FDG other nonseminomatous germ-cell tumors can
uptake is not specific and cannot distinguish have variable uptake. Teratomas may dem-
between benign prostatic hyperplasia, prostate onstrate low FDG uptake, especially mature
cancer, and postoperative scarring. teratomas, and PET using FDG cannot reliably
Other tracers have recently been proposed, differentiate post-treatment scar tissue from
including 11C-choline or 11C-acetate. In early residual disease in mature lesions.
studies, 11C-acetate appears to be significantly
more sensitive than is 18F-FDG but less spe- Miscellaneous Tumors
cific because acetate accumulates substantially Multiple Myeloma. Disease status in
in hyperplastic tissue. Carbon-11 choline is myeloma is often difficult to assess. Imaging of
known to be more sensitive than is FDG-PET multiple myeloma is most commonly done with
for imaging prostate carcinoma but is limited skeletal survey and MRI (for marrow involve-
by the inability to localize microscopic foci. As ment). Radionuclide bone scans are frequently
mentioned in Chapter 8, 18F-NaF PET/CT bone insensitive to focal lesions. FDG PET/CT is
A
B
C D E
Figure 11-25. Multiple myeloma. A, Anterior 18F-FDG whole-body PET image demonstrates many FDG-avid focal bone
lesions. These were not visible on a radionuclide bone scan, but lytic lesions were seen on plain radiographs and CT. B-E,
PET/CT images demonstrate the bone lesions but also clearly show focal increased activity medial to the spleen as a result
of myeloma in the soft tissues.
Chapter 11 n 18F-FDG PET/CT Neoplasm Imaging 393
more sensitive than skeletal radiograph and radionuclide bone scans, or plain films in the
is as sensitive as MRI in detecting diffuse dis- detection and response to therapy of Langer-
ease in the spine and pelvis. Although CT and hans cell histiocytosis in the bones and soft tis-
MRI can identify lesions, they cannot differen- sues. A few reports also indicate that the lesions
tiate active disease from inactive disease, post- in Erdheim-Chester disease are often FDG-avid.
treatment scarring, fractures, or benign lesions. Neuroblastoma. Neuroblastomas and their
Scans with 18F-FDG can impact patient man- metastases often accumulate 18F-FDG. How-
agement by detecting sites of radiographically ever, radioiodine-labeled metaiodobenzyl-
occult disease, recognizing disease progression, guanidine (MIBG) is still felt to be superior,
identifying extramedullary disease that worsens particularly for the detection of residual disease.
the patient’s prognosis, and assessing the suc- Bone marrow involvement with neuroblastoma
cess of localized skeletal radiation therapy (Fig. is often difficult to detect because of mild uptake
11-25). PET has shown to be useful in evaluat- and the presence of normal marrow activity.
ing early-stage plasma cell dyscrasias (monoclo- Pheochromocytoma and Paraganglioma.
nal gammopathy of undetermined significance), PET agents, such as 18F-fluorodopamine, 18F-dihy-
which may progress to multiple myeloma, to droxyphenylalanine, and 11C-hydroxyephedrine,
exclude the presence of more extensive disease. have been shown to localize in pheochromocyto-
Histiocytosis. FDG PET/CT scanning has mas. The detection rate with 18F-FDG is about
been reported to be superior to CT, MRI, 70% (Fig. 11-26) and may be useful in patients
A
B
C D E
Figure 11-26. Pheochromocytoma. A, Anterior 18F-FDG whole-body PET image shows increased activity in the right
adrenal gland in this patient with anxiety, sweating, tremors, and heart palpitations. B, Axial contrasted CT scan shows the
lesion to be very vascular (arrow). C-E, PET/CT images provide excellent spatial localization of the FDG within the right
adrenal gland.
394 Chapter 11 n 18F-FDG PET/CT Neoplasm Imaging
B C
D E
A
Figure 11-27. Malignant fibrous histiocytoma. A, Anterior 18F-FDG whole-body image shows abnormal activity in the
right chest and adrenal glands. B and C, Axial CT and D and E, axial PET/CT images show the large multilobular lung lesion
as well as the bilateral adrenal metastases.
Chapter 11 n 18F-FDG PET/CT Neoplasm Imaging 395
tumor is detected in less than 40% of patients specificity and high sensitivity in this setting.
by using conventional diagnostic procedures. This is expected because, although the proce-
Scanning with 18F-FDG PET has been used to dure can easily identify many tumor types, there
evaluate the origin of these neoplasms and can are a few common lesions (such as prostate can-
detect the primary tumor in about 40% of cases. cer) that are not readily detected.
Overall, 18F-FDG PET has an intermediate
l The value of FDG PET/CT scans in staging most l Focal, often symmetric 18F-FDG activity in
neoplasms is not in the evaluation of local dis- the neck, supraclavicular, and axillary regions
ease but rather regional and distant disease. should raise the suspicion of brown fat, particu-
larly in females and during cold weather. It may
l Diffuse FDG activity may be seen in the thyroid, also be present in the paraspinal and intercostal
but focal activity should raise the suspicion of areas, usually symmetrically. Linear areas in the
thyroid cancer. neck, shoulders, thighs, and arms may be from
tense muscles.
l Colonic activity is normal and usually is tubular
and most intense in the cecum and ascending l The limit of spatial resolution for PET scans is
colon. Incidental focal colonic activity is seen in about 5 to 8 mm. Thus primary or metastatic
about 1% of patients has a positive predictive FDG-avid lesions smaller than this may be pres-
value of over 80% for a pathologically iden- ent but not visualized. Specific care is needed to
tifiable lesion and representing malignancy in evaluate the CT portion of PET/CT scans for
about a third of those cases. small metastatic lesions.
l An SUV above 2.5 is suggestive of malignancy l To determine response, post-chemotherapy fol-
but is not specific and should be used with cau- low-up scans are often performed 3 weeks after
tion. Cancers with a high SUV are generally the chemotherapy cycle.
more aggressive and have a poorer prognosis.
l G-CSF therapy often causes diffusely increased
l Primary cancers that very avidly accumulate bone marrow activity, which commonly persists
FDG are larynx, esophagus, non–small-cell lung, for 2 to 4 weeks after cessation of chemother-
colorectal cancer, melanoma, and lymphoma. apy. Increased thymic activity may occur weeks
to months after chemotherapy. Increased activ-
l Malignancies that do not accumulate 18F-FDG ity is also seen for 2 to 3 months in body areas
well are prostate, renal cell carcinoma, carci- that received radiation therapy.
noid, bladder, and mucinous cancers.
Fletcher JW, Kymes SM, Gould M, et al. A comparison of Kong G, Jackson C, Koh DM, et al. The use of 18F-FDG
the diagnostic accuracy of 18F-FDG PET and CT in the PET/CT in colorectal liver metastases: comparison
characterization of solitary pulmonary nodules. J Nucl with CT and liver MRI. Eur J Nucl Med Mol Imaging
Med 2008;49:179-85. 2008;35:1323-9.
Goethals I, Hoste P, DeVreiendt C, et al. Time-dependent Lim HS, Yoon W, Chung TW, et al. FDG PET/CT for the
changes in 18F-FDG activity in the thymus and bone mar- detection and evaluation of breast diseases: usefulness
row following combination chemotherapy in paediatric and limitations. RadioGraphics 2007;27:S197-213.
patients with lymphoma. Eur J Nucl Med Mol Imaging Lim SL, Yun MJ, Kim MJ, et al. CT and PET in stomach
2010;37:462-7. cancer: preoperative staging and monitoring of response
Grgic A, Yuksel Y, Groschel A, et al. Risk stratification of to therapy. RadioGraphics 2006;26:143-56.
solitary pulmonary nodules by means of PET using 18F- Lucignani G. FDG-PET in gynecological cancers:
FDG and SUV quantitation. Eur J Nucl Med Mol Imag- recent observations. Eur J Nucl Med Mol Imaging
ing 2010;37:1087-94. 2008;35:2133-9.
Hustinx R, Lucignani G. PET/CT in head and neck cancer: Prakash P, Cronin C, Blake M. Role of PET/CT in ovarian
an update. Eur J Nucl Med Mol Imaging 2010;37:645-51. cancer: Review. Am J Roentgenol 2010;194(6):W464-70.
Jimez-Requena F, Delgado-Bolton RC, Fernandez-Perez C, Rosen EL, Eubank WB, Mankoff D, et al. FDG PET,
et al. Meta-analysis of the performance of 18F-FDG PET PET/CT, and breast cancer imaging. RadioGraphics
in cutaneous melanoma. Eur J Nucl Med Mol Imaging 2007;27:S215-99.
2010;37:284-300. Veit-Haibach P, Vogt FM, Jablonka R, et al. Diagnostic
Kazama T, Faria SF, Varavithya V, et al. FDG PET in the accuracy of contrast enhanced FDG-PET/CT in primary
evaluation of treatment for lymphoma: clinical useful- staging of cutaneous malignant melanoma. Eur J Nucl
ness and pitfalls. RadioGraphics 2005;25:91-207. Med Mol Imaging 2009;36:910-8.
Kim TJ, Kim HY, Lee KW, et al. Multimodality assess- Zaheer A, Cho S, Pomper M. New agents and techniques for
ment of esophageal cancer: preoperative staging and imaging prostate cancer. J Nucl Med 2009;50:1387-90.
monitoring of response to therapy. RadioGraphics
2009;29:403-21.
12 Inflammation
and Infection Imaging
RADIOLABELED LEUKOCYTES 18F-FDG
PET/CT IMAGING
Mechanism of Localization FUTURE INFLAMMATION AGENTS
Indium-111 Oxine Leukocytes
Technetium-99m HMPAO Leukocytes
GALLIUM IMAGING
Mechanisms of Localization in Inflammation/
Infection
Technique
Clinical Applications
A variety of nuclear medicine imaging tech- Because leukocytes can be separated and
niques provides effective methods for the labeled without significant loss of function,
detection and assessment of both clinically they can be used to image inflammatory pro-
apparent and occult infectious and inflam- cesses. Both 111In-oxine leukocytes and 99mTc-
matory conditions. Rather than representing hexamethylpropyleneamine oxime (HMPAO)
organ-specific techniques, these procedures leukocytes have been shown to retain their innate
use radiopharmaceuticals that localize prefer- function and have demonstrated relatively high
entially in inflamed or infected tissue in any sensitivity and specificity for acute infections.
location in the body. The available radiophar- However, sensitivity may be somewhat lower
maceuticals exhibit varying degrees of non- for chronic infections. The procedure involves
specificity and are best used with meticulous removing some of the patient’s own leukocytes,
clinical correlation. The particular role of labeling them, and reinjecting them before scan-
each of the readily available radiopharmaceu- ning. As with any autologous labeled biologic
ticals for infection imaging often depends on agent, extreme care must be taken to maintain
the clinical setting and the specific part of the the integrity of the blood sample and to ensure
body under scrutiny. Selection of the proper that reinjection of the labeled leukocytes is per-
imaging agent is critical to the success of the formed only in the patient from whom the cells
procedure (Table 12-1). These agents include were taken. Clinical studies comparing 99mTc
the following: and 111In-leukocytes have not shown any intrin-
n Radiolabeled white blood cells sic differences in sensitivity for infection when
n Indium-111 (111In) leukocytes standard 24-hour imaging is performed. How-
n Technetium-99m (99mTc) leukocytes ever, some notable differences between the two
n Gallium-67 (67Ga) citrate radiopharmaceuticals make one or the other
n Fluorine-18 fluorodeoxyglucose (18F-FDG) preferable in certain clinical situations.
n Radiolabeled monoclonal antibodies and
antibody fragments Mechanism of Localization
n Radiolabeled peptides Radiolabeled leukocytes are attracted to sites of
inflammation, where they are activated by local
RADIOLABELED LEUKOCYTES chemotactic factors and pass from the blood
Leukocyte imaging using in-vitro labeling with stream through the vascular endothelium into the
111In-oxine or 99mTc-exametazime is currently soft tissues. The leukocytes then move toward the
the gold standard for diagnosing most infections site of inflammation in a directed migration called
in patients who are not immunocompromised. chemotaxis. If the inflammation has an infectious
397
398 Chapter 12 n Inflammation and Infection Imaging
TABLE 12-1 Infection Imaging Radiopharmaceuticals
RADIOPHARMACEUTICAL
AND ADMINISTERED TIME OF
ACTIVITY IMAGING ADVANTAGES DISADVANTAGES COMMON USES
111Inwhite blood cells 12-24 hr No interfering bowel/renal activity Less sensitivity for nonbacterial and Bacterial infections
300-500 μCi Delayed imaging possible nonpyogenic infections Indolent inflammatory conditions: e.g.,
(10-18.5 MBq) Simultaneous 99mTc-sulfur colloid or 111In label not ideal for imaging prosthetic joint infections
99mTc-diphosphonate bone imag- Complex preparation Abdominal infections
ing possible Prosthetic vascular graft infections
Brain abscess
Complicated osteomyelitis
Extremity infections: e.g., diabetic foot
Renal infections
FUO: acute phase
99mTc-whiteblood cells 0.5-4.0 hr Early imaging Less sensitivity for nonbacterial and Bacterial infections
5-10 mCi (185-370 MBq) Excellent early sensitivity nonpyogenic infections Acute inflammatory conditions: e.g.,
99mTc label ideal for imaging Delayed imaging not ideal inflammatory bowel disease
Early renal activity Complicated osteomyelitis
Bowel activity after 1-2 hr Extremity infections: diabetic foot
Complex preparation Osteomyelitis
Prosthetic vascular graft infections
67Ga-citrate 24-48 hr A variety of infections detected, Interfering bowel and renal activity Immunocompromised patients
5-10 mCi (185-370 MBq) including opportunistic Delayed imaging necessary Uncomplicated osteomyelitis
67Ga not ideal for imaging Chronic infections
Diskitis/spinal osteomyelitis
FUO: chronic phase
18F-FDG PET/CT 1-2 hr Excellent spatial localization Not currently FDA approved for
10 mCi (370 MBq) Very sensitive infections
Non specific; also localizes in tumors
cause, the labeled neutrophils phagocytize and becomes intracellular, the 111In separates from
destroy any offending bacteria. Gamma camera the oxine and binds to cytoplasmic components.
imaging localizes these accumulations of radio- The oxine then leaves the cell and is removed by
labeled leukocytes and thus reveals the site of washing the cells. A mixed population of leu-
inflammation or infection. Like gallium uptake, kocytes is usually labeled, although neutrophils
radiolabeled leukocyte uptake is not specific for constitute the majority. Labeling efficiencies are
infection and may occur in any inflammatory on the order of 95%. The patient’s circulating
process that incites a leukocyte response. Occa- granulocyte count should be at least 2000 cells/
sional uptake in neoplasms may be noted. mL to have enough cells to label.
Minimal manipulation of the leukocytes is
Indium-111 Oxine Leukocytes essential to the actual tagging procedure to
Compared with 67Ga-citrate imaging, 111In avoid damage to the cells, which could diminish
oxine–labeled leukocytes offer the following their viability and thus limit their effectiveness
advantages: as an imaging agent. Failure to preserve normal
n Less variable normal physiologic distribution physiologic leukocyte function may result in
from patient to patient false-negative imaging study results.
n Essentially no accumulation in the gastroin-
testinal tract, kidneys, or bladder, with less Technique
soft-tissue activity About 0.5 to 1.0 mCi (18.5 to 37 MBq) of
n Less activity in noninfectious inflammation 111In-oxine–labeled autologous leukocytes is
red blood cells. Thus the leukocytes are isolated (likely as a result of leukocyte activation), liver,
from about 50 mL of anticoagulated blood spleen, and blood pool. The lung and blood pool
before labeling, commonly through a process activity decreases during the first few hours as
called gravity sedimentation, which simply con- spleen and liver activity increases. By 18 hours,
sists of allowing the blood to sit for the time no lung or blood pool activity is detected, but
necessary for the red blood cells to settle to the bone marrow activity is noted (Fig. 12-1).
bottom. Any red blood cells remaining in the Twenty-four hours after administration, the
supernatant may be either lysed by using hypo- 111In-leukocyte preparation may be found in
tonic saline or ammonium chloride or removed the liver, spleen, and bone marrow, with the
by centrifugation. spleen providing the most prominent accumu-
Oxine forms a lipid-soluble complex with lation, significantly more than that in the liver.
111In, which passively diffuses through the No renal or bowel activity is normally present.
leukocyte cell membrane. Once this complex Damaged leukocytes that remain labeled may
400 Chapter 12 n Inflammation and Infection Imaging
Figure 12-1. Normal indium-111 leukocyte scan. Anterior (left) and posterior (right) images demonstrate liver and splenic
activity. The splenic activity normally is greater. A small amount of bone marrow activity is also identified.
provide increased activity in the liver, if slightly function, including antibiotics, steroids, che-
damaged, and increased lung activity if severely motherapeutic agents, hemodialysis, hyperali-
damaged. mentation, and hyperglycemia, do not appear
to diminish labeled leukocyte sensitivity for
Clinical Applications detecting infection.
General Considerations. Indium-111 leu- Indium-labeled leukocytes are the preferred
kocytes are taken up nonspecifically in sites of radiopharmaceutical for imaging abdominal
inflammation, inciting a leukocytic response, infection, although in practice, a computed
regardless of the presence or absence of infec- tomography (CT) scan is usually the initial
tion (Box 12-1). The sensitivity (90%) and imaging study ordered for abdominal pain or
specificity (90%) are greatest for acute pyogenic suspected infection. Because of the lack of nor-
infections of less than 2 to 3 weeks’ duration. mal bowel activity, 111In-labeled leukocytes
Their effectiveness for detecting more chronic have a significant advantage over 67Ga- and
infections is somewhat controversial, although 99mTc-labeled leukocytes in diagnosing abdom-
sensitivity with mixed cell populations, which inal abscesses with high sensitivity (85% to
include lymphocytes and chronic inflammatory 95%). As with gallium, however, the presence
cells as well as neutrophils, generally appears of considerable hepatic and especially splenic
high (80% to 85%). This may also be because activity may hamper the detection of infection in
some common bacterial infections may demon- the upper abdomen. Splenic bed abscesses with
strate significant levels of neutrophil infiltration intense activity may even be confused with a
for months. Labeled leukocytes are of no use in normal spleen (Fig. 12-2). In this setting, 99mTc-
the detection of viral and parasitic infections. colloid liver and spleen scans may be subtracted
Factors that can theoretically reduce leukocyte from the labeled leukocyte images to unmask
Chapter 12 n Inflammation and Infection Imaging 401
any adjacent abnormal activity. Uncomplicated low specificity at 24 hours as well because it may
pancreatitis is usually negative, but septic com- occur in numerous infectious and noninfectious
plications are usually imaged successfully. processes, including atelectasis, congestive heart
Labeled leukocyte activity in the gastroin- failure, pulmonary emboli, aspiration, pneumo-
testinal tract is nonspecific and may indicate a nia, and adult respiratory distress syndrome.
number of pathologies, including Crohn disease, Only one third of patients showing focal or dif-
ulcerative colitis (Fig. 12-3), pseudomembranous fuse uptake in the lungs have infectious causes,
colitis, diverticulitis, various gastrointestinal although focal uptake demonstrates a slightly
infections, fistulas, ischemic or infarcted bowel, better correlation with infection.
and even vigorous enemazation before imaging. Fever of Unknown Origin (Occult Fever). In
Increased activity in the bowel, especially the a genuine fever of unknown origin (FUO), the
colon, may also be problematic in that activity spectrum of possible pathology is extensive.
may be found in the absence of true gastrointes- The three major categories that account for
tinal disease. False-positive results are generally most FUO are infections, malignancies, and
caused by swallowing of leukocytes in patients noninfectious inflammatory disease. There is
with endotracheal or nasoesophageal tubes, evidence which indicates that PET/CT with 18F-
respiratory tract infections, sinusitis, or pharyn- FDG, while not specific for infection, may be the
gitis or in patients with gastrointestinal bleeding most efficient method for evaluation of FUO.
of any cause. In general, the more intense the The value of either 18F-FDG or 67Ga scanning
bowel activity compared with liver activity, the in FUO is the ability to detect these pathologies
more likely it is to indicate a true positive study. rather than just infection. In occult fevers with
Normal transient physiologic lung activity on a strong suggestion of a pyogenic cause, how-
early images (1 to 4 hours) severely limits use- ever, leukocyte scans may be the study of choice
fulness of 111In-leukocytes in evaluating pulmo- when CT or other anatomic imaging procedures
nary abnormalities. Increased lung activity is of cannot localize the disease.
402 Chapter 12 n Inflammation and Infection Imaging
Immunocompromised Patients. Labeled demonstrate low specificity in the lungs, and are
leukocytes have significant limitations for insensitive for determining active lymph node
imaging suspected infections in immuno- diseases such as lymphoma in these patients.
compromised patients. They are not useful in False-negative examinations have been reported
the detection of viral or parasitic infections, in tuberculous and fungal infections. In
Chapter 12 n Inflammation and Infection Imaging 403
L R L R
Figure 12-5. Osteomyelitis of the
right sacroiliac joint. Left, Poste-
rior view of the pelvis obtained on
a bone scan demonstrates mark-
edly increased activity (arrow) in
the mid-portion of the right sacro-
iliac joint. Right, An indium-111
leukocyte scan in the same patient
shows that the same area is rela-
tively decreased in activity (arrow).
This may be seen with 111In leuko-
cyte scans when the osteomyelitis
is in the central portion of the skel-
Tc-MDP 111In-WBC
eton, especially the spine. MDP,
Methylene diphosphonate.
likely to be abnormal and nonspecific, 111In- sensitivity and accuracy in excess of 90%. In
leukocytes provide an accurate tool to unmask the hip, labeled leukocyte activity over the head
or rule out osteomyelitis. of the prosthesis is strongly suggestive of infec-
Post-Traumatic Infections. Indium leuko- tion, whereas activity in the region of the shank
cyte scans may be positive for several weeks is less so because of a plug of marrow that may
in recent fractures in the absence of superim- be pushed to the tip of the prosthesis when
posed infection, although the uptake is usu- inserted.
ally faint. Intense focal uptake at a site of Diabetic Foot Infections. Labeled leuko-
suspected osteomyelitis is indicative of bony cyte activity in normal bone marrow does not
infection. In this setting, sensitivity and speci- usually cause a problem in interpretation of
ficity rates exceed 90%, which are significantly images in the peripheral skeleton. Uptake of
better than the rates for gallium imaging (50% labeled leukocytes in adjacent ulcers or cellu-
to 60%). litis, however, along with decreased resolution
Prosthetic Joint Infections. Combined of anatomic detail using the 111In label, may
leukocyte/marrow imaging is the radionuclide confound separation of soft tissue from bony
imaging procedure of choice for diagnosing uptake, especially in the hands and feet. In this
prosthetic joint infection. Painful prosthetic setting, comparison of a simultaneous bone
joints may be attributable to loosening or infec- scan (obtained on a separate photopeak) with
tion. Bone scans may be falsely positive during the 111In leukocyte distribution may provide
the first year after surgery, owing to healing and the anatomic information needed to distinguish
bony remodeling, especially in the hip or knee. between bone and soft-tissue activity. Leuko-
Although 111In-leukocytes are very sensitive for cyte scans in this setting have an overall accu-
periprosthetic infections, because labeled leuko- racy of about 80%.
cytes may accumulate in the normal bone mar- Neuropathic Joint Infections. Infections
row adjacent to a prosthesis, including marrow may commonly complicate neuropathic joints.
in heterotopic bone formation, false-positive However, in early, rapidly progressing sterile
results may occur. To increase accuracy, the neuropathia, both bone scans and 111In-leuko-
procedure of choice in this setting is a 111In- cyte scans are frequently positive because of
leukocyte scan accompanied by 99mTc-sulfur associated inflammatory and destructive bony
colloid marrow imaging. The sulfur colloid changes. Thus the findings on leukocyte and
study provides a map of postsurgical marrow bone imaging may be indistinguishable from
distribution, whereas the leukocytes map both osteomyelitis. Faint, diffuse leukocyte activity
the distribution of marrow and any accompa- that fades between the 4- and 24-hour images
nying infection. Thus congruent images indicate is suggestive of sterile disease, whereas more
that leukocyte uptake is likely related to normal intense focal activity that is distinctly different
marrow activity, whereas areas that concen- in distribution from the bone scan activity and
trate leukocytes but not sulfur colloid indicate that increases over time suggests superimposed
areas of infection. This combined study has a infection. In chronic forms of neuropathic
Chapter 12 n Inflammation and Infection Imaging 405
graft infections, including infections of dialy- Figure 12-6. Graft infection. In this patient who was on
renal dialysis, an infection of the dialysis graft was sus-
sis access grafts. More than 90% of patients pected. Technetium-99m leukocyte scan demonstrates nor-
with positive scans have subsequently docu- mally expected activity in the bone marrow of the humerus
mented culture evidence of infection (Fig. 12-6). and proximal forearm, but there is also markedly increased
activity extending throughout and proximal to the graft site
Causes of false-positive results are perigraft (arrows).
hematomas, graft thrombosis, and graft epi-
thelialization, which occurs in the first several
weeks after surgery. Labeling
The labeling process is similar in principle to
Technetium-99m HMPAO that used in the 111In oxine procedure. A 99mTc-
Leukocytes HMPAO lipophilic complex enters the separated
The role of 99mTc-HMPAO leukocytes in leukocytes and is converted to a hydrophilic
inflammation imaging can be better appreci- form, which is trapped inside the cells. The effi-
ated by a comparison with 111In leukocytes. ciency of this technetium label is less than that
Although they are similar in many respects, of indium. Unlike 111In oxine, which labels a
there are a few important differences: mixed population of cells, HMPAO preferen-
n The technetium label permits higher admin- tially labels neutrophils.
istered activity, which improves visualization
of small-part anatomy, such as the hands Technique
and feet. Between 5 and 10 mCi (185 to 370 MBq) of
n The shorter, 6-hour half-life of 99mTc limits 99mTc-HMPAO leukocytes are intravenously
delayed imaging, which can be important for injected in adult patients. Technetium-99m
optimal accumulation of labeled leukocytes leukocytes localize in sites of infection more
in some processes. rapidly than do 111In oxine leukocytes, with a
n Technetium-99m HMPAO leukocyte prepa- maximal sensitivity at 30 minutes. The imag-
rations display normal gastrointestinal tract, ing sequence depends on the clinical setting.
urinary tract, and gallbladder activity. Early images are usually acquired at 0.5 to
n There is faster uptake of 99mTc-HMPAO leu- 4 hours by using a low-energy, high-resolution
kocytes in sites of infection, permitting earlier collimator or a low-energy, all-purpose collima-
imaging. tor. The abdomen and pelvis are imaged first,
n Low absorbed doses enhance suitability for before interfering normal bowel activity can
imaging infants and children. accumulate. For whole-body imaging, views are
Otherwise, 99mTc-HMPAO leukocytes share obtained for 300,000 to 500,000 counts of the
most of the other advantages and disadvantages head, chest, abdomen, and pelvis, with extrem-
of 111In leukocytes. ity images obtained as clinically indicated.
406 Chapter 12 n Inflammation and Infection Imaging
Delayed images at 18 to 24 hours are obtained relapse, identify complications of Crohn dis-
as needed, using a low-energy, all-purpose colli- ease such as mural abscess, and quantify dis-
mator if count rates are lower than expected. A ease. The distribution of activity in the colon
sample imaging protocol is presented in Appen- allows a distinction between Crohn disease
dix E-1. and ulcerative colitis with a high degree of
certainty. Rectal sparing, small-bowel involve-
Normal Distribution ment, and “skip” areas suggest Crohn disease,
Indium-111 and 99mTc-leukocytes display iden- whereas continuous involvement from the rec-
tical biokinetics in the liver, spleen, and lung. tum without small-bowel involvement suggests
Unlike 111In-leukocytes, however, which show ulcerative colitis. A false-positive appearance
increasing bone marrow activity over 24 hours on early images may be caused by oozing from
with constant activity thereafter, 99mTc leuko- recent anastomoses or active gastrointestinal
cyte activity in bone marrow increases over bleeding. With 99mTc leukocytes, renal infec-
the first 3 hours after injection but decreases tions and hepatobiliary sepsis may be difficult
over the next 24 hours. In addition, unbound to distinguish from physiologic activity, and
99mTc-HMPAO complexes from the leukocyte 111In-labeled leukocytes may be preferable in
only. For inflammatory bowel disease, 1-hour also incorporated into leukocytes, bound by
information with 99mTc is comparable to that intracellular lactoferrin, which then migrate to
seen on 3-hour 111In images, with 99mTc pro- inflamed areas; and (3) gallium may be taken
viding better visualization in the small bowel. up by pathogenic microorganisms themselves
Bowel segments showing increased activity at 1 by binding to siderophores produced by the
hour that increase in activity at 4 hours pro- bacteria.
vide a higher specificity of diagnosis than does
activity appearing for the first time at 4 hours Technique
or remaining at the same intensity. Technetium- The technique used for gallium imaging in
99m leukocytes can be used to establish a the setting of inflammation and infection is in
diagnosis, identify diseased segments, confirm many ways similar to that used when imaging
Chapter 12 n Inflammation and Infection Imaging 407
process. A normal gallium scan in the presence distribution of recurrent disease. Under these cir-
of a focal mass or infiltrate on the chest radio- cumstances, positive gallium scans may appear
graph, however, suggests the diagnosis of Kaposi as nonhomogeneous or even focal areas of
sarcoma, which does not accumulate gallium. increased activity. Successful treatment of PCP is
Bilateral intense diffuse homogeneous pulmo- generally reflected by decreasing intensity of gal-
nary uptake of gallium is the classic appearance lium uptake or a return to a normal appearance.
of PCP and occurs in 60% to 70% of cases. In patients with AIDS, lymph node involve-
The gallium scan is frequently positive before ment by a variety of diseases is common.
chest radiographs become abnormal. Gallium Gallium uptake in the generalized lymphade-
imaging is 90% sensitive for the disease, and, nopathy associated with AIDS and AIDS-related
although not specific, diffuse pulmonary activ- complex is variable in occurrence and degree
ity in this population should prompt investiga- of activity, which may be minimal. Increased
tion or treatment of the offending organism. gallium uptake equal to or greater than liver
The specificity of a diffusely positive scan is activity in hilar, mediastinal, periaortic, or
greater when the chest radiograph is negative supraclavicular nodes suggests the diagnoses of
and the pulmonary activity is intense (equal to malignant lymphoma, Mycobacterium tubercu-
or greater than liver activity) (Fig. 12-7). losis, or M. avium-intracellulare. However, this
Treatment of PCP or prophylaxis with aero- nodal activity is nonspecific, and other less com-
solized pentamidine may alter the classic appear- mon infectious processes cannot be excluded.
ance of diffuse uptake in active or recurrent In the abdomen, abnormal gallium accumula-
infections. Because aerosol deposition is less tion may be seen in bacterial abscess and gas-
efficient in the upper lobes, the resultant relative trointestinal infections, as well as in regional
undertreatment may restrict recurrent disease lymph nodes affected by M. avium-intracellulare
to the upper lung zones. In addition, with early or lymphoma. The usefulness of gallium for the
aggressive therapy, patients can survive long detection and evaluation of AIDS-related diseases
enough to develop chronic airway and paren- of the gastrointestinal tract is limited by inter-
chymal changes, which may further alter the fering physiologic bowel activity and the lack
distribution of successful treatment and thus the of correlation of abnormal uptake with specific
pathogens, as is seen in thoracic disease. Intense imaging in conjunction with a bone scan pro-
colonic activity (greater than liver activity) that vides improved sensitivity for the diagnosis of
persists unchanged over 72 hours of imaging is both tuberculous and nontuberculous vertebral
suspicious, but not diagnostic, of infectious coli- osteomyelitis, with an accuracy of more than
tis and should be interpreted with caution. 85% when both studies are positive.
Combined imaging with thallium-201 (201Tl)
and 67Ga may add to the diagnostic specificity Sarcoidosis
of gallium imaging in the setting of immuno- The lesions of active sarcoidosis are quite gal-
compromised patients. With some exceptions, lium avid, especially in the chest. Both nodal and
this type of combined imaging has yielded the parenchymal lung involvement can be detected.
following results: Kaposi sarcoma is gallium- In the early stages, gallium images are frequently
negative but thallium-positive. Lymphoma is positive before any radiographic abnormali-
both gallium- and thallium-positive. Acute infec- ties are noted. The finding of increased gallium
tions, tuberculosis, and M. avium-intracellulare activity in intrathoracic lymph nodes (right
are usually gallium-positive and thallium- paratracheal and hilar) in a pattern resembling
negative but may show faint thallium uptake. the Greek letter lambda (λ) is suggestive of sar-
coidosis. However, a lambda sign in combina-
Osteomyelitis tion with a so-called panda sign, produced by
The initial imaging test of choice for osteo- symmetric increase in activity in the lacrimal,
myelitis is a routine radiograph. If this is parotid, and salivary glands, represents a highly
negative, triple-phase bone imaging with 99mTc- specific pattern for sarcoidosis (Fig. 12-8).
diphosphonates combined with leukocyte imag- Similarly, the panda sign by itself is not specific
ing is the radionuclide procedure of choice for and may be seen in a significant percentage of
the diagnosis of uncomplicated osteomyelitis, patients with radiation sialoadenitis, primary
with a sensitivity of greater than 90%. But this Sjögren syndrome, and in patients with AIDS.
test is nonspecific. In some circumstances, gal- In the presence of gallium-avid adenopathy in
lium imaging may increase the specificity of a the mediastinal and hilar regions, the diagnosis
positive bone scan and suggest the presence of of lymphoma or infectious disease, especially in
osteomyelitis, especially in situations such as human immunodeficiency virus (HIV)-positive
vertebral osteomyelitis and osteomyelitis super- patients, must also be considered. In malignant
imposed on underlying bone disease. In these lymphomas, however, the adenopathy is fre-
settings, the following apply: quently asymmetric.
n Osteomyelitis is likely if gallium activity In the later stages of sarcoid lung disease, a
exceeds bone scan activity in the same loca- diffuse increase in lung activity with or with-
tion (spatially congruent images) or when the out gallium-avid adenopathy is common. In
spatial distribution of gallium exceeds that of this setting, gallium can be used to distinguish
the bone scan (spatially incongruent images). active parenchymal disease from inactive sar-
n Osteomyelitis is unlikely if gallium images coidosis or chronic fibrosis. Diffuse increased
are normal, regardless of bone scan findings activity (equal or greater than liver activity)
or when gallium distribution is less than bone correlates with active disease, whereas normal
scan activity on spatially incongruent images. lung activity (equal to soft-tissue background
n Because gallium is a weak bone agent in addi- activity) is compatible with remission. In
tion to being an inflammatory marker, a gal- extensive sarcoidosis, periaortic, retroperito-
lium scan may be considered nondiagnostic neal, and pelvic nodal activity may be seen, but
for osteomyelitis when the distribution and this is more commonly found in patients with
activity of the gallium and bone scan activity lymphoma.
are the same.
Triple-phase bone scans are often difficult to 18F-FDG PET/CT IMAGING
obtain in the spine because of overlying vascu- The uses of 18F-FDG positron emission tomogra-
lar and blood pool structures, and routine bone phy (PET)/CT scanning for neoplasms have been
scans are nonspecific for infection. In addition, discussed in Chapter 11. It was pointed out that
radiolabeled leukocyte studies have a high false- increased FDG activity while sensitive for many
negative rate for infection in the spine. Gallium diseases is nonspecific. Active inflammation
410 Chapter 12 n Inflammation and Infection Imaging
A B
Figure 12-8. Sarcoidosis. A and B, 48-hour anterior and lateral images of the
head and neck from a gallium-67 (67Ga) scan in this 25-year-old woman show
symmetrically increased activity in the parotid glands, salivary glands, and
lacrimal glands (panda sign). C, 67Ga scan in a different patient also shows the
lambda sign of lymph nodes in the mediastinum as well as a panda sign. Either
sign alone is suggestive of sarcoidosis, but together they offer high specificity C
for the diagnosis. Note also the active inguinal nodes.
or infection in almost any tissue will result in Increased activity is also present in active
increased 18F-FDG accumulation as a result of granulomatous infections (tuberculosis and sar-
overexpression of glucose transporter isotypes coidosis) (Figs. 12-10 and 12-11). With regard
and overproduction of glycolytic enzymes. Such to the evaluation of sarcoidosis, 18F-FDG PET/
uptake can cause problems in distinguishing a CT scanning is more sensitive than 67Ga-citrate
lung abscess or pneumonia (Fig. 12-9) from a and provides better quality images. 18F-FDG
lung cancer or in distinguishing reactive from scanning can be helpful in distinguishing a non-
metastatic disease in hilar or mediastinal lymph calcified inactive granuloma (Fig. 12-12) from
nodes in patients with chronic inflammatory lung an active granuloma or lung cancer. Increased
disease and lung cancer. FDG is not currently activity after radiation therapy can be prob-
approved by the U.S. Food and Drug Administra- lematic, especially when following response to
tion (FDA) for use in infection imaging, but it is therapy. Most uptake related to radiation ther-
used for this purpose in a number of institutions. apy is slightly greater than blood pool, although
Chapter 12 n Inflammation and Infection Imaging 411
A B
Figure 12-9. Pneumonia. A, CT scan of the chest demonstrates an alveolar infiltrate in the left lower lobe. B, 18F-FDG PET/
CT scan shows increased metabolic activity in the pneumonia. FDG, fluorodeoxyglucose.
C
Figure 12-10. Active tuberculosis. A, Chest radiograph shows hyperinflation (chronic obstructive pulmonary disease)
but also a right upper lobe cavitary infiltrate with hilar and mediastinal retraction. B, Chest CT confirms the findings but is
unable to assess activity. C, 18F-FDG PET/CT fusion image shows increased metabolic activity.
412 Chapter 12 n Inflammation and Infection Imaging
Transverse
Sagittal Coronal
Figure 12-11. Sarcoidosis. 18F-FDG PET/CT fusion images show increased activity in both right and left upper lung zones.
radiation pneumonitis can be very intense. It is not always possible to distinguish infec-
Increased uptake has also been reported in the tion from tumor with FDG PET/CT. One area
lymph nodes, lung, and pleura-related inflam- where it has been helpful in AIDS patients is to
mation in patients with occupational lung distinguish central nervous system (CNS) lym-
disease. phoma (metabolically active) from CNS toxo-
Virtually any active infection of inflamma- plasmosis (not metabolically active). Studies
tory change in the abdomen can demonstrate with FDG have shown that in HIV-1 patients,
increased uptake, including hepatic abscesses the infection first involves the upper torso and
(Fig. 12-13), inflammatory bowel disease (Fig. later the lower torso and that the degree of
12-14), renal abscess, pancreatitis, or pyelo- uptake relates to the viral load. Vascular grafts
nephritis (Fig. 12-15). Increased 18F-FDG also have been associated with increased 18F-
accumulation also may be secondary to recent FDG uptake, but this does not necessarily indi-
wounds, ostomies, infected indwelling catheters cate infection.
(Fig. 12-16), hematomas, thrombus, mycotic Osteomyelitis. With acute simple fractures,
aneurysm (Fig. 12-17) healing fractures, osteo- 18F-FDG accumulation can be initially high,
myelitis, gastritis, thyroiditis, colitis, rheuma- but, after about 8 weeks, it should resolve con-
toid arthritis, radiation therapy (up to 2 years), siderably. In chronic benign vertebral fractures,
and HIV-associated adenopathy (Fig. 12-18). the standardized uptake value (SUV) is usually
Chapter 12 n Inflammation and Infection Imaging 413
Figure 12-12. Inactive granuloma. Left, A solitary pulmonary nodule was identified on chest radiograph. CT scan shows
the nodule to be noncalcified. Right, 18F-FDG PET/CT image does not show any metabolic activity. An active granuloma can
have uptake and would not be possible to differentiate from a malignancy.
B C D
Figure 12-13. Hepatic abscess. A, CT scan shows two areas of irregularly decreased attenuation. B-D, 18F-FDG PET/CT
fusion images show increased metabolic activity in the same regions.
less than 2, whereas pathologic fractures caused uptake in anterior rib ends. Increased activity
by neoplasm often have SUVs greater than 2, is seen in osteomyelitis, and 18F-FDG scanning
usually about 4. Degenerative joint disease has been reported to be more accurate than
can also result in increased 18F-FDG uptake, either three-phase 99mTc-methylene diphos-
and there can be occasional nonspecific focal phonate or gallium-67 (67Ga)-citrate imaging
414 Chapter 12 n Inflammation and Infection Imaging
A B
C D E
Figure 12-14. Ulcerative colitis. A, Lateral MIP PET image shows increased activity in the rectum and rectosigmoid
(arrow). B, CT scan shows bowel wall thickening, and C-E, 18F-FDG PET/CT images show increased activity. MIP, Maxi-
mum intensity projection.
A C
Figure 12-16. Infected central catheter. A, Radiograph shows a chemotherapy catheter suspected of being infected.
B, Chest CT shows the catheter tip in the superior vena cava. C, 18F-FDG PET/CT image shows markedly increased activity.
A B
C D E
Figure 12-17. Mycotic abdominal aortic aneurysm. A, Anterior MIP PET image shows an abnormal focus of increased
activity in the central abdomen (arrow). B, Contrasted CT scan shows contrast filling a focal abdominal aortic aneurysm
(arrow). C-E, 18F-FDG PET/CT images show increased metabolic activity in the mycotic aneurysm.
416 Chapter 12 n Inflammation and Infection Imaging
A C
Figure 12-18. HIV-reactive adenopathy. A, Anterior MIP PET image shows increased activity in both axilla and pelvis.
B, CT scan of the axilla shows enlarged lymph nodes. C, 18F-FDG PET/CT image shows the increased metabolic activity to
be within the nodes. The differential diagnosis, in this case, would include lymphoma.
A B
Figure 12-19. Osteomyelitis of the ischium. A, CT scan of the lower pelvis shows bone erosion of the ischium (arrow) and
surrounding stranding edema. B, 18F-FDG PET/CT image shows increased metabolic activity within the bone.
for chronic osteomyelitis (Fig. 12-19). Unfor- shows somewhat promising results, but cur-
tunately, if there is a question of cellulitis ver- rently combined leukocyte-marrow scanning
sus chronic osteomyelitis, differentiation can remains the procedure of choice.
be difficult because of the hypermetabolism Fever of Unknown Origin. Limited pro-
associated with either entity and lack of accu- spective data indicate that 18F-FDG PET imag-
rate spatial localization to bone. The situation ing may play a role as an adjunctive study in
is improved with use of PET/CT. Associated the evaluation of patients with FUO because
bone erosion on the CT portion of the PET/CT it detects a wider spectrum of diseases than
scan is very helpful to confirm the diagnosis. labeled white blood cells and appears to be
A negative 18F-FDG scan can be very helpful more sensitive than gallium-67 imaging. In
in excluding chronic osteomyelitis. Septic or these studies, the PET scan contributed to the
active inflammatory arthritis is also associ- final diagnosis in 25% to 70% of the patients.
ated with increased uptake (Fig. 12-20). Use of In infectious causes of FUO, thoracoabdomi-
18F-FDG for evaluation of painful prostheses nal and soft tissue infection, as well as chronic
Chapter 12 n Inflammation and Infection Imaging 417
B C
D E
Figure 12-20. Septic arthritis. A, Anterior MIP PET image shows markedly increased activity about the right hip. B and C,
CT scan shows mottled destruction of the right femoral head. D and E, Corresponding 18F-FDG PET/CT images show the
increased metabolic activity to be centered in the joint space.
by leukocytes at sites of inflammation, and the leave the circulation and enter the extravascular
use of 99mTc-labeled nanometer-sized human spaces because of discontinuity of the vascular
serum albumin colloids (nanocolloids), which endothelium at sites of inflammation.
SUGGESTED READINGS Love C, Tomas MB, Tronco GG, et al. FDG PET of infection
Braun J, Kessler R, Constantinesco A, et al. 18F-FDG PET/ and inflammation. RadioGraphics 2005;25:1357-68.
CT in sarcoidosis management: review and report of 20 Meller J, Sahlmann CO, Scheel AK. 18F-FDG PET and
cases. Eur J Nucl Med Molec Imaging 2008;35:1537-43. PET/CT in fever of unknown origin. J Nucl Med 2007;
Gotthardt M, Bleeker-Rovers C, Boerman O, et al. Imaging 48(1):35-45.
of inflammation by PET, conventional scintigraphy, and Palestro CJ. Radionuclide imaging of infection: in search of
other imaging techniques. J Nucl Med 2010;51:1937-49. the grail. J Nucl Med 2009;50(5):671-3.
Kwee T, Kwee R, Alavi A. FDG-PET for diagnosing pros- Rini J, Bhargava K, Tronco G, et al. PET with FDG
thetic joint infection: systematic review and metaanaly- labeled leukocytes versus scintigraphy with 111In-oxine
sis. Eur J Nucl Med Molec Imaging 2008;35:2122-32. labeled leukocytes for detection of infection. Radiology
Love C, Marwin SE, Palestro CJ. Nuclear medicine and 2006;238:978-87.
the infected joint replacement. Semin Nucl Med 2009; Sathekge M, Goethals I, Maes A, et al. Positron emission
39(1):66-78. tomography in patients suffering from HIV-1 infection.
Love C, Palestro CJ. Radionuclide imaging of infection: Eur J Nucl Med Molec Imaging 2009;36:1176-84.
continuing education. J Nucl Med Tech 2004;32:47-57.
Authorized User
13 and Radioisotope
Safety Issues
OVERVIEW Unsealed Byproduct Material (Written
Authorized User Directive Required)
Radiation Safety Officer Oral Therapeutic Administration of
Other Authorized Personnel 131I-sodium Iodide (Written Directive
421
422 Chapter 13 n Authorized User and Radioisotope Safety Issues
AK
WA
VT
MT ND ME
MN NH
OR
NY MA
ID SD WI
WY MI RI
CT
IA PA
NV NE
IN OH NJ
UT IL
CO WV
CA KS VA DE
MO KY
MD
NC
TN
AZ OK
NM AR SC
MS AL GA
HI TX
LA
FL
Figure 13-1. Agreement states. There are 37 agreement states (in blue). Michigan has withdrawn its application as of
August 2011.
x-rays is 1.0. This yields an equivalent dose, fetus is found to have exceeded 0.5 rem (5 mSv)
which is expressed in units of rem or Sievert or is within 0.05 rem (0.5 mSv) of exceeding this
(Sv). The equivalent dose can be multiplied by a dose by the time the woman declares the preg-
defined tissue weighting factor, which accounts nancy to the licensee, the licensee is in compli-
for different potential detriment from the expo- ance as long as the additional dose equivalent to
sure of various tissues. This quantity is called the embryo/fetus does not exceed 0.05 rem (0.5
effective dose. Effective dose is also expressed in mSv) during the remainder of the pregnancy. It
units of rem and Sv. Dose limits for organs are should be noted that there is no fetal dose limit
equivalent dose, and dose limits for the whole if the pregnancy is not declared to the employer.
body are effective dose.
Breastfeeding
Occupational Breastfeeding cessation is not regulated, but there
Occupational dose is that received in the course are NRC guidelines. Cessation is not needed for
of employment in which the individual’s assigned 18F-FDG, and cessation times for technetium
RSC. The committee membership must include use, annually, and after repair. All scales with
an AU of each type of use permitted by the readings up to 1000 mrem (10 mSv) must be
licensee—the RSO, a representative of the nurs- checked for accuracy by obtaining two sepa-
ing service, and a representative of management rate readings on each scale, and the indicated
who is not an AU or an RSO. Other members exposure must be within 20% of the calculated
may be included as appropriate. Institutions exposure. Dates of calibration must be indi-
with type B or C broad-scope licenses or those cated on the instrument. Records of the infor-
with program-specific licenses are not required mation, including serial number of instruments,
to have an RSC. names of those performing the calibration, and
The committee must meet at intervals not to dates must be kept for 3 years.
exceed 6 months, and, at a minimum, at least
half of the members (including the RSO and Determination and Records
management representative) must be present. of Dosages
Minutes must include the date of the meeting; a The licensee needs to determine and record the
listing of those present and absent; a summary activity of each dosage before medical use. For
of deliberations, discussions, and recommended patient unit doses supplied by a commercial
actions; and an ALARA program review. The radiopharmacy, there must be direct measure-
committee is required to maintain a copy of the ment or a decay correction based on the activity
minutes for the duration of the license. determined by the licensed preparer. For other
The committee also reviews for approval or than unit doses (usually multidose vials), deter-
disapproval those who wish to become AUs, mination of activity for each individual patient
the RSO, and /or other staff members requiring dosage must be made by direct measurement
approval. They also review audits, reviews, and (dose calibrator), a combination of measure-
inspections; evaluate the results; and specify nec- ment and mathematical calculations, or com-
essary corrective actions. The committee must binations of volumetric measurements and
review every 6 months the summary of occu- mathematical calculations. Unless specified by
pational radiation dose records and any health the AU, a licensee may not use any dosage if it
and safety issues or possible radiation safety falls outside of the prescribed dosage range or
program deviations from regulatory compliance differs from the prescribed dosage by more than
or required practices. There must be an annual 20%. Records of dosage determination must be
review of the radiation safety program. Other retained for a period of 3 years and must contain
duties include review and approval of changes to the name of the radiopharmaceutical, patient’s
training, equipment, physical plant or the facili- or subject’s name or identification number, the
ties, radiation safety procedures, or practices. prescribed dosage or a notation that the total
The RSC also has duties relative to research activity is less than 30 μCi (1.1 MBq), date and
involving licensed byproduct material. They must time of administration of the dosage, and the
evaluate human subject research and coordinate name of the individual who determined the
with the institutional review board to ensure that dosage.
for research requiring ionizing radiation, the
informed consent process has been followed. Calibration, Transmission,
and Reference Sources
NRC TECHNICAL REQUIREMENTS In addition to patient imaging and treatment,
Dose Calibrators and Survey radioisotope sources are used for instrument
Instruments calibration and quality control purposes as well
If radiopharmaceuticals and patient dosages as for transmission images. Any person autho-
are prepared on-site, the licensee must pos- rized for medical uses of byproduct material may
sess and use instrumentation to measure the receive, possess, and use byproduct material for
activity of unsealed byproduct material before check, calibration, transmission, and reference
it is administered to each patient. The instru- use. This includes sealed sources not exceeding
ment (dose calibrator) must also be calibrated 30 mCi (1.11 GBq) provided or redistributed
according to nationally recognized standards or in original packing by a licensed manufacturer.
the manufacturer’s recommendations. Survey Possession also includes byproduct material
instruments must also be calibrated before first with a half-life of not longer than 120 days in
Chapter 13 n Authorized User and Radioisotope Safety Issues 427
individual amounts not to exceed 15 mCi (0.56 the NRC or an agreement state and who
GBq) or byproduct material with a half-life of meets the requirements listed in the follow-
longer than 120 days not to exceed the smaller ing item C
of 200 μCi (7.4 MBq) or 1000 times the quan- B. Be an AU for imaging or therapeutic studies
tity in Appendix B of Part 30 of 10 CFR. One before October 24, 2005, or
can also possess technetium 99m (99mTc) for C. Has completed 60 hours of training and
these purposes in amounts as needed. experience, including a minimum of 8 hours
of classroom and laboratory training in
Labeling of Vials and Syringes radionuclide handling techniques applicable
Each vial or syringe that contains unsealed to the use
byproduct material must be labeled to identify
the radiopharmaceutical. Each syringe shield Imaging and Localization Studies
and vial shield must also be labeled unless (Written Directive Not Required)
the label on the syringe or vial is visible when This category of byproduct use encompasses
shielded. the major components of diagnostic nuclear
medicine practice. Training for this category
Survey of Ambient Exposure Rate requires that the AU be a physician who meets
The licensee is required to perform surveys in one or more of the following criteria (10 CFR,
the nuclear medicine facility with a radiation Part 35.290):
detection survey instrument at various inter- A. Is certified by a medical specialty board
vals, but at least once a month. Surveys must whose certification process has been recog-
be done weekly in areas of radionuclide use nized by the NRC or an agreement state and
or storage and waste storage. A daily survey is who meets the requirements listed in item
required to be done of all areas where byprod- C of the following (This includes American
uct material requiring a written directive (treat- Board of Radiology (ABR) certificates in
ment dosages) was prepared or administered. Diagnostic Radiology from June 2006 for-
A daily survey is not required of a hospital room ward with the words “AU eligible” appear-
if the patient is confined to the room. Records ing above the ABR seal.)
must include the instrument used, the name of B. Was an AU of procedures requiring a writ-
the individual making the survey, and the date; ten directive before October 24, 2005, and
these records must be retained for 3 years. has experience with radiopharmaceutical
preparation or
TRAINING REQUIRED FOR USE C. Has completed 700 hours of training
OF UNSEALED BYPRODUCT and experience, including a minimum of
MATERIAL 80 hours of classroom and laboratory
Uptake, Dilution, and Excretion training in basic radionuclide handling
Studies (Written Directive Not techniques applicable to use of unsealed
Required) byproduct material for medical use not
Except for quantities that require a writ- requiring a written directive (The training
ten directive, a licensee may use any unsealed must include, at a minimum: (a) classroom
byproduct material for uptake, dilution, or and laboratory training in radiation phys-
excretion studies if it is obtained from a licensed ics, instrumentation, radiation protection,
manufacturer, prepared by an authorized mathematics pertaining to the measurement
nuclear pharmacist, is used by a physician who of radioactivity, chemistry of byproduct
is an AU, or used in accordance with a radioac- material for medical use, radiation biology;
tive drug research committee or investigational and (b) supervised work experience under
new drug protocol accepted by the U.S. Food an AU of at least this level, in ordering,
and Drug Administration (FDA). receiving, and unpacking radioactive mate-
An AU for these purposes is a physician who rials and making necessary surveys, cali-
meets the following specific requirements of brating instruments to determine activity
10 CFR, Part 35.190: of dosages and operation of survey meters,
A. Is certified by a medical specialty board whose calculating, measuring and safely adminis-
certification process has been recognized by tering doses, prevention of medical events
428 Chapter 13 n Authorized User and Radioisotope Safety Issues
plan, and that manual and/or computer-gen- experience with oral administration of greater
erated dose calculations have been performed than 33 mCi (1.22 GBq) of 131I to three patients
before dosage administration. or research subjects is required.
Safety instruction also must be provided ini- The board certification pathway for the use
tially and at least annually to personnel caring of 131I in quantities less than or equal to 33 mCi
for patients or research subjects who cannot be (1.22 GBq) includes the American Board of
released in the guidance contained in Appendix Radiology certificate in Diagnostic Radiol-
G. The training must include issues related to ogy with the words “AU eligible” appearing
patient and visitor control, contamination and above the ABR seal from June 2006 forward.
waste control, and notification of the RSO. Uses of 131I in quantities greater than 33 mCi
Records of this training must be kept for 3 years. (1.22 GBq) in addition to quantities less than
When patients cannot be released because of the or equal to 33 mCi are covered by American
amount of radioactivity or ambient dose rate, Board of Radiology certificates if issued from
the patient must be in a private room with a pri- June 2011 forward.
vate sanitary facility. Two such patients, how-
ever, may be in the same room. The door to the TRAINING FOR SEALED SOURCES
room must have a radioactive materials sign, FOR DIAGNOSIS
and there must be an indication as to how long An AU of sealed sources for diagnosis must be
visitors may stay. The RSO must be notified if a physician, dentist, or podiatrist who (a) is
the patient has a medical emergency or dies. certified by a specialty board that includes the
following as part of the training or (b) has had
Oral Therapeutic Administration 8 hours of classroom and laboratory training
of 131I-sodium Iodide in handling techniques specific to the device to
(Written Directive Required) be used. Training must include radiation phys-
These sections of the NRC regulations address- ics and instrumentation, radiation protection,
ing 131I use refer to those users who wish to use mathematics pertaining to the use and measure-
only 131I for therapeutic purposes rather than ment of radioactivity, radiation biology, and
the full spectrum of beta-emitting radionuclides training in the use of the device for the uses
as described previously. A written directive is requested.
still required. The activity levels of 131I used in
treatment define two training and experience MEDICAL EVENTS
categories for AUs: (a) less than or equal to AND REQUIRED REPORTING
33 mCi (1.22 GBq) for hyperthyroidism treat- A medical event occurs when a patient interven-
ment and (b) greater than 33 mCi (1.22 GBq) for tion using byproduct material results in unin-
thyroid ablation and thyroid cancer metastases. tended radiation exposure. Formerly, the term
misadministration was used, although it was
Less Than or Equal to 33 mCi defined somewhat differently. A medical event
(1.22 GBq) Iodine-131 must be reported if it is
The training requirements (10 CFR, Part A.
35.392) are similar to those described previ- 1. A dose that differs from the prescribed
ously to be an AU for procedures requiring a dose or dose that would have resulted
written directive except that the required train- from the prescribed dose by more than
ing is 80 hours only, and the training is spe- 5 rem (0.05 Sv) effective dose equivalent,
cific to 131I-sodium iodide. In addition, case or 50 rem (0.5 Sv) to an organ, tissue, or
experience with oral administration of less than shallow dose equivalent to the skin
or equal to 33 mCi (1.22 GBq) of 131I to three AND
patients or research subjects is required. the total dose delivered differs from the
prescribed dose by 20% or more,
Greater Than 33 mCi (1.22 GBq) OR
Iodine-131 the total dosage delivered differs from
Training requirements (10 CFR, Part 35.394) the prescribed dosage by 20% or more
for users in this category are as specified in or falls outside of the prescribed dose
the preceding paragraph except that the case range,
430 Chapter 13 n Authorized User and Radioisotope Safety Issues
A B C
Figure 13-2. Labels for radioactive packages. Labels indicate the degree of hazard and maximum allowable radiation
emitted from the package. A, Radioactive-white I label means that the maximum allowable surface dose rate is less than
0.5 mrem (5 μSv) per hour. B, Radioactive-yellow II label has a maximum surface dose rate of 50 mrem (0.5 mSv) per hour
and a maximum dose rate at 1 meter of 1 mrem (10 μSv) per hour. C, Values for Radioactive-yellow III are 200 mrem (2 mSv)
per hour and 10 mrem (0.1 mSv) per hour, respectively.
A B
D
Figure 13-4. Survey upon receipt of a package containing radioactivity. After the package is brought to a secure area and
logged in, the dose rate is measured at 1 meter and compared to the TI. A, Many survey meters have a cord between the probe
and meter that is 1 meter long, allowing an easy measurement. In this case, the pancake detector probe has a red plastic cover.
B, Next, a surface measurement is made. C, The wipe test is done and D, the wipe is placed in a well counter for measure-
ment. All results are recorded in a log or computer. TI, Transportation index.
Chapter 13 n Authorized User and Radioisotope Safety Issues 433
To perform a contamination test for remov- When using 99mTc, lead shielding is sufficient.
able activity from the surface of the package, The half-value layer, which is the amount of lead
an absorbent paper is usually wiped over an required to reduce the radiation exposure by
area of about 300 cm2 and counted. Some half, is 0.2 mm of lead for 99mTc. A thickness of
laboratories wipe over about 100 cm2 (about 2.5 mm of lead attenuates radiation from 99mTc
4 × 4 inches) and then multiply that value by 3. by a factor of about 1000. Radionuclides with
The wiping paper is then placed in a well more energetic gamma rays may require much
counter for analysis. If contamination of any more shielding. High-energy positron emitters
package is suspected, such a test should be are usually shielded with tungsten shielding.
performed. Shielding is of two general types: (a) bench top
Notifications: The licensee must imme- shields and (b) syringe or vial shields. Bench top
diately notify the final delivery carrier and shields are frequently constructed of lead bricks
the NRC Operations Center by telephone and usually have a viewing portal of lead glass
(a) if removable contamination is in excess to shield the face and eyes. Direct handling of
of 6600 disintegrations/minute over 300 cm2 unshielded thin-walled plastic syringes contain-
(about 7 × 7 inches) or otherwise specified ing short-lived radionuclides can cause skin
in section 71.87 of the NRC regulations, or exposure in the range of 500 to 1000 mrad/hour/
(b) if external radiations levels exceed certain mCi (0.14 to 0.27 mGy/hour/MBq). Although
limits. brief handling of unshielded radionuclides is usu-
Recordkeeping: A shipment of arriving radio- ally well within permissible limits, syringe shields
active material should be recorded in both a reduce exposure levels by a factor of at least 3.
receiving report and the radionuclide logbook. Syringe shields should be used when prepar-
The receiving report should indicate the ship- ing a radiopharmaceutical kit or performing a
ment identification, including supplier’s name, radiopharmaceutical injection unless the use
the radionuclide and lot number, as well as the of the shield is contraindicated for that patient
package survey results, including the measured (Fig. 13-5). It is not necessary to use a syringe
external radiation level and the results of any shield for drawing up a dose. If vials are used,
surface and internal package wipe tests for
removable contamination. Also to be recorded
are the amount and type of radionuclide as indi-
cated by the manufacturer or supplier, as well
as the nuclear medicine laboratory confirma-
tion of this information.
SAFE HANDLING
AND ADMINISTRATION
OF RADIOPHARMACEUTICALS A
Unshielded radioactive materials should never
be picked up directly with the fingers because
very high doses may result. Instead, these mate-
rials should be handled with clamps, forceps,
or other holding devices. When time and dis-
tance are not adequate or practical for radia-
tion protection, shielding must be used. It is
important to remember that when dealing with
beta radiation, a shield should be made of a
low-atomic-number material. If a high-atomic- B
number material, such as lead, is used, the
Figure 13-5. Syringe shields. A typical syringe shield
interaction between the beta particles and the (A) can be made from lead or tungsten. It may or may not
lead may cause the emission of bremsstrahlung have a lead glass window. B, Some shields may be made
radiation, which is highly penetrating. Plastic entirely from leaded glass. A syringe shield for positron
emitters must be much thicker because of the higher energy
shielding is usually sufficient for beta-emitting of the photons. Such PET syringe shields can weigh up to
radionuclides. 2.5 pounds. Plastic shields are appropriate for beta-emitters.
434 Chapter 13 n Authorized User and Radioisotope Safety Issues
the vials must be kept in radiation shields, and or in a different administered activity without
the shield must be labeled with the radiophar- filing a notice of claimed investigational exemp-
maceutical name. tion for a new drug.
Because the basis of imaging procedures is
the detection of radiation emanating from the PERMISSIBLE MOLYBDENUM
patient, the patient is by definition a source of CONCENTRATION
exposure. Estimates of typical exposure to tech- A licensee may not administer a radiopharmaceu-
nologists from standard imaging procedures tical that contains more than 0.15 μCi (55 kBq)
range from 0.4 to 3 mrem (4 to 30 μSv)/hr of molybdenum-99 (99Mo) per mCi (MBq) of
(Table 13-1). Between 50% and 90% of the 99mTc. Persons using 99Mo/99mTc generators are
dose that technologists receive usually come required by the NRC to measure the 99Mo con-
from being with the patient while the patient is centration in the first eluate after receiving the
imaged rather than from the radiopharmaceu- generator; however, SNM guidelines indicate
tical preparation, assay, or injection. Although this must be done for every elution. Records
radiation from the patient constitutes a measur- must include the 99Mo/99mTc ratio, time and
able level, these levels are not high enough to be date of the measurement, and the name of the
used as an excuse to keep the technologist and individual who made the measurement. The
physician from providing the patient with the record must be retained for 3 years.
best medical care.
For diagnostic clinical procedures, it is not PET RADIATION SAFETY
necessary to follow the package inserts in the With the higher energies associated with pos-
use of a radiopharmaceutical. The only restric- itron-emitting radionuclides, there have been
tion is that the chemical form must not be concerns about the radiation safety aspects
changed. This allows the AU to administer an of positron emission tomography (PET) scan-
approved radiopharmaceutical to patients in a ning. Significant sources of occupational
different physical state, such as gas instead of exposure may be associated with handling
liquid; by a different route of administration; radiopharmaceuticals before patient injection
Adapted from sources and magnitude of occupational and public exposures from nuclear medicine procedures: Report no. 124. Bethesda,
Md.: National Council on Radiation Protection and Measurements; 1996.
DTPA, Diethylenetriamine pentaacetic acid; 18F-FDG, fluorine-18 fluorodeoxyglucose; 67Ga, gallium-67; 111In, indium-111;
MDP, methylene diphosphonate; 99mTc, technetium-99m; 201Tl, thallium-201.
Chapter 13 n Authorized User and Radioisotope Safety Issues 435
and with repetitive close contact with patients used to compare potential detriment from dif-
shortly after injection. These exposures are ferent procedures and practices. It should be
potentially significantly higher than are noted that published values for effective doses
those experienced with routine handling and from specific radiopharmaceuticals vary some-
administration of technetium-99m (99mTc) what because of differences in initial assump-
radiopharmaceuticals. tions, metabolic models, and tissue weighting
When compared with 10 mCi (370 MBq) factors.
of 99mTc, the same activity of 18F will result in The nuclear medicine physician has a duty to
a dose rate about sixfold higher or 35 versus the patient to obtain diagnostic quality images
199 mR/hour (0.31 versus 1.74 mSv/hour) at a while keeping the radiation dose to the patient
distance of 20 cm (8 inches) from the source. This (and resultant doses to technologists) as low as
is the distance corresponding to handling a vial reasonably achievable (ALARA). While many
of radionuclide with tongs. Syringe shields used nuclear medicine physicians have specified a
for 99mTc are usually about 0.32 cm (⅛ inch) given activity for a certain examination, it is
of lead or equivalent, but this is inadequate sometimes necessary to adjust administered
for positron emitters. Because increasing the activities depending on the patient size and
lead thickness by a factor of 16 (to achieve the condition. Suggested administered activities for
same protection) is impractical, use of tungsten, various procedures on pediatric patients are
which has a higher atomic number (Z) and presented in Appendix D, and suggested adult
electron density, is preferred. It provides about doses are given in Appendix E.
1.4 times the shielding as an equivalent thick-
ness of lead. Dose rates from patients recently
injected with Fluorine-18-fluorodeoxyglucose
(18F-FDG) may also be a significant source of
occupational exposure and exposure to other
patients. Typically, shielded quiet rooms are
provided for the patients to relax between their
injection and scanning (Fig. 13-6). Immediate
absorbed doses at 1 meter from patients injected
for 18F-FDG scans are about 30 mrem/hr
(300 μSv/hr). By the time they leave the depart-
ment, the dose rates are reduced to less than
2 mrem/hr (20 μSv/hr).
DISIDA, Diisopropyl iminodiacetic acid; DMSA, dimercaptosuccinic acid; DTPA, diethylenetriamine pentaacetic acid; ECD, ethyl cystein-
ate dimer; F, fluorine; FDG, fluorodeoxyglucose; HMPAO, hexamethylpropyleneamine oxime; In, indium; MAA, macroaggregated albumin;
MAG3, mercaptoacetyltriglycine; MDP, methylene diphosphonate; NaI, sodium iodide; RBCs, red blood cells; Tc, technetium; Xe, xenon.
*Recommended ranges vary, although most laboratories tend to use the upper end of suggested ranges.
†ICRP Publication 80 Annals of the ICRP 28(3), 1998. Note: Published values for effective doses for a given radiopharmaceutical vary
somewhat. Effective doses are primarily used to compare radiation and potential detriment from different examinations rather than to
calculate individual risk.
Chapter 13 n Authorized User and Radioisotope Safety Issues 437
RELEASE OF INDIVIDUALS
AFTER ADMINISTRATION Box 13-3 Typical Precautionary
OF RADIONUCLIDES Release Instructions for
A patient may be released if the total effective Patients Treated with
dose equivalent to any other individual (fam- Iodine-131*
ily or caregiver) is not likely to exceed 0.5 rem
(5 mSv). If the total effective dose to any other Avoid public transport, if possible, for the
individual is likely to exceed 0.1 rem (1 mSv), first day. If it must be used, try to limit
time to less than several hours.
then the patient must be given instructions
Strongly discourage patient from staying in
(including written) on actions to maintain doses a hotel immediately after treatment.
to others following ALARA principles. See also Try to stay about 1 meter away from others
Appendices G, H, and I for further information. for 1 week.
Patients receiving diagnostic nuclear medi- If possible, stay home from work for sev-
eral days. Depending on the nature of the
cine examinations do not emit enough radiation
job, this might range from 0-5 days.
to have effective doses to other persons that Minimize contact with children for 2 weeks.
approach 0.5 rem (5 mSv) and therefore the If possible, have them stay elsewhere for
patients can be released without any calcula- 1 week.
tions. For therapy patients, the situation can be Do not kiss children or infants for 2 weeks.
Minimize contact with pregnant women,
substantially different. The NRC provides guid-
and, in the first 24 hours, stay at least 1
ance on release of these patients based upon (1) meter away.
a certain amount of administered activity (e.g., Promote frequent fluid intake to help
33 mCi [1.2 GBq] or less of iodine-131), or excrete unbound radioiodine.
(2) dose rate (7 mrem [70 μSv]/hr or less at 1 meter Sleep separately for 4-7 days, and for
24 days if partner is pregnant.
for iodine-131) (see Table H-1A). These values
Limit sexual activity and kissing for several
are based on very conservative assumptions. days.
Patients also can be released with much higher Do not share a bathroom, if possible, for
activities based on patient-specific calculations several days. Use separate towels.
and if the effective dose to a maximally exposed Shower or bathe daily. Rinse sink or tub
after use.
other person is not likely to exceed 0.5 rem
Avoid urine spill by urinating while sitting,
(5 mSv). For a useful calculator, see http://www. and flush toilet 2-3 times.
doseinfo-radar.com/ExposureCalculator.html. Wash hands frequently.
In general, if another person will not exceed Sharing food or eating utensils should be
25% of exposure time at 1 meter from the avoided. If preparing food for others, use
gloves.
patient after release, then administered activi-
Clothing and linens should be laundered
ties of over 50 mCi (1.85 GBq) to hyperthyroid separately.
patients and 200 mCi (7.4 GBq) to thyroid can- Carry your radioiodine treatment form for
cer patients may be administered with subse- 3 months.
quent release of patients. These patients should Breastfeeding must be discontinued for
several months.
be given instructions on maintaining distance
from other persons, sleeping arrangements, *Unless otherwise specified, these precautions should
minimizing time in public places, precautions last for about 5-7 days. None of these is absolute.
to reduce the spread of radioactive contamina-
tion, and the length of time each of the precau- Because of the threat of terrorism, radiation
tions should be in effect. The exact instructions detectors have been installed in many airports,
vary from institution to institution. A typical border crossings, public buildings, and even
example is shown in Box 13-3. If using patient- subways. These devices are very sensitive and
specific calculations, the home environment to can easily detect most nuclear medicine patients
which the patient returns should be assessed, for several days (e.g., bone and thyroid scans),
specifically with respect to the presence of weeks (e.g., thallium-201 cardiac scans), or
infants and children (who are at most risk). even several months (e.g., therapies contain-
Patients are also strongly discouraged (but not ing iodine-131 [131I]) after the procedures. As
prohibited) from staying at hotels immediately a result, the NRC has recommended that all
after treatment. nuclear medicine patients be advised that they
438 Chapter 13 n Authorized User and Radioisotope Safety Issues
A B C
Figure 13-7. Radiation signs. A “Radiation Area” sign (A) is required where radiation levels are >5 mrem (>0.05 mSv) per
hour at 30 cm from a source or from any surface through which radiation penetrates. A “High Radiation Area” sign (B) is
required where radiation levels are >100 mrem (>1 mSv) per hour at 30 cm from a source or from any surface through which
radiation penetrates. A “Caution Radioactive Materials” sign (C) is required at the entrance to a room when radioactive
materials exceed 10 times the amounts listed in Appendix C of CFR, Part 20.
may activate radioisotope security alarms and Signage is required for various areas (Fig.
that they receive written information document- 13-7). A radiation area is one that has levels
ing their treatment for potential law enforcement that could result in dose equivalent in excess
use. It should contain (1) patient identification, of 0.005 rem or 5 mrem (0.05 mSv) in 1 hour
(2) nuclear medicine facility contacts, and (3) at 30 cm from the radiation source. A high
a statement that the radiation received by the radiation area is one in which there are levels
patient is allowed by NRC medical use regula- that could result in a dose equivalent of over
tions and poses no danger to the public with 0.1 rem or 100 mrem (1 mSv) in 1 hour at 30 cm
specifics to include the name and date of the from the source. All radiation areas require
nuclear medicine procedure, the radionuclide, posting with a conspicuous sign. Posting is also
its half-life, and administered activity. required for areas where there is likely to be
airborne radioactivity. Areas where licensed
RESTRICTED AREAS, RADIATION radioactive material (exceeding 10 times the
AREAS, AND SIGNAGE POSTING quantity specified in 10 CFR Appendix C to
Nuclear medicine laboratories are generally Part 20) is used or stored must have a caution
divided into restricted and unrestricted areas. radioactive materials sign. If a patient who has
Examples of unrestricted areas are offices, file received radioactive material is in a hospital
space, patient waiting areas, and nonradiation room and that patient could have been legally
laboratory space. These areas must have dose released (based on activity or dose rate levels),
rates of less than 2 mrem/hour (20 μSv/hour) posting is not required.
and of less than 100 mrem (1 mSv) over total of
7 consecutive days. If these limits are exceeded, FACILITY RADIATION
control of the area is required. A restricted area SURVEY POLICIES
is one in which the occupational exposure of Surveys for contamination and ambient radia-
personnel is under the supervision of a per- tion exposure are covered in NRC guidelines,
son in charge of radiation protection. Access 10 CFR 20.1101, 20.1402, and 35.70. Policies
to the area is restricted, and working condi- regarding surveys of working areas vary among
tions within it are regulated. Restricted areas institutions (Fig. 13-8). It is important to follow
are not accessible to the general public. Exam- whatever written procedures are in place in the
ples of restricted areas are those dedicated to facility. Model procedures for area surveys are
radiopharmaceutical preparation, dispensing, provided by the NRC (Appendix R, NUREG
administration, and storage, as well as the 1556, Vol 9, Rev 2). Many institutions will
imaging areas. perform daily radiation surveys of all areas of
Chapter 13 n Authorized User and Radioisotope Safety Issues 439
they will accept the responsibility of being the Decay in storage: A licensee may hold byprod-
shipper for the return. If this is not done, the uct material with a physical half-life of less
hospital will be held responsible for all DOT than 120 days for decay in storage before
and NRC shipping requirements. disposal without regard to the amount of
Release into sewer system: If the material is radioactivity if (a) monitoring at the surface
readily soluble or dispersible in water, it may cannot distinguish any difference from natu-
be released in the following amounts: ral background, and (b) labels are removed
Ten times the limit specified in Appendix C or obliterated and a record of each disposal is
of 10 CFR 20, or the quantity of radio- maintained for 3 years.
active material that, when diluted by the Venting: Many nuclear medicine laboratories
average daily amount of liquid released by use xenon-133 (133Xe) for pulmonary venti-
the hospital into the sewer system, results lation studies. Although direct venting into
in an average concentration no greater the atmosphere of certain amounts of this
than the amount specified in Appendix B, material is permissible (for limits, see CFR,
Table 3, column 2 of 10 CFR 20. The Part 20.1101d) and gives the least dose to
greater of these two values is permitted. the technologists, it often requires physi-
Monthly: The amount of radioactive material cal plant remodeling for adequate air flow.
that when diluted by the average monthly Another means of disposing of 133Xe is stor-
total amount of liquid released into the age and decay using commercially available,
sewer system results in an average concen- activated charcoal traps. Negative pressure
tration of no greater than the amount speci- in rooms in which radioactive gases are
fied in Appendix B, Table 1, column 2 of administered (including xenon-133) com-
10 CFR 20. pared to the surrounding rooms is useful but
Yearly: A total of no more than 1 Ci (37 GBq) not required.
of NRC-licensed or other accelerator- Other disposal methods: Methods such as incin-
produced materials. eration may be approved by the NRC for dis-
NOTE: Excreta from people who have posal of research animals or organic solvents
received radioactive materials for medical diag- containing radioactive materials. Such dis-
nosis or therapy are not regulated by the NRC, posal must comply with existing applicable
and disposal in the sewer system in any amount state and local regulations.
is allowed.
l Personal dosimeters need to be used on individ- l Patients receiving radionuclide therapy, espe-
uals who are likely to receive in excess of 10% cially with iodine-131, should be advised that
of the allowable occupational dose limits. they may activate radioisotope security alarms,
especially when traveling through airports or
l A written directive is not required for most crossing international borders. Thus patients
diagnostic procedures. A written directive is should receive written information document-
required for diagnostic procedures exceeding ing their treatment for law enforcement use.
30 μCi (1.1 MBq) of iodine-131 and all therapy
procedures. Daily surveys are required in areas l Breastfeeding cessation is not regulated but
where written directive procedures are adminis- there are guidelines. Cessation is not needed for
tered and performed. 18F-FDG, and cessation times for technetium
l Medical events often occur because there are l Excreta from people who have received radio-
errors attributable to inattention in the adminis- active materials for medical diagnosis or therapy
tered quantities (mCi vs. μCi), lack of dose cali- are not regulated by the NRC, and disposal in
bration, or patient identification. the sewer system in any amount is allowed.
442 Chapter 13 n Authorized User and Radioisotope Safety Issues
The following case sets have been designed to technique, give a differential diagnosis of one to
assess your overall knowledge in nuclear imag- three entities, and in some cases, discuss manage-
ing. Each set contains 11 cases, and almost all ment. Table 1 in this set may help you differenti-
sets have an example of central nervous system, ate and recognize different types of whole-body
thyroid, cardiac, respiratory, gastrointestinal, scans. By challenging yourself on all of the case
musculoskeletal, tumor, or abscess and positron sets, you will have covered many of the most
emission tomography (PET) cases. This is a com- common entities in nuclear medicine. Answers to
mon review format. In addition, there are several all of the cases and additional questions are given
questions regarding each case. You should be after Case Set 7. If you have trouble with a case,
able to recognize most of the examinations, know go back to the chapter and specific text on that
the radiopharmaceutical used, understand the topic and review it. Good luck.
RADIOPHAR BONE
MACEUTICAL LIVER SPLEEN GU BOWEL MARROW SALIVARY THYROID OTHER
18F-FDG + + +++ ++ usually + + +/− Brain+++
colon Heart++/−
Larynx+/−
Muscle+/−
111In-WBC ++ +++ +
99mTc-WBC ++ +++ + + +
67Ga-citrate ++ + + +++ + + Lacrimal+/−
0-1 usually
day colon
123,131I sodium + ++ ++ stomach, + If present or Nasal+
iodide colon remnant
111In-octreotide ++ +++ +++ + +
123,131I-MIBG + ++ + + + Heart+
Nasal+
Lung+
99mTc-sulfur +++ ++ +
colloid
99mTc-sestamibi + + + ++ + Heart++
Gallbladder
201Tl-chloride ++ ++ + ++ + Muscle++
Heart++
Testis++
131I-NP-59 ++ ++ Gallbladder
111In-Zevalin ++ ++ + + + 2-3 days Blood pool
0-1 days
Post
R
Furosemide
CASE 1-1
1-1a. What is the diagnosis?
1-1b. Could this study be done with 99mTc-DMSA?
1-1c. After Lasix, how fast should the DTPA or MAG3 activity in a normal kidney decrease?
Self-Evaluation n Unknown Case Sets 445
CASE 1-2
1-2a. What is the diagnosis?
1-2b. What radiopharmaceutical was used?
1-2c. What is the approximate photon energy of this radiopharmaceutical’s gamma
emissions?
446 Self-Evaluation n Unknown Case Sets
CASE 1-3
1-3a. What is the diagnosis?
1-3b. What would be the expected findings in Lewy body dementia?
1-3c. What is crossed cerebellar diaschisis, and is it present in this patient?
Ant Post
CASE 1-4
1-4a. What is wrong on this scan?
1-4b. What energy window should be used?
1-4c. How often should the energy resolution (“peaking”) be checked?
Self-Evaluation n Unknown Case Sets 447
R Lat
CASE 1-5
1-5a. What type of scan is this?
1-5b. What is the diagnosis?
1-5c. What are the pertinent findings?
CASE 1-6
1-6a. What are the findings in this patient with a palpable left upper lobe thyroid nodule?
1-6b. Does this finding warrant further follow-up?
1-6c. On the 99mTc-pertechnetate RAO image, what is the activity below the thyroid gland?
448 Self-Evaluation n Unknown Case Sets
Ant
Sept Lat
Short-axis STR Inf
CASE 1-7
1-7a. What is the diagnosis?
1-7b. Are there important ancillary findings?
1-7c. What is the route of excretion of 99mTc-sestamibi?
CASE 1-8
1-8a. What is the most likely primary pathology?
1-8b. Is this patient amenable to surgery?
1-8c. Is bronchoalveolar cancer typically FDG-avid?
Self-Evaluation n Unknown Case Sets 449
Anterior Posterior
CASE 1-9
1-9a. What type of scan is this?
1-9b. What tumor types would be suspected?
1-9c. What are some other causes of soft tissue uptake on bone scans?
CASE 1-10
1-10a. Assuming that the ventilation scan is normal and the chest radiograph shows
hyperinflation, what is the probability of pulmonary embolism?
1-10b. Does this appearance have a specific name?
1-10c. What is the “stripe” sign and what is its significance (if any)?
450 Self-Evaluation n Unknown Case Sets
CASE 1-11
1-11a. What procedure is being performed?
1-11b. What is the exposure rate from the package?
1-11c. If the package is visibly damaged or leaking, what should you do?
HMPAO
Anterior
13 14 15 16
Posterior
19 20 21 22
25 26 27 28
16 17 18
Anterior Posterior
22 23 24
28 29 30
CASE 2-1
2-1a. What are the findings?
2-1b. What are the differential possibilities?
2-1c. Does the distribution of activity represent regional metabolism or regional blood
flow?
Self-Evaluation n Unknown Case Sets 451
Ant Ant
Tc-colloid Ga 24 hr
CASE 2-2
2-2a. What is the diagnosis?
2-2b. What other liver lesions may accumulate gallium?
2-2c. What are appearances of hepatic adenoma and focal nodular hyperplasia on a
99mTc-sulfur-colloid liver scan?
452 Self-Evaluation n Unknown Case Sets
Tc-DISIDA 3 hours
CASE 2-3
2-3a. What type of scan is this?
2-3b. What is the diagnosis?
2-3c. In an effort to keep radiation doses low to children, what administered activity should
be given to this 2-kg infant?
Anterior Posterior
CASE 2-4
2-4a. What is the diagnosis?
2-4b. Is there an incidental finding?
2-4c. What is another radiopharmaceutical that can be used for bone scans besides
99mTc-MDP?
Self-Evaluation n Unknown Case Sets 453
CASE 2-5
2-5a. What is the most likely diagnosis?
2-5b. How would an area of central necrosis have changed your diagnosis?
2-5c. How useful is this test in a patient with suspected CNS metastases from lung cancer?
454 Self-Evaluation n Unknown Case Sets
Ant
Sept Lat
Inf
Apex > Base
Ant
Base
Apex
Inf
Sept > Lat
Apex
Sept Lat
Base
Inf > Ant
CASE 2-6
2-6a. What is the diagnosis?
2-6b. What vessels are involved?
2-6c. Where is the left ventricular apex on a bull’s eye (polar map) image?
Self-Evaluation n Unknown Case Sets 455
CASE 2-7
2-7a. What is the diagnosis?
2-7b. What category is this, according to modified PIOPED II criteria?
2-7c. A lot of central deposition on a 99mTc-DTPA aerosol scan is an indication of what
entity?
456 Self-Evaluation n Unknown Case Sets
Anterior Posterior
CASE 2-8
2-8a. What is the diagnosis?
2-8b. Under what circumstances would you treat a patient with strontium-89 (Sr-89)
chloride?
2-8c. What radiation protection precautions are necessary after Sr-89 treatment?
CASE 2-9
2-9a. What is the most likely diagnosis?
2-9b. What is/are the main use(s) for FDG PET/CT in lymphoma?
2-9c. Are MALT lymphomas typically FDG-avid?
Self-Evaluation n Unknown Case Sets 457
Ant
CASE 2-10
2-10a. What is the diagnosis?
2-10b. Is fine needle aspiration biopsy warranted?
2-10c. With what radiopharmaceutical was this scan performed?
2-10d. In treating toxic MNG with I-131, is the administered activity generally more or less
than when treating Graves disease?
CASE 2-11
2-11a. Is there a problem with delivery of this package containing radioactive material?
2-11b. What are the requirements concerning transport of a radioactive package?
2-11c. What are the requirements concerning delivery?
458 Self-Evaluation n Unknown Case Sets
30 min 45 min
CASE 3-1
3-1a. What is the diagnosis?
3-1b. Is the gallbladder present?
3-1c. What special views can be helpful?
Self-Evaluation n Unknown Case Sets 459
CASE 3-2
3-2a. What is the diagnosis?
3-2b. Can this study be done with 99mTc-hexamethylpropyleneamine oxime (HMPAO)?
3-2c. What would be the significance of activity in the sagittal sinus activity in a patient
without obvious arterial phase activity?
460 Self-Evaluation n Unknown Case Sets
0
0.0 12.2 24.5 36.8 49.0
Time in minutes
CASE 3-3
3-3a. What is the diagnosis?
3-3b. If 370 MBq (10 mCi) of 99mTcO4− had been administered to the patient inadvertently
instead of 99mTc-MAG3, would it constitute a reportable “medical event”?
3-3c. What is the difference in mechanism of renal excretion between DTPA and MAG3?
Self-Evaluation n Unknown Case Sets 461
1 2 3
L R
4 5 6
L R L R
4-hr plantar
L R
CASE 3-4
3-4a. What is the diagnosis?
3-4b. Can osteomyelitis or an acute fracture have this appearance?
3-4c. If this were an acute fracture, how long would increased activity be expected?
462 Self-Evaluation n Unknown Case Sets
INJ
Anterior
Anterior
CASE 3-5
3-5a. What is the diagnosis?
3-5b. Could the tumor have been imaged with indium-111 pentetreotide?
3-5c. What other tumors could be imaged with indium-111 pentetreotide?
CASE 3-6
3-6a. What type of scan is this?
3-6b. What is the major finding?
3-6c. What are possible reasons for this finding?
Self-Evaluation n Unknown Case Sets 463
CASE 3-7
3-7a. What is the diagnosis?
3-7b. Comparing technetium-pertechnetate with iodine-123 for scanning, how is the
radiopharmaceutical administered and when should the patient be scanned?
3-7c. If the 24-hour iodine uptake were 65%, and the patient had a known cardiac disease,
would you treat this patient, and if so, how?
Ant
Sept Lat
Short-axis DL
Ant
Base Apex
Vertical DLY
Apex
Sept Lat
Horizontal DLY
CASE 3-8
3-8a. What is the diagnosis?
3-8b. What type of artifact may be caused by left bundle branch block?
3-8c. What produces the areas of focally increased activity on the short-axis images at
about the 2 o’clock and 7 o’clock positions?
464 Self-Evaluation n Unknown Case Sets
49 50 51 52
53 54 55 56
57 58 59 60
Ventilation 60 75 sec
Washout 7 75 90 sec Washout 8 90 105 sec Washout 9
CASE 3-9
3-9a. In what projection is a xenon-133 scan typically performed, and why?
3-9b. Where does the xenon go when the patient exhales?
3-9c. What is the diagnosis?
466 Self-Evaluation n Unknown Case Sets
Anterior Posterior
Anterior
R L
Posterior
CASE 3-10
3-10a. What is the radiopharmaceutical used in this examination?
3-10b. What is the diagnosis?
3-10c. How would this entity appear on either a 99mTc-sulfur colloid or gallium-67 citrate
scan?
CASE 3-11
3-11a. When are dosimeters required?
3-11b. What are the annual dose limits for the whole body and hands?
3-11c. Do occupational dose limits include either background or personal medical exposure
received by a technologist?
Self-Evaluation n Unknown Case Sets 467
FDG
MRI
PET/MRI
CASE 4-1
4-1a. What is the most likely diagnosis?
4-1b. What findings would be expected on thallium-201 and technetium-99m HMPAO
brain scans done to distinguish recurrent tumor from radiation necrosis?
4-1c. What is the significance of increased 18F-FDG activity in an area of a previously known
low-grade glioma?
468 Self-Evaluation n Unknown Case Sets
7 8 9 10
9 10 11 12
CASE 4-2
4-2a. What is the diagnosis?
4-2b. What is the top normal left ventricle (LV) end-diastolic volume?
4-2c. What does the myocardial uptake of the PET imaging agents 13N-ammonia (13NH3)
and rubidium-82 (82Rb) indicate?
Self-Evaluation n Unknown Case Sets 469
Anterior
Base
Septal
Apex
Inferior
Flood 05/06/
Bars 2
CASE 4-3
4-3a. What is the diagnosis?
4-3b. How was this image obtained?
4-3c. How often is this type of image obtained?
470 Self-Evaluation n Unknown Case Sets
Anterior Posterior
CASE 4-4
4-4a. What is the diagnosis in this patient who was in an auto accident 5 years earlier?
4-4b. What radiopharmaceutical besides technetium-99m sulfur colloid can be used to
make this diagnosis?
4-4c. What other entities can cause nonvisualization of the spleen on a 99mTc-sulfur colloid
scan?
Self-Evaluation n Unknown Case Sets 471
CASE 4-5
4-5a. What is the diagnosis?
4-5b. What is the approximate number and size of 99mTc-MAA particles administered?
4-5c. If this patient has pulmonary hypertension, what is the likelihood that pulmonary
emboli are the cause, and why is this information important?
472 Self-Evaluation n Unknown Case Sets
Inject site
Anterior Posterior
CASE 4-6
4-6a. What is the diagnosis?
4-6b. What are the pertinent associated findings on the pelvis radiograph?
4-6c. Do the lytic lesions associated with Paget disease show increased radionuclide uptake
on a bone scan?
Self-Evaluation n Unknown Case Sets 473
99mTc MAG3
Flow
800
600
Counts/sec
400
200
0
0 10 20 30 40 50
Time (sec)
Renogram
1200
900
Counts/sec
600
300
0
60 480 900 1320 1740
Time (sec)
CASE 4-7
4-7a. What is the diagnosis?
4-7b. Could dehydration produce the same pattern?
4-7c. Would chronic renal disease produce the same pattern?
474 Self-Evaluation n Unknown Case Sets
CASE 4-8
4-8a. What type of scan is this?
4-8b. What is the diagnosis?
4-8c. What other pathologic entities show increased activity with this radiopharmaceutical?
CASE 4-9
4-9a. What is the likely diagnosis?
4-9b. What is the significance of the splenic activity?
4-9c. What is the size threshold for the detection of a lesion on FDG PET?
Self-Evaluation n Unknown Case Sets 475
CASE 4-10
4-10a. What is the most likely diagnosis?
4-10b. What is the differential diagnosis?
4-10c. What is the next step in management?
CASE 4-11
4-11a. Can a pregnant technologist or physician be actively involved with nuclear medicine
patients?
4-11b. Under the ALARA principle, what procedures would you consider restricting the
technologist from performing?
4-11c. What are the dose limits for the embryo/fetus?
476 Self-Evaluation n Unknown Case Sets
CASE 5-1
5-1a. What is the likely diagnosis?
5-1b. What characteristics differentiate this from a normal study?
5-1c. Identify the anatomy on these images.
Self-Evaluation n Unknown Case Sets 477
CASE 5-2
5-2a. What is the major finding?
5-2b. What is the likely cause?
5-2c. What is the value of 18F-FDG PET in this entity?
1 2 3 4
Anterior >
5 min/image >
5 6 7 8
CASE 5-3
5-3a. What is the finding?
5-3b. What bleeding rate is necessary to reliably detect the bleeding with angiography and
scintigraphy?
5-3c. If the study had been negative, what would be the next step in management?
478 Self-Evaluation n Unknown Case Sets
R L
5 6 7 8
9 10 11 12
R L
Anterior
CASE 5-4
5-4a. What is the diagnosis?
5-4b. What other nuclear medicine techniques are more appropriate in this setting?
5-4c. What is the pattern typically seen on MDP scans with hip prosthesis loosening?
Self-Evaluation n Unknown Case Sets 479
Immediate 2 hr 4 hr
A
Immediate 2 hr 4 hr
CASE 5-5
5-5a. What type of examination is this?
5-5b. What is the most likely diagnosis?
5-5c. What other entities might this represent?
CASE 5-6
5-6a. What is the diagnosis in this patient with a rising CEA?
5-6b. What is the best test for suspected liver metastases from colon cancer?
5-6c. What is the role of FDG PET/CT in staging colorectal cancer?
480 Self-Evaluation n Unknown Case Sets
CASE 5-7
5-7a. What is the diagnosis?
5-7b. What is the hot spot in the right supraclavicular region?
5-7c. Which set of images is not attenuation-corrected?
Self-Evaluation n Unknown Case Sets 481
Anterior planar
CASE 5-8
5-8a. What is included in the differential diagnosis?
5-8b. Would this pattern likely be due to prior stable iodine ingestion?
5-8c. What scan patterns might be seen with chronic forms of thyroiditis?
Self-Evaluation n Unknown Case Sets 483
Ant
Sept Lat
Short-axis DLY
Ant
Base
Apex
Vertical STR Sept > Lat Inf
Vertical DLY
Apex
Sept Lat
Horizontal DLY
CASE 5-9
5-9a. What is the diagnosis?
5-9b. What would be the implications if the left ventricle dilated on the stress images?
5-9c. What is the mechanism of transient ischemic dilatation?
484 Self-Evaluation n Unknown Case Sets
CASE 5-10
5-10a. Assuming a normal chest radiograph, what is the diagnosis?
5-10b. What modified PIOPED II probability category would this represent?
5-10c. What is the differential diagnosis in this case?
Self-Evaluation n Unknown Case Sets 485
CASE 5-11
5-11a. What methods are used for the disposal of radioactive syringes?
5-11b. Is the method shown here appropriate?
5-11c. How long is storage required?
CASE 6-1
6-1a. What type of scan is this?
6-1b. What is the diagnosis?
6-1c. Is this radiopharmaceutical conjugated by the liver?
486 Self-Evaluation n Unknown Case Sets
Post Ant
CASE 6-2
6-2a. What is the diagnosis in this post-traumatic patient?
6-2b. How is the patient prepared for this procedure?
6-2c. With normal images, can a “normal” diagnosis be made for this procedure?
CASE 6-3
6-3a. What is the diagnosis?
6-3b. What criteria should be used in making the diagnosis?
6-3c. What is the value of 99mTc-WBC compared with FDG PET/CT in this setting?
Self-Evaluation n Unknown Case Sets 487
R L
CASE 6-4
6-4a. What is the diagnosis?
6-4b. Are multiple enchondromas typically “hot” on a bone scan?
6-4c. What physiologic factors cause increased activity on bone scans?
488 Self-Evaluation n Unknown Case Sets
Anterior >
Immediate 2 hr 4 hr
CASE 6-5
6-5a. What is the most likely diagnosis?
6-5b. Could this lesion be a thyroid adenoma?
6-5c. What method could be used to help locate the lesion at surgery, and how would the
patient be prepared?
Self-Evaluation n Unknown Case Sets 489
CASE 6-6
6-6a. What is the diagnosis?
6-6b. Is metastatic disease present?
6-6c. What is the role of 18F-FDG PET/CT in infection?
9 10 11
6 7 8
7 8 9
7 8 9
CASE 6-7
6-7a. What is the diagnosis?
6-7b. What parameters are used to determine whether physical exercise stress was
adequate in this patient?
6-7c. What degree of coronary artery stenosis is important?
Self-Evaluation n Unknown Case Sets 491
Apex
Anterior
Base
Septal Inferior Lateral Septal
Apex
Inferior
Base
Anterior Posterior
CASE 6-8
6-8a. What is the diagnosis?
6-8b. What cancer types often produce predominantly lytic bone metastases?
6-8c. What tumor type most often causes single sternal metastases?
492 Self-Evaluation n Unknown Case Sets
Anterior pinhole
Chin
2 cm marker
SSN
Anterior parallel
CASE 6-9
6-9a. What is the most likely diagnosis?
6-9b. Could this lesion be malignant?
6-9c. Does the remainder of the gland appear normal?
Self-Evaluation n Unknown Case Sets 493
L R L R
Inspiration
R Lat
CASE 6-10
6-10a. What is the diagnosis?
6-10b. What is meant by the term “triple match”?
6-10c. What probability of PE is associated with a triple match?
494 Self-Evaluation n Unknown Case Sets
CASE 6-11
6-11a. What specific paperwork is required to administer this radiopharmaceutical?
6-11b. Who must supervise the administration?
6-11c. Under what conditions can a patient be released after therapeutic administration
of I-131?
Posterior chest
Posterior abdomen
Tc-MAA
CASE 7-1
7-1a. What is the diagnosis?
7-1b. If you suspected such a shunt was present, should you have done this procedure at
all or modified the procedure?
7-1c. What causes “hot spots” in the lung on a 99mTc-MAA perfusion scan, and are they
clinically significant?
Self-Evaluation n Unknown Case Sets 495
1 hr 2 hr
CASE 7-2
7-2a. Is this likely to represent chronic cholecystitis?
7-2b. Is there a need to alert the clinician, and if so, why?
7-2c. Is there an advantage to slow infusion of CCK over more than 10 minutes in performing
a gallbladder ejection fraction study?
496 Self-Evaluation n Unknown Case Sets
Anterior
CASE 7-3
7-3a. What is the diagnosis?
7-3b. What are the two common bone scan presentations of this entity?
7-3c. What are common clinical symptoms and findings associated with this entity?
9 10 11
CASE 7-4
7-4a. What is the diagnosis?
7-4b. What is hibernating myocardium?
7-4c. What is stunned myocardium?
498 Self-Evaluation n Unknown Case Sets
Anterior Anterior
Base
Base
Septal Septal
Apex
Apex
Inferior Inferior
R L
CASE 7-5
7-5a. What is the diagnosis?
7-5b. What would a septic hip look like on a bone scan?
7-5c. What are other diagnostic considerations?
Self-Evaluation n Unknown Case Sets 499
01 02 03 04 05
11 12 13 14 15
01 02 03 04 05
11 12 13 14 15
CASE 7-6
7-6a. What is the diagnosis?
7-6b. What is the mechanism by which captopril works?
7-6c. Is a known severe renal artery stenosis a relative contraindication to this procedure?
500 Self-Evaluation n Unknown Case Sets
R L
CASE 7-7
7-7a. What are the findings?
7-7b. What is the differential?
7-7c. What pattern of metabolism is seen with imaging during a seizure (ictal imaging)?
CASE 7-8
7-8a. What is the diagnosis?
7-8b. What is the usual thyroid function status in these patients?
7-8c. What is the pathogenesis of this entity?
Self-Evaluation n Unknown Case Sets 501
CASE 7-9
7-9a. Is this a GI bleeding study?
7-9b. Does a negative result mean that there is no Meckel diverticulum present?
7-9c. What premedication(s) can increase the sensitivity of this procedure?
502 Self-Evaluation n Unknown Case Sets
S
e
p
t Short axis Apex to Base 30.5 mCi Cardiolite Inf Stress
5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12
S
e
p
t
8.5 mCi Cardiolite Inf Persantine Rest
13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20
S
e
p
t
Inf Stress
13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20
S
e
p
t
Inf Rest
6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13
S
e
p
t
H long axis Base Stress
5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12
S
e
p
t
Base Rest
7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14
B
a
s
e
V long axis Sept to Lateral Inf Stress
12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19
B
a
s
e
Rest
CASE 7-10
7-10a. What is the diagnosis?
7-10b. What are the adverse reactions associated with dipyridamole pharmacologic stress,
and how are they treated?
7-10c. What are the side effects and method of treatment for adverse reactions to adenosine
stress?
Self-Evaluation n Unknown Case Sets 503
Statistics
Perfusion Regional EF Name:
Pat ID:
Sex: M
Organ: Heart Tomo
Acq ID: Stress G_S
Acq date:
Image ID: Short Ax
EF: 37%
Motion (mm) Thickening (%) Volume (mL)/Interval
220
200
180
160
140
120
100
80
60
40
20
0.0 5.0 10.0 0 50 100 0
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
ED ED ED
Base Ant
Ant
Inf
Inf
Apex
ES ES ES
Base Ant
Ant
Inf
Inf
Apex
CASE 7-11
7-11a. The beaker contained 370 MBq (10 mCi) of iodine-131. What category spill is this?
7-11b. What are the actions that need to be taken?
7-11c. Are additional actions potentially needed because of the nature of this radiophar-
maceutical?
SELF-
Answers to Unknown
EVALUATION
Case Sets
505
506 Self-Evaluation n Answers to Unknown Case Sets
1-11c. If the package is visibly damaged or 2-3c. In an effort to keep radiation doses low
leaking, what should you do? Secure to children, what administered activ-
it and call the radiation safety officer ity should be given to this 2-kg infant?
(RSO). 1.0 mCi (37 MBq). Nobody expects you
to remember this, but you should know
CASE 2-1 where to look it up. See Appendix D.
2-1a. What are the findings? Decreased
activity in the frontal and frontotem- CASE 2-4
poral regions on a 99mTc-HMPAO 2-4a. What is the diagnosis? Hypertrophic
SPECT brain scan. pulmonary osteoarthropathy.
2-1b. What are the differential possibili- 2-4b. Is there an incidental finding? Yes,
ties? These findings are character- right nephrectomy.
istic of Pick disease but can also be 2-4c. What is another radiopharmaceutical
seen in schizophrenia, depression, that can be used for bone scans besides
and supranuclear palsy. Atypical or 99mTc MDP? PET/CT bone scans can
bilaterally with delayed clearance of 2-10b. Is fine needle aspiration biopsy war-
xenon-133 from the lungs. ranted? In general, no, because the
2-7b. What category is this according to cold areas commonly are a result of
PIOPED II criteria? Very low. nonfunctioning or poorly function-
2-7c. A lot of central deposition on a 99mTc- ing adenomas and are much less
DTPA aerosol scan is an indication likely to be cancer than is a solitary
of what entity? COPD. cold nodule. A dominant nodule
or MNG in a child deserves further
CASE 2-8 characterization.
2-8a. What is the diagnosis? Superscan 2-10c. With what radiopharmaceutical was
with diffuse skeletal metastases. this scan performed? Significant
2-8b. Under what circumstances would activity in the salivary glands indi-
you treat a patient with strontium-89 cates that it was performed with
chloride? Blastic metastases should technetium-99m pertechnetate.
be present, and the WBC and platelet 2-10d. In treating toxic MNG with I-131, is
counts should be above 2400/μL and the administered activity generally
60,000/ μL, respectively. Optimally, more or less than when treating
renal function should be normal or Graves disease? More.
the administered dose should be
reduced to accommodate a renal dys- CASE 2-11
function, depending on its severity. 2-11a. Is there a problem with delivery of
2-8c. What radiation protection precau- this package containing radioactive
tions are necessary after Sr-89 treat- material? Yes, it is not in a secured
ment? Because of beta (and no location, and the office almost cer-
gamma) emission, few restrictions tainly has no sign indicating “radio-
are necessary. Excretion is urinary active materials.”
and, to a lesser extent, fecal, which 2-11b. What are the requirements con-
requires some instructions regard- cerning transport of a radioactive
ing frequency of urination to reduce package? Material must be in an
bladder dose, sitting to urinate, and approved, usually Type A, container
flushing the toilet twice afterward. with a label indicating the transport
Life expectancy should be at least index (TI) as well as the radiophar-
3 months because many states have maceutical and contained activity.
restrictions on cremation, etc. 2-11c. What are the requirements con-
cerning delivery? Packages must be
CASE 2-9 secured, examined, monitored, and
2-9a. What is the most likely diagno- logged in. Examination of the pack-
sis? Lymphoma based upon exten- age should be performed within
sive adenopathy and multiple lung 3 hours of receipt if it is received
lesions. Metastatic melanoma and during normal working hours.
diffuse infection in an immunocom-
promised patient also would be CASE 3-1
possibilities. 3-1a. What is the diagnosis? Bile leak with
2-9b. What is/are the main use(s) for FDG activity in the porta hepatis and right
PET/CT in lymphoma? It is useful for paracolic gutter.
staging, determining response to 3-1b. Is the gallbladder present? No. In
therapy, and detection of recurrence. this case, the patient has had a cho-
2-9c. Are MALT lymphomas typically FDG- lecystectomy. Leaking bile com-
avid? No. monly pools in the porta hepatis,
gallbladder fossa, or around the
CASE 2-10 liver (the “reappearing liver” sign).
2-10a. What is the diagnosis? Multinodular Obtaining a history of prior surgery
goiter. is critical.
Self-Evaluation n Answers to Unknown Case Sets 509
3-1c. W
hat special views can be helpful? 3-4c. If this were an acute fracture, how
Right lateral decubitus views and pel- long would increased activity be
vic views can often be useful. expected? For at least a few months
and often up to a year.
CASE 3-2
3-2a. What is the diagnosis? Brain death, CASE 3-5
as evidenced by no intracranial per- 3-5a. What is the diagnosis? Neuroblas-
fusion on the technetium-99m (99mTc) toma with activity in the lower chest
pertechnetate study. The actual diag- on both iodine-131 metaiodobenzyl-
nosis of brain death should not be guanidine (131I-MIBG) and techne-
made by nuclear imaging tests alone tium-99m methylene diphosphonate
but requires consideration of clinical (99mTc-MDP) scans. A skull metasta-
parameters. sis is also present.
3-2b. Can this study be done with 99mTc- 3-5b. Could the tumor have been imaged
hexamethylpropyleneamine oxime with indium-111 pentetreotide? Yes.
(HMPAO)? Yes. 3-5c. What other tumors could be imaged
3-2c. What would be the significance of with indium-111 pentetreotide?
activity in the sagittal sinus activity Other neuroendocrine APUD tumors,
in a patient without obvious arterial including carcinoid, medullary thy-
phase activity? The significance is roid cancer, pituitary adenomas,
somewhat controversial, but most of pancreatic islet cell tumors, para-
the patients have a grave prognosis, gangliomas, and small-cell lung
and slight activity does not contradict cancer. Some non-APUD tumors
the diagnosis of brain death. can have variable uptake, including
lymphoma, breast cancer, low grade
CASE 3-3 gliomas, and meningiomas.
3-3a. What is the diagnosis? Unobstructed
patulous collecting system of the right CASE 3-6
kidney with prompt washout of activity 3-6a. What type of scan is this? 18F-FDG, as
from the collecting system after Lasix. evidenced by the brain activity, renal
3-3b. If 370 MBq (10 mCi) of 99mTcO4− had excretion, and whole-body images
been administered to the patient with arms over the head.
inadvertently instead of 99mTc-MAG3, 3-6b. What is the major finding? Increased
would this constitute a reportable marrow activity.
“medical event”? No. An administra- 3-6c. What are possible reasons for this
tion of a wrong radiopharmaceuti- finding? This occurs as a result of
cal is reportable only if it causes an prior treatment with chemotherapy
effective whole body dose exceeding or G-CSF and typically decreases
0.05 Sv (5 rem) or 0.5 Sv (50 rem) to rapidly in 2 to 4 weeks, but, in some
any organ. This does not occur with patients, increased activity can per-
most diagnostic doses. sist for 18 to 36 months. Increased
3-3c. What is the difference in mechanism marrow activity can also be seen in
of renal excretion between DTPA and patients with anemia.
MAG3? DTPA is predominantly filtered
whereas MAG3 is excreted by proxi- CASE 3-7
mal tubules with minimal filtration. 3-7a. What is the diagnosis? Graves
disease.
CASE 3-4 3-7b. Comparing technetium-pertechnetate
3-4a. What is the diagnosis? Stress frac- with iodine-123 for scanning, how
ture of third metatarsal. is the radiopharmaceutical admin-
3-4b. Can osteomyelitis or an acute frac- istered and when should the patient
ture have this appearance? Yes. Both be scanned? Intravenous administra-
can be “hot” on all three phases. tion and imaging at 15 to 30 minutes
510 Self-Evaluation n Answers to Unknown Case Sets
3-9a. In what projection is a xenon-133 ing findings consistent with a low-
scan typically performed, and why? grade temporal glioma.
In the posterior projection because 4-1b. What findings would be expected on
the energy of xenon-133 is relatively thallium-201 and technetium-99m
low, and there is less attenuation of HMPAO brain scans done to distin-
the photons by the heart and overly- guish recurrent tumor from radiation
ing soft tissue. Further, more pulmo- necrosis? Both entities would show
nary segments are assessed on the decreased HMPAO activity but with
posterior image. recurrent tumor, thallium activity is
3-9b. Where does the xenon go when the increased.
patient exhales? It should go into a 4-1c. What is the significance of increased
xenon “trap,” which has a canister 18F-FDG activity in an area of a previ-
filled with activated charcoal. This ously known low-grade glioma? This
needs to be replaced periodically. would suggest anaplastic transfor-
3-9c. What is the diagnosis? Left upper mation. FDG activity in primary brain
lobe focal air trapping with a smaller tumors is generally inversely corre-
perfusion abnormality. In this case, lated with survival.
Self-Evaluation n Answers to Unknown Case Sets 511
a dose limit of greater than 500 mrem 5-3b. What bleeding rate is necessary to
(greater than 5 mSv) after pregnancy reliably detect the bleeding with angi-
is declared. The employee is not ography and scintigraphy? 1.0 mL/
required to declare the pregnancy. minute with angiography and 0.2 mL/
minute on scintigraphy.
CASE 5-1 5-3c. If the study had been negative, what
5-1a. What is the likely diagnosis? Normal would be the next step in manage-
pressure hydrocephalus (NPH). ment? Imaging can be continued or,
5-1b. What characteristics differentiate this if the patient appears to be bleed-
from a normal study? Prominent ven- ing again within 24 hours after 99mTc
tricular entry with persistence and RBC administration, he or she can
lack of “ascent” of activity over the be returned for reimaging without
cerebral convexities at 24 hours. reinjection to assess for intermittent
5-1c. Identify the anatomy on these bleeding.
images. In this case, the heart-shaped
central activity is abnormal entry into CASE 5-4
the bodies and anterior horns of the 5-4a. What is the diagnosis? Infected long-
lateral ventricles. The bilateral adja- stem right hip prosthesis. The study
cent foci are the temporal horns of is abnormal on all three phases of the
the ventricles. Activity immediately bone scan, as evidenced by markedly
below this is in the basal cisterns. In increased activity along the entire
normal patients, activity is seen on shaft length.
the anterior view as a trident with 5-4b. What other nuclear medicine tech-
activity in the interhemispheric (cen- niques are more appropriate in this
tral) and sylvian (bilateral) cisterns setting? 111In-leukocyte scan com-
with no ventricular activity. bined with 99mTc-sulfur colloid mar-
row imaging is the procedure of
CASE 5-2 choice for suspected prosthetic joint
5-2a. What is the major finding? Hydro- infections, especially in the case of
nephrosis and markedly dilated an equivocal bone scan.
bladder. 5-4c. What pattern is typically seen on
5-2b. What is the likely cause? Transitional MDP scans with hip prosthesis loos-
cell carcinoma, as evidenced by the ening? Increased activity primarily at
Self-Evaluation n Answers to Unknown Case Sets 513
the tip of the shaft and near the lesser CASE 5-8
trochanter. These are the sites with 5-8a. What is included in the differential
most stress and motion as a result of diagnosis? In this case, markedly
loosening. reduced trapping of the radiophar-
maceutical is a result of subacute
CASE 5-5 thyroiditis as seen on this 99mTc-
5-5a. What type of examination is this? pertechnetate scan (note the promi-
99mTc-sestamibi parathyroid scan. nent salivary, blood pool, and
5-5b. What is the most likely diagnosis? Ecto- background activity). This may
pic mediastinal parathyroid adenoma. also be seen in patients receiv-
5-5c. What other entities might this rep- ing thyroid hormone replacement,
resent? Many other primary tumors ectopic endogenous thyroid hor-
or metastases can have increased mone production (such as “struma
activity on sestamibi scans, including ovarii”), or primary or secondary
thyroid and breast cancer, thymoma, hypothyroidism.
and even fibroadenomas. 5-8b. Would this pattern likely be due to
prior stable iodine ingestion? No.
CASE 5-6 While that would reduce uptake on a
5-6a. What is the diagnosis in this patient radioiodine scan, it has very little effect
with a rising CEA? Colon cancer met- on trapping of 99mTc-pertechnetate
astatic to the liver and para-aortic scan.
lymph nodes, as seen on an 18F-FDG 5-8c. What scan patterns might be seen
PET/CT scan. with chronic forms of thyroiditis?
5-6b. What is the best test for suspected liver The scintigraphic presentation of
metastases from colon cancer? Con- chronic thyroiditis is very vari-
trast-enhanced MRI is the most sensi- able and can have diffusely uni-
tive, especially for small metastases. form increased activity (mimicking
5-6c. What is the role of FDG PET/CT in Graves disease), coarsely patchy dis-
staging colorectal cancer? Endoscopic tribution (mimicking a multinodular
ultrasound and endoscopy are best gland), generally decreased activity,
for assessing the primary tumor. PET/ or even appear normal. Thyromeg-
CT is valuable for assessing nodal aly is usually the presenting clinical
and extranodal metastases, with PET finding.
being more sensitive than CT.
CASE 5-9
CASE 5-7 5-9a. What is the diagnosis? LV anterosep-
5-7a. What is the diagnosis? This patient tal myocardial ischemia.
had a cavitary squamous cell lung 5-9b. What would be the implications if
cancer with rib involvement, as seen the left ventricle dilated on the stress
on a 18F-FDG PET/CT scan. A large images? In the presence of CAD,
lung abscess could appear in this transient ischemic dilatation (TID)
manner. correlates with high-risk disease (left
5-7b. What is the hot spot in the right main or multivessel involvement)
supraclavicular region? This was an and a worse prognosis.
attenuation correction artifact caused 5-9c. What is the mechanism of transient
by the cardiac pacing device seen on ischemic dilatation? Underlying mech-
the chest radiograph. anisms for transient ischemic dilata-
5-7c. Which set of images is not attenuation- tion include transient stress-induced
corrected? The lower row of images diffuse subendocardial hypoperfu-
is not attenuation corrected, the evi- sion, producing an apparent cavity
dence being that the skin activity is dilatation, ischemic systolic dysfunc-
prominent and the artifact, as a result tion, and perhaps in some instances,
of the pacemaker, is not seen. physical cavity dilatation.
514 Self-Evaluation n Answers to Unknown Case Sets
6-5b. C ould this lesion be a thyroid ade- pressure product (maximum heart
noma? Very unlikely, because on the rate achieved multiplied by the
SPECT/CT it is separate from the thy- maximum systolic blood pressure)
roid gland. exceeds a value of 25,000. If none of
6-5c. What method could be used to help these conditions is met, the stress is
locate the lesion at surgery, and how generally deemed submaximal.
would the patient be prepared? Often 6-7c. What degree of coronary artery ste-
a small gamma probe is used dur- nosis is important? When the nar-
ing surgery, but the patient needs to rowing of a coronary artery diameter
receive 99mTc-sestamibi 2 to 4 hours is less than 50% of the diameter of
before surgery. the vessel, the effect on blood flow
generally is clinically insignificant.
CASE 6-6 As diameter narrowing approaches
6-6a. What is the diagnosis? Aspergillosis, 70%, the lesions become much more
although lung cancer should be con- hemodynamically significant, partic-
sidered in the differential diagnosis ularly during exercise. To be signifi-
on this 18F-FDG PET/CT scan. cant at rest, 90% or greater narrowing
6-6b. Is metastatic disease present? There is usually required.
are multiple hypermetabolic ipsi-
lateral hilar and mediastinal lymph CASE 6-8
nodes. In this case, these were a 6-8a. What is the diagnosis? Lytic sternal
result of infected or reactive lymph metastasis, as seen on a 99mTc bone
nodes, not metastasis. scan.
6-6c. What is the role of 18FDG PET/CT in 6-8b. What cancer types often produce
infection? FDG is very sensitive for the predominantly lytic bone metasta-
detection of both infection and inflam- ses? Kidney, lung, thyroid.
mation; however, it is very nonspecific. 6-8c. What tumor type most often causes
Hyperplastic and neoplastic lymph single sternal metastases? Breast
nodes may also be hypermetabolic. cancer.
18F-FDG is useful for the evaluation of
is often used to refer to matched 7-1b. If you suspected such a shunt was
ventilation/perfusion abnormalities present, should you have done this
accompanied by a corresponding procedure at all or modified the pro-
chest radiographic abnormality cedure? It is common practice to
of the same size, usually, but not limit the number of particles in the
always, an airspace opacity. presence of a right-to-left shunt from
6-10c. What probability of PE is associated about 400,000 to about 100,000.
with a triple match? Matching venti- 7-1c. What causes “hot spots” in the lung
lation/perfusion defects correspond- on a 99mTc-MAA perfusion scan and
ing to chest radiographic opacities are they clinically significant? With-
isolated to the upper and middle lung drawal of blood into the syringe
zones imply a very low (less than 10%) containing 99mTc-MAA before injec-
probability of pulmonary embolus, tion may result in labeling of small
whereas similar findings in the lower clots or clumping of the MAA.
lung zones represent an intermediate Once injected, they lodge in the
or moderate (20% to 80%) probability pulmonary capillary bed, causing
of pulmonary embolus. “hot spots” that are not clinically
significant.
CASE 6-11
6-11a. What specific paperwork is required CASE 7-2
to administer this radiopharmaceu- 7-2a. Is this likely to represent chronic cho-
tical? A “written directive,” which lecystits? No, the linear activity that
is essentially a special prescrip- accumulates in the pericholecystic
tion required for diagnostic proce- liver parenchyma of the right lobe
dures exceeding 30 μCi (1.1 MBq) is the “rim sign,” indicative of acute
of sodium iodide-131 and all other cholecystitis.
radioisotopic therapy procedures. 7-2b. Is there a need to alert the clinician,
6-11b. Who must supervise the adminis- and if so, why? Yes. About 40% of
tration? The medical directive and patients with the rim sign have a per-
supervision must be performed by forated or gangrenous gallbladder.
an authorized user (AU) who has 7-2c. Is there an advantage to slow infu-
had specific training and prior expe- sion of CCK over more than 10 min-
rience with such procedures. utes in performing a gallbladder
6-11c. Under what conditions can a patient ejection fraction study? Yes, the
be released after therapeutic admin- patient is likely to have less abdomi-
istration of I-131? Release of nuclear nal discomfort than with rapid
medicine patients is allowed under injection. Be aware that normal
NRC regulations, based on a cer- gallbladder ejection fraction values
tain amount of administered activ- vary, depending on the infusion
ity or dose rate (e.g., 33 mCi [1.2 duration.
GBq] or less of iodine-131 or
7 mrem [70 μSv]/hr or less at 1 meter CASE 7-3
for iodine-131). Patients also can be 7-3a. What is the diagnosis? Hyperpara-
released with much higher activi- thyroidism with 99mTc-MDP activity
ties, based on patient-specific calcu- in the lungs, thyroid, kidneys, and
lations and if the effective dose to stomach as a result of so-called met-
family or caregiver is not likely to astatic calcification.
exceed 0.5 rem (5 mSv). 7-3b. What are the two common bone
scan presentations of this entity?
CASE 7-1 (1) Increased activity in the skull,
7-1a. What is the diagnosis? Right-to-left extremities, and around the large
shunt on a 99mTc-MAA lung perfusion joints; and (2) soft-tissue activity in
scan. the lungs, kidneys, and/or stomach.
Self-Evaluation n Answers to Unknown Case Sets 517
7-3c. W
hat are common clinical symp- 7-6b. W hat is the mechanism by which
toms and findings associated with captopril works? In renal artery ste-
this entity? Nephrolithiasis, weak- nosis, the efferent blood vessels con-
ness, fatigue, and bone and joint pain strict to maintain filtration pressure
(sometimes referred to as “stones, in the glomeruli. After administration
bones, and groans”). of an ACE inhibitor, the efferent renal
blood vessels become dilated, reduc-
CASE 7-4 ing glomerular filtration pressure
7-4a. What is the diagnosis? Inferior wall with the affected kidney(s) retaining
myocardial wall infarction with activity in the tubules because of
severe inferior wall hypokinesis. diminished washout of the tubular
7-4b. What is hibernating myocardium? activity. Thus, when 99mTc-MAG3 is
Hibernating myocardium is the used, the affected kidney(s) presents
result of chronic hypoperfusion and as a persistent “nephrogram” after
ischemia. This leads to reduced cel- captopril is administered.
lular metabolism that is sufficient to 7-6c. Is known severe renal artery stenosis
sustain viability but inadequate to a relative contraindication to this pro-
permit contractile function. Areas cedure? Yes, the drop in intrarenal
of hibernating myocardium usually blood pressure from captopril can
present as segments of decreased induce acute renal failure.
perfusion and absent or diminished
contractility. CASE 7-7
7-4c. What is stunned myocardium? Stun- 7-7a. What are the findings? Decreased
ning is the result of ischemic and metabolic activity in the left tem-
reperfusion injury secondary to an poral lobe at the site of the seizure
acute coronary artery occlusion that focus.
has reopened before significant myo- 7-7b. What is the differential? This is a case
cardial infarction can occur. Areas of of interictal (between seizures) tem-
stunned myocardium usually pres- poral lobe epilepsy, but similar find-
ent with normal or near-normal per- ings can be seen with a low-grade
fusion but with absent or diminished temporal tumor, stroke, or radiation
contractility. necrosis.
7-7c. What pattern of metabolism is seen
CASE 7-5 with imaging during a seizure (ictal
7-5a. What is the diagnosis? Chondroblas- imaging)? Increased activity at the
toma, as evidenced by a single tro- site of seizure focus.
chanteric lesion in a relatively young
person (no degenerative changes). CASE 7-8
7-5b. What would a septic hip look like on a 7-8a. What is the diagnosis? Lingual thy-
bone scan? There would be increased roid, as seen on a 99mTc-pertechnetate
activity on both sides of the hip joint. thyroid scan.
7-5c. What are other diagnostic consider- 7-8b. What is the usual thyroid function
ations? Fibrous dysplasia, infection status in these patients? About 70%
(tuberculosis), and much less likely of these patients are hypothyroid,
giant cell tumor, bone cyst, osteo- and 10% have cretinism.
sarcoma, eosinophilic granuloma, or 7-8c. What is the pathogenesis of this
aneurysmal bone cyst. The latter are entity? Embryologically, thyroid tis-
unlikely a result of either the location sue originates near the base of the
of this lesion or its intense uptake. tongue and migrates caudally. But
when the migration is arrested, ecto-
CASE 7-6 pic positioning results, commonly at
7-6a. What is the diagnosis? Bilateral renal the base of the tongue, producing a
artery stenosis. lingual thyroid gland.
518 Self-Evaluation n Answers to Unknown Case Sets
MAJOR EMISSIONS
NUCLIDE SYMBOL HALF-LIFE DECAY MODE (MeV)*
Carbon-11 11
6 C
20.3 min β+ γ 0.511 (200%)
Cesium-137 137
55 Cs
30 yr β− γ 0.660 (85%)
Continued
519
520 Appendix A n Characteristics of Radionuclides for Imaging and Therapy
MAJOR EMISSIONS
NUCLIDE SYMBOL HALF-LIFE DECAY MODE (MeV)*
Oxygen-15 15 124 sec β+ γ 0.511 (200%)
8 O
Rhenium-186 186
75 Re
90 hr E.C. γ 0.137 (9%)
β 1.07 max. (93%)
Rubidium-82 82 1.3 min E.C. and β+ γ 0.511 (189%)
37 Rb
γ 0.777 (13%)
Samarium-153 153 46.3 hr γ 0.103 (30%)
62 Sm
β 0.640 (30%)
β 0.710 (50%)
β 0.810 (20%)
Strontium-87m 87m 2.8 hr I.T. and E.C. γ 0.388 (83%)
38 Sr
Adapted from Dillman LT, Von der Lage FC. Radionuclide Decay Schemes and Nuclear Parameters for Use in Radiation Dose Estimation.
New York: Society of Nuclear Medicine; 1975.
β+, Positron (beta plus) decay; β−, beta decay; E.C., electron capture; I.T., isomeric transition.
*Mean energy. Information in parentheses refers to the percentage of emissions of that type that occurs from disintegration. For example,
carbon-11 gives off a gamma ray of 0.511 MeV 200% of the time; i.e., two gamma rays are emitted per disintegration.
†From Europium 153.
APPENDIX
Radioactivity
B-1 Conversion Table for
International System
(SI) Units (Becquerels
to Curies)
0.05 MBq = 1.4 μCi 90.0 MBq = 2.43 mCi 875.0 MBq = 23.7 mCi
0.1 MBq = 2.7 μCi 100.0 MBq = 2.70 mCi 900.0 MBq = 24.3 mCi
0.2 MBq = 5.4 μCi 125.0 MBq = 3.38 mCi 925.0 MBq = 25.0 mCi
0.3 MBq = 8.1 μCi 150.0 MBq = 4.05 mCi 950.0 MBq = 25.7 mCi
0.4 MBq = 10.8 μCi 175.0 MBq = 4.73 mCi 975.0 MBq = 26.4 mCi
0.5 MBq = 13.5 μCi 200.0 MBq = 5.41 mCi 1.0 GBq = 27.0 mCi
0.6 MBq = 16.2 μCi 225.0 MBq = 6.08 mCi 1.1 GBq = 29.7 mCi
0.7 MBq = 18.9 μCi 250.0 MBq = 6.76 mCi 1.2 GBq = 32.4 mCi
0.8 MBq = 21.6 μCi 275.0 MBq = 7.43 mCi 1.3 GBq = 35.1 mCi
0.9 MBq = 24.3 μCi 300.0 MBq = 8.11 mCi 1.4 GBq = 37.8 mCi
1.0 MBq = 27.0 μCi 325.0 MBq = 8.78 mCi 1.5 GBq = 40.5 mCi
2.0 MBq = 54.1 μCi 350.0 MBq = 9.46 mCi 1.6 GBq = 43.2 mCi
3.0 MBq = 81.1 μCi 375.0 MBq = 10.1 mCi 1.7 GBq = 46.0 mCi
4.0 MBq = 108 μCi 400.0 MBq = 10.8 mCi 1.8 GBq = 48.7 mCi
5.0 MBq = 135 μCi 425.0 MBq = 11.5 mCi 1.9 GBq = 51.3 mCi
6.0 MBq = 162 μCi 450.0 MBq = 12.2 mCi 2.0 GBq = 54.1 mCi
7.0 MBq = 189 μCi 475.0 MBq = 12.8 mCi 2.2 GBq = 59.5 mCi
8.0 MBq = 216 μCi 500.0 MBq = 13.5 mCi 2.4 GBq = 64.9 mCi
9.0 MBq = 243 μCi 525.0 MBq = 14.2 mCi 2.6 GBq = 70.3 mCi
10.0 MBq = 270 μCi 550.0 MBq = 14.9 mCi 2.8 GBq = 75.7 mCi
15.0 MBq = 405 μCi 575.0 MBq = 15.5 mCi 3.0 GBq = 81.1 mCi
20.0 MBq = 541 μCi 600.0 MBq = 16.2 mCi 3.2 GBq = 86.5 mCi
25.0 MBq = 676 μCi 625.0 MBq = 16.9 mCi 3.4 GBq = 91.9 mCi
30.0 MBq = 811 μCi 650.0 MBq = 17.6 mCi 3.6 GBq = 97.3 mCi
35.0 MBq = 946 μCi 675.0 MBq = 18.2 mCi 3.8 GBq = 103 mCi
40.0 MBq = 1.08 mCi 700.0 MBq = 18.9 mCi 4.0 GBq = 108 mCi
45.0 MBq = 1.22 mCi 725.0 MBq = 19.6 mCi 5.0 GBq = 135 mCi
50.0 MBq = 1.35 mCi 750.0 MBq = 20.3 mCi 6.0 GBq = 162 mCi
55.0 MBq = 1.49 mCi 775.0 MBq = 20.9 mCi 7.0 GBq = 189 mCi
60.0 MBq = 1.62 mCi 800.0 MBq = 21.6 mCi 8.0 GBq = 216 mCi
70.0 MBq = 1.89 mCi 825.0 MBq = 22.3 mCi 9.0 GBq = 243 mCi
80.0 MBq = 2.16 mCi 850.0 MBq = 23.0 mCi 10.0 GBq = 270 mCi
521
APPENDIX
Radioactivity
B-2 Conversion Table for
International System
(SI) Units (Curies
to Becquerels)
1.0 μCi = 0.037 MBq 450.0 μCi = 16.7 MBq 17.0 mCi = 629 MBq
2.0 μCi = 0.074 MBq 500.0 μCi = 18.5 MBq 18.0 mCi = 666 MBq
3.0 μCi = 0.111 MBq 600.0 μCi = 22.2 MBq 19.0 mCi = 703 MBq
4.0 μCi = 0.148 MBq 700.0 μCi = 25.9 MBq 20.0 mCi = 740 MBq
5.0 μCi = 0.185 MBq 800.0 μCi = 29.6 MBq 21.0 mCi = 777 MBq
6.0 μCi = 0.222 MBq 900.0 μCi = 33.3 MBq 22.0 mCi = 814 MBq
7.0 μCi = 0.259 MBq 1.0 mCi = 37.0 MBq 23.0 mCi = 851 MBq
8.0 μCi = 0.296 MBq 1.5 mCi = 55.5 MBq 24.0 mCi = 888 MBq
9.0 μCi = 0.333 MBq 2.0 mCi = 74.0 MBq 25.0 mCi = 925 MBq
10.0 μCi = 0.370 MBq 2.5 mCi = 92.5 MBq 30.0 mCi = 1.11 GBq
15.0 μCi = 0.555 MBq 3.0 mCi = 111 MBq 35.0 mCi = 1.30 GBq
20.0 μCi = 0.740 MBq 3.5 mCi = 130 MBq 40.0 mCi = 1.48 GBq
25.0 μCi = 0.925 MBq 4.0 mCi = 148 MBq 45.0 mCi = 1.67 GBq
30.0 μCi = 1.11 MBq 4.5 mCi = 167 MBq 50.0 mCi = 1.85 GBq
35.0 μCi = 1.30 MBq 5.0 mCi = 185 MBq 60.0 mCi = 2.22 GBq
40.0 μCi = 1.48 MBq 5.5 mCi = 204 MBq 65.0 mCi = 2.41 GBq
45.0 μCi = 1.67 MBq 6.0 mCi = 222 MBq 70.0 mCi = 2.59 GBq
50.0 μCi = 1.85 MBq 6.5 mCi = 241 MBq 80.0 mCi = 2.96 GBq
60.0 μCi = 2.22 MBq 7.0 mCi = 259 MBq 90.0 mCi = 3.33 GBq
70.0 μCi = 2.59 MBq 7.5 mCi = 278 MBq 95.0 mCi = 3.52 GBq
80.0 μCi = 2.96 MBq 8.0 mCi = 296 MBq 100.0 mCi = 3.70 GBq
90.0 μCi = 3.33 MBq 8.5 mCi = 315 MBq 110.0 mCi = 4.07 GBq
100.0 μCi = 3.70 MBq 9.0 mCi = 333 MBq 120.0 mCi = 4.44 GBq
125.0 μCi = 4.63 MBq 9.5 mCi = 366 MBq 130.0 mCi = 4.81 GBq
150.0 μCi = 5.55 MBq 10.0 mCi = 370 MBq 140.0 mCi = 5.18 GBq
175.0 μCi = 6.48 MBq 11.0 mCi = 407 MBq 150.0 mCi = 5.55 GBq
200.0 μCi = 7.40 MBq 12.0 mCi = 444 MBq 175.0 mCi = 6.48 GBq
250.0 μCi = 9.25 MBq 13.0 mCi = 481 MBq 200.0 mCi = 7.40 GBq
300.0 μCi = 11.1 MBq 14.0 mCi = 518 MBq 250.0 mCi = 9.25 GBq
350.0 μCi = 13.0 MBq 15.0 mCi = 555 MBq 300.0 mCi = 11.1 GBq
400.0 μCi = 14.8 MBq 16.0 mCi = 592 MBq 400.0 mCi = 14.8 GBq
523
APPENDIX
Technetium-99m
C-1 Decay and
Generation Tables
The table that follows may be used to determine The table on the next page may be used to deter-
the amount of technetium-99m (99mTc) remain- mine the yield of technetium-99m from a Mo-99/
ing in a sample after a given period of time using Tc-99m generator when eluted at a particular
the following formula: original activity (mCi or time interval after the previous elution.
Bq) at time T multiplied by the fraction remain-
ing. Time is given in hours and minutes.
525
526 Appendix C-1 n Technetium-99m Decay and Generation Tables
Flourine-18 Gallium-67
TIME (HOURS) FRACTION REMAINING TIME (HOURS) FRACTION REMAINING
0.25 0.910 0 1.00
0.50 0.827 6 0.95
0.75 0.753 12 0.90
1.00 0.685 18 0.85
1.25 0.623 24 0.81
1.50 0.567 36 0.73
1.75 0.515 48 0.65
2.00 0.469 60 0.59
2.50 0.387 72 0.53
3.00 0.321 90 0.45
4.00 0.219 120 0.35
5.00 0.150 168 0.23
6.00 0.103
12.00 0.011
Indium-111 Iodine-123
TIME (DAY) FRACTION REMAINING TIME (HOURS) FRACTION REMAINING
0 1.000 0 1.00
1 0.781 3 0.854
2 0.610 6 0.730
3 0.476 12 0.535
4 0.372 15 0.455
5 0.290 18 0.389
21 0.332
*A decay calculator for many radionuclides is available on the
Web at http://ordose.ornl.gov/decay.cfm Accessed July 4, 2011. 24 0.284
30 0.207
527
528 Appendix C-2 n Other Radionuclide Decay Tables
Iodine-131 Strontium-89
TIME (DAY) DECAY FACTOR TIME (DAY) DECAY FACTOR
0 1.000 0 1.00
1 0.918 6 0.92
2 0.841 8 0.90
3 0.771 10 0.87
4 0.707 12 0.85
5 0.648 14 0.83
6 0.595 16 0.80
7 0.545 18 0.78
8 0.500 20 0.76
9 0.458 22 0.74
10 0.421 24 0.72
11 0.386 26 0.70
12 0.354 28 0.68
13 0.324
14 0.297
15 0.273
16 0.250
17 0.229
18 0.210
19 0.193
20 0.177
APPENDIX
D Injection Techniques
and Pediatric Dosages
529
530 Appendix D n Injection Techniques and Pediatric Dosages
DMSA, dimercaptosuccinic acid; DTPA, diethylenetriamine pentaacetic acid; FDG, fluorodeoxyglucose; 123I, iodine-123; IDA, iminodi-
acetic acid; MAA, macroaggregated albumin; MAG3, mertiatide; MDP, methylene diphosphonate; NA, not applicable; PET/CT, positron
emission tomography/computed tomography; 99mTc, Technetium-99m; 99mTcO4−, pertechnetate.
Appendix D n Injection Techniques and Pediatric Dosages 531
Tables D-2 and D-3 adapted from the European Association of Nuclear Medicine. Lassman M, Biassoni L, Monsieurs M, et al. The new
EANM pediatric dosage card. Eur J Nucl Med Mol Imaging 2007; 34(5):796-98 and Lassman M, Biassoni L, Monsieurs M, et al. The new
EANM pediatric dosage card: additional notes with respect to F-18. Eur J Nucl Med Mol Imaging 2008; 35(11):2141.
2D, 2-dimensional acquisition; 3D, 3-dimensional acquisition; DMSA, dimercaptosuccinic acid; DTPA, diethylenetriamine pentaacetic
acid; ECD, bicisate; FDG, fluorodeoxyglucose; HMPAO, exametazine; IDA, iminodiacetic acid; MAA, macroaggregated albumin;
MAG3, mercaptoacetyltriglycine; MDP, methylene diphosphonate; MIBG, metaiodobenzylguanidine; RBC, red blood cell.
*Note for conversion: MBq/37 = mCi.
532 Appendix D n Injection Techniques and Pediatric Dosages
WEIGHT WEIGHT
(KG) CLASS A CLASS B CLASS C (KG) CLASS A CLASS B CLASS C
3 1 1 1 32 3.77 7.29 14.00
4 1.12 1.14 1.33 34 3.88 7.72 15.00
6 1.47 1.71 2.00 36 4.00 8.00 16.00
8 1.71 2.14 3.00 38 4.18 8.43 17.00
10 1.94 2.71 3.67 40 4.29 8.86 18.00
12 2.18 3.14 4.67 42 4.41 9.14 19.00
14 2.35 3.57 5.67 44 4.53 9.57 20.00
16 2.53 4.00 6.33 46 4.65 10.00 21.00
18 2.71 4.43 7.33 48 4.77 10.29 22.00
20 2.88 4.86 8.33 50 4.88 10.71 23.00
22 3.06 5.29 9.33 52-54 5.00 11.29 24.67
24 3.18 5.71 10.00 56-58 5.24 12.00 26.67
26 3.35 6.14 11.00 60-62 5.47 12.71 28.67
28 3.47 6.43 12.00 64-66 5.65 13.43 31.00
30 3.65 6.86 13.00 68 5.77 14.00 32.33
An example of the use of Tables D-2 and D-3 is as follows: We wish to perform a 99mTc-DMSA scan on a 16-kg child and want to know
how much activity to inject. Table D-2 indicates the Class is A, the baseline activity for calculation is 17.0 MBq, and the minimum activity
should be at least 15 MBq. Table D-3 indicates the multiplication factor to use for a 16-kg child and a Class A radiopharmaceutical is 2.53.
Multiplying 17.0 MBq by 2.53 = 43 MBq (1.16 mCi).
APPENDIX
533
534 Appendix E-1 n Sample Techniques for Nuclear Imaging
Gonads 0.01 to 0.03 (0.003 to 0.008) Absorbed dose with thyroid removed or
Thyroid 16.6 (4.5) assuming 35% ablated.
uptake Dosimetry: rads/mCi (mGy/MBq) of adminis-
Stomach 0.22 (0.06) tered activity
Comments 123I Effective dose0.50 (0.135)
1. Iodine uptake is normally measured at Bladder wall 0.33 (0.09)
24 hours, although rarely it is also mea- 131I Whole body 0.27 (0.073)
sured at 6 hours. It is measured with a Bladder wall 2.3 (0.62)
sodium iodide probe. 99mTc sestamibi (Cardiolite)
Comments Radiopharmaceutical
1. This scan for metastatic disease is done 99mTc-labeled red blood cells (RBCs). See
only after ablation of normal thyroid tissue. RBC labeling procedures at the end of this
2. Serum thyroid-stimulating hormone (TSH) appendix. We prefer the modified in vivo
levels should be above 40 mU/mL before method for this examination.
start. Method of administration
3. Scanning can also be done 7 to 10 days IV injection
after a cancer therapy treatment with 131I. Normal adult administered activity
4. Scanning with 123I may prevent stunning 15 to 30 mCi (555 MBq to 1110 MBq)
of thyroid remnant or metastases. Injection-to-imaging time
5. Occasionally, scans are done by using Immediate
18F-FDG, 99mTc-sestamibi or thallium-201 Conflicting examinations and medications
(201Tl) chloride to locate nonfunctioning None
metastases. Patient preparation
Fasting for 3 to 4 hours before the study is
PARATHYROID SCAN preferred
Procedure imaging time Technique
2 hours Collimator
Radiopharmaceutical Low-energy, all-purpose, or high-resolution
99mTc-sestamibi parallel-hole
Method of administration Counts
IV administration 3 to 7 million counts with a minimum of 16
Normal adult administered activity and preferably 32 to 64 frames per second
20 mCi (740 MBq) Patient positioning
Injection-to-imaging time Supine or upright
5 minutes Photopeak selection
Conflicting examinations and medications 140-keV (20% window)
None Dosimetry: rads/mCi (mGy/MBq) of adminis-
Patient preparation tered activity
None Effective dose 0.026 (0.007)
Technique Heart 0.085 (0.023)
Collimator Comments
Low-energy, high-resolution, or pinhole In vivo RBC labeling.
Counts/time 1. Take a vial of cold pyrophosphate and
Acquire image for 10 minutes, and if digital dilute with 1 to 3 mL of sterile saline
acquisition use a 128 × 128 or larger matrix. (not bacteriostatic). Shake the mixture,
Routine views and let it stand for 5 minutes. Without
Anterior images of the neck at 5, 20, injecting air into the vial, withdraw the
and 120 minutes after injection. A single contents into a 3-mL syringe, avoiding
anterior large-FOV image should also be inclusion of an air bubble.
obtained that includes the mediastinum. 2. Inject patient with cold pyrophosphate
Patient positioning (0.8 to 1 mg stannous chloride).
Supine 3. After 20 minutes, inject the radiophar-
Photopeak selection maceutical.
140-keV (20% window) 4. Connect electrocardiogram leads to
Dosimetry: rads/mCi (mGy/MBq) of adminis- patient 5 to 10 cm below the axilla
tered activity bilaterally. Remember to abrade the
Effective dose 0.03 (0.008) skin well enough so that the leads have
Gallbladder 0.14 (0.04) good contact.
5. Place the patient in the supine posi-
REST GATED EQUILIBRIUM tion on an imaging table with left side
VENTRICULOGRAPHY* toward the camera.
Procedure imaging time *Stress study and computer operation vary
30 minutes widely and are not presented here.
538 Appendix E-1 n Sample Techniques for Nuclear Imaging
For post-stress images, immediate for thal- Effective dose 0.025 (0.007)
lium, 30 to 90 minutes for sestamibi. Gallbladder 0.10 (0.027)
Conflicting examinations and medications Comments
Discontinue calcium antagonists, β-blockers, 1. Process for short- and long-axis views.
and nitrates, if possible. 2. Parametric images such as “bull’s eye”
With thallium, increased myocardial uptake maps can be used to map perfusion and
has been reported with dipyridamole, furose- motion and to quantitate washout.
mide, isoproterenol sodium bicarbonate (IV), 3. Use 64 × 64 matrix, Butterworth filter,
and dexamethasone; decreased myocardial 0.4 cutoff.
uptake with propranolol, digitalis, doxoru- 4. Attenuation correction significantly reduces
bicin, phenytoin (Dilantin), lidocaine, and artifacts.
minoxidil.
Patient preparation EXERCISE PROTOCOL USING
NPO for 4 hours; exercise, if required. In A BRUCE MULTISTAGE OR
patients with severe coronary disease, it may MODIFIED BRUCE TREADMILL
be advisable to administer nitroglycerin sub- EXERCISE PROTOCOL
lingually about 3 minutes before rest injec- Patient preparation
tion of the radiopharmaceutical. Initial imaging
Technique Within 10 to 15 minutes after injection, perform
Collimator SPECT imaging. Time should be long enough
Low-energy, all-purpose to permit clearance of liver activity when using
Counts and time 99mTc-sestamibi or 99mTc-tetrofosmin. This is
30 to 32 stops for 40 seconds each for 201Tl usually 15 to 30 minutes after a stress injection.
and 10 seconds for 99mTc sestamibi After-exercise instructions
Routine views Only light food intake; minimal physical
180- or 360-degree arc of rotation; exertion
180 degrees is preferred from right anterior Redistribution imaging
oblique to left posterior oblique. Either step 3 to 4 hours after injection
and shoot acquisition with 32 or 64 stops Contraindications
separated by 3 to 6 degrees or continuous Unstable angina with recent (less than 48
acquisition may be used. The duration for hours) angina or congestive heart failure,
Appendix E-1 n Sample Techniques for Nuclear Imaging 539
available for expired xenon. Room must be 300,000 particles; however, this can be reduced
negative pressure. to 100,000 to 200,000 in persons with known
right-to-left shunts, infants, and children.
PULMONARY VENTILATION Method of administration
SCAN (DTPA AEROSOL) Before injection the patient should, if pos-
Procedure imaging time sible, cough and take several deep breaths.
15 minutes Invert syringe immediately before injection to
Instrumentation resuspend particles. With the patient supine,
Large-FOV camera, if available or as close to supine as possible, begin slow
Radiopharmaceutical IV injection in antecubital vein during three
99mTc-diethylenetriamine pentaacetic acid to five respiratory cycles.
(DTPA) aerosol Normal adult administered activity
Method of administration 5 mCi (185 MBq); reduce to 3 mCi (111 MBq)
Nebulizer connected to a mouthpiece. The if expecting to do xenon study afterward.
nose should be occluded. Patient perform- Injection-to-imaging time
ing tidal breathing in the upright position, if Immediate
possible. Conflicting examinations and medications
Normal adult administered activity None
25 to 35 mCi (900 to 1300 MBq) in the neb- Patient preparation
ulizer from which the patient receives about None
0.5 to 1.0 mCi (20 to 40 MBq). Technique
Conflicting examination and medications Collimator
None Low-energy, all-purpose, parallel-hole
Patient preparation Counts
None 500-k counts
Technique Routine views
Collimator 1. Posterior
Low-energy, all-purpose, parallel-hole 2. Left posterior oblique
Photopeak selection 3. Left lateral
140-keV (20% window) 4. Left anterior oblique
Counts 5. Anterior
When the camera sees 1000 counts per 6. Right anterior oblique
second, discontinue nebulizer and then do 7. Right lateral
images for 100-k counts per image 8. Right posterior oblique
Routine views Patient positioning
Anterior, posterior, and four obliques Preferably sitting, although supine is
Patient positioning acceptable
Sitting, preferably. Supine is also Photopeak selection
acceptable. 140-keV (20% window)
Dosimetry: rads/mCi (mGy/MBq) of adminis- Dosimetry: rads/mCi (mGy/MBq) of adminis-
tered activity tered activity
Effective dose 0.026 (0.007) Effective dose 0.044 (0.012)
Bladder 0.17 (0.046) Lung 0.25 (0.068)
Appendix E-1 n Sample Techniques for Nuclear Imaging 541
Comments Technique
If blood is introduced into the syringe con- Collimator
taining the radiopharmaceutical, the injec- Low-energy, all-purpose, parallel-hole
tion must be completed immediately or small Counts
blood clots entrapping the radiopharma- 1. 1000-k counts: anterior supine
ceutical may cause hot spots in the lung. If 2. 500-k counts: all other views
the injected particles are too small, they will Routine views
accumulate in the liver and spleen. 1. Anterior supine
In patients with right-to-left shunts, young 2. Anterior supine with lead marker
children and patients with pulmonary hyper- 3. Anterior erect, if possible
tension reduce the number of particles to 4. Right anterior oblique
about 60,000 to 100,000. 5. Right lateral
A chest radiograph is used for correlation. It 6. Right posterior oblique
should be obtained within an hour or so but 7. Posterior
be no more than 24 hours. 8. Left lateral
A well-flushed indwelling line can be used. Optional views
Do not administer in the distal port of a In patients who require supine imag-
Swan-Ganz catheter or any indwelling line or ing, obtain anterior erect view whenever
port that contains a filter (e.g., chemotherapy possible.
line). Patient positioning
Supine
LIVER AND SPLEEN SCAN Photopeak selection
Procedure imaging time 140-keV (20% window)
30 minutes Dosimetry: rads/mCi (mGy/MBq) of adminis-
Radiopharmaceutical tered activity
99mTc-sulfur or albumin colloid Effective dose 0.034 (0.009)
Method of administration Spleen 0.27 (0.07)
IV injection; bolus injection in antecubital Comments
vein for dynamic imaging. Invert syringe 1. Breast-shadow artifact is often seen in
before injecting to resuspend particles. women. Eliminate artifact by moving
Normal adult administered activity right breast away from liver in anterior
4 to 6 mCi (148 to 222 MBq) and right anterior oblique views.
Injection-to-imaging time 2. Selective splenic imaging can be per-
20 minutes formed by using an UltraTag kit for red
Conflicting examinations and medications cells and injecting 1 to 3 mCi (40 to 110
1. Recent upper gastrointestinal series or MBq) of heat damaged 99mTc-labeled
barium enema with retained barium RBCs. Cells are typically damaged by
2. Increased bone marrow uptake will occur heating to 49° C to 50° C in a water bath
with nitrosoureas or if the colloid size is for 20 minutes.
too small. 3. Blood pool imaging is done for evalua-
3. Increased spleen uptake will occur tion of cavernous hemangioma after red
with nitrosoureas, recent halothane, or cell labeling and administration of 20 to
methylcellulose. 25 mCi (740 to 925 MBq). SPECT imag-
Decreased spleen uptake can occur as a ing is very helpful.
result of chemotherapy, epinephrine, and
antimalarials. SPECT LIVER AND SPLEEN
4. Lung uptake can be increased as a result IMAGING
of aluminum antacids, iron preparations, Procedure imaging time
virilizing androgens, Mg2_preparations, 30 minutes
niacin, colloid size too large, Al3_in prepa- Instrumentation
ration, and particle clumping. SPECT camera
Patient preparation Radiopharmaceutical
None 99mTc-sulfur or albumin colloid
542 Appendix E-1 n Sample Techniques for Nuclear Imaging
7. Focal soft tissue or muscle uptake can 4. Urine contamination is the most common
result from ion dextran injections, calcium hot spot artifact. Decontaminate patient,
gluconate injections, heparin injections, or and image again.
meperidine injections.
Patient preparation SPECT BONE IMAGING
1. If not contraindicated, the patient should Procedure imaging time
be hydrated, IV or PO (two or more 30 minutes
8-ounce glasses of water). Instrumentation
2. Patient should void before imaging. SPECT camera
Technique Radiopharmaceutical
Collimator 99mTc-phosphates or diphosphonates
3. Static imaging 2 hours after flow study 3. A delayed image may be taken in the
Patient positioning same position as the previous studies. An
Supine (or prone for pinhole) upright postvoid image may be useful to
Photopeak selection assess collecting system drainage.
140-keV (20% window) Patient positioning
Dosimetry for children: rads/mCi (mGy/MBq) Supine or sitting
of administered activity Photopeak selection
DMSA 140-keV (20% window)
Effective dose 0.03 (0.008) Dosimetry: rads/mCi (mGy/MBq) of adminis-
Kidneys 0.66 (0.18) tered activity
Glucoheptonate DTPA
Effective dose 0.020 (0.005) Effective dose 0.02 (0.005)
Bladder 0.56 (0.15) Bladder 0.19 (0.05)
Comments
SPECT imaging is very helpful with either 180
or 360-degree sampling on a 128 × 128 matrix. RENAL SCAN (C) TUBULAR
FUNCTION
RENAL SCAN (B) GLOMERULAR Procedure imaging time
FILTRATION 30 minutes
Procedure imaging time Radiopharmaceutical
45 minutes 99mTc-mercaptoacetyltriglycine (MAG3)
Radiopharmaceutical Counts
67Ga-citrate Usually about 10 to 20 minutes per view for
Method of administration planar images. At least 500-k counts per image
IV injection and 1.5 million to 2 million counts for images
Normal administered activity of the chest, abdomen, and pelvis. For whole-
In adults, 4 to 6 mCi (150 to 220 MBq) for body images, a scanning speed to achieve
infection; 5 to 10 mCi (185 to 370 MBq) for an information density of 450 counts/cm2
neoplasm or greater than 1.5 million counts for each
In children, 0.04 to 0.07 mCi/kg (1.5 to view.
2.6 MBq/kg) with a minimum dose of 0.25 to Patient positioning
0.5 mCi (9 to 18 MBq) Supine
Injection-to-imaging time Photopeak selection
6 and 24 hours for abscess; 48 and 72 hours 93, 184-keV (20% windows). Other pho-
for tumor imaging topeaks (296 and 388-keV) can be used.
Conflicting examinations and medications Routine views
1. Retained barium can cause attenuation. 1. Anterior and posterior whole-body images
2. Excessive bone uptake can result from iron with scanning gamma camera
preparations, chemotherapy, hemodialysis. 2. Spot views (optional)
3. Excessive liver uptake can result from iron Dosimetry: rads/mCi (mGy/MBq) of adminis-
dextran or phenobarbital. tered activity
4. Excessive renal uptake can occur from che- Effective dose 0.44 (0.12)
motherapy, furosemide, phenytoin, allopuri- Bone surface 2.2 (0.6)
nol, ampicillin, erythromycin, cephalosporin, Comments
ibuprofen, sulfonamides, rifampin, pentami- 1. Subtraction views with 99mTc-sulfur col-
dine, phenylbutazone, and phenobarbital. loid may be considered.
5. Stomach uptake also can be increased 2. SPECT scanning may be useful.
by chemotherapy and breast uptake
increased by reserpine, phenothiazine, SOMATOSTATIN RECEPTOR
metoclopramide, estrogens, and oral SCAN WITH INDIUM-111
contraceptives. PENTETREOTIDE
6. Colon uptake will be increased in antibi- Procedure imaging time
otic-induced pseudomembranous colitis, 1 hour
especially from clindamycin, cephalospo- Radiopharmaceutical
rins, and ampicillin. 111In-pentetreotide (Octreoscan). Should be
to allow for radioactive decay as a result of 2. Patient should void before imaging.
the longer half-life of 13N) 3. There is no need for fasting unless the CT
3 to 4 minutes dipyridamole infusion scan portion is being done with intrave-
Reinject for stress nous contrast.
6-minute stress emission scan performed Technique
Conflicting examination and medications Acquisition
None 2D or 3D, although 3D is preferred
Patient preparation 2 to 5 minutes per bed position
Technique 128 × 128 matrix
Collimator Iterative processing; reconstruction protocols
None in 3D acquisition; present in 2D used for 18F-FDG PET can be used
acquisition Maximum intensity projection display
Counts/time Patient positioning
20 to 40 million counts for each 6-minute Supine
emission scan Photopeak selection
Routine views 511-keV
Chest Dosimetry: rads/mCi (mGy/MBq) of adminis-
Patient positioning tered activity (adult)
Supine arms down Effective dose 0.089 (0.024)
Photopeak selection Bladder 0.81 (0.22)
300- or 350- to 650-keV for BGO, 435- to Comments
590- or 665-keV for NaI; CPET. Radiation doses per unit activity from
Dosimetry: rads/mCi (mGy/MBq) of adminis- 18F-fluoride scans are about four times higher
saline to Mallinckrodt stannous pyrophos- reinjecting into the patient. Patients with
phate kit. Wait 5 minutes and then inject low hematocrit counts may need more
1 mL intravenously. Wait 20 minutes. than 10 minutes of incubation.
Using a 20-gauge needle, draw 10 mL of Reduced RBC labeling efficiency in
patient’s blood into a syringe containing 20 patients on heparin, methyldopa, hydral-
mCi (740 MBq) of 99mTcO4− and 0.5 mL azine, quinidine, digoxin, prazosin,
of heparin. Allow this mixture to incubate propranolol, doxorubicin, and recent
for 10 minutes at room temperature before iodinated contrast media.
APPENDIX
Abnormal
E-2 Radiopharmaceutical
Distribution as a Result
of Medications and
Other Extrinsic Factors
FINDINGS CAUSE
Bone Imaging 99mTc Diphosphonates
Renal uptake Amphotericin B
Aluminum antacids
Iron preparations
Al3+ ions in preparation
Radiation therapy
Radiographic contrast—sodium diatrizoate
Chemotherapy agents
Vincristine
Doxorubicin
Cyclophosphamide
Gentamicin
Dextrose
Breast uptake Gynecomastia-producing drugs
Digitalis
Estrogens
Cimetidine
Spironolactone
Diethylstilbestrol
Stomach uptake Isotretinoin
Liver uptake Aluminum antacids
Iron preparations
Al3+ ions in preparation
Excess Sn2+ ions in preparation
Radiographic contrast—sodium diatrizoate
Alkaline pH
Spleen uptake Phenytoin
Aluminum preparations
Excessive blood pool activity Iron dextran
Aluminum preparations
Too few Sn2+ ions in preparation
Myocardial activity Doxorubicin
Recent electrocardioversion
Excessive soft tissue uptake Iron dextran injections (focal)
Iodinated antiseptics
Calcium gluconate injections
Heparin injections (focal)
Meperidine injections (focal)
Continued
559
560 Appendix E-2 n Abnormal Radiopharmaceutical Distribution as a Result of Medications
FINDINGS CAUSE
Muscle activity ε-Aminocaproic acid
Intramuscular injections
Decreased skeletal uptake Corticosteroids
Etidronate therapy
Iron compounds
Phospho-Soda
Recent cold diphosphonate (hours)
Vitamin D3
Increased calvarial activity (“sickle sign”) Cytotoxic chemotherapy
Calcium carbonate antacids
Regionally increased skeletal uptake Regional chemoperfusion
Melphalan
Actinomycin
Labeled Leukocyte Imaging—111In
Reduced or absent abscess uptake, Antibiotics
(false-negative results) Lidocaine
Procainamide
Corticosteroids
Hyperalimentation
Lung activity Cell clumping as a result of excessive agitation
Colon activity Antibiotic-induced pseudomembranous colitis
Liver and Spleen Imaging—99mTc Sulfur Colloid
Increased bone marrow uptake Nitrosoureas
Colloid size too small
Increased spleen uptake Nitrosoureas
Halothane
Methylcellulose
Decreased spleen uptake Chemotherapy
Epinephrine
Antimalarials
Thorium dioxide (Thorotrast)
Lung uptake Aluminum antacids
Iron preparation
Virilizing androgens
Mg2+ preparation
Niacin
Colloid size too large
Al3+ in preparation
Particle clumping
Focal areas of decreased liver activity Estrogens
Hepatobiliary Imaging—99mTc IDA Derivatives
Delayed biliary-to-bowel transit Narcotic analgesics
Morphine
Demerol
Phenobarbital
Decreased liver uptake and excretion Chronic high-dose nicotinic acid therapy
Enhanced hepatobiliary excretion Phenobarbital
Nonvisualization of the gallbladder Hepatic artery chemotherapy infusion
(false-positive results)
Prolonged gallbladder activity and decreased Atropine
contractile response to stimulation
18F-FDG PET Imaging
Decreased tumor uptake Elevated glucose levels
Elevated insulin levels
Continued
Appendix E-2 n Abnormal Radiopharmaceutical Distribution as a Result of Medications 561
FINDINGS CAUSE
Increased muscle uptake (generalized) Elevated insulin levels
Elevated glucose levels
Increased cardiac uptake Elevated insulin levels
Elevated glucose levels
Caffeine and possibly nicotine
Decreased cardiac uptake Fasting
Focally increased brain uptake External stimulation (light and noise during or shortly after
injection)
67Ga Citrate Imaging
Excessive bone uptake Iron preparation
Gadopentetate
Chemotherapy
Methotrexate
Cisplatin
Vincristine
Mechlorethamine
Hemodialysis
Excessive liver uptake Iron dextran
Phenobarbital
Excessive renal uptake Doxorubicin
Bleomycin
Cisplatin
Vinblastine
Furosemide
Phenytoin
Allopurinol
Cephalosporin
Ampicillin
Ibuprofen
Sulfonamides
Methicillin
Erythromycin
Rifampin
Pentamidine
Phenylbutazone
Phenobarbital
Phenazone
Stomach uptake Chemotherapy
Doxorubicin
Bleomycin
Cisplatin
Vinblastine
Breast uptake Estrogens
Diethylstilbestrol
Oral contraceptives
Reserpine
Phenothiazine
Metoclopramide
Colon uptake pseudomembranous colitis, especially: Antibiotic-induced
Clindamycin
Cephalosporins
Ampicillin
Decreased abscess uptake Prior treatment with iron dextran, deferoxamine
Prolonged whole-body clearance Vincristine
Steroid treatment
Mechlorethamine
Mediastinal and hilar lymph node uptake Phenytoin (Dilantin)
Continued
562 Appendix E-2 n Abnormal Radiopharmaceutical Distribution as a Result of Medications
FINDINGS CAUSE
Lung uptake Cyclophosphamide
Amiodarone
Bleomycin
Busulfan
BCG
Thymus activity Chemotherapy/radiation therapy
Antibiotics
Blood Pool Imaging—99mTc-Labeled Red Blood Cells
Reduced red blood cell labeling efficiency Heparin
Methyldopa
Hydralazine
Quinidine
Digoxin
Prazosin
Propranolol
Doxorubicin
Iodinated contrast media
Myocardial Perfusion Imaging—201Tl Chloride
Increased myocardial uptake Dipyridamole
Furosemide
Isoproterenol
Sodium bicarbonate (IV)
Dexamethasone
Decreased myocardial uptake Propranolol
Digitalis
Doxorubicin
Phenytoin (Dilantin)
Lidocaine
Minoxidil
Meckel Diverticulum Imaging—99mTc Pertechnetate
Increased gastric mucosa activity Pentagastrin
Cimetidine
Decreased gastric mucosa activity Al3+ ion (antacids)
Perchlorate
Lung Perfusion Imaging—99mTc-Labeled MAA
Focal hot spots or patchy distribution in lungs Mg2+ sulfate therapy/clot formation
Increased liver uptake Particles too small
Thyroid Uptake and Imaging Radionuclides (131I, 123I)
See Chapter 4, Table 4-1 and Box 4-1.
Gastric Emptying Studies—any Radiopharmaceutical
Delayed gastric emptying Aluminum hydroxide
Narcotics
Propantheline
Shortened gastric emptying Reglan
Cerebral Cisternography—111In DTPA
Ventricular entry and stasis (false-positive results) Acetazolamide (Diamox)
APPENDIX
Nonradioactive
F Pharmaceuticals in
Nuclear Medicine*
Adapted from Park HM, Duncan K. Nonradioactive pharmaceuticals in nuclear medicine. J Nucl Med Technol 1994; 22:240-49.
*Many of these drugs can cause hypotension, dizziness, nausea, vomiting, respiratory depression, and headache, and the patients often
require careful monitoring after administration.
563
564 Appendix F n Nonradioactive Pharmaceuticals in Nuclear Medicine
SUGGESTED READINGS
Saremi F, Jadvar H, Siegel ME. Pharmacologic interven-
tions in nuclear radiology: indications, imaging proto-
cols, and clinical results. RadioGraphics 2002;22:477.
APPENDIX
G Pregnancy and
Breastfeeding
565
566 Appendix G n Pregnancy and Breastfeeding
Data adapted from Protection in Nuclear Medicine and Ultrasound Diagnostic Procedures in Children, report no. 73. Washington, DC,
National Council on Radiation Protection and Measurements, 1983; Smith EM, Warner GG. Estimates of radiation dose to the embryo from
nuclear medicine procedures. J Nucl Med 1976; 17:836; and Russell JR, Stabin MG, Sparks RB, et al. Health Phys 1997; 73(5):756-69.
*In instances in which no data on embryonic or fetal absorbed dose were available, either the maternal whole-body dose or the gonadal
dose was used. To be conservative, the largest of these two quantities was chosen.
†Value of 0.10 before 10 weeks gestational age.
The duration of interruption of breastfeeding is selected to reduce the maximum dose to a newborn infant to less than 1 mSv (0.1 rem),
although the regulatory limit is 5 mSv (0.5 rem). The actual doses that would be received by most infants would be far below 1 mSv
(0.1 rem). Of course, the physician may use discretion in the recommendation, increasing or decreasing the duration of interruption.
Notes: Activities are rounded to one significant figure, except when it was considered appropriate to use two significant figures. Details of
the calculations are shown in NUREG-1492, Regulatory Analysis on Criteria for the Release of Patients Administered Radioactive Material.
If there is not necessary recommendation in Column 3 of this table, the maximum activity normally administered is below the activities
that require instructions on interruption or discontinuation of breastfeeding.
Agreement state regulations may vary. Agreement state licensees should check with their state regulations prior to using these values.
*International Commission on Radiological Protection, Radiation Dose to Patients from Radiopharmaceuticals. Annex D. Recommenda-
tions on breastfeeding interruptions. ICRP Publication 106, Annals of the ICRP 38(1-2):163-165, 2008.
APPENDIX
1. It is important for the patient to understand 6. Dosimeters are required for all hospital per-
the nature of the radionuclide treatment. sonnel who are likely to receive in excess of
Patient cooperation is important in minimiz- 25% of the dose-equivalent limit for radia-
ing unnecessary incidents and exposure. tion workers. The RSO identifies hospital
2. Before administration of the radionuclide, the personnel within this category and issues the
procedures and special precautions should be appropriate dosimeters to them.
reviewed with the nursing staff. The nursing 7. Pregnant personnel should not routinely be
staff must have specific written instructions assigned to the care of patients under treat-
for each procedure and should review them ment with radioactive materials.
before the patient arrives in the room. 8. Patients receiving radionuclide therapy should
3. Immediately after the return of the treated be assigned a private room and restricted to
patient to the hospital room from the nuclear the room unless an exception is authorized by
medicine department, a radiation safety offi- the RSO.
cer (RSO) should survey the patient and sur- 9. Limits for release of radionuclide therapy
rounding areas to determine distance and patients from hospitals are given in the U.S.
time restrictions for hospital personnel and Nuclear Regulatory Commission regulatory
visitors in the patient’s room. These dis- guide 8-39, published in April 1997. Patient
tances and times are recorded on a form in release criteria have been outlined in Chapter
the patient’s chart and listed on the caution 13. Patients may be released on the basis of
sign on the patient’s door. These signs and administered activity or dose rate. The spe-
labels should remain posted until removal is cifics for common radionuclides are shown
ordered by the RSO. in Table H-1A. There are patients who may
4. Hospital personnel and allowed visitors be released but who have a level of activity
should position themselves as far from the that requires them to be supplied with writ-
patient as is reasonable except for necessary ten instructions on how to maintain doses
bedside care. A distance of 2 m is normally to other individuals as low as reasonably
acceptable. In some cases, the RSO may deter- achievable. These activities and dose rates
mine that mobile lead shields are needed to are shown in Table H-1B. Patients may also
reduce exposure to others in adjacent areas. be released if the calculated maximum likely
Specific restrictions are noted by the RSO on effective dose to another individual (family
the room door and in the hospital chart. and caregivers) is no greater than 0.5 rem
5. It is not advisable for pregnant women or (5 mSv). This method requires use of a for-
children younger than 18 years to enter the mula. The recordkeeping requirements are
hospital room. shown in Table H-1C.
569
570 Appendix H-1 n General Considerations for Hospitalized Patients
TABLE H–1A Activities and Dose Rates for Authorizing Patient Release*
COLUMN 1 COLUMN 2
ACTIVITY AT OR BELOW WHICH DOSE RATE AT 1 M AT OR BELOW
PATIENTS MAY BE RELEASED WHICH PATIENTS MAY BE RELEASED
RADIONUCLIDE GBq (mCi) mSv/hr (mrem/hr)†
198Au 3.5 (93) 0.21 (21)
51Cr 4.8 (130) 0.02 (2)
67Ga 8.7 (240) 0.18 (18)
123I 6.0 (160) 0.26 (26)
125I 0.25 (7) 0.01 (1)
131I 1.2 (33) 0.07 (7)
111In 2.4 (64) 0.2 (20)
32P —‡ —‡
186Re 28 (770) 0.15 (15)
188Re 29 (790) 0.20 (20)
47Sc 11 (310) 0.17 (17)
153Sm 26 (700) 0.3 (30)
117mSn 1.1 (29) 0.04 (4)
89Sr —‡ —‡
99mTc 28 (760) 0.58 (58)
201Tl 16 (430) 0.19 (19)
90Y —‡ —‡
169Yb 0.37 (10) 0.02 (2)
The gigabecquerel values were calculated based on the millicurie values and the conversion factor from millicuries to gigabecquerels. The
dose rate values were calculated based on the millicurie values and the exposure rate constants.
In general, the values are rounded to two significant figures. However, values less than 0.35 GBq (10 mCi) or 0.1 mSv (10 mrem) per hour
are rounded to one significant figure. Details of the calculations are provided in NUREG-1492.
Agreement state regulations may vary. Agreement state licensees should check with their state regulations prior to using these values.
*The activity values were computed based on 5 mSv (0.5 rem) total effective dose equivalent.
†If the release is based on the dose rate at 1 m in Column 2, the licensee must maintain a record as required by 10 CFR 35.75(c) because
the measurement includes shielding by tissue. See Regulatory Position 3.1, Records of Release, for information on records.
‡Activity and dose rate limits are not applicable in this case because of the minimal exposures to members of the public resulting from
The gigabecquerel values were calculated based on the millicurie values and the conversion factor from millicuries to gigabecquerels.
The dose rate values were calculated based on the millicurie values and the exposure rate constants.
In general, the values are rounded to two significant figures. However, values less than 0.37 GBq (10 mCi) or 0.1 mSv (10 mrem) per hour
are rounded to one significant figure. Details of the calculations are provided in NUREG-1492.
Agreement state regulations may vary. Agreement state licensees should check with their state regulations prior to using these values.
Abbreviations are the same as in Table H-1A.
*The activity values were computed based on 1 mSv (0.1 rem) total effective dose equivalent.
†Activity and dose rate limits are not applicable in this case because of the minimal exposures to members of the public resulting from
PATIENT GROUP BASIS FOR RELEASE CRITERIA FOR RELEASE INSTRUCTIONS NEEDED RELEASE RECORD REQUIRED
All patients, including Administered activity Administered activity ≤ Column Yes—if administered activity > No
patients who are 1 of Table H-1A Column 1 of Table H-1B
breastfeeding an infant
or child
Retained activity Retained activity ≤ Column 1 of Yes—if retained activity > Column 1 Yes
Table H-1A of Table H-1B
Measured dose rate Measured dose rate ≤ Column 2 Yes—if dose > Column 2 of Yes
of Table H-1A Table H-1B
Patient-specific calculations Calculated effective dose to other Yes—if calculated effective dose to Yes
individuals ≤5 mSv (0.5 rem) other individuals >1 mSv (0.1 rem)
Patients who are All of the above bases for Additional instructions required if Records that instructions were provided
breastfeeding an infant release administered activity > Column 1 of are required if administered activity >
or child Table G-2, or licensee calculated dose Column 2 of Table G-2, or licensee
from breastfeeding >1 mSv (0.1 rem) calculated dose from breastfeeding
to the infant or child >5 mSv (0.5 rem) to the infant or child
APPENDIX
Special Considerations
H-2 and Requirements for
Iodine-131 Therapy
The following are useful for hospitalized patients, 9. All items such as clothing, bed linens, and
and they can be adapted for home use if patients surgical dressings may be either surveyed
with more than 33 mCi (1.2 GBq) of iodine-131 before removal from the room or placed
(131I) are released. See also information in chapters in a designated container and held for
4 and 13. decay.
1. All patients in this category shall be in a 10. Urine, feces, and vomitus from 131I therapy
private room with a toilet. patients may be disposed of by way of the
2. The door must be posted with a radioactive sewer or stored for decay in the radioactive
materials sign, and a note must be posted on waste storage area. The method of disposal
the door or in the patient’s chart explaining should be determined by the RSO.
where and how long visitors may stay in 11. If the urine from 131I patients is to be col-
the patient’s room. lected (not a Nuclear Regulatory Com-
3. Visits by people younger than 18 years of mission requirement), special containers
age should be authorized only on a patient- should be provided by the RSO. The
by-patient basis with approval of the autho- patient should be encouraged to collect his
rized user and after consultation with the or her urine in the container. If the patient
radiation safety officer (RSO). is bedridden, the urinal or bedpan should
4. A survey of the patient’s room and sur- be flushed several times with hot soapy
rounding areas should be conducted as water after each use.
soon as practicable after administration of 12. The same toilet should be used by the
treatment dose. The results of daily surveys patient at all times and should be flushed
can be used to recalculate permitted stay- several times after each use.
ing times of various visitors. Film or ther- 13. Precautions should be taken to ensure that
moluminescent dosimeter badges should be no urine or vomitus is spilled on the floor
worn by the nurses attending the patient. or bed. If any part of the patient’s room is
5. Patients containing 131I shall be confined to suspected of being contaminated, the RSO
their rooms except for special medical or should be notified.
nursing purposes approved by the nuclear 14. If a therapy patient needs emergency sur-
medicine or radiation therapy departments gery or dies, the RSO and the nuclear
and the RSO. The patient should remain in medicine or radiation therapy departments
bed during visits. should be notified immediately.
6. If possible, there should be no pregnant 15. After the patient is released from the room,
visitors or nurses attending the patient. the room should be surveyed and may
7. Staff should wear disposable gloves, dis- not be reassigned until removable con-
card them in a designated waste container tamination is less than 2000 disintegra-
located just inside the room, and wash their tions/minute/100 cm2. Final survey of the
hands after leaving the room. room should include areas likely to have
8. Disposable plates and cups and other dis- been contaminated, such as the toilet area
posable items should be used, and after use and items likely to have been touched by
they should be discarded in a specifically the patient, such as the telephone and
designated container. doorknobs.
573
574 Appendix H-2 n Special Considerations and Requirements for Iodine-131 Therapy
16. The thyroid burden of each person who 2. Visitors should be limited to those 18 years
helped prepare or administer a liquid dos- of age or older, unless specified.
age of 131I should be measured within 3. The patient should remain in bed. All visi-
3 days after administration of the doses. tors should remain at least 2 meters from the
The records should include each thyroid patient.
burden measurement, the date of measure- 4. The patient should be confined to the room,
ment, the name of the person measured, except by special approval of the RSO.
and the initials of the person who made 5. No pregnant nurse, visitor, or attendant
the measurements. These records must be should be permitted in the room, if possible.
maintained indefinitely. Attending personnel should wear disposable
17. If the patient is released and not hospital- gloves.
ized, staying in a hotel (rather than home) 6. If a spill of urine or radioactive material is
should be strongly discouraged. encountered, the RSO should be notified.
NURSING INSTRUCTIONS
1. Only the amount of time required for ordi-
nary nursing care should be spent near the
patient.
APPENDIX
Emergency Procedures
I for Spills of Radioactive
Materials
Accidental spillage of radioactive material is 4. Survey the area with a low-range radiation
rare; however, spills may occur in the laboratory, detection survey instrument sufficiently sen-
in public areas such as the hall, in the freight ele- sitive to detect the radionuclide. Check for
vator, or in any hospital room or ward through removable contamination to ensure contam-
contamination by a patient’s body fluids. Spill ination levels are below trigger levels. Check
procedures should be posted in the restricted the area around the spill as well as hands,
areas where radioactive materials are used or clothing, and shoes for contamination.
stored and should specifically state the names 5. Report the incident to the RSO.
and telephone numbers of persons to be notified
(e.g., radiation safety officer [RSO]). They should MAJOR SPILLS
also include instructions about area evacuation, 1. Clear the area. Notify all persons not
spill containment, decontamination, and reentry. involved in the spill to vacate the room.
Major radiation accidents or serious spills of 2. Prevent the spread of contamination by
radioactive contamination have rarely involved covering the spill with “caution radioactive
medical or allied health personnel. Usually material” -labeled absorbent paper, but do
spills in hospitals involve only small amounts not attempt to clean it up. To prevent the
of radioactivity (Table I-1), in which the main spread of contamination, clearly indicate
concern is the spread of the contamination (e.g., the boundaries of the spill, and limit the
from shoes or contaminated clothing into pub- movement of all personnel who may be
lic areas). The following is a general outline of contaminated.
the procedure to be followed in the event of a 3. Shield the source, if possible. Do this only
radioactive spill. The reader is also referred to if it can be done without further contami-
NRC NUREG 1556 Volume 9 Appendix N. nation or a significant increase in radiation
exposure.
MINOR SPILLS* 4. Close the room and lock the door, or secure
1. Notify persons in the area that a spill has the area to prevent entry.
occurred. 5. Notify the RSO immediately.
2. Prevent the spread of contamination by cov- 6. Decontaminate the personnel by removing
ering the spill with absorbent paper. contaminated clothing and flushing con-
3. Wear gloves and protective clothing such taminated skin with lukewarm water, then
as a lab coat and booties, and clean up the washing it with mild soap. If contamination
spill using absorbent paper. Carefully fold remains, the RSO may consider inducing
the absorbent paper with clean side out and perspiration. Then wash the affected area
place in a “caution radioactive material” again to remove any contamination that was
labeled plastic bag for transfer to a radioac- released.
tive waste container. Also put contaminated For short-lived radionuclides, decay may be
gloves and any other contaminated dispos- used rather than decontamination. A report to
able material in the bag. the NRC may be required.
*The differentiation of major and minor and which procedure to implement is incident-specific and dependent on a n
umber of variables (e.g., number
of individuals involved or other hazards present).
575
576 Appendix I n Emergency Procedures for Spills of Radioactive Materials
577
578 Index
PET image interpretation, 75, 77f pancreatic, 18F-FDG PET/CT neoplasm imaging,
planar brain imaging, 71–72 389, 389f
SPECT, normal, 74, 76f prostate
SPECT image interpretation, 74–75 bone metastases detected from, 280
substance abuse and, 90 18F-FDG PET/CT neoplasm imaging, 391–392
TIAs and, 78–79, 80f renal, 18F-FDG PET/CT neoplasm imaging, 391
SPECT, 534 sigmoid, 387–388, 387f
Brain perfusion imaging solid, staging of, 362t–363t, 376
PET, 72–75 squamous cell lung, 480–482, 480f, 513
SPECT, 71–75 testicular, 18F-FDG PET/CT neoplasm imaging, 391–392
580 Index
Embryo Fat
dose limits, 425 brown
radiopharmaceuticals dose and, 565t–566t 18F-FDG distribution in, 368–369, 371f
End-diastolic volume (EDV), 131 Fibrous dysplasia, 281–285, 285f, 487–488, 487f, 514
Energy resolution, 34–36 Field of view (FOV), 47–48
FWHM and, 35–36 Field uniformity, 36
Energy window assessment
asymmetric, 34, 34f energy window centering and, 59, 60f
field uniformity assessment and centering, 59, 60f flood-field image, 58–59, 58f
Environmental contamination, intravascular PMT, 58–59, 59f
microsphere, 359 quality control, 57–60, 58f
Epilepsy technetium mixing and, 58–59, 59f
extratemporal lobe, 84 correction, quality control, 59–60
radionuclide brain imaging, 80–84, 84f–85f Filtered back projection, 41–42
temporal lobe, 500, 500f, 517 PET, 53
Equilibrium radionuclide angiography (E-RNA), 175, Filtering
183–193 arrhythmia, 184–185
pearls and pitfalls, 138b image, 42
E-RNA. See Equilibrium radionuclide angiography frequency, 42
ERPF. See Effective renal plasma flow tomographic image production, 42
Esophageal cancer, 18F-FDG PET/CT neoplasm imaging, First-pass radionuclide angiography (FP-RNA), 175,
384–386, 385f 178–180. See also Radionuclides
Esophageal transit, 262–264, 544 Fission, 3
scintigraphy, 262–263 isotopes, 4
time, 264 radionuclide production, 3–4
Ethylene diaminetetra methylene phosphonic (EDTMP), 311 Fissure sign, 217
European pediatric dose, pediatric, 529 Flare phenomenon, 279
Ewing’s sarcoma, 281, 282f Flood-field image
Exametazime (99mTc-HMPAO), 74 field uniformity assessment, 58–59, 58f
Excretion technetium mixing and, 58–59, 59f
fluorine-18, 13 Fluorine-18
67Ga, 11 bone scan PET/CT, 557
123I, 9 characteristics, 519t–520t
131I, 9 decay table, 527t
renography, 319 excretion, 13
half-time, 319 for imaging, 12–13
studies, unsealed byproduct material, 427 Fluorine-18 fluorodeoxyglucose (18F-FDG), 397, 462–463,
99mTc, 7–8, 11f 462f, 509
Exercise protocol, Bruce multistage/modified Bruce administered activity, 364
treadmill, 538–539 cardiac imaging protocol with, 173
Exercise SPECT, 138–139, 139f. See also Single-photon chemotherapy treatments and, 376
emission computed tomography distribution
Exercise stress protocol, myocardial perfusion imaging, aorta, 372
157–160 bone marrow, 373–374, 374f
exercise protocol and, 157–158 brain, 365
patient preparation for, 157 breast, 372, 372f
Exposure, radiation brown fat, 368–369, 371f
ambient, 427 gastrointestinal tract, 372–373, 373f
radiopharmaceuticals and, 434, 434t general, 364–374, 364f
External beam teletherapy, 309–311 genitourinary tract, 373, 373f
Extraosseous activity, bone scan, 285–288, 286b heart, 370
Extratemporal lobe epilepsy, 84 lungs, 372
lymph nodes, 373–374
F muscle, 368–369, 370f
18FNaF. See 18F sodium fluoride PET/CT, 364–374, 364f, 365t–368t
18Fsodium fluoride (18F NaF), 272–273 salivary gland, 365–368
Family, dose limits and, 425 spleen, 373–374
Index 585
CSF leaks and, 92–93, 93f monoclonal antibodies for, 13–15, 356
noncommunicating hydrocephalus and, 92 tumors and, 14
normal examination and, 91, 91f myocardial perfusion
radiopharmaceuticals for, 90–91 abnormal scan visual analysis and, 149–153
shunt patency and, 93–96, 94f–95f abnormal scans and, 149–154
technique for, 90–91 artifacts and, 145–148, 147f, 162t
diffuse toxic goiter, 109, 111f attenuation artifacts and, 145–147, 147f
ectopic thyroid tissue, 104–105, 105f–106f CAD and, 160–167
equipment, properties of typical, 28–29, 29t Cardiolite for, 136, 137f
18F-FDG for, 12–13 chest pain evaluation and, 167
fluorine-18 for, 12–13 clinical applications of, 160–169
67Ga, 9–12 collateral coronary vessels and, 163
abdominal inflammation/infection, 407 coronary stenosis and, 162–163
clinical applications, 407–409 dedicated cardiac SPECT for, 137
FUO, 407 dual isotope, 140–141, 140f
immunocompromised patient, 407–409, 408f exercise stress protocol, 157–160
infection, 406–409 exercise 99mTc SPECT, 139–140, 140f
inflammation, 406–409 exercise thallium SPECT, 138–139, 139f
localization mechanisms for inflammation/infection, GSPECT, 154–157
406 GSPECT data display, 156, 156f–157f
osteomyelitis, 409 GSPECT interpretation and, 156, 156f–157f
Index 589
parathyroid gland, Cardiolite for, 126–128, 126f IND. See Investigational new drug
parathyroid glands, 125–130 Indium 111 (111In)
perfusion characteristics, 519t–520t
diagnostic principle, 204–205 decay table, 527t
renal, 317, 317f for imaging, 12
positron emitters for, 12–13 leukocyte imaging, labeling, 559t–562t
pulmonary emboli, acute, 212, 212t leukocytes, 397, 400–401, 402f
radioiodine, 112–113, 113f oxine leukocytes, 399–405
post-, 113–114, 115f pentetreotide, 351–353
post-radioiodine therapy, 113–114, 115f somatostatin receptor scan, 552–554
radionuclide, 7–15, 8t–9t Indium 113m (113mIn), 12
adverse reactions of, 14–15 radionuclide generator system, 5
cardiac function, 175–193 Infants, gastric emptying, 267. See also Children
cardiovascular system, 131 Infarct
characteristics of, 519t–520t large anterior-apical, 448, 448f, 506
radiopharmaceuticals for, 7–15, 10t lateral left ventricular, 454–455, 454f, 507
adverse reactions of, 14–15 multi-infarct dementia, 88
localization mechanisms and, 7, 11t small inferior, 454–455, 454f, 507
renal Infarction
anatomic (cortical), 321, 322f cerebral, 77–78, 79f
functional, 317–318 inferior wall myocardial wall, 497–498, 497f, 517
renal function, 317–318, 318f myocardial
renal transplant evaluation, pearls and pitfalls, acute, 167
343b–344b GSPECT and, 188
resolution, 36 risk stratification after, 164–165
salivary glands, 128–130 splenic, bone scans, 286–287, 291f
splenic, 243–245, 559t–562t Infection
abnormal, 244–245 catheter, central, 415f
normal, 243–244, 245f diabetic foot, radiolabeled leukocytes and, 404
99mTc for, 7–8 gallium scan for, 551–552
590 Index
Mycobacterium avium intracellulare, 348, 381 transient ischemic dilation and, 152, 153f
Mycobacterium tuberculosis, 408 valvular lesions and, 167–168
Mycotic abdominal aneurysm, 18F-FDG PET/CT, Myocardial viability
415f determination, 165–167
Myeloma, multiple, 392–393, 392f GSPECT and determining, 166–167, 166f
Myocardial infarction PET, 172–173
acute, 167 SPECT and determining, 165–166
GSPECT and, 188 Myocardial wall infarction, 497–498, 497f, 517
risk stratification after, 164–165 Myocardium
GSPECT and, 165 activity, 149
SPECT and, 164–165 defects, 148
Myocardial ischemia hibernating, 165, 173–174, 173f–174f
chronic, 175 nonreversible defects, 149, 151f
LV anteroseptal, 483–484, 483f, 513 revascularization, evaluation of, 163–164, 164f
Myocardial perfusion, 131 GSPECT and, 164
abnormalities, 150 SPECT and, 163–164, 164f
PET, 170, 172 reversible defects, 149, 150f
interpreting, 172 stunned, 174–175, 174f
594 Index
Myositis ossificans, bone scans, 286–287, 292f Nephritis, interstitial, 336, 337f. See also Pyelonephritis
Myoview. See Technetium 99m tetrofosmin Nephrotoxicity, cyclosporin, 340
Neuroblastoma, 342–344, 462, 462f, 509
N bone scans and, 285–286, 289f
N-13. See Nitrogen-13 18F-FDG PET/CT neoplasm imaging, 393
Nal. See Sodium iodide Neuropathic joint infection, radiolabeled leukocytes and,
Necrosis, avascular, 303–304, 309f 404–405
Neonatal hepatitis, 452, 452f, 507 Neuropeptide receptor imaging, neoplasm, 351–353
hepatobiliary imaging, 261, 263f somatostatin, 351–353, 353f
Neoplasm imaging Neuropsychiatric disorders, radionuclide brain imaging,
adrenal, 353 90
Cardiolite, 349–351, 350f Neuroreceptor imaging, 90
breast cancer, 349–351 Neutrino, 3
conventional, 345 Neutrons, 1
18F-FDG PET/CT, 361 Nitrogen-13 (N-13), 13
bone metastases, 394 ammonia
breast cancer, 383–384 PET with, cardiac rest/stress imaging, 556–557
colorectal cancer, 387–388, 387f protocol, 171–172
esophageal cancer, 384–386, 385f characteristics, 519t–520t
18F-FDG distribution and, 364–374, 364f, 365t–368t Nodules
gastric cancer, 386–387, 386f pulmonary, solitary, 378–381, 380t
gastrointestinal stromal tumors, 387 thyroid, 105–109, 106t, 107f
gynecologic cancers, 391 cold, 105–107, 106t, 107b, 107f, 475, 475f, 511–512
head and neck cancer, 377–378, 377f discordant, 108, 109f, 447–448, 447f, 506
hepatocellular cancer, 388–389 hot, 107–108, 108f
hepatoma, 388–389, 388f warm, 108–109
lung cancer, 378–381, 379f Noncardiac surgery, preoperative risk assessment, 167
lymphomas, 381–383, 382f GSPECT functional data and, 167
malignant bone tumors, 389–390 SPECT imaging data and, 167, 168f
malignant melanoma, 390–391, 391f Noncommunicating hydrocephalus, CSF imaging and, 92
miscellaneous tumors, 392–394, 392f Noncoronary disease, GSPECT and, 188–189
occult tumor, 394–395 Non-embolic diseases, lung scan, 223–233
pancreatic cancer, 389, 389f COPD, 223–226, 224f–226f
patient preparation for, 361–364 Non-Hodgkin’s lymphoma. See also Lymphoma
pearls and pitfalls of, 395b staging, 362t–363t, 376
PET image quantitation, 374–375 Non-iodine avid thyroid cancers, imaging, 114–116,
prostate and testicular cancers, 391–392 115f–117f
qualitative image interpretation, 374 Nonradioactive pharmaceuticals, 15, 563t
renal and bladder cancers, 391 Nonreversible defects, 149, 151f
solitary pulmonary nodule, 378–381, 380t Nonsegmental defects, perfusion, 206
thyroid cancer, 378 Non-small-cell carcinoma, 379–380
tumors of unknown primary origin, 394–395 PET/CT, 380
whole-body, 375–395 Normal pressure hydrocephalus (NPH), 476–477, 476f,
67Ga, 345–347, 347f 512. See also Hydrocephalus
clinical applications of, 346–347 Normalization scan, PET/CT, 62
hepatoma, 347, 350f NPH. See Normal pressure hydrocephalus
Hodgkin’s disease, 346–347, 349f NRC. See Nuclear Regulatory Commission
lymphoma, 346–347, 348f Nuclear decay
intraoperative localization, 353–355 alpha-particle emission and, 1
labeled monoclonal antibodies, 355–356 of isotopes, 1–3
lymphoscintigraphy, 353–355, 355f of positrons, 3, 4f
neuropeptide receptor, 351–353 of radionuclides, 1, 2f
somatostatin, 351–353, 353f of 99mTc, 3, 3f
pearls and pitfalls, 360b Nuclear imaging, sample techniques
PET/CT bone imaging, SPECT, 547
18F-FDG, 361 bone marrow scan, 547–548
indications for, 361 bone scans
procedure comparison for, 361, 362t–363t PET/CT, 557
radiopharmaceuticals, 345 99mTc, 546–547
201TI, 347–349 brain death, 533–534
AIDS and, 348 brain imaging
brain neoplasm, 348 PET, with 18F-FDG, 556
clinical applications of, 348–349 SPECT, 534
Neoplasms breast imaging with gamma camera, breast-specific,
benign osseous, bone scans and, 281–285 554–555
liver, primary, 242 captopril renogram for diagnosis of renovascular
lung scan, 228–229, 229f–230f hypertension, 550–551
skeletal system, 277–278 cardiac imaging
soft-tissue, 285–286 PET, with 18F-FDG, 555–556
Nephrectomy, 486–487, 486f, 514 rest/stress, 556–557
Index 595
modified PIOPED II criteria, 213–216 Meckel’s diverticulum imaging with, 249, 250f
high probability, 213, 214f–215f parathyroid gland imaging and, 126–128, 129b
nondiagnostic, 215–216 thyroid scan, 535
normal, 215 PET. See Positron emission tomography
PE-absent, 215–216 PET/CT
PE-present, 215–216 advantages, 53–54
very low probability, 213–214 in aortic dissection, 175
myocardial, 131 attenuation correction artifact, 66, 66f
abnormalities, 150 bone, pediatric examination, 530t
PET, 170, 172 bone scan, 557
reverse, defect, 149–150, 151f brain, pediatric examination, 530t
studies, pearls and pitfalls, 138b brain tumor, 80
pulmonary, 195–197 18F-FDG
Technetium 99m pertechnetate, 18, 19f multinodular gland and, 109, 110f
Meckel’s diverticulum imaging with, 249, 250f non-iodine avid thyroid cancers, 114–116,
parathyroid gland imaging and, 126–128, 129b 115f–117f
thyroid scan, 535 normal, 104
Technetium 99m sestamibi (Cardiolite) post-radioiodine therapy, 113–114, 115f
myocardial perfusion imaging with, 136, 137f 99mTc, 104
V Window
Valvular lesions, 167–168 asymmetric, 34, 34f
Vascular abnormalities, 322 coincidence time, 43–44
Vascular graft infection, radiolabeled leukocytes, 405, energy
405f asymmetric, 34, 34f
Vasculitis, 233, 233f field uniformity assessment and centering, 59, 60f
diffuse, 484–485, 484f, 514 Written directive, 421–422, 494, 494f, 516
Vasotec. See Enalaprilat unsealed byproduct material training and, 427–428
Ventilation, 196 unsealed byproduct material training and required,
CXR interpretive criteria, 213, 213t 428–429
imaging related procedures, 428–429
diagnostic principle, 204–205 required training for, 428
DTPA, 203, 204f
imaging agents, 198–200 X
radioactive gas, 199–200 133Xe. See Xenon-133